US20170129184A1 - Adept three-dimensional printing - Google Patents
Adept three-dimensional printing Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170129184A1 US20170129184A1 US15/339,759 US201615339759A US2017129184A1 US 20170129184 A1 US20170129184 A1 US 20170129184A1 US 201615339759 A US201615339759 A US 201615339759A US 2017129184 A1 US2017129184 A1 US 2017129184A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- layer
- energy beam
- cooling member
- transformed
- bed
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000010146 3D printing Methods 0.000 title abstract description 135
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 212
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 56
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 1478
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 76
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 claims description 41
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 claims description 37
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 584
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 499
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 92
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 88
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 62
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 61
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 57
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 53
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 51
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 51
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 47
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 47
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 46
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 45
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 42
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 42
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 38
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 35
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 29
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 29
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 28
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 26
- 238000007711 solidification Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000008023 solidification Effects 0.000 description 23
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 22
- 210000001787 dendrite Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000011236 particulate material Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 13
- -1 for example Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 8
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000779 depleting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005245 sintering Methods 0.000 description 7
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004064 recycling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005204 segregation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910000906 Bronze Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C60 fullerene Chemical compound C12=C3C(C4=C56)=C7C8=C5C5=C9C%10=C6C6=C4C1=C1C4=C6C6=C%10C%10=C9C9=C%11C5=C8C5=C8C7=C3C3=C7C2=C1C1=C2C4=C6C4=C%10C6=C9C9=C%11C5=C5C8=C3C3=C7C1=C1C2=C4C6=C2C9=C5C3=C12 XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000010974 bronze Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000011960 computer-aided design Methods 0.000 description 5
- KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper tin Chemical compound [Cu].[Sn] KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000012447 hatching Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000601 superalloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910001369 Brass Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000010951 brass Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009969 flowable effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910003472 fullerene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 4
- 229910000734 martensite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000009428 plumbing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000009966 trimming Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910000619 316 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009529 body temperature measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910010293 ceramic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000856 hastalloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910001026 inconel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004881 precipitation hardening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000110 selective laser sintering Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000930 thermomechanical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910001148 Al-Li alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon monoxide Chemical compound [O+]#[C-] UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000684 Cobalt-chrome Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000570 Cupronickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000640 Fe alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910001021 Ferroalloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000863 Ferronickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000997 High-speed steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000617 Mangalloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001347 Stellite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001315 Tool steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002679 ablation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052768 actinide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001255 actinides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000828 alnico Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000003850 cellular structure Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 2
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010952 cobalt-chrome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012809 cooling fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000112 cooling gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008713 feedback mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010100 freeform fabrication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 description 2
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 2
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052743 krypton Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N krypton atom Chemical compound [Kr] DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001120 nichrome Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010956 nickel silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940125730 polarisation modulator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052761 rare earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012779 reinforcing material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004439 roughness measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005389 semiconductor device fabrication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002210 silicon-based material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ytterbium Chemical compound [Yb] NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZSLUVFAKFWKJRC-IGMARMGPSA-N 232Th Chemical compound [232Th] ZSLUVFAKFWKJRC-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001149 41xx steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001213 440C Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000871 AL-6XN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018137 Al-Zn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001203 Alloy 20 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000809 Alumel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018573 Al—Zn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052695 Americium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000563 Arsenical copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004390 Auger electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000912 Bell metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052694 Berkelium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001152 Bi alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101710158075 Bucky ball Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910001314 Bulat steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001011 CMSX-4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000588 Calamine brass Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052686 Californium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001018 Cast iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001225 Celestrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001043 Chinese silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001065 Chromium-vanadium steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000531 Co alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001006 Constantan Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000599 Cr alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001208 Crucible steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000881 Cu alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052685 Curium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000848 Damascus steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000737 Duralumin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000908 Dutch metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052690 Einsteinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000976 Electrical steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000942 Elinvar Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052687 Fermium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001268 Ferrocerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000604 Ferrochrome Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000616 Ferromanganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001309 Ferromolybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000519 Ferrosilicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001200 Ferrotitanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001085 Ferrouranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000628 Ferrovanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000641 Florentine bronze Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000562 Gilding metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000646 Glucydur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001025 Hiduminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000922 High-strength low-alloy steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910001374 Invar Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000271 Kevlar® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052766 Lawrencium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001051 Magnalium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000896 Manganin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001240 Maraging steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000541 Marine grade stainless Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000823 Megallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052764 Mendelevium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000861 Mg alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001304 Molybdochalkos Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000792 Monel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001078 Mushet steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000694 Nambé Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052781 Neptunium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000990 Ni alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000829 Nisil Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018487 Ni—Cr Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000602 Nordic gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000805 Pig iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052778 Plutonium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052777 Praseodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000752 Prince's Metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052773 Promethium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000996 Reynolds 531 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052772 Samarium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000542 Sc alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000971 Silver steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001301 Spiegeleisen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000639 Spring steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052776 Thorium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001069 Ti alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000883 Ti6Al4V Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000994 Tombac Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000561 Twaron Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101150013568 US16 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004699 Ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000771 Vitallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000870 Weathering steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001178 Wootz steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000946 Y alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021536 Zeolite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001318 Zeron 100 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAIPAZQMEIHHTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Cr].[Co] Chemical compound [Cr].[Co] WAIPAZQMEIHHTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFBZPFYRPYOZCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Li].[Al] Chemical compound [Li].[Al] JFBZPFYRPYOZCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052767 actinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QQINRWTZWGJFDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinium atom Chemical compound [Ac] QQINRWTZWGJFDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004378 air conditioning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNDMLEXHDPKVFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum;oxygen(2-);yttrium(3+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Y+3] JNDMLEXHDPKVFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXQXZNRPTYVCNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N americium atom Chemical compound [Am] LXQXZNRPTYVCNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910003481 amorphous carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004630 atomic force microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- PWVKJRSRVJTHTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N berkelium atom Chemical compound [Bk] PWVKJRSRVJTHTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052790 beryllium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ATBAMAFKBVZNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N beryllium atom Chemical compound [Be] ATBAMAFKBVZNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMFGNRRURHSENX-UHFFFAOYSA-N beryllium copper Chemical compound [Be].[Cu] DMFGNRRURHSENX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007664 blowing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021475 bohrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001680 brushing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052792 caesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caesium atom Chemical compound [Cs] TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- HGLDOAKPQXAFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N californium atom Chemical compound [Cf] HGLDOAKPQXAFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004568 cement Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001179 chromel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000788 chromium alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZTXONRUJVYXVTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium copper Chemical compound [Cr][Cu][Cr] ZTXONRUJVYXVTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGSYQYXYGXIQFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium molybdenum nickel Chemical compound [Cr].[Ni].[Mo] OGSYQYXYGXIQFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNNRSPGTAMTISX-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium nickel Chemical compound [Cr].[Ni] VNNRSPGTAMTISX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQWFNAGFNGABOH-UHFFFAOYSA-K chromium(iii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Cr+3] VQWFNAGFNGABOH-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- AHICWQREWHDHHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium;cobalt;iron;manganese;methane;molybdenum;nickel;silicon;tungsten Chemical compound C.[Si].[Cr].[Mn].[Fe].[Co].[Ni].[Mo].[W] AHICWQREWHDHHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001447 compensatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010411 cooking Methods 0.000 description 1
- LTYZGLKKXZXSEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper dihydride Chemical compound [CuH2] LTYZGLKKXZXSEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000050 copper hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SBYXRAKIOMOBFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper tungsten Chemical compound [Cu].[W] SBYXRAKIOMOBFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000961 corinthian bronze Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000777 cunife Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013070 direct material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021479 dubnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001039 duplex stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- CKBRQZNRCSJHFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N einsteinium atom Chemical compound [Es] CKBRQZNRCSJHFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004070 electrodeposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001254 electrum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N erbium Chemical compound [Er] UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XXOYNJXVWVNOOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenuron Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 XXOYNJXVWVNOOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIORUQGGZCBUGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N fermium Chemical compound [Fm] MIORUQGGZCBUGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000830 fernico Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052730 francium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KLMCZVJOEAUDNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N francium atom Chemical compound [Fr] KLMCZVJOEAUDNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000743 fusible alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021473 hassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000642 hepatizon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001291 heusler alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N holmium atom Chemical compound [Ho] KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001293 incoloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001055 inconels 600 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001063 inconels 617 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001119 inconels 625 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001098 inconels 690 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000816 inconels 718 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001090 inconels X-750 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005305 interferometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000049 iron hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DALUDRGQOYMVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron manganese Chemical compound [Mn].[Fe] DALUDRGQOYMVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNXOJQQRXBVKEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron vanadium Chemical compound [V].[Fe] PNXOJQQRXBVKEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003350 kerosene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000833 kovar Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNQCVBJFEGMYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lawrencium atom Chemical compound [Lr] CNQCVBJFEGMYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003137 locomotive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium atom Chemical compound [Lu] OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYLLWONICXJARP-UHFFFAOYSA-N manganese silicon Chemical compound [Si].[Mn] PYLLWONICXJARP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001105 martensitic stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MQVSLOYRCXQRPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mendelevium atom Chemical compound [Md] MQVSLOYRCXQRPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMWYVTOHEQQZHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylidynenickel Chemical compound [Ni]#[C] VMWYVTOHEQQZHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001451 molecular beam epitaxy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000595 mu-metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002070 nanowire Substances 0.000 description 1
- LFNLGNPSGWYGGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N neptunium atom Chemical compound [Np] LFNLGNPSGWYGGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000652 nickel hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MOFOBJHOKRNACT-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel silver Chemical compound [Ni].[Ag] MOFOBJHOKRNACT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001000 nickel titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel titanium Chemical compound [Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni] HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000768 nicrosil Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen oxide Inorganic materials O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORQBXQOJMQIAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N nobelium Chemical compound [No] ORQBXQOJMQIAOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000399 optical microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052762 osmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium atom Chemical compound [Os] SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000889 permalloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002047 photoemission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005240 physical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011505 plaster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006223 plastic coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OYEHPCDNVJXUIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N plutonium atom Chemical compound [Pu] OYEHPCDNVJXUIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N praseodymium atom Chemical compound [Pr] PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011112 process operation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N promethium atom Chemical compound [Pm] VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HCWPIIXVSYCSAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N radium atom Chemical compound [Ra] HCWPIIXVSYCSAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002910 rare earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003507 refrigerant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001088 rené 41 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001846 repelling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhenium atom Chemical compound [Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubidium atom Chemical compound [Rb] IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021481 rutherfordium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YGPLJIIQQIDVFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N rutherfordium atom Chemical compound [Rf] YGPLJIIQQIDVFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium atom Chemical compound [Sm] KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004574 scanning tunneling microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002000 scavenging effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021477 seaborgium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000769 shakudō Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010454 slate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001495 sodium tetrafluoroborate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000948 staballoy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052712 strontium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium atom Chemical compound [Sr] CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910000815 supermalloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000811 surgical stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010966 surgical stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910019655 synthetic inorganic crystalline material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052716 thallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BKVIYDNLLOSFOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N thallium Chemical compound [Tl] BKVIYDNLLOSFOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000834 tumbagas Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UONOETXJSWQNOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten carbide Chemical compound [W+]#[C-] UONOETXJSWQNOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005641 tunneling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000843 ultimet Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000785 ultra high molecular weight polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DNYWZCXLKNTFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N uranium Chemical compound [U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U][U] DNYWZCXLKNTFFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009834 vaporization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008016 vaporization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000602 vitallium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001247 waspaloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019901 yttrium aluminum garnet Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical compound [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B29C67/0088—
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K26/00—Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
- B23K26/34—Laser welding for purposes other than joining
- B23K26/342—Build-up welding
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
- B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
- B33Y10/00—Processes of additive manufacturing
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F10/00—Additive manufacturing of workpieces or articles from metallic powder
- B22F10/20—Direct sintering or melting
- B22F10/28—Powder bed fusion, e.g. selective laser melting [SLM] or electron beam melting [EBM]
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F10/00—Additive manufacturing of workpieces or articles from metallic powder
- B22F10/30—Process control
- B22F10/36—Process control of energy beam parameters
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F10/00—Additive manufacturing of workpieces or articles from metallic powder
- B22F10/30—Process control
- B22F10/38—Process control to achieve specific product aspects, e.g. surface smoothness, density, porosity or hollow structures
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F10/00—Additive manufacturing of workpieces or articles from metallic powder
- B22F10/80—Data acquisition or data processing
-
- B22F3/1055—
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K15/00—Electron-beam welding or cutting
- B23K15/0046—Welding
- B23K15/0086—Welding welding for purposes other than joining, e.g. built-up welding
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K15/00—Electron-beam welding or cutting
- B23K15/02—Control circuits therefor
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K26/00—Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
- B23K26/08—Devices involving relative movement between laser beam and workpiece
- B23K26/0869—Devices involving movement of the laser head in at least one axial direction
- B23K26/0876—Devices involving movement of the laser head in at least one axial direction in at least two axial directions
- B23K26/0884—Devices involving movement of the laser head in at least one axial direction in at least two axial directions in at least in three axial directions, e.g. manipulators, robots
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K26/00—Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
- B23K26/70—Auxiliary operations or equipment
- B23K26/702—Auxiliary equipment
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B28—WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
- B28B—SHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
- B28B1/00—Producing shaped prefabricated articles from the material
- B28B1/001—Rapid manufacturing of 3D objects by additive depositing, agglomerating or laminating of material
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B28—WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
- B28B—SHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
- B28B17/00—Details of, or accessories for, apparatus for shaping the material; Auxiliary measures taken in connection with such shaping
- B28B17/0063—Control arrangements
- B28B17/0081—Process control
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C64/00—Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
- B29C64/10—Processes of additive manufacturing
- B29C64/141—Processes of additive manufacturing using only solid materials
- B29C64/153—Processes of additive manufacturing using only solid materials using layers of powder being selectively joined, e.g. by selective laser sintering or melting
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C64/00—Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
- B29C64/20—Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
- B29C64/264—Arrangements for irradiation
- B29C64/268—Arrangements for irradiation using laser beams; using electron beams [EB]
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C64/00—Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
- B29C64/30—Auxiliary operations or equipment
- B29C64/386—Data acquisition or data processing for additive manufacturing
- B29C64/393—Data acquisition or data processing for additive manufacturing for controlling or regulating additive manufacturing processes
-
- B29C67/0077—
-
- B29C67/0085—
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
- B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
- B33Y30/00—Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
- B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
- B33Y50/00—Data acquisition or data processing for additive manufacturing
- B33Y50/02—Data acquisition or data processing for additive manufacturing for controlling or regulating additive manufacturing processes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C22—METALLURGY; FERROUS OR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS; TREATMENT OF ALLOYS OR NON-FERROUS METALS
- C22C—ALLOYS
- C22C1/00—Making non-ferrous alloys
- C22C1/04—Making non-ferrous alloys by powder metallurgy
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C22—METALLURGY; FERROUS OR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS; TREATMENT OF ALLOYS OR NON-FERROUS METALS
- C22C—ALLOYS
- C22C33/00—Making ferrous alloys
- C22C33/02—Making ferrous alloys by powder metallurgy
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
- G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
- G05B19/00—Programme-control systems
- G05B19/02—Programme-control systems electric
- G05B19/18—Numerical control [NC], i.e. automatically operating machines, in particular machine tools, e.g. in a manufacturing environment, so as to execute positioning, movement or co-ordinated operations by means of programme data in numerical form
- G05B19/4097—Numerical control [NC], i.e. automatically operating machines, in particular machine tools, e.g. in a manufacturing environment, so as to execute positioning, movement or co-ordinated operations by means of programme data in numerical form characterised by using design data to control NC machines, e.g. CAD/CAM
- G05B19/4099—Surface or curve machining, making 3D objects, e.g. desktop manufacturing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F30/00—Computer-aided design [CAD]
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F10/00—Additive manufacturing of workpieces or articles from metallic powder
- B22F10/30—Process control
- B22F10/32—Process control of the atmosphere, e.g. composition or pressure in a building chamber
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F10/00—Additive manufacturing of workpieces or articles from metallic powder
- B22F10/30—Process control
- B22F10/36—Process control of energy beam parameters
- B22F10/366—Scanning parameters, e.g. hatch distance or scanning strategy
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F10/00—Additive manufacturing of workpieces or articles from metallic powder
- B22F10/80—Data acquisition or data processing
- B22F10/85—Data acquisition or data processing for controlling or regulating additive manufacturing processes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F12/00—Apparatus or devices specially adapted for additive manufacturing; Auxiliary means for additive manufacturing; Combinations of additive manufacturing apparatus or devices with other processing apparatus or devices
- B22F12/20—Cooling means
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F12/00—Apparatus or devices specially adapted for additive manufacturing; Auxiliary means for additive manufacturing; Combinations of additive manufacturing apparatus or devices with other processing apparatus or devices
- B22F12/40—Radiation means
- B22F12/41—Radiation means characterised by the type, e.g. laser or electron beam
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F12/00—Apparatus or devices specially adapted for additive manufacturing; Auxiliary means for additive manufacturing; Combinations of additive manufacturing apparatus or devices with other processing apparatus or devices
- B22F12/40—Radiation means
- B22F12/44—Radiation means characterised by the configuration of the radiation means
- B22F12/45—Two or more
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F12/00—Apparatus or devices specially adapted for additive manufacturing; Auxiliary means for additive manufacturing; Combinations of additive manufacturing apparatus or devices with other processing apparatus or devices
- B22F12/40—Radiation means
- B22F12/49—Scanners
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B22—CASTING; POWDER METALLURGY
- B22F—WORKING METALLIC POWDER; MANUFACTURE OF ARTICLES FROM METALLIC POWDER; MAKING METALLIC POWDER; APPARATUS OR DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR METALLIC POWDER
- B22F12/00—Apparatus or devices specially adapted for additive manufacturing; Auxiliary means for additive manufacturing; Combinations of additive manufacturing apparatus or devices with other processing apparatus or devices
- B22F12/90—Means for process control, e.g. cameras or sensors
-
- B22F2003/1056—
-
- B22F2003/1057—
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C71/00—After-treatment of articles without altering their shape; Apparatus therefor
- B29C71/02—Thermal after-treatment
- B29C2071/025—Quenching, i.e. rapid cooling of an object
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2105/00—Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
- B29K2105/25—Solid
- B29K2105/251—Particles, powder or granules
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
- G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
- G05B2219/00—Program-control systems
- G05B2219/30—Nc systems
- G05B2219/35—Nc in input of data, input till input file format
- G05B2219/35134—3-D cad-cam
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
- G05B—CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS
- G05B2219/00—Program-control systems
- G05B2219/30—Nc systems
- G05B2219/49—Nc machine tool, till multiple
- G05B2219/49007—Making, forming 3-D object, model, surface
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P10/00—Technologies related to metal processing
- Y02P10/25—Process efficiency
Definitions
- Three-dimensional (3D) printing is a process for making a three-dimensional (3D) object of any shape from a design.
- the design may be in the form of a data source such as an electronic data source, or may be in the form of a hard copy.
- the hard copy may be a two-dimensional representation of a 3D object.
- the data source may be an electronic 3D model.
- 3D printing may use an additive process in which successive layers of material are laid down one on top of each other. This process may be controlled (e.g., automatically and/or manually controlled).
- a 3D printer can be an industrial robot.
- 3D printing can generate custom parts quickly and efficiently.
- materials can be used in a 3D printing process including elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, elemental carbon, and/or polymeric material.
- a typical additive 3D printing process a first material-layer is formed, and thereafter, successive material-layers (or parts thereof) are added one by one, wherein each new material-layer is added on (e.g., and connected to) a pre-formed material-layer, until the entire designed three-dimensional structure (3D object) is materialized.
- 3D models may be created utilizing a computer aided design package and/or via 3D scanner.
- the manual modeling process of preparing geometric data for 3D computer graphics may be similar to plastic arts, such as sculpting or animating.
- 3D scanning is a process of analyzing and collecting digital data on the shape and appearance of a real object. Based on this data, 3D models of the scanned object can be produced.
- the 3D models may include computer-aided design (CAD).
- a large number of additive processes are currently available. They may differ in the manner layers are deposited to create the materialized structure. They may vary in the material or materials that are used to generate the designed structure. Some methods melt or soften material to produce the layers.
- the printed three-dimensional (3D) object may bend, warp, roll, curl, or otherwise deform during and/or after the 3D printing process.
- Some formations may accumulate during the 3D printing.
- some deformations may comprise accumulative residual deformation.
- Some deformations are particularly prevalent when the first one or more of layers is 3D printed (e.g., up to a total thickness of from about one (1) millimeters to about two (2) millimeters).
- the following disclosure proposes ways to reduce a degree of the deformation.
- the degree reduction of the deformation may comprise a 3D printing methodology that comprises using: (i) a real time control (e.g., of the temperature in the material bed, energy beam power, and/or height of the printed 3D part), (ii) object pre-print correction, (iii) at least one cooling mechanism, or (iv) any combination thereof.
- a real time control e.g., of the temperature in the material bed, energy beam power, and/or height of the printed 3D part
- object pre-print correction e.g., of the temperature in the material bed, energy beam power, and/or height of the printed 3D part
- at least one cooling mechanism e.g., at least one cooling mechanism
- auxiliary supports may be inserted to reduce the deformation. These auxiliary supports may be removed from the printed 3D object after the 3D printing, to produce a desired 3D product (e.g., 3D object).
- the present disclosure illustrates generation of 3D objects with reduced degree of deformation.
- these 3D objects are fabricated with diminished number (e.g., absence) of auxiliary supports.
- the present disclosure delineates methods, systems, apparatuses, and software that facilitate materialization of 3D objects with a reduced amount of design constraints (e.g., no design constraints).
- the present disclosure delineates detection, and control of at least the deformations disclosed herein using at least one of the control methodologies disclosed herein.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) transforming a portion of a material bed with an energy beam to form at least a portion of the 3D object; and (b) controlling in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam with a controller comprising a control-model related that is related to a requested 3D object.
- the controller may comprise an electronic circuit.
- related to comprises geometric (e.g., shape and/or layers) or material properties of the requested three-dimensional object.
- the control-model may comprise information relating to a slice of the requested 3D object.
- the control-model may comprise a state-observer-model.
- the control-model can be adjusted in real time during the forming of the 3D object.
- the control-model can be configured to the controller.
- the control-model can be wired to the controller. Real time may be during a dwell time of the energy beam along a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- the controlling can use a processor comprising at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- the method may further comprises adjusting the at least one characteristics of the energy beam and repeating (a) to (b).
- the closed loop control may use at least one threshold value.
- the control-model can comprise a simulation.
- the simulation can comprise a temperature or mechanical simulation of the 3D printing.
- the simulation can comprise a thermo-mechanical simulation.
- the simulation can comprise a material property of the 3D object.
- the simulation can comprise a geometry of the 3D object.
- the control-model can be dynamically adjusted in the real time.
- the control-model can comprise a simplified model relative to the requested model of the 3D object.
- the 3D object can be substantially similar to the requested 3D object. Substantially can be relative to the intended purpose of the 3D object.
- the 3D object may deviate from a requested 3D object by at most about 100 micrometers.
- a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; and (b) a controller comprising a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, which controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least one 3D object using the control-model.
- the control-model can be adjusted in real time during the forming of the at least one 3D object. Real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- the control-model can be configured to the controller.
- the control-model can be wired to the controller.
- the parameter can comprise a temperature, height, or power density.
- At least one 3D object can be a plurality of 3D objects.
- the plurality of 3D objects can be formed in the same material bed.
- the plurality of 3D objects can be formed in parallel.
- the plurality of 3D objects can be formed sequentially.
- the controller can comprise a closed loop or open loop control.
- the controller can comprise a feedback or feed-forward control.
- the controller can comprise a simulation.
- the simulation can comprise a temperature or mechanical simulation of the 3D printing.
- the simulation may comprise thermo-mechanical simulation.
- the simulation can comprise a material property of the requested 3D object.
- the mechanical simulation can comprise elastic or plastic simulation.
- the controller can comprise a graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), programmable logic device (PLD), or field programmable gate array (FPGA).
- GPU graphical processing unit
- SOC system-on-chip
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- ASIPs application specific instruction-set processor
- PLD programmable logic device
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- an apparatus for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; and (b) a controller comprising a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, which controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least one 3D object using the control-model.
- the control-model can be configured to the controller.
- the control-model can be wired to the controller.
- an apparatus for forming at least one 3D object comprises (a) a first controller that directs an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object, which first controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; and (b) a second controller comprising a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, which second controller alters at least one characteristics of the energy beam in real time using the control-model, wherein the second controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the first controller.
- the first controller and the second controller may be the same controller.
- the first controller and the second controller may be different controllers.
- Real time can be during the forming of the 3D object. For example, during forming of a layer of the 3D object. For example, during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- the control-model may comprise a simulation.
- the control-model may relate to a simplified model of the 3D object.
- the control-model may comprise a simplified model of the 3D object.
- the altered model can be configured to the controller.
- the altered model can be wired to the controller.
- a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object; and (c) direct at least one controller that comprises a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, to control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the altered model.
- the altered model can be configured to the controller.
- the altered model can be wired to the controller.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) transforming a portion of a material bed with an energy beam to form a portion of the 3D object; (b) measuring a parameter at one or more locations of the material bed; and (c) controlling in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam with a closed loop control by using the measured parameter, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- Real time can be during a dwell time of the energy beam along a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- the controlling can utilize a processor comprising at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- the parameter can comprise a temperature, height, or power density.
- the at least one characteristics can comprise a power per unit area, trajectory, dwell time, footprint, cross section, or focus.
- the controlling can comprise altering.
- the method can further comprise altering the at least one characteristics of the energy beam and repeating operations (a) to (c).
- the closed loop control may use one or more target parameters comprising temperature, metrology, or power per unit area.
- the closed loop control may utilize at least one threshold value.
- the closed loop control may utilize a control-model comprising a simulation.
- the simulation can comprise a temperature or mechanical simulation of the 3D printing.
- the simulation can comprise a material property of the 3D object.
- the simulation can comprise a geometry of the 3D object.
- the control-model can be dynamically adjusted in the real time.
- the control-model can comprise a simplified model relative to a requested model of the 3D object.
- the 3D object may deviate from a requested 3D object by at most about 100 micrometers.
- the one or more locations of the material bed can comprise one or more locations of the 3D object during its formation.
- a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; (b) one or more sensors measuring a parameter of one or more locations in the material bed; and (c) at least one controller comprising a closed loop control, which at least one controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least one 3D object; (ii) direct the one or more sensors to measure one or more parameters of one or more locations on at least a portion of the at least one 3D object; and (iii) control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (1) a path, or (2) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- At least two of operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the same controller.
- the at least one controller can be a multiplicity of controllers. At least two of operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the multiplicity of controllers respectively, which multiplicity of controllers are operatively coupled.
- the at least one 3D object can be a plurality of 3D objects.
- the plurality of 3D objects can be formed in the same material bed.
- the plurality of 3D objects can be formed in parallel.
- the plurality of 3D objects can be formed sequentially.
- the one or more locations of the material bed can comprise one or more locations of the at least one 3D object during its formation.
- an apparatus for forming at least one 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object; (b) direct one or more sensors to measure one or more parameters of one or more locations of the material bed; and (c) control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be controlled by the same controller.
- the at least one controller can be a multiplicity of controllers.
- At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be controlled by two different controllers respectively.
- the one or more sensors can measure the one or more parameters respectively.
- the one or more locations of the material bed may comprise one or more locations of the at least one 3D object during its formation.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; (b) one or more sensors that measure one or more parameters of one or more locations of the material bed, which one or more sensors are disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (c) a controller that controls in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam based on the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool, which controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors.
- a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object; (b) direct one or more sensors to measure one or more parameters of one or more locations of the material bed; and (c) direct at least one controller to control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) altering a 3D model of a requested 3D object to form an altered model, which altering comprises a structural alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model that is related to the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (b) transforming at least a portion of a material bed with an energy beam according to the altered model to form the 3D object, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- the transforming can comprise dynamically adjusting the altered model in real time the formation of the 3D object.
- the method may further comprise after operation (a) and before operation (b): generating a printing instruction by using the altered model. Transforming at least a portion of a material bed with an energy beam in operation (b) may be according to the printing instruction.
- the generation of the printing instruction can comprise dynamically adjusting the altered model in real time during the transformation of the at least a portion of the material bed.
- the dynamically adjusting can comprise using a closed loop control.
- the dynamically adjusting can comprise using a real time measurement of one or more sensors.
- the generation of the printing instruction can comprise using a simulation comprising thermal, mechanical, geometric, or material properties of the 3D object (or a portion thereof).
- the generation of the printing instruction can comprise using a simulation comprising thermal, mechanical, geometric, or material properties of the 3D model of the requested 3D object (or a portion thereof).
- Generating the printing instruction can comprise using a geometric information deriving from a previously formed portion of the three-dimensional object.
- the geometric information can comprise a local thickness below a given layer, local build angle, proximity to an edge on a given layer, or proximity to layer boundary.
- the simulation can be dynamically adjusted in real time during the formation of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during a layer thereof, an energy beam path, or a hatch forming at least one melt pool). The substantially similar can be relative to the intended purpose of the 3D object.
- the 3D object may deviate from the model of the 3D object by at most about 100 micrometers.
- the at least the first derivative may be a plurality of derivatives.
- the plurality of derivatives can comprise the first three derivatives.
- the 3D model of the requested 3D object may comprise slices.
- the altering may comprise a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices.
- the 3D object may comprise layers.
- the slices may correspond to layers in the 3D object (e.g., respectively).
- the 3D object may be formed by additive manufacturing.
- a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; (b) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (c) at least one controller that is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the second processor and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to the altered model to form the 3D object, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- the system may further comprise a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model.
- the second processor may be operatively coupled to the first processor. Transformation of the at least a portion of a material bed may be according to the printing instruction.
- the first processor and the second processor may be different.
- the first processor and the second processor may be the same processor.
- the material bed can comprise a powder material.
- the powder material can be flowable during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the powder material in the powder bed can be unfixed during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the material bed can be can be at ambient pressure during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the material bed can be at ambient temperature during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the material bed can include a powder bed comprising individual (e.g., solid) particles formed of at least one member selected from the group consisting of an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, and an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- Transforming can comprise melting or sintering. Melting can comprise complete melting.
- the energy beam can comprise an electromagnetic or charged particle beam.
- the energy beam can comprise a laser or an electron gun.
- the controller can comprise closed loop control or open loop control.
- the controller can comprise feedback control or feed-forward control.
- the controller can comprise parallel processing.
- the parallel processing can comprise a graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), programmable logic device (PLD), or field programmable gate array (FPGA).
- the controller can use a threshold value for the direct.
- the controller can use a sensor input for the direct.
- an apparatus for generating a 3D object comprises a controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to an altered model of a requested 3D object to generate the 3D object, which altered model comprises a structural (e.g., geometric) alteration of a 3D model of the requested 3D object, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous, and wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- the transformation of at least a portion of a material bed may be according to a printing instruction, which printing instruction uses the altered model.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural (e.g., geometric) alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (b) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material as part of the 3D object according to the altered model, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- the apparatus may further comprise a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model.
- the energy beam may be operatively coupled to the second processor.
- the first processor may be operatively coupled to the second processor.
- the first processor and the second processor can be different.
- the first processor and the second processor can be the same processor.
- the transformation of at least the portion of the material bed may be according to the printing instruction that is related to (e.g., comprises) the altered model.
- related to comprises geometric (e.g., shape and/or layers) or material properties of the requested three-dimensional object.
- a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at last one computer to perform operations comprising: (a) alter a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural (e.g., geometric) alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (b) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the 3D object according to the altered model, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- the operation may further comprise (c) generate a printing instruction using the altered model.
- the operation (c) may take place after (a) and before (b).
- the transformation of the at least the portion of the material bed may be according to the printing instruction.
- the printing instruction may relate to the altered model.
- the printing instruction may comprise the altered model.
- At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be performed by the same computer.
- the at least one computer can be a multiplicity of computers.
- At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be performed by the multiplicity of computers (e.g., respectively).
- the multiplicity of computers may be operatively coupled.
- a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; (b) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices; (c) a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model, wherein the second processor is operatively coupled to the first processor; and (d) at least one controller that is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the second processor and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to the printing instruction to form the 3D object, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- the first processor and the second processor can be different.
- the first processor and the second processor can be the same processor.
- the material bed can comprise a powder material.
- the powder material can be flowable during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the material in the material bed (e.g., powder material) can be unfixed during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the material bed can be at ambient pressure during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the material bed can be at ambient temperature during the forming of the at least one 3D object.
- the material bed can comprise a powder bed comprises individual particles formed of at least one member selected from the group consisting of an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, and an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- Transforming can comprise melting or sintering. Melting can comprise complete melting.
- the energy beam can comprise an electromagnetic or charged particle beam.
- the energy beam can comprise a laser or an electron gun.
- the controller can comprise closed loop control or open loop control.
- the controller can comprise feedback control or feed-forward control.
- the controller can comprise parallel processing.
- the parallel processing can comprise a graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), programmable logic device (PLD), or field programmable gate array (FPGA).
- the controller can use a threshold value for the direct.
- the controller can use a sensor input for the direct.
- an apparatus for generating a 3D object comprises a controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to a printing instruction to generate the 3D object, which printing instruction uses an altered model of a requested 3D object, which altered model comprises a structural alteration of the 3D model of the requested 3D object, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices, and wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural alteration, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural alteration of a plurality of the slices; (b) a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model, wherein the energy beam is operatively coupled to the second processor, wherein the first processor is operatively coupled to the second processor; and (c) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material as part of the 3D object according to the printing instruction, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- the first processor and the second processor can be different.
- the first processor and the second processor can be the same processor.
- a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at last one computer to perform operations comprising: (a) alter a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural alteration, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices; (b) generate a printing instruction using the altered model; and (c) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the 3D object according to the printing instruction, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- At least two of (a) to (c) can be performed by the same computer.
- the at least one computer can be a multiplicity of computers.
- At least two of (a) to (c) can be performed by the multiplicity of computers respectively, wherein the multiplicity of computers is operatively coupled.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) transforming at least a portion of a material bed with an energy beam, wherein the material bed is disposed in an enclosure; (b) cooling the material bed during the transforming with a first cooling member that is mobile during the forming of the three-dimensional object, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure, wherein the first cooling member is separated from the exposed surface of the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, wherein the first cooling member comprises a heat conductive material; and (c) cooling the first cooling member with a second cooling member that is disposed (i) at an enclosure wall or (ii) outside of the enclosure, wherein the second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member comprises an opening.
- the cooling can comprise a physical contact.
- the physical contact can be a direct physical conduct between the first cooling member and the second cooling member.
- the physical contact can be an indirect physical conduct between the first cooling member and the second cooling member.
- the second cooling member can comprise active cooling using a coolant.
- the coolant may travel through the second cooling member during the cooling in (c).
- the second cooling member can comprise an exit opening and an entrance opening.
- the second cooling member can comprise active cooling using a coolant that enters though the entrance opening and exits though the exit opening.
- the first cooling member can comprise a heat sink.
- the second cooling member can comprise a heat exchanger.
- the heat conductive material can be at least about 20 Watts per meter times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), as measured at an ambient temperature.
- the first cooling member and the second cooling members may be disposed in different atmospheres.
- the first cooling member can be disposed at an inert atmosphere.
- the second cooling member can be disposed at an ambient atmosphere.
- the first cooling member may follow the energy beam during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming).
- the movement of the first cooling member may be synchronized with the movement of the energy beam during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming).
- the first cooling member can comprise an opening to let the energy beam travel though.
- the first cooling member can be disposed along a trajectory of the energy beam to the material bed.
- the method may further comprise cooling the material bed during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming) with a third cooling member.
- the third cooling member can be mobile during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming).
- the third cooling member can be disposed in the enclosure.
- the third cooling member can be separated from the exposed surface of the material bed by a gap comprising a gas.
- the third cooling member can comprise a heat conductive material.
- the heat conductive material can be at least about 20 Watts per meter times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), as measured at an ambient temperature.
- the third cooling member can be passive.
- the third cooling member can comprise a heat sink.
- the third cooling member can comprise a heat sink.
- the method may further comprise cooling the third cooling member with the second cooling member. Cooling of the third cooling member with the second cooling member can comprise a physical contact.
- the physical contact can be a direct physical conduct between the third cooling member and the second cooling member.
- the physical contact can be an indirect physical conduct between the third cooling member and the second cooling member.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed in an enclosure; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed, wherein the energy source is disposed adjacent to the enclosure; (c) a first cooling member comprising a heat conductive material, which first cooling member is separated from the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, which first cooling member is mobile, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure; (d) a second cooling member comprising an opening, which second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member is disposed at a wall of the enclosure or outside of the enclosure; and (e) at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member, and is programmed to (i) direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object, (ii) direct the first cooling member to cool the material bed while moving during the forming of the three-dimensional object, and (
- the first cooling member can exchange heat with the second cooling member when the first cooling member reaches a temperature threshold.
- the system may further comprise a temperature sensor that senses the temperature of the first cooling member.
- the first cooling member may exchange heat with the second cooling member after formation of a prescribed number of layers of hardened material as part of the 3D object.
- the prescribed number of layers may be one layer.
- the system may further comprise a third cooling member comprising a heat conductive material.
- the third cooling member can be separated from the material bed by a gap comprising a gas.
- the third cooling member may be mobile during formation of the third-dimensional object.
- the third cooling member may be mobile during operation (i).
- the third cooling member may be disposed in the enclosure.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to the third cooling member.
- the controller may further be programmed to direct the third cooling member to exchange heat with the second cooling member (e.g., during formation of the 3D object).
- an apparatus for generating a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the 3D object, wherein the material bed is disposed in an enclosure; (b) direct a first cooling member to cool the material bed while moving during the generating of the 3D object (e.g., during operation (a)), wherein the first cooling member comprises a heat conductive material, wherein the first cooling member is separated from an exposed surface of the material bed by a gap; and (c) direct the first cooling member to exchange heat with a second cooling member during formation of the 3D object, wherein the second cooling member comprises an opening, wherein the second cooling member is disposed outside of the enclosure or at a wall of the enclosure, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member.
- a at least one of operations (a) to (c) may be controlled by the same controller.
- At least one controller may comprise a multiplicity of controllers. At least
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed in an enclosure; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object, wherein the energy source is disposed adjacent to the enclosure; (c) a first cooling member comprising a heat conductive material, which first cooling member is separated from the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, which first cooling member is mobile, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure; and (d) a second cooling member comprising an opening, which second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member is disposed at a wall of the enclosure or outside of and adjacent to the enclosure.
- the second cooling member can be actively cooling the first cooling member that is passive.
- the first cooling member can be mobile during formation of the 3D object.
- the second cooling member may cool the first cooling member during formation of the 3D object.
- a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at last one computer to perform operations comprising: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to the 3D object, wherein the material bed is disposed in an enclosure; (b) direct a first cooling member to cool the material bed during formation of the 3D object, wherein the first cooling member is mobile during the formation, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure, wherein the first cooling member is separated from an exposed surface of the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, wherein the first cooling member comprises a heat conductive material; and (c) direct the first cooling member to physically contact a second cooling member to cool the first cooling member, wherein the second cooling member is disposed (i) at an enclosure wall or (ii) outside of the enclosure, wherein the second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member comprises an opening
- the physically contact can comprise a direct physical contact between the first and second cooling member.
- the physically contact may comprise an indirect physical contact between the first and second cooling member though one or more materials (e.g., mediators).
- the one or more materials can comprise a solid material.
- the at least one computer can be a multiplicity of computers. At least two of operations (a) to (c) may be performed by different computers. The multiplicity of computers may be operatively coupled. At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be performed by the same computer.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) providing a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened material and is disposed in a material bed adjacent to a platform; and (b) transforming at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that is coupled to the top of the first structure to form a second structure, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- Coupled may be attached.
- the curvature of the bottom surface of the second structure may be at most about 0.02 millimeter ( ⁇ 1) .
- the material bed can be a powder bed.
- the 3D object may be suspended (e.g., float) anchorless in the material bed.
- the 3D may be formed without one or more auxiliary support features.
- the method may further comprise prior to operation (a), transforming at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the negatively warped object.
- the first structure may be generated by 3D printing.
- the 3D printing may be additive manufacturing.
- the additive manufacturing may comprise selective laser sintering or selective laser melting.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform comprising a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened material; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and (c) a controller operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam and is programed to direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to the top of the first structure to form a second structure, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is operatively coupled to an energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material that couples to a top surface of a first structure to form a second structure, which first structure has a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative and is disposed in the material bed, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and is programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material from the material bed may result in a substantially planar exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising a first structure of hardened material; and (b) an energy source generating an energy beam, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed, which energy beam transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to a top surface of a first structure to form a second structure, which first structure has a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative and is disposed in the material bed, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) forming a first layer of hardened material in a material bed that comprises an pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; (b) disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material above the first layer of hardened material; (c) generating a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- the method may further comprise after operation (a) and before operation (b) disposing a leveled layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of hardened material.
- the pre-transformed material may be a powder material.
- the gap may comprise the powder material.
- the powder material may be at least partially sintered.
- the gap may comprise portions of hardened material and portions that include powder material or sintered powder material. The portions may be distributed across the gap. The portions may be concentrated within the gap.
- the method may further comprise transforming the material within the gap to form a transformed material that subsequently hardens into a hardened material as a portion of the 3D object.
- the curvature of the first layer of hardened material and of the second layer of hardened material may be at most about 0.02 millimeter ( ⁇ 1) (i.e., 1/millimeter).
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material dispenser that dispenses pre-transformed material to form a material bed comprising a first layer of hardened material and pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and (c) a controller operatively connected to the material dispenser and to the energy beam and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose an upper layer of pre-transformed material above the first layer of hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to (i) direct a material dispenser to dispose an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and (ii) direct an energy beam to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, and wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material dispenser and to the energy beam, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and is programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material from the material bed can result in a substantially planar exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material that is embedded in pre-transformed material within the material bed, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, and wherein the energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) forming a hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the hardened material and material bed substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the hardened material; (c) melting a portion of the layer to form a molten portion; (d) hardening the exposed surface of the molten portion while the interior of the molten portion remains molten; and (e) hardening the molten portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the material of the hardened material and of the material bed can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the material of the hardened material and material bed can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy.
- the pre-transformed material can be a powder material.
- the method can further comprise in operation (e), cooling the molten portion for the hardening.
- the hardened material may be a solidified material. Hardens may be solidifies.
- the method may reduce a curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object.
- the method may reduce the curvature such that the at least one surface of the 3D object comprises a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material dispenser that dispenses pre-transformed material to form a material bed that comprises a hardened material and pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the pre-transformed material and hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; (c) a cooling member; and (d) a controller operatively connected to the material dispenser, energy beam, and cooling member and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on the hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam to melt a portion of the layer to form a molten portion; (iii) direct the cooling member to harden the exposed surface of the molten portion while keeping the interior of the molten portion molten; and (iv) direct the cooling member
- the material may comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to (a) direct a material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material disposed in a material bed, wherein the material of the pre-transformed material and hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic, which controller is operatively coupled to the material dispenser; (b) direct an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a molten portion, which controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; (c) direct a cooling member to harden the exposed surface of the molten portion while keeping the interior of the molten portion molten, which cooling member is operatively coupled to the controller; and (d) direct the cooling member to harden the molten portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the material may comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material, wherein the material of the pre-transformed material and hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a molten portion, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; (c) a cooling member that (i) hardens the exposed surface of the molten portion while keeping the interior of the molten portion molten, and (ii) hardens the molten portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object, which cooling member is disposed adjacent to the material bed.
- the material bed can be disposed adjacent to a platform and wherein the cooling member is disposed above the material bed. Above can be in the direction away from the platform.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) forming a first hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the first hardened material; (c) melting a portion of the layer and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and (d) hardening the molten portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deforming a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform, wherein the hardening
- the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy.
- Melting can be melting together a portion of the layer and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion, and wherein the hardening is solidifying.
- the method may control (e.g., regulate) the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object.
- the 3D object may be suspended (e.g., float) anchorless in the material bed.
- the method may reduce the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object.
- the method may result in the formation a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature in the at least one surface of the 3D object.
- the method may form a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature in the at least one surface of the 3D object.
- the hardening operation may occur before the deforming operation.
- the method may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastically deforming operation, heating the second hardened material.
- the method may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastically deforming operation, cooling the second hardened material.
- the method may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastically deforming operation, heating the second hardened material followed by cooling the second hardened material.
- the cooling operation may comprise cooling from above the exposed surface, wherein above is the direction opposing the platform.
- a system for forming 3D object comprises: (a) a material dispenser that dispenses pre-transformed material to form a material bed, which material bed comprises a first hardened material and an pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that melts at least a portion of the pre-transformed material; (c) a cooling member; and (d) a controller operatively coupled to the material dispenser, the energy beam, and the cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on the first hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and (iii) direct the cooling member to
- an apparatus for forming 3D object comprising a controller that is programmed to: (a) direct a material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on a first hardened material that is disposed in the material bed, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material dispenser; (b) direct an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; and (c) direct a cooling member to harden the molten portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material
- the controller can be operatively coupled to a leveling member and can be programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the controller can be operatively coupled to a material removal member and can be programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material from the material bed may result in a substantially planar exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed.
- an apparatus for forming 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a first hardened material, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material, wherein the energy beam is disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (c) a cooling member that hardens the molten portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases
- a 3D object formed by a 3D printing process comprises: one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- the material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy.
- the grain structure can be smaller at closer to the surface, as compared to the size of the grain structure in the interior. Solidification may comprise crystallization.
- the material can comprise an elemental metal or metal alloy.
- the grain structure can be a metallurgical structure.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and (c) a controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form the 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; and (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed and forms a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and wherein the energy beam is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- a 3D object formed by a 3D printing process comprises: one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior, wherein the material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- the material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy.
- the spacing between the dendrites can be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the spacing of the dendrites in the interior.
- the overall size of the dendrites can be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the overall size of the dendrites in the interior.
- the material can comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the material can comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the 3D object can be devoid of an auxiliary support feature or auxiliary support feature mark that is indicative of a presence or removal of the auxiliary support feature.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and (c) a controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form the 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed; and (b) an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and wherein the energy beam is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) generating a material bed comprising a first hardened material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform in an enclosure, which first hardened material comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) heating a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated portion; (c) melting a portion of the top of the heated portion to form a molten portion; and (d) hardening the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform, wherein the bottom surface of the first hardened material has a first curvature that is of a higher a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material, wherein the bottom surface has a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein the first hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are
- An exposed surface of the molten portion can be contained within and an exposed surface of the heated portion. An exposed surface of the molten portion can be smaller than an exposed surface of the heated portion.
- the heated portion may not comprise the rim of the layer of hardened material.
- the method may further comprise removing a portion of the molten portion. The removal of a portion of the molten portion may comprises ablating. The method may further comprise removing a portion of the heated portion.
- the ablating operation may comprise using an energy beam.
- the energy beam may comprise electromagnetic or charged particle radiation.
- the energy beam may comprise a laser beam.
- the pre-transformed material may be a powder material.
- the material bed may be a powder bed.
- the layer of hardened material may not be anchored to the platform.
- the layer of hardened material may not be anchored to the enclosure.
- the layer of hardened material may float anchorless in the material bed.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprising a first hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) a first energy source generating a first heat energy that heats at least a portion of the first hardened material; (c) a second energy source that generates a second energy beam that melts a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; (d) a cooling member; and (e) a controller operatively coupled to the material bed, the first heating energy, the second energy beam, and the cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the first heat energy to heat at least a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated portion; (ii) direct the second energy beam to melt at least a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; and (iii) direct the cooling member to cool the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the
- the first energy source and the second energy source may be the same energy source.
- the first energy source and the second energy source may be different energy sources.
- the first heat energy may not transform the hardened material.
- the first heat energy can be a first energy beam.
- the first energy beam and the second energy beam can be the same energy beam.
- the first energy beam and the second energy beam can be different energy beams.
- the first heat energy can comprise a radiative heat source.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: (a) direct a material dispenser to dispense pre-transformed material to form a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprises a first hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) directing a first heat energy to heat at least a portion of the first hardened material; (c) direct a second energy beam to melt a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; (d) direct the cooling member to cool the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform, wherein the bottom surface of the first hardened material has a first curvature that is higher than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material, wherein the bottom surface has a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein the first hardened material substantially excludes a resin
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprises a first hardened material that comprises a first bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) a first energy source generating a first heat energy that heats at least a portion of the first hardened material, which first energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; (c) a second energy source generating a second energy beam that melts a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion, which second energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (d) a cooling member that cools the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a second bottom surface facing towards the platform, which cooling member is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein the first bottom surface has a first curvature that is higher than a second curvature of the second bottom surface, wherein the first bottom surface or second bottom surface has a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex
- the cooling member may be disposed above the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the cooling member may be movable to and away from a position above the molten portion.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) generating at least a portion of a 3D object from a material bed disposed on a platform within an enclosure; (b) cooling the material bed using a first cooling member disposed within the enclosure and above an exposed surface of the material bed; (c) moving the first cooling member; and (d) cooling the first cooling member using a second cooling member that is disposed outside of the enclosure, wherein above refers to a direction away from the platform.
- the first cooling member can be disposed along the path of an energy beam that is used in the generating.
- the first cooling member can be disposed in an isolated atmosphere.
- the first cooling member and the material bed can be disposed in an isolated atmosphere.
- the second cooling member can be disposed in an ambient atmosphere.
- the cooling in operation (c) comprises contacting the first cooling member with the second cooling member.
- the contacting can be indirect contacting through a surface of the enclosure.
- the contacting can be direct contacting between the first cooling member and the second cooling member.
- the first cooling member can be passive.
- the second cooling member can be actively cooled.
- the second cooling member can comprise a heat exchanger.
- the material bed can be a powder bed.
- the powder can comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the first cooling member can be translatable.
- the generating can comprise transforming the material within the material bed.
- the transforming can comprise melting or sintering.
- the method may further comprise attracting the first cooling member to the second cooling member.
- the attracting can comprise generating a force that attracts the first cooling member to the second cooling member.
- the force can comprise magnetic, hydraulic, or electric force.
- the first cooling member can be disposed adjacent to an exposed surface of the material bed. Adjacent can be above. Cooling of the material bed using the first cooling member can comprise removing at least about 30 percent of the heat in the material bed from an exposed surface of the material bed.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material, which material bed comprises pre-transformed material and is disposed in an enclosure; (b) a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed (ii) is translatable, and (iii) is disposed within the enclosure; (c) a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member, which second cooling member is not disposed in the enclosure; and (d) a controller that is operatively coupled to the energy source, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; (ii) direct the first cooling member to cool the material bed; and (iii) direct the second cooling member to cool the first cooling member.
- the second cooling member can be disposed outside of the enclosure.
- the second cooling member can be part of a coating of the enclosure.
- the coating can be a wall or a rim.
- the first cooling member can be disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein adjacent is above, wherein above is in the direction opposite to the platform.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; (b) direct a first cooling member that is translatable to cool the material bed; and (c) direct a second cooling member to cool the first cooling member, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed in an enclosure; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; (c) a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed, (ii) is movable, and (iii) is disposed in the enclosure; and (d) a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member and is not disposed in the enclosure.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: using an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; measuring one or more temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and controlling the energy beam with at least one processor based on the measured temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- Controlling the energy beam with a processor can be based (e.g., further based) on a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the benchmark can be a mathematical, graphical, or encryption benchmark.
- the processor can comprise parallel processing.
- the processor can comprise at least 8 billion transistors.
- the area of the at least one processor may be at most about 600 mm 2 .
- the processor can comprise at least 1000 cores.
- the processor may have a memory bandwidth of at least 100 Giga bytes per second.
- the processor may have a memory clock speed of at least 5 Giga bits per second.
- Controlling can be based on (e.g., depend on) a control mechanism that excludes feedback from the structure of at least a portion of the generated 3D object.
- Controlling can be based on a control mechanism comprising taking into account a generic geometric section that is similar to a portion of the 3D object.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed; (b) one or more sensors measuring temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and (c) a controller comprising at least one processor, which controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object; (ii) direct the one or more sensors measure one or more temperatures of one or more points on at least a portion of the 3D object; and (iii) control the energy beam with the at least one processor based on the measured one or more temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to (a) direct an energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object; (b) direct one or more sensors to measure one or more temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and (c) control the energy beam with at least one processor based on the measured one or more temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; (b) one or more sensors that measure temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object, which one or more sensors are disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (c) a controller comprising at least one processor that controls the energy beam based on the measured one or more temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark, which controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors.
- the control (e.g., regulate and/or direct) of the energy beam can be further based on (e.g., depend on) a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the control of the energy beam may be based on (e.g., further based on) a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object.
- a controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam along the path can comprise the at least one processor.
- the formation of the 3D object may comprise hardening the transformed material to form the 3D object.
- Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium comprising machine-executable code that, upon execution by one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods above or elsewhere herein.
- Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a computer system comprising one or more computer processors and a non-transitory computer-readable medium coupled thereto.
- the non-transitory computer-readable medium comprises machine-executable code that, upon execution by the one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods above or elsewhere herein.
- FIGS. 1A-1C illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of three-dimensional (3D) objects.
- FIG. 2 illustrates a schematic vertical cross section of layers of 3D objects
- FIGS. 3A-3F illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects
- FIGS. 4A-4F illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects
- FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate schematic side views of systems and apparatuses for forming one or more 3D objects
- FIGS. 6A-6C illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects
- FIG. 7 illustrates a schematic side view of a system and apparatuses for forming one or more 3D objects.
- FIGS. 8A-8C illustrates various 3D objects and schemes thereof
- FIG. 9 schematically illustrates a coordinate system
- FIG. 10 shows a horizontal view of a 3D object
- FIGS. 11A-11F illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects
- FIG. 12 schematically illustrates a flow chart for the formation of one or more 3D objects
- FIG. 13 schematically illustrates a controller (e.g., control system) used in the formation of one or more 3D objects;
- a controller e.g., control system
- FIG. 14 schematically illustrates a computer control system that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of one or more 3D objects
- FIGS. 15A-15C schematically illustrate a horizontal view of 3D objects
- FIG. 16 schematically illustrates various paths
- FIG. 17 shows a vertical cross section of a 3D object
- FIGS. 18A-18B illustrate schematic side views of systems and apparatuses for forming one or more 3D objects.
- adjacent or “adjacent to,” as used herein, includes ‘next to’, ‘adjoining’, ‘in contact with,’ and ‘in proximity to.’ In some instances, adjacent to may be ‘above’ or ‘below.’
- operatively coupled or “operatively connected” refers to a first mechanism that is coupled (or connected) to a second mechanism to allow the intended operation of the second and/or first mechanism.
- Three-dimensional printing generally refers to a process for generating a 3D object.
- 3D printing may refer to sequential addition of material layer or joining of material layers (or parts of material layers) to form a 3D structure, in a controlled manner.
- the controlled manner may include automated and/or manual control.
- the deposited material can be transformed (e.g., fused, sintered, melted, bound or otherwise connected) to subsequently harden and form at least a part of the 3D object.
- Fusing e.g., sintering or melting
- binding, or otherwise connecting the material is collectively referred to herein as transforming the material (e.g., powder material).
- Fusing the material may include melting or sintering the material.
- Binding can comprise chemical bonding. Chemical bonding can comprise covalent bonding.
- Examples of 3D printing include additive printing (e.g., layer by layer printing, or additive manufacturing). 3D printing may include layered manufacturing. 3D printing may include rapid prototyping. 3D printing may include solid freeform fabrication. 3D printing may include direct material deposition. The 3D printing may further comprise subtractive printing.
- 3D printing methodologies can comprise extrusion, wire, granular, laminated, light polymerization, or powder bed and inkjet head 3D printing.
- Extrusion 3D printing can comprise robo-casting, fused deposition modeling (FDM) or fused filament fabrication (FFF).
- Wire 3D printing can comprise electron beam freeform fabrication (EBF3).
- Granular 3D printing can comprise direct metal laser sintering (DMLS), electron beam melting (EBM), selective laser melting (SLM), selective heat sintering (SHS), or selective laser sintering (SLS).
- Powder bed and inkjet head 3D printing can comprise plaster-based 3D printing (PP).
- Laminated 3D printing can comprise laminated object manufacturing (LOM).
- Light polymerized 3D printing can comprise stereo-lithography (SLA), digital light processing (DLP), or laminated object manufacturing (LOM).
- 3D printing methodologies may differ from methods traditionally used in semiconductor device fabrication (e.g., vapor deposition, etching, annealing, masking, or molecular beam epitaxy). In some instances, 3D printing may further comprise one or more printing methodologies that are traditionally used in semiconductor device fabrication. 3D printing methodologies can differ from vapor deposition methods such as chemical vapor deposition, physical vapor deposition, or electrochemical deposition. In some instances, 3D printing may further include vapor deposition methods.
- the methods, apparatuses, software, and systems of the present disclosure can be used to form 3D objects for various uses and applications.
- Such uses and applications include, without limitation, electronics, components of electronics (e.g., casings), machines, parts of machines, tools, implants, prosthetics, fashion items, clothing, shoes, or jewelry.
- the implants may be directed (e.g., integrated) to a hard, a soft tissue, or to a combination of hard and soft tissues.
- the implants may form adhesion with hard and/or soft tissue.
- the machines may include a motor or motor part.
- the machines may include a vehicle.
- the machines may comprise aerospace related machines.
- the machines may comprise airborne machines.
- the vehicle may include an airplane, drone, car, train, bicycle, boat, or shuttle (e.g., space shuttle).
- the machine may include a satellite or a missile.
- the uses and applications may include 3D objects relating to the industries and/or products listed herein.
- the present disclosure provides systems, apparatuses, software and/or methods for 3D printing of a desired 3D object from a pre-transformed material (e.g., powder material).
- the 3D object can be pre-ordered, pre-designed, pre-modeled, or designed in real time (e.g., during the process of 3D printing).
- Pre-transformed material as understood herein is a material before it has been transformed by an energy beam during the 3D printing process.
- the pre-transformed material may be a material that was, or was not, transformed prior to its use in the 3D printing process.
- the pre-transformed material may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid (e.g., as disclosed herein).
- the pre-transformed material may be a particulate material (e.g., powder).
- the 3D printing method can be an additive method in which a first layer is printed, and thereafter a volume of a pre-transformed material is added to the first layer as separate sequential layer (or parts thereof).
- Each additional sequential layer (or part thereof) can be added to the previous layer by transforming (e.g., fusing) a fraction of the pre-transformed material to form a transformed material as part of the 3D object.
- the transformed material may subsequently harden to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the hardening can be actively induced (e.g., by cooling) or can occur without intervention (e.g., naturally).
- the fundamental length scale (herein abbreviated as “FLS”) of the printed 3D object can be at least about 50 micrometers ( ⁇ m), 80 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 120 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 170 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 230 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 270 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 1 millimeter (mm), 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, 1 centimeter (cm), 1.5 cm, 2 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80 cm, 90 cm, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, 4 m, 5 m, 10 m, 50 m, 80 m, or 100 m.
- the FLS of the printed 3D object can be at most about 1000 m, 500 m, 100 m, 80 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, 4 m, 3 m, 2 m, 1 m, 90 cm, 80 cm, 60 cm, 50 cm, 40 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm, 10 cm, or 5 cm.
- the FLS of the printed 3D object may be in between any of the afore-mentioned FLSs (e.g., from about 50 ⁇ m to about 1000 m, from about 120 ⁇ m to about 1000 m, from about 120 ⁇ m to about 10 m, from about 200 ⁇ m to about 1 m, or from about 150 ⁇ m to about 10 m).
- the fundamental length scale is the diameter, spherical equivalent diameter, diameter of a bounding circle, and/or the largest of: height, width and length.
- the transformed material subsequently hardens to forms a hardened 3D object (herein “3D object”).
- Harden may comprise solidify.
- Transform may comprise melt, sinter, adhere, attach, associate, join, affix, couple, unite, coalesce, consolidate, merge, unify, amalgamate, bind, merge, conjoin, consolidate, melt, unify, tack, or connect.
- Transform may comprise transform the physical state of at least a portion of the pre-transformed material (e.g., from solid to liquid).
- the apparatuses, systems, software and/or methods described herein may be utilized for the formation of a 3D object that is devoid of one or more auxiliary features.
- the apparatuses, systems, software, and/or methods described herein may be utilized for the formation of a 3D object that is suspended (e.g., floats anchorlessly) in the material bed, for example, during its formation.
- the apparatuses, systems, software, and/or methods described herein may be utilized for the formation of a 3D object that is suspended anchorlessly in the material bed during its entire generation process.
- the apparatuses, systems, software and/or methods described herein may reduce the deformation of one or more layers or parts thereof within the 3D object (e.g., upon its formation and/or after its formation).
- the deformation may comprise bending, warping, arching, curving, twisting, balling, cracking, dislocating, or any combination thereof.
- the FLS (e.g., width, depth, and/or height) of the material bed can be at least about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m.
- the FLS (e.g., width, depth, and/or height) of the material bed can be at most about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m.
- the FLS of the material bed can be between any of the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm to about 5 m, from about 250 mm to about 500 mm, from about 280 mm to about 1 m).
- the 3D object can be devoid of one or more auxiliary supports.
- the 3D object can be devoid of a mark indicating the prior presence of one or more auxiliary supports.
- the 3D object can be an extensive 3D object.
- the 3D object can be a large 3D object.
- the 3D object may comprise a large hanging structure (e.g., wire, ledge, or shelf).
- Large may be a 3D object having a fundamental length scale of at least about 1 centimeter (cm), 1.5 cm, 2 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80 cm, 90 cm, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, 4 m, 5 m, 10 m, 50 m, 80 m, or 100 m.
- the methods may comprise depositing a pre-transformed material (e.g., adjacent to a platform), and transforming it to a transformed material.
- the deposited pre-transformed material may form a material bed.
- the material bed may be temperature controlled (e.g., heated and/or cooled).
- the material bed may be heated to a temperature close to the transformation temperature of the pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) within the material bed.
- at least a portion of the 3D object is heated.
- the at least a portion of the 3D object may be heated prior to depositing a newly pre-transformed material on the at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the heating temperature may be to a temperature close to the melting temperature of the material.
- the heating temperature (e.g., of the material bed and/or of the at least a portion of the 3D object) may be to a temperature of at least about 100° C., 50° C., 10° C., or 5° C. lower (e.g., colder) than the melting point of the material.
- the transformed material may subsequently harden to form at least a portion of the generated 3D object.
- the transformed material is the hardened material.
- the transformed material may form at least a portion of the generated 3D object.
- the 3D object may be formed from a pre-transformed material that underwent a transformation and subsequent hardening to form a hardened material that is at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the 3D object may be formed by successive addition of material that may form successive layers of hardened material.
- the successive additions of a layer of hardened material connects to a previously formed one or more layers of hardened material (e.g., through transformation).
- the successive additions of a layer of hardened material may comprise connecting it to an object (e.g., 3D object).
- the object may or may not be formed using a 3D printing methodology (e.g., as disclosed herein).
- the object may comprise a sheet of material (e.g., metal sheet).
- the connection to previously formed layers of hardened material (e.g., 3D plane) may cause the formed joined structure to deform.
- the deformation may arise when the formed structure lacks auxiliary support structure(s) during its formation.
- the deformation may arise, when the formed structure floats anchorlessly in the material bed during its formation.
- FIG. 2 shows various radius of curvature examples.
- FIGS. 1A-1C show examples of various stages in the formation of a second layer on a 3D plane.
- An example of a 3D plane e.g., a bottom skin layer
- a second layer is then deposited on the 3D plane as shown in the example of FIG. 1B .
- the first layer (e.g., shown in FIG. 1A ) can be a 3D printed layer, a 3D plane, a layer generated by other methodologies, or any combination thereof.
- the first layer can be a naturally formed layer.
- the 3D object may comprise a hanging structure.
- the hanging structure may be a plane like structure (referred to herein as “three-dimensional plane,” or “3D plane”).
- a three-dimensional (3D) plane may have a relatively small width as opposed to a relatively large surface area.
- the 3D plane may have a small height relative to a large horizontal plane.
- the 3D plane may be planar, curved, or assume an amorphous 3D shape.
- the 3D plane may be a strip, a blade, or a ledge.
- the 3D plane may comprise a curvature.
- the 3D plane may be curved.
- the 3D plane may be planar (e.g., flat).
- the 3D plane may have a shape of a curving scarf.
- the 3D object may comprise a wire.
- methods, systems, software and/or apparatuses described herein reduce the degree of deformation (e.g., as compared to conventionally used 3D printing methodologies).
- the degree of deformation may be reduced by using a first layer that comprises a negative radius of curvature (e.g., negative warping).
- a first cooling member such as a heat-sink or a cooling plate.
- the cooling member e.g., heat-sink
- FIG. 5A shows an example of a cooling member 513 situated above an exposed surface of the material bed 504 .
- the cooling member can be introduced and/or pulled away from a position adjacent (e.g., above) the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., during the 3D printing).
- the introduction and/or retrieval of the cooling member may be done in relatively short amount of time relative to the time-scale of the 3D printing. For example, relative to the time-scale of hardened layer formation and/or pre-transformed layer deposition.
- a second layer of transformed material can be formed on a first layer of hardened material.
- the first layer of hardened material may be suspended in the material bed (e.g., during the 3D printing).
- the first layer of hardened material may be devoid of one or more auxiliary supports.
- the cooling member may be introduced and retrieved adjacent to the material bed (e.g., during the formation of the second layer).
- the amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member correlates (e.g., equate) to a formation of (i) a cooled top surface of the second layer, and (ii)
- FIG. 6A shows an example of a first layer of hardened material 611 in a material bed 610 .
- the layer of hardened material may be formed by a 3D printing methodology, and/or by other approaches.
- the layer of hardened material can be a sheet of material.
- FIG. 6B shows an example of a first layer of hardened material 611 , and a second layer of transformed material that in the process of hardening (e.g., becoming a hardened material) 612 , and section 613 designates a transformed material that is hardening (e.g., cooling) as represented by grayscale gradient of 613 , wherein cold is represented by a darker gray shade, and hot by a lighter gray shade.
- the amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member correlates (e.g., equates) to a formation of a hardened top surface of the second layer, and at least some transformed material that did not harden at the internal surface of the second layer.
- the amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member may correlate to a formation of trapped heat between the top (e.g., exposed) surface of the second layer and the bottom surface of the first layer.
- the amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member may correlate to a formation of a trapped heat between the top (e.g., exposed) surface of the second layer and the top surface of the first layer.
- FIG. 6B shows an example of a region of trapped heat in 613 .
- FIG. 6C shows an example of a region comprising a heat gradient 614 that is trapped within the 3D object that has cooled layer portions (e.g., 615 ).
- colder material is represented by a darker gray shade
- hotter material is represented by a lighter gray shade.
- the trapped heat region may extend to the bottom of the 3D object, or to a position above the bottom of the 3D object.
- the trapped heat region may comprise the bottom surface of the 3D object.
- the trapped heat region may comprise an internal region within the 3D object and substantially not extend to the bottom surface of the 3D object.
- the bottom surface of the 3D object may be heated by at most about 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% relative to the hottest region within the 3D object.
- the bottom surface of the 3D object may be heated by at least about 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 1% or 0.5% relative to the hottest region within the 3D object.
- the bottom surface of the 3D object may be heated by any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1% to about 50%, or from about 1% to about 20% relative to the hottest region within the 3D object).
- the formation of the 3D object comprising the heat gradient may prevent warping of the formed 3D object (e.g., bilayer).
- the first cooling member may be a passive cooling member (e.g., a slab comprising, for example, elemental metal or metal alloy).
- the passive first cooling member may be cooled by a second cooling member.
- the second cooling member may be an active cooling member.
- the active cooling member may include thermal conduction (e.g., using a liquid).
- the first cooling member may be disposed within the enclosure.
- the second cooling member may be disposed outside of the enclosure.
- FIGS. 5A and 5B show examples of a first cooling member and a second cooling member.
- FIG. 5A shows an example of a system and apparatuses (shown as a side view 500 ) where the first cooling member 513 resides above the material bed 504 in which a 3D object 506 is being formed with an energy beam 515 .
- the first cooling member 513 is disposed within the enclosure 507
- the second cooling member 512 is not disposed within the enclosure 507 .
- the second cooling member 512 is an active cooling member, for example, comprising one or more channels 517 (shown as a vertical cross section thereof).
- the channels 517 can be filled with at least one coolant that flows within the second cooling member 512 (e.g., and in the incoming hose 514 and outgoing hose 516 ).
- FIG. 5B shows an example of a system and apparatus (shown as a side view 520 ) where the first cooling member 533 contacts the second cooling member 532 .
- the first layer (e.g., bottom skin) comprises a negative warping with respect to the platform (e.g., building platform) and/or the exposed surface of the material bed.
- Negative warping comprises a convex structure relative to an exposed surface of a material bed and/or platform.
- FIG. 2 shows an example of layers that are positively warped (i.e., has a positive curvature), negatively warped (i.e., has a negative curvature), or non-warped (i.e., has substantially zero curvature), depicted as a vertical cross section.
- layer number 6 of object 212 is negatively warped (i.e., has a negative curvature) with respect to the platform 218 .
- layer number 6 has a curvature that is negative, as the volume (e.g., area in a vertical cross section of the volume) bound from the bottom of it to the platform 218 is a convex object 219 .
- Layer number 5 of 212 has a curvature that is negative.
- Layer number 6 of 212 has a curvature that is more negative (e.g., has a curvature of greater negative value) than layer number 5 of 212 .
- Layer number 4 of 212 has a curvature that is (e.g., substantially) zero.
- layer number 6 of object 214 is positively warped (i.e., has a positive curvature) with respect to the platform 218 .
- Layer number 6 of 214 has a curvature that is positive.
- Layer number 6 of 212 has a curvature that is more negative than layer number 5 of 212 , layer number 4 of 212 , and layer number 6 of 214 .
- the radius of curvature, “r,” of a curve at a point is a measure of the radius of the circular arc (e.g., FIG. 2, 216 ) which best approximates the curve at that point.
- the radius of curvature is the inverse of the curvature.
- the radius of curvature is the length of the curvature vector.
- the curvature vector can comprise of a curvature (e.g., the inverse of the radius of curvature) having a particular direction.
- the particular direction can be the direction towards the platform (e.g., designated herein as negative curvature), or away from the platform (e.g., designated herein as positive curvature).
- the particular direction can be the direction towards the direction of the gravitational field (e.g., designated herein as negative curvature), or opposite to the direction of the gravitational field (e.g., designated herein as positive curvature).
- a curve also herein a “curved line” can be an object similar to a line that is not required to be straight.
- a (straight) line can be a special case of curve wherein the curvature is substantially zero.
- a curve can be in two dimensions (e.g., vertical cross section of a plane), or in three dimension (e.g., curvature of a plane).
- the convex surface may straighten.
- the straightening may occur due to contraction of the second layer upon hardening (e.g., solidifying).
- the second layer may adhere to the first layer.
- the adhered second layer may shrink upon hardening (e.g., cooling and/or solidifying).
- the first layer comprising the negative warpage i.e., negative curvature
- the first layer may be generated as a single layer.
- the first layer may be a 3D plane that is negatively curved.
- the 3D plane may be formed by 3D printing.
- the 3D plane may be formed using other approaches.
- the 3D plane may be a sheet of material.
- FIG. 3A shows an example of a first negatively warped layer 311 .
- FIG. 3B shows an example of a layer of transformed material 322 deposited on a negatively warped layer 321 before completely cooling layer 322 .
- FIG. 3A shows an example of a first negatively warped layer 311 .
- FIG. 3B shows an example of a layer of transformed material 322 deposited on a negatively warped layer 321 before completely cooling layer 322 .
- FIG. 3C shows an example of a hardened (e.g., cooled) layer of transformed material 332 deposited on a negatively warped layer that has been straightened 331 during the hardening (e.g., cooling) of the transformed material 322 into 332 .
- the first layer comprising the negative warpage (e.g., negative curvature) may be generated from a plurality of sub-layers in a particular geometry, such that together they may form a hardened structure comprising an average negative radius of curvature of the hardened structure.
- FIG. 3D shows an example of a hardened structure 341 that is made of a plurality of sub layers and collectively comprises an average negatively curved layer (e.g., a structure having an average negative curvature).
- FIG. 3E shows an example of a layer of transformed material 352 that is deposited on a hardened structure formed of a multiplicity of sub layers 351 that collectively has an average negative curvature, wherein the layer 352 is not completely cooled.
- FIG. 3F shows an example of a hardened (e.g., cooled) layer of transformed material 362 deposited on a negatively warped layer that has been straightened 361 during the hardening (e.g., cooling) of the transformed material, which straightened layer comprises the plurality of layers from which it is composed (not shown).
- a 3D object comprises two layers (i.e., a first and second layer) of hardened material that are separated by a gap-layer.
- the first and second layer may be (e.g., substantially) planar (e.g., flat).
- at times, at least one of the two layers may have a large radius of curvature (e.g., a radius of curvature of at least about 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 80 cm, or 100 cm).
- the radius of curvature may be any radius of curvature disclosed herein.
- the first and second layers may be devoid of one or more auxiliary supports (e.g., anchors) during the 3D printing.
- the gap-layer has a smaller height relative to the first and/or second layer. In some embodiments, the gap-layer has a larger height relative to the first and/or second layer.
- the gap-layer may be less dense (e.g., sparser) than the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material.
- the gap-layer may comprise non-transformed material.
- the gap-layer may comprise particulate material (e.g., powder).
- FIG. 4A shows an example of a layer of hardened material 411 on which a layer of pre-transformed (e.g., powder) material 413 is disposed.
- FIG. 4B shows an example of a first layer 421 , a second layer 422 , and a gap-layer 423 that comprises pre-transformed material.
- the gap-layer may comprise a multiplicity of gap-layers.
- the gap-layers within the multiplicity of gap layers may be of the same kind of gap-layer, or of different kinds of gap-layer (e.g., as disclosed herein).
- the gap-layer may be subsequently transformed.
- the gap layer can be lightly sintered.
- FIG. 4C shows an example of a gap-layer that is (e.g., lightly) sintered in 433 , where the layers 431 and 432 represent layers of hardened material.
- the transformation can include transforming (e.g., melting) the particular material within the gap-layer at one or more positions to form respective one or more connections between the two layers of hardened material.
- the one or more connections can comprise pillars or clumps.
- the one or more connections can be generated prior to, during, or subsequent to, forming a lightly sintered structure.
- the one or more connections can be generated without forming a lightly sintered structure.
- the one or more positions (e.g., where the connections are formed) can be distributed along the gap-layer to entrap the particulate material.
- the one or more positions can be sequentially situated and gradually connect the first and second layer, for example, similar to closing of a zipper.
- FIG. 4D shows and example of two layers of hardened material 441 and 442 that are separated by a gap that comprises pre-transformed and/or sintered material (e.g., porous hardened material) and sections transformed material (e.g., 443 ) that are distributed within the gap and connect the first hardened layer 441 to the second hardened layer 442 .
- FIG. 4D shows an example of a gap-layer having connections 443 .
- the gap-layer can be annealed (e.g., during and/or after the 3D printing).
- the gap-layer can form a continuous or a discontinuous layer of transformed material to connect the first and second layer of hardened material (e.g., 441 and 442 ).
- FIG. 4E shows and example of two layers of hardened material 451 and 452 that are separated by a gap that comprises pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) 453 that is being transformed and optionally hardened (e.g., 454 ) within the gap.
- the various gradients of gray in 454 represent different temperatures, wherein a darker shade represents a material of a cooler temperature, and a lighter shade represents material of a hotter temperature.
- FIG. 4F shows an example of a gap-layer with a transformed and optionally hardened layer of material 463 .
- FIG. 4F shows and example of two layers of hardened material 461 and 462 that are separated by a gap that comprises transformed and optionally hardened material (e.g., 463 ).
- the pre-transformed material (e.g., in the material bed) may be transformed via heat.
- the heat can be generated by at least one energy beam, an overlapping array or energy beams (e.g., LED array or laser array), a lamp, a radiator, any radiative heat source, or any combination thereof.
- FIG. 7 shows an example of a system and apparatus(es) 700 (shown as a side view) comprising an energy beam 701 that transforms a portion of the material bed 704 into a 3D object 706 .
- the 3D object is floating anchorlessly (i.e., is suspended) within the material bed 704 .
- FIG. 7 shows an example of a heat sink 713 disposed above the material bed, which material bed is disposed on a building platform comprising a base 702 and a substrate 709 that is connected to a vertical actuator 712 (e.g., elevator).
- FIG. 7 shows an example of sealants 703 that prevent the pre-transformed material from spilling from the material bed 704 to the bottom 711 of the enclosure 707 , wherein an interior 715 of the enclosure has an atmosphere comprising a gas.
- the enclosure incorporates a cooling member (e.g., 713 ) that can be translatable (e.g., during the 3D printing).
- the sealants e.g., seals
- the sealants can comprise O-rings, rubber seals, metal seals, load-locks, or bellows on a piston.
- negative warping is formed by deep area heating (e.g., FIG. 11F ) of a 3D object without melting.
- FIGS. 11A-11E show examples of various stages in forming a negatively warped object (e.g., object with negative curvature) using a deep area heating methodology depicted as a vertical cross section.
- a portion of a layer of hardened material e.g., FIG. 11A, 1111
- a heated portion e.g., FIG. 11B, 1112
- one or more non-heated portions e.g., FIG. 11B, 1111 a and 1111 b .
- the heated portion may not border the rim of the layer of hardened material.
- the heated portion may be in the center of the to-be-bent layer of hardened material.
- the heated portion may expand (e.g., during the heating). Consequently, the expanded heated portion may compress the colder portions (e.g., 1111 a and 1111 b ).
- the heated portion may be subject to tensile stress.
- the top (e.g., closer to the exposed surface) of the heated portion may be transformed (e.g., molten) (e.g., FIG. 11C, 1114 ).
- the height of the molten portion may be at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, or 30% of the total height of the layer of hardened material.
- the height of the molten portion may be at most about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, or 30% of the total height of the layer of hardened material.
- the height of the molten portion may be any value between the abovementioned values with respect to the total height of the layer of hardened material (e.g., from about 1% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 20%, or from about 5% to about 25%).
- the transformed (e.g., molten) portion may further expand (e.g., more than the expansion of the heated portion).
- the heated portion may comprise a sub-portion that is subject to contractile stress (e.g., FIG. 11D, 1115 ).
- This method may form a portion of the 3D object in which the stress profile (e.g., gradient) comprises relatively more contractile stress at its top (towards the exposed surface) than at its bottom (away from the exposed surface).
- the bottom of the portion may be therefore subject to a tensile stress. Consequently, the heated area (e.g., FIG. 11D, 1114-1116 ) may force the two sides of the heated area (e.g., FIG.
- the layer of hardened material may form a negatively warped structure upon cooling (e.g., depicted in FIG. 11E ).
- FIG. 11E 1114 - 1116 correlate to FIG. 11D 1114 - 1116 respectively.
- the layer of hardened material may form a 3D object that is susceptible to the desired negatively warped deformation (e.g., FIG. 11E ).
- the transformed top layer 1114 may be removed (e.g., ablated) at least in part (e.g., entirely).
- FIG. 11F shows an example where the transformed layer is removed (e.g., 1118 ).
- FIG. 11F 1115 - 1116 correlate to FIG. 11D 1115 - 1116 respectively.
- the bottom of the portion of the layer of hardened material may be directed away from the exposed surface of the hardened material, and/or towards the platform.
- the bottom of the portion of the layer of hardened material may be the surface of the hardened material directed away from the exposed surface of the hardened material, and/or towards the platform.
- the top of the portion of the layer of hardened material maybe be directed towards, or be, the exposed surface of the hardened material.
- the heated portion (e.g., 1112 ) and/or the transformed (e.g., molten) portion (e.g., 1114 ) may be formed by an energy beam.
- the energy beam may travel along a path.
- the path may be a predetermined path.
- the path may be predetermined by the controller.
- the controller regulates and/or directs the energy beam (e.g., the path of the energy beam) directly and/or through one or more apparatuses.
- the controller may direct a scanner that directs the energy beam along at least one path.
- Control may comprise regulate, manipulate, restrict, direct, monitor, adjust, or manage.
- the 3D object to be melted may have a rectangular cross section (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal).
- the rectangle can be square or non-square (e.g., oblong).
- the rectangle can have an aspect ratio of width to length (W:L) of at least about 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:8, 1:10, 1:50, or 1:100.
- the rectangle can have an aspect ratio of width to length (W:L) of at most about 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:8, 1:10, 1:50, or 1:100.
- the rectangle can have an aspect ratio of width to length (W:L) between any of the afore mentioned values (e.g., from about 1:1 to about 1:100, from about 1:1 to about 1:10, or from about 1:2 to about 1:50).
- the rectangular cross section may have a long side (e.g., FIG. 15A, 1515 ) and a short side (e.g., FIG. 15A, 1514 ).
- the path may substantially travel along, perpendicular, or at an angle relative to the long side of the rectangular cross section.
- FIG. 15A shows an example of a rectangular cross section of a 3D object, a portion of which is heated by an energy beam that travels along a path 1512 which may be substantially aligned parallel to the long side (e.g., the hatching area is in the direction parallel to the long side).
- FIG. 15B shows an example of a rectangular cross section of a 3D object, a portion of which is heated by an energy beam that travels along a path 1522 which is substantially aligned parallel to the short side (e.g., the hatching area is in the direction parallel to the short side).
- the path e.g., hatching
- the path may be a connected path or a disconnected path (e.g., comprises disconnected path sections).
- the path may comprise parallel section, non-parallel sections, angular sections, curved sections, or irregular sections.
- FIG. 15C shows an example of a path 1532 that comprises irregular sections.
- the edge may deform (e.g., wrap upwards or wrap downwards).
- the position distant from one of the edges e.g., 1511 or 1512
- the position distant from one of the edges may be the center of the layer (e.g., where the energy beam travels along the path 1512 ).
- the position distant from one of the edges of a layer may deform at a certain position (e.g., wrap upwards or wrap downwards).
- the path of the energy beam may comprise a raster, a vector, or any combination thereof.
- the path of the energy beam (e.g., the first path) may be a vector.
- the path of the energy beam may be oscillating.
- the path of the energy beam may comprise a zigzag, wave (e.g., curved, triangular, or square), or curved pattern.
- the curved wave may be a sine or cosine wave.
- the path of the energy beam may comprise a sub-pattern.
- the sub-pattern may have any of the energy beam patterns disclosed herein. FIG.
- FIG. 16 shows an example of a path 1611 of an energy beam comprising a zigzag sub-pattern (e.g., 1612 shown as an enlargement of a portion of the path 1611 ).
- FIG. 16 shows an example of a path 1621 of an energy beam comprising a curved sub-pattern 1622 .
- the sub-path may form the path of the energy beam.
- the sub-path may be a small path that forms the large path.
- the amplitude of the sub-path may be smaller than the amplitude and/or scale of the energy beam path.
- the sub-path may be a component of the energy beam path.
- the path that the energy beam follows may be a predetermined path.
- the path that the energy beam follows may be connected or disconnected. For example, FIG.
- FIG. 1611 shows a connected path.
- FIG. 16, 1621 shows a disconnected path.
- the connected path can be connected with curved connectors or non-curved connectors.
- the entire path may be substantially non-curved.
- the entire path may be substantially curved.
- FIG. 16 shows an example of a connected path 1611 with curved connectors (e.g., 1613 ).
- Each of the vectorial path sections may be formed of a sub path (e.g., zigzag or curved).
- the non-curved connectors can form a right angle, or another angle.
- the non-curved connected paths may form a rectangular connected path.
- the non-connected path may comprise of vectorial path sections. At least two of the vector path sections may be pointed in the same direction.
- FIG. 16 shows an example of non-connected path 1641 that comprises vector path sections numbered 1 to 5, all of which point to the same direction.
- FIG. 16 shows an example of non-connected path 1621 that comprises vector path sections numbered 1 to 5, of which at least vector sections 1 and 2 point to different directions.
- a 3D model and/or algorithm may predetermine the path.
- the 3D model may be predetermined (e.g., by a processor, by an individual, by a computer, by a computer program, by a drawing, by a statute, or by any combination thereof).
- the path can comprise successive lines (e.g., vector path sections).
- the successive lines may touch each other.
- the successive lines may overlap each other in at least one point.
- the successive path lines may substantially overlap each other.
- the successive lines may be spaced by a first distance (e.g., hatch spacing).
- FIG. 16 shows an example of a hatch spacing 1643 .
- the first distance may vary depending on the position of the generated hardened material within the 3D object.
- the hatch spacing (i.e., distance between disconnected sections of the path) may be at least 500 micrometers ( ⁇ m), 400 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, or 1 ⁇ m.
- the hatch spacing may be at most 500 micrometers ( ⁇ m), 400 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, or 1 ⁇ m.
- the hatch spacing may be any value between the afore-mentioned first distance values (e.g., from 500 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, from 100 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, from 60 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m). In some examples, an angle between successive path lines is varied.
- the direction of the energy beam path determines the curvature of the 3D object, the bottom surface of the 3D object, and/or the top surface of the 3D object. In some instances, the direction of the energy beam path determines the curvature of the 3D object.
- the curvature of the 3D object may comprise the bottom surface of the 3D object, and/or the top surface of the 3D object.
- the direction of the energy beam path may be the direction of the hatchings.
- the degree and/or direction of curvature of the 3D object may be influenced by one or more characteristics of the material forming the 3D object.
- the one or more characteristics of the material may comprise the transformation (e.g., melting) temperature or the elastic (e.g., Young's) modulus.
- the degree and/or direction of curvature of the 3D object may be influenced by the size of the melt pools formed by the energy beam.
- FIG. 8A shows an example of successive melt pools in a 3D object.
- the degree and/or direction of curvature (e.g., positive, substantially zero, or negative) of the 3D object may be influenced by the depth of heat penetration (e.g., of the energy beam) into the 3D object (e.g., depth of 1114 in FIG. 11C ).
- the degree and/or direction of curvature of the 3D object may be influenced by the direction of the path portions with respect to the direction of the greater path.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: providing a negatively warped layer of hardened material disposed in a material bed and transforming at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that is coupled (e.g., attaches) to the negatively warped layer.
- the transformed material may form a hardened material as part of the 3D object.
- the transformed material may subsequently harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: providing a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened (e.g., solid) material and is disposed in a material bed adjacent to a platform; and transforming at least a portion of the material bed (e.g., powder bed) into a transformed material that is coupled to the top of the first structure to form a second structure (that includes both the transformed material and the first structure), which transformed material hardens (e.g., solidifies) into a hardened (e.g., solid) material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- a hardened e.g., solid
- the curvature of all the layers within the 3D object is from at most about 0.02 millimeters ⁇ 1 (i.e., 1 /millimeters). In some embodiments, the layers within the 3D object are (e.g., substantially) planar (e.g., flat).
- the curvature can be at most about ⁇ 0.05 mm ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 0.04 mm ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 0.02 mm ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 0.01 mm ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 0.005 mm ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 0.001 mm ⁇ 1 , substantially zero mm ⁇ 1 , 0.001 mm ⁇ 1 , 0.005 mm ⁇ 1 , 0.01 mm ⁇ 1 , 0.02 mm ⁇ 1 , 0.04 mm ⁇ 1 , or 0.05 mm ⁇ 1 .
- the curvature can be any value between the aforementioned curvature values (e.g., from about ⁇ 0.05 mm ⁇ 1 to about 0.05 mm ⁇ 1 , from about ⁇ 0.02 mm ⁇ 1 to about 0.005 mm ⁇ 1 , from about ⁇ 0.05 mm ⁇ 1 to substantially zero, or from about substantially zero to about 0.05 mm ⁇ 1 ).
- the curvature may refer to the (e.g., average or mean) curvature of a surface.
- the surface can be of the layer of hardened material (e.g., first layer).
- the surface may be of the 3D object (or any layer thereof).
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a first layer of hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of hardened material; and generating a second layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material.
- the less dense material can comprise pre-transformed material (e.g., powder).
- the less dense material can comprise a powder or a sintered powder (e.g., lightly sintered powder). (e.g., see FIGS. 4A-4F )
- the platform may comprise a base, substrate, or a bottom of the enclosure.
- the platform may be a building platform.
- the platform may be adjacent to (e.g., above) where the 3D object is generated. Above may be in a direction opposing the direction of the field of gravity. Above may be in a direction opposite to the building platform.
- the method may further comprise after the operation of disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material and before the operation of generating a second layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer, disposing a leveled (e.g., planar) layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of hardened material.
- the gap may comprise portions of hardened material and portions that include pre-transformed material and/or sintered powder material.
- At least some of the portions may be distributed (e.g., evenly) across the gap. At least some of the portions (e.g., all of the portions) may be concentration (e.g., evenly) within the gap (e.g., to the first and/or second layer of hardened material).
- the method disclosed herein may further comprise transforming the material within the gap to form a transformed material as part of the 3D object. The transformed material may subsequently harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object. (e.g., see FIG. 4F )
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a first layer of material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, which first layer of material comprises a hardened material; disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of material; generating a second layer of material comprising transformed material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material; and cooling the second layer of material such that the top surface of the second layer of material is colder than its bottom surface.
- the top surface of the second layer can be an exposed surface.
- the bottom surface of the second layer may contact the first layer of material.
- the transformed material subsequently hardens.
- the transformed material comprises hardened material.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the hardened material; transforming (e.g., melting) a portion of the layer to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion; hardening the exposed surface of the transformed portion while the interior of the transformed portion remains transformed (e.g., non-hardened. E.g., molten); and hardening (e.g., solidifying) the transformed portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the method may further comprise cooling the molten portion for the hardening.
- the method may reduce or preserve a curvature (e.g., value of the curvature) of at least one surface (e.g., all surfaces) of the 3D object.
- the method may reduce or preserve a curvature of at least one layer (e.g., all layers) of the 3D object.
- the method may reduce the curvature of at least one layer of the 3D object such that it may comprise a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature.
- the method may reduce the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object such that it may comprise a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a first (layer of) hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the first hardened material; transforming (e.g., melting) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first (layer of) hardened material to form a transformed portion and a remainder (e.g., of the first hardened material); and hardening the transformed portion to form a second hardened material; and plastically deforming a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first (layer of) hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform, wherein the hardening forms at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the transforming may be transforming together a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first (layer of) hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion.
- the hardening may be solidifying.
- the method disclosed herein may control the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object.
- the method disclosed herein may control the curvature of at least one surface of a layer of the 3D object.
- the method disclosed herein may control the curvature of at least one layer of the 3D object.
- the 3D object may be suspended anchorlessly in the material bed (e.g., during its formation).
- the 3D object may comprise auxiliary supports or be devoid of auxiliary supports (e.g., during its formation).
- the auxiliary supports may be suspended (e.g., anchorless) in the material bed (e.g., during formation of the 3D object).
- the method disclosed herein may reduce (or preserve) the curvature of at least one layer and/or surface of the 3D object.
- the method disclosed herein may reduce (or preserve) the curvature of at least one layer surface of the 3D object.
- the methods disclosed herein may result in the at least one surface of the 3D object having a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature.
- the hardening operation occurs before the deforming operation.
- the method disclosed herein may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastic deformation, heating and/or cooling the second hardened material.
- the cooling may be cooling from above the exposed surface (e.g., using a cooling member).
- FIG. 11A shows an example of a 3D hardened material structure 1111 in a material bed 1110 comprising pre-transformed material (e.g., powder bed).
- FIG. 11B shows an example of a heated portion 1112 within a 3D hardened material structure, which comprises two sections that have not been heated (e.g., 1111 a and 1111 b ).
- the heating can be performed by any one or more energy source disclosed herein (e.g., conductive heat source and/or energy beam).
- the heated portion can be centered or not centered with respect to a cross section of the 3D object (e.g., horizontal, vertical, or angular).
- the heated portion can be in the middle of the 3D object, or a layer thereof.
- the heated portion can be on the side of the 3D object. In some embodiments, the heated portion is not at the side of the 3D object. At times, the heated portion does not border a side portion of the 3D object (e.g., with respect to the building platform). At times, the heated portion is situated at a distance from the opposing sides of the 3D object. At times, the heated portion is situated (e.g., substantially) symmetrically at a distance from the opposing sides of the 3D object with respect to at least one cross section (e.g., horizontal, vertical, or angular). Substantially is relative to the intended purpose of the 3D object. FIG.
- FIG. 11B shows an example where the heated portion 1112 is situated (e.g., substantially) symmetrically at the center of the 3D object with respect to a vertical cross section of the 3D object (e.g., layer thereof), at an equal distance from each of the opposing sides of the 3D object (e.g., 1119 , 1120 ). At times, the heated portion is situated unsymmetrically at unequal distances from either opposing side of the 3D object, with respect to at least one cross section (e.g., horizontal, vertical, or angular).
- FIG. 11C shows an example of a transformed (e.g., molten) portion 1114 within the heated portion, depicting the remainder of the heated portion that did not transform in 1113 .
- FIG. 11D schematically shows a region of higher temperature 1115 between the transformed portion 1114 and the non-transformed heated portion 1113 , which 1115 comprises non-transformed material that is at a temperature that is higher than the temperature in 1116 .
- FIG. 11E schematically shows the result of the shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D , as the 3D object plastically deforms.
- the exposed surface of the transformed (e.g., molten) portion e.g., 1114
- the exposed surface of the transformed portion may be contained within the exposed surface of the heated portion.
- the transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce mechanical deformation of the 3D object.
- the transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce elastic and/or plastic deformation of the 3D object.
- the transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce fatigue (e.g., material fatigue such as metal fatigue) in the 3D object.
- the transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce compressive and/or tensile stress in the 3D object.
- the transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce reversible and/or irreversible deformation of the 3D object.
- the plastically deformed object can optionally be cooled from the top.
- the plastically deformed object can be cooled using the cooling member disclosed herein.
- the cooling may be a quick cooling by the cooling member, or can be continuous and/or prolonged cooling.
- the quick cooling may comprise introducing and quickly removing the cooling member from a position adjacent (e.g., above) the transformed (e.g., molten) area (e.g., 1114 ). Quickly may be measured relative to the hardening of the interior of the transformed area. Quickly may allow the interior of the transformed area to remain transformed, whereas the exposed surface of the transformed area may harden. Quickly may allow the interior of the molten area to remain molten, whereas the exposed surface of the molten area may solidify.
- the methods disclosed herein may comprise a material (e.g., of the pre-transformed material, of the material bed, of the hardened material, or any combination thereof) that conducts heat.
- the material may be such that the heat conduction and/or absorption of the hardened (e.g., solid) material is more efficient than that of the pre-transformed material (e.g., powder material).
- the transformed portion e.g., before or after its at least partial hardening
- the removal may comprise erosion, vaporization, chipping, or ablation.
- the removal may comprise a mechanical, optical, or chemical removal.
- the ablation may comprise directing an energy beam to the transformed portion (e.g., before or after its at least partial hardening).
- the energy beam may be any energy beam disclosed herein.
- the energy beam may be the same, or a different energy beam that formed the molten portion (e.g., 1114 ).
- the energy beam may be the same, or a different energy beam that formed the heated portion (e.g., 1112 ).
- the heated portion may be formed by an energy beam or by a radiative energy source.
- the energy beam forming the heated portion may be the same or different than the one forming the molten portion.
- FIG. 11F shows an example of a removed portion ( 1118 ) of the heated layer (e.g., 1112 ), resulting in heated portions 1116 and 1115 forming a portion of the 3D object.
- the material may be such that the heat may dissipate and/or transfer through the hardened material in greater amount than thorough the pre-transformed form (e.g., powder) of that material.
- the material may be such that the heat may thermally equilibrate in preference through the hardened material as compared to the pre-transformed form of that material.
- the material may have a characteristic wherein the heat may dissipate and/or transfer through the hardened (e.g., solid) material in greater amount than thorough a powder of that material.
- the material may be such that the heat may thermally equilibrate in preference through the hardened material as compared to the powder of that material. More efficient may refer to more efficient in time (e.g., quicker).
- a 3D object e.g., formed by a 3D printing process
- the 3D object comprises one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material
- the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure.
- the grain structure closer to the surface may be indicative of a higher solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior.
- the grain structure may comprise a melt pool.
- the grain structure may be smaller (e.g., of a smaller volume or smaller FLS) at a position closer to or at to the surface, as compared to the size of the grain structure in the interior.
- the solidification may comprise crystallization.
- the grain structure may be a microstructure.
- the grain structure may be a metallurgical structure (e.g., planar structure, cellular structure, columnar dendritic structure, or equiaxed dendritic structure).
- a 3D object (e.g., formed by a 3D printing process) comprises one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and metallurgical microstructure (e.g., dendrites and/or cells), wherein the metallurgical microstructure at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a higher (e.g., quicker) solidification rate than the metallurgical microstructure in the interior.
- the spacing between the metallurgical microstructures may be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the spacing of the (e.g., respective) metallurgical microstructure in the interior.
- the overall size of the metallurgical microstructure may be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the overall size of the (e.g., respective) metallurgical microstructure in the interior (e.g., indicating quick solidification).
- the 3D object disclosed herein may be devoid of an auxiliary support feature or auxiliary support feature mark that is indicative of a presence or removal of the auxiliary support feature.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: generating a first hardened material in an pre-transformed material bed disposed adjacent to a platform in an enclosure, which first hardened material comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; heating a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated portion; transforming (e.g., melting) a portion of the top of the heated portion to form a transformed portion; and hardening the transformed portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform.
- the bottom surface of the first hardened material has a first curvature that is of a higher value than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material.
- the bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform.
- the exposed surface of portion of the transformed portion may be contained within the exposed surface of the heated portion.
- the exposed surface of the molten portion may be smaller than an exposed surface of the heated portion.
- the heated portion may not comprise the rim of the layer of hardened material.
- the method may further comprise removing a portion of the molten portion.
- the removed portion may comprise the exposed surface of the molten portion.
- the method may further comprise removing a portion of the heated portion.
- the removal may comprise using an energy beam.
- the layer of hardened material may or may not be anchored to the enclosure in which the 3D object is formed (e.g., to the platform) during its formation.
- the layer of hardened material may or may not comprise auxiliary supports during the formation of the 3D object.
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: generating at least a portion of a 3D object from a material bed; cooling the material bed using a first cooling member disposed within the enclosure; moving the first cooling member; and cooling the first cooling member using a second cooling member that is disposed outside of the enclosure.
- the material bed may be disposed on a platform within an enclosure. Above may refer to a direction away from the platform and/or opposite to the direction of the gravitational force.
- the cooling member may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. In some examples, the cooling member may be disposed above, to the side, or below the material bed. For example, the cooling member may be disposed above an exposed surface of the material bed. (See FIG. 5A ).
- the first cooling member may be disposed along the path of an energy beam that is used in generating the 3D object.
- the first cooling member may be disposed in an isolated atmosphere.
- the material bed may comprise a material that is susceptible to oxygen and/or humidity.
- the material bed may comprise an explosive material.
- the isolated atmosphere may comprise a gas (e.g., as disclosed herein).
- the isolated atmosphere may comprise an inert gas.
- the first cooling member and the material bed may be disposed in the isolated atmosphere.
- the first cooling member may be disposed in a first atmosphere, and the second cooling member may be disposed in a second atmosphere.
- the first atmosphere may be (e.g., substantially) similar to the second atmosphere.
- the first atmosphere may be different than the second atmosphere.
- the second cooling member may be disposed in an ambient atmosphere.
- the cooling of the first cooling member may comprise contacting the first cooling member with the second cooling member (e.g., FIG. 5B ).
- the contact between the first and second cooling members may be indirect (e.g., through a surface such as the surface of the enclosure).
- the indirect contact may comprise one or more intervening surfaces between at least one surface of the first cooling member and at least one surface of the second cooling member.
- the one or more intervening surfaces may include the coating of the enclosure, and/or the walls of the enclosure.
- the contact between the first and the second cooling member may be direct.
- the direct contact may comprise contacting at least one surface of the first cooling member with at least one surface of the second cooling member.
- the first cooling member may be passive.
- the passive cooling member may be a part (e.g., slab) of material.
- the passive cooling member may exclude active removal of heat (e.g., using a motor).
- the second cooling member may be actively cooled.
- the second cooling member may comprise a heat exchanger.
- the cooling member e.g., first or second
- the cooling member e.g., first and/or second
- Each of the cooling members may have its own heat control and/or sensor (e.g., temperature sensor). At times, both cooling members may have a joint controller and/or sensor (e.g., temperature sensor).
- both the first and the second cooling member are actively cooled.
- both the first and the second cooling member are passive. (See FIGS. 5A-5B and 18A-18B ).
- the first cooling member may be translatable.
- the second cooling member may be translatable.
- the second cooling member may be stationary.
- the stationary cooling member may have one or more parts that are translatable and/or exchangeable.
- the first cooling member or any parts thereof may be exchangeable.
- the second cooling member may comprise translatable coolant.
- the second cooling member may comprise one or more coolants that travel from a position adjacent to the first cooling member and away from the position adjacent to the first cooling member. When the coolants move away from the position adjacent to the first cooling member, the coolants may remove at least a portion of the energy of the first cooling member away from the first cooling member.
- the method disclosed herein may further comprise translating the first cooling member to a position adjacent to the second cooling member.
- cooling the material bed using the first cooling member comprises removing a percentage of heat from an exposed surface of the material bed.
- the percentage may be at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
- the percentage may be any percentage between the abovementioned percentages (e.g., from about 10% to about 90%, from about 30% to about 90%, from about 30% to about 50%, or from about 50% to about 90%).
- a method for forming a 3D object comprises: using an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; measuring one or more temperatures at one or more points adjacent to (or on) the at least a portion of the 3D object in real time during the 3D printing; and controlling the energy beam with at least one processing unit based on the measured temperatures.
- the processing unit may comprise at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second according to a benchmark.
- the control of the energy beam with the processing unit may be (e.g., further) based on a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the benchmark may comprise a mathematical, graphical, or encryption benchmark.
- the processing unit may comprise parallel processing.
- the processing unit may comprise at least 8 billion transistors.
- the area of the processing unit may be at most about 600 mm 2 .
- the processing unit may comprise at least 1000 cores.
- the processing unit may comprise a memory bandwidth of at least 100 Giga bytes per second.
- the processing unit may comprise a memory clock speed of at least 5 Giga bits per second.
- the controlling may be based on at least one control mechanism. At times, the control mechanism may exclude feedback from the structure of at least a portion of the generated 3D object. Sometimes, the control mechanism may include feedback from the structure of at least a portion of the generated 3D object.
- the controlling may be based on a control mechanism comprising taking into account a generic geometric section (e.g., a primitive) that is similar to a portion of the 3D object.
- the controller may comprise a processing unit.
- the controller may comprise a computer system.
- FIG. 14 schematically shows an example of a computer system 1400 that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of a 3
- the material (e.g., pre-transformed, transformed and/or hardened) comprises elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- the allotrope of elemental carbon may comprise amorphous carbon, graphite, graphene, diamond, or fullerene.
- the fullerene may be selected from the group consisting of a spherical, elliptical, linear, and tubular fullerene.
- the fullerene may comprise a buckyball or a carbon nanotube.
- the ceramic material may comprise cement.
- the ceramic material may comprise alumina.
- the material may comprise sand, glass, or stone.
- the material may comprise an organic material, for example, a polymer or a resin.
- the organic material may comprise a hydrocarbon.
- the polymer may comprise styrene.
- the organic material may comprise carbon and hydrogen atoms.
- the organic material may comprise carbon and oxygen atoms.
- the organic material may comprise carbon and nitrogen atoms.
- the organic material may comprise carbon and sulfur atoms.
- the material may exclude an organic material.
- the material may comprise a solid or a liquid.
- the material may comprise a silicon-based material, for example, silicon based polymer or a resin.
- the material may comprise an organosilicon-based material.
- the material may comprise silicon and hydrogen atoms.
- the material may comprise silicon and carbon atoms.
- the material may exclude a silicon-based material.
- the solid material may comprise powder material.
- the powder material may be coated by a coating (e.g., organic coating such as the organic material (e.g., plastic coating)).
- the material may be devoid of organic material.
- the liquid material may be compartmentalized into reactors, vesicles, or droplets.
- the compartmentalized material may be compartmentalized in one or more layers.
- the material may be a composite material comprising a secondary material.
- the secondary material can be a reinforcing material (e.g., a material that forms a fiber).
- the reinforcing material may comprise a carbon fiber, Kevlar®, Twaron®, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, or glass fiber.
- the material can comprise powder (e.g., granular material) or wires.
- the solid particulate material may be powder.
- the material may exclude a polymer and/or a resin.
- the polymer may be a molecule having a repeating molecular unit.
- the polymer and/or resin may be an organic (e.g., comprising of hydrogen and carbon).
- the polymer and/or resin may be any polymer and/or resin disclosed herein.
- the material may include a polymer.
- the material comprises a particulate material.
- the particulate material may comprise solid, or semi-solid (e.g., gel) particles.
- the solid particulate material comprises a powder.
- the material comprises a powder material.
- the material may comprise a solid material.
- the material may comprise one or more particles or clusters.
- the term “powder,” as used herein, generally refers to a solid having fine particles. Powders may be granular materials. The powder particles may comprise micro particles. The powder particles may comprise nanoparticles.
- a powder comprising particles having an average FLS of at least about 5 nanometers (nm), 10 nm, 20 nm, 30 nm, 40 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 35 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 45 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 55 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 65 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, or 100 ⁇ m.
- the particles comprising the powder may have an average FLS of at most about 100 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 65 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 55 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 45 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 35 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, or 5 nm.
- the powder may have an average FLS between any of the values of the average particle FLS listed above (e.g., from about 5 nm to about 100 ⁇ m, from about 1 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, from about 15 ⁇ m to about 45 ⁇ m, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 80 ⁇ m, from about 20 ⁇ m to about 80 ⁇ m, or from about 500 nm to about 50 ⁇ m.)
- the powder can be composed of individual particles.
- the individual particles can be spherical, oval, prismatic, cubic, or irregularly shaped.
- the particles can have a FLS.
- the powder can be composed of a homogenously shaped particle mixture such that all of the particles have substantially the same shape and FLS magnitude within at most 1%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70%, distribution of FLS.
- the powder can be a heterogeneous mixture such that the particles have variable shape and/or FLS magnitude.
- At least parts of the layer of pre-transformed material can be transformed to a transformed material as at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the transformed material may subsequently form at least a fraction (also used herein “a portion,” or “a part”) of a hardened (e.g., solidified) 3D object.
- a layer of transformed or hardened material may comprise a cross section of a 3D object (e.g., a horizontal cross section).
- a layer of transformed and/or hardened material may comprise a deviation from a cross section of a 3D model of a desired 3D object (e.g., an originally intended design to be produced as a printed 3D object). The deviation may include vertical or horizontal deviation with respect to the 3D model of the intended 3D object.
- a pre-transformed material layer (or a potion thereof) can have a thickness of at least about 1.0 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1000 ⁇ m.
- An un-transformed material layer (or a potion thereof) can have a thickness of at most about 1000 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 450 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 350 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m.
- a pre-transformed material layer may have any value in between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1000 ⁇ m to about 1 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m to about 20 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m to about 30 ⁇ m, or 1000 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m).
- the material composition of at least one layer within the material bed may differ from the material composition within at least one other layer in the material bed.
- the difference (e.g., variation) may comprise difference in crystal and/or grain structure.
- the variation may comprise variation in grain orientation, variation in material density, variation in the degree of compound segregation to grain boundaries, variation in the degree of element segregation to grain boundaries, variation in material phase, variation in metallurgical phase, variation in material porosity, variation in crystal phase, and variation in crystal structure.
- the microstructure of the printed object may comprise planar structure, cellular structure, columnar dendritic structure, or equiaxed dendritic structure.
- the pre-transformed materials of at least one layer in the material bed may differ in the FLS of its particles (e.g., powder particles) from the FLS of the pre-transformed material within at least one other layer in the material bed.
- a layer may comprise two or more material types at any combination. For example, two or more elemental metals, two or more metal alloys, two or more ceramics, two or more allotropes of elemental carbon.
- All the layers of pre-transformed material deposited during the 3D printing process may be of the same material composition.
- a metal alloy is formed in situ during the process of transforming at least a portion of the material bed.
- a metal alloy is not formed in situ during the process of transforming at least a portion of the material bed.
- a metal alloy is formed prior to the process of transforming at least a portion of the material bed.
- one pre-transformed material may be used as support (i.e., supportive powder), as an insulator, as a cooling member (e.g., heat-sink), or as any combination thereof.
- adjacent components in the material bed are separated from one another by one or more intervening layers of pre-transformed material.
- a first layer is adjacent to a second layer when the first layer is in direct contact with the second layer.
- a first layer is adjacent to a second layer when the first layer is separated from the second layer by at least one layer (e.g., a third layer).
- the intervening layer may be of any layer size disclosed herein.
- the pre-transformed material (e.g., powder material) can be chosen such that the material type is the desired and/or otherwise predetermined material type for the 3D object.
- a layer of the 3D object comprises a single type of material.
- a layer of the 3D object may comprise a single elemental metal type, or a single metal alloy type.
- a layer within the 3D object may comprise several types of material (e.g., an elemental metal and an alloy, an alloy and a ceramic, an alloy and an allotrope of elemental carbon).
- each type of material comprises only a single member of that type.
- a single member of elemental metal e.g., iron
- a single member of metal alloy e.g., stainless steel
- a single member of ceramic material e.g., silicon carbide or tungsten carbide
- a single member e.g., an allotrope
- elemental carbon e.g., graphite
- a layer of the 3D object comprises more than one type of material. In some cases, a layer of the 3D object comprises more than one member of a material type.
- the layer structure may comprise any material(s) used for 3D printing described herein. Sometimes one part of the layer may comprise one material, and another part may comprise a second material different than the first material.
- a layer of the 3D object may be composed of a composite material.
- the 3D object may be composed of a composite material.
- the 3D object may comprise a functionally graded material.
- the elemental metal can be an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a transition metal, a rare earth element metal, or another metal.
- the alkali metal can be Lithium, Sodium, Potassium, Rubidium, Cesium, or Francium.
- the alkali earth metal can be Beryllium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium, Barium, or Radium.
- the transition metal can be Scandium, Titanium, Vanadium, Chromium, Manganese, Iron, Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Zinc, Yttrium, Zirconium, Platinum, Gold, Rutherfordium, Dubnium, Seaborgium, Bohrium, Hassium, Meitnerium, Ununbium, Niobium, Iridium, Molybdenum, Technetium, Ruthenium, Rhodium, Palladium, Silver, Cadmium, Hafnium, Tantalum, Tungsten, Rhenium, or Osmium.
- the transition metal can be mercury.
- the rare earth metal can be a lanthanide, or an actinide.
- the lanthanide metal can be Lanthanum, Cerium, Praseodymium, Neodymium, Promethium, Samarium, Europium, Gadolinium, Terbium, Dysprosium, Holmium, Erbium, Thulium, Ytterbium, or Lutetium.
- the actinide metal can be Actinium, Thorium, Protactinium, Uranium, Neptunium, Plutonium, Americium, Curium, Berkelium, Californium, Einsteinium, Fermium, Mendelevium, Nobelium, or Lawrencium.
- the other metal can be Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, Tin, Thallium, Lead, or Bismuth.
- the metal alloy can be an iron based alloy, nickel based alloy, cobalt based allow, chrome based alloy, cobalt chrome based alloy, titanium based alloy, magnesium based alloy, copper based alloy, scandium alloy, or any combination thereof.
- the alloy may comprise an oxidation or corrosion resistant alloy.
- the alloy may comprise a super alloy (e.g., Inconel).
- the super alloy may comprise Inconel 600, 617, 625, 690, 718, or X-750.
- the metal e.g., alloy or elemental
- the metal may comprise an alloy used for products comprising, devices, medical devices (human & veterinary), machinery, cell phones, semiconductor equipment, generators, engines, pistons, electronics (e.g., circuits), electronic equipment, agriculture equipment, motor, gear, transmission, communication equipment, computing equipment (e.g., laptop, cell phone, tablet, i-pad), air conditioning, generators, furniture, musical equipment, art, jewelry, cooking equipment, or sport gear.
- the metal e.g., alloy or elemental
- the metal alloy may comprise an alloy used for products for human or veterinary applications comprising implants, or prosthetics.
- the metal alloy may comprise an alloy used for applications in the fields comprising human or veterinary surgery, implants (e.g., dental), or prosthetics.
- the alloy may include a superalloy.
- the alloy may include a high-performance alloy.
- the alloy may include an alloy exhibiting at least one of excellent mechanical strength, resistance to thermal creep deformation, good surface stability, resistance to corrosion, and resistance to oxidation.
- the alloy may include a face-centered cubic austenitic crystal structure.
- the alloy may comprise Hastelloy, Inconel, Waspaloy, Rene alloy (e.g., Rene-80, Rene-77, Rene-220, or Rene-41), Haynes alloy, Incoloy, MP98T, TMS alloy, MTEK (e.g., MTEK grade MAR-M-247, MAR-M-509, MAR-M-R41, or MAR-M-X-45), or CMSX (e.g., CMSX-3, or CMSX-4).
- the alloy can be a single crystal alloy.
- the iron alloy comprises Elinvar, Fernico, Ferroalloys, Invar, Iron hydride, Kovar, Spiegeleisen, Staballoy (stainless steel), or Steel.
- the metal alloy is steel.
- the Ferroalloy may comprise Ferroboron, Ferrocerium, Ferrochrome, Ferromagnesium, Ferromanganese, Ferromolybdenum, Ferronickel, Ferrophosphorus, Ferrosilicon, Ferrotitanium, Ferrouranium, or Ferrovanadium.
- the iron alloy may include cast iron, or pig iron.
- the steel may include Bulat steel, Chromoly, Crucible steel, Damascus steel, Hadfield steel, High speed steel, HSLA steel, Maraging steel (M300), Reynolds 531, Silicon steel, Spring steel, Stainless steel, Tool steel, Weathering steel, or Wootz steel.
- the high-speed steel may include Mushet steel.
- the stainless steel may include AL-6XN, Alloy 20, celestrium, marine grade stainless, Martensitic stainless steel, surgical stainless steel, or Zeron 100.
- the tool steel may include Silver steel.
- the steel may comprise stainless steel, Nickel steel, Nickel-chromium steel, Molybdenum steel, Chromium steel, Chromium-vanadium steel, Tungsten steel, Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel, or Silicon-manganese steel.
- the steel may be comprised of any Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) grade such as 440F, 410, 312, 430, 440A, 440B, 440C, 304, 305, 304L, 304L, 301, 304LN, 301LN, 2304, 316, 316L, 316LN, 317L, 2205, 409, 904L, 321, 254SMO, 316Ti, 321H, 17-4, 15-5, 420, or 304H.
- SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
- the steel may comprise stainless steel of at least one crystalline structure selected from the group consisting of austenitic, superaustenitic, ferritic, martensitic, duplex, and precipitation-hardening martensitic.
- Duplex stainless steel may be lean duplex, standard duplex, super duplex, or hyper duplex.
- the stainless steel may comprise surgical grade stainless steel (e.g., austenitic 316, martensitic 420, or martensitic 440).
- the austenitic 316 stainless steel may include 316L, or 316LVM.
- the steel may include 17-4 Precipitation Hardening steel (also known as type 630, a chromium-copper precipitation hardening stainless steel, 17-4PH steel).
- the titanium-based alloys may include alpha alloys, near alpha alloys, alpha and beta alloys, or beta alloys.
- the titanium alloy may comprise grade 1, 2, 2H, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7H, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16H, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 26H, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, or higher.
- the titanium base alloy includes Ti-6Al-4V or Ti-6Al-7Nb.
- the Nickel alloy may include Alnico, Alumel, Chromel, Cupronickel, Ferronickel, German silver, Hastelloy, Inconel, Monel metal, Nichrome, Nickel-carbon, Nicrosil, Nisil, Nitinol, Hastelloy X, Cobalt-Chromium, or Magnetically “soft” alloys.
- the magnetically “soft” alloys may comprise Mu-metal, Permalloy, Supermalloy, or Brass.
- the brass may include Nickel hydride, Stainless or Coin silver.
- the cobalt alloy may include Megallium, Stellite (e. g. Talonite), Ultimet, or Vitallium.
- the chromium alloy may include chromium hydroxide, or Nichrome.
- the aluminum alloy may include AA-8000, Al—Li (aluminum-lithium), Alnico, Duralumin, Hiduminium, Kryron Magnalium, Nambe, Scandium-aluminum, or Y alloy.
- the magnesium alloy may be Elektron, Magnox, or T—Mg—Al—Zn (Bergman phase) alloy.
- the copper alloy may comprise Arsenical copper, Beryllium copper, Billon, Brass, Bronze, Constantan, Copper hydride, Copper-tungsten, Corinthian bronze, Cunife, Cupronickel, Cymbal alloys, Devarda's alloy, Electrum, Hepatizon, Heusler alloy, Manganin, Molybdochalkos, Nickel silver, Nordic gold, Shakudo, or Tumbaga.
- the Brass may include Calamine brass, Chinese silver, Dutch metal, Gilding metal, Muntz metal, Pinchbeck, Prince's metal, or Tombac.
- the Bronze may include Aluminum bronze, Arsenical bronze, Bell metal, Florentine bronze, Guanin, Gunmetal, Glucydur, Phosphor bronze, Ormolu, or Speculum metal.
- the material e.g., powder material
- the material comprises a material wherein its constituents (e.g., atoms or molecules) readily lose their outer shell electrons, resulting in a free flowing cloud of electrons within their otherwise solid arrangement.
- the material is characterized in having high electrical conductivity, low electrical resistivity, high thermal conductivity, or high density (e.g., as measured at ambient temperature (e.g., R.T., or 20° C.)).
- the high electrical conductivity can be at least about 1 ⁇ 10 5 Siemens per meter (S/m), 5 ⁇ 10 5 S/m, 1 ⁇ 10 6 S/m, 5 ⁇ 10 6 S/m, 1 ⁇ 10 7 S/m, 5 ⁇ 10 7 S/m, or 1 ⁇ 10 8 S/m.
- the symbol “ ⁇ ” designates the mathematical operation “times,” or “multiplied by.”
- the high electrical conductivity can be any value between the aforementioned electrical conductivity values (e.g., from about 1 ⁇ 10 5 S/m to about 1 ⁇ 10 8 S/m).
- the low electrical resistivity may be at most about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ohm times meter ( ⁇ m), 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 , or 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 ⁇ m.
- the low electrical resistivity can be any value between the aforementioned electrical resistivity values (e.g., from about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ⁇ m to about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 ⁇ m).
- the high thermal conductivity may be at least about 20 Watts per meters times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), 50 W/mK, 100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200 W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350 W/mK, 400 W/mK, 450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550 W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800 W/mK, 900 W/mK, or 1000 W/mK.
- W/mK degrees Kelvin
- the high thermal conductivity can be any value between the aforementioned thermal conductivity values (e.g., from about 20 W/mK to about 1000 W/mK).
- the high density may be at least about 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm 3 ), 2 g/cm 3 , 3 g/cm 3 , 4 g/cm 3 , 5 g/cm 3 , 6 g/cm 3 , 7 g/cm 3 , 8 g/cm 3 , 9 g/cm 3 , 10 g/cm 3 , 11 g/cm 3 , 12 g/cm 3 , 13 g/cm 3 , 14 g/cm 3 , 15 g/cm 3 , 16 g/cm 3 , 17 g/cm 3 , 18 g/cm 3 , 19 g/cm 3 , 20 g/cm 3 , or 25 g/cm 3 .
- the high density can be any value
- a metallic material can comprise small amounts of non-metallic materials, such as, for example, oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen.
- the metallic material can comprise the non-metallic material in a trace amount.
- a trace amount can be at most about 100000 parts per million (ppm), 10000 ppm, 1000 ppm, 500 ppm, 400 ppm, 200 ppm, 100 ppm, 50 ppm, 10 ppm, 5 ppm, or 1 ppm (on the basis of weight, w/w) of non-metallic material.
- a trace amount can comprise at least about 10 ppt, 100 ppt, 1 ppb, 5 ppb, 10 ppb, 50 ppb, 100 ppb, 200 ppb, 400 ppb, 500 ppb, 1000 ppb, 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, or 10000 ppm (on the basis of weight, w/w) of non-metallic material.
- a trace amount can be any value between the afore-mentioned trace amounts (e.g., from about 10 parts per trillion (ppt) to about 100000 ppm, from about 1 ppb to about 100000 ppm, from about 1 ppm to about 10000 ppm, or from about 1 ppb to about 1000 ppm).
- ppt parts per trillion
- the one or more layers within the 3D object may be (e.g., substantially) planar (e.g., flat).
- the planarity of the layer may be (e.g., substantially) uniform.
- the height of the layer at a particular position may be compared to an average plane.
- the average plane may be defined by a least squares planar fit of the top-most part of the surface of the layer of hardened material.
- the average plane may be a plane calculated by averaging the material height at each point on the top surface of the layer of hardened material.
- the deviation from any point at the surface of the planar layer of hardened material may be at most 20% 15%, 10%, 5%, 3%, 1%, or 0.5% of the height (e.g., thickness) of the layer of hardened material.
- the substantially planar one or more layers may have a large radius of curvature.
- FIG. 2 shows an example of a vertical cross section of a 3D object 212 comprising planar layers (layer numbers 1 - 4 ) and non-planar layers (layer numbers 5 - 6 ) that have a radius of curvature.
- FIGS. 2, 216 and 217 are super-positions of curved layer on a circle 215 having a radius of curvature “r.”
- the one or more layers may have a radius of curvature equal to the radius of curvature of the layer surface.
- the radius of curvature of the layer surface may have a value of at least about 0.1 centimeter (cm), 0.2 cm, 0.3 cm, 0.4 cm, 0.5 cm, 0.6 cm, 0.7 cm, 0.8 cm, 0.9 cm, 1 cm, 5 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80 cm, 90 cm, 1 meter (m), 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m, 25 m, 30 m, 50 m, or 100 m.
- the radius of curvature of the layer surface may have any value between any of the afore-mentioned values of the radius of curvature (e.g., from about 10 cm to about 90 m, from about 50 cm to about 10 m, from about 5 cm to about 1 m, from about 50 cm to about 5 m, from about 5 cm to infinity, or from about 40 cm to about 50 m).
- a layer with an infinite radius of curvature is a layer that is planar.
- the one or more layers may be included in a planar section of the 3D object, or may be a planar 3D object (e.g., a flat plane). In some instances, part of at least one layer within the 3D object has the radius of curvature mentioned herein.
- the 3D object may comprise a layering plane N of the layered structure (e.g., FIG. 8C, 805 ).
- the 3D object may comprise points X and Y, which reside on the surface of the 3D object, wherein X is spaced apart from Y by the auxiliary feature spacing distance (e.g., as disclosed herein).
- FIG. 10 shows an example of points X and Y on the surface of a 3D object.
- a sphere of radius XY that is centered at X lacks one or more auxiliary supports or one or more auxiliary support marks that are indicative of a presence or removal of the one or more auxiliary support features.
- an acute angle forms between the straight line XY and the direction normal to N.
- the acute angle between the straight line XY and the direction normal to the layering plane may be of the value of the acute angle alpha (e.g., as disclosed herein).
- the angle between the straight line XY and the direction of normal to N is greater than 90 degrees, one can consider the complementary acute angle.
- the generated 3D object may be generated with the accuracy of at least about 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 35 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 45 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 55 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 65 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 85 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 95 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, 1000 ⁇ m, 1100 ⁇ m, or 1500 ⁇ m as compared to a 3D model of the 3D object (e.g., the desired 3D object).
- a 3D model of the 3D object e.g., the desired 3D object.
- the generated 3D object may be generated with the accuracy of any accuracy value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 5 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, from about 15 ⁇ m to about 35 ⁇ m, from about 100 ⁇ m to about 1500 ⁇ m, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 1500 ⁇ m, or from about 400 ⁇ m to about 600 ⁇ m).
- any accuracy value between the aforementioned values e.g., from about 5 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, from about 15 ⁇ m to about 35 ⁇ m, from about 100 ⁇ m to about 1500 ⁇ m, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 1500 ⁇ m, or from about 400 ⁇ m to about 600 ⁇ m.
- the hardened layer of transformed material deforms.
- the deformation may cause a height deviation from a uniformly planar layer of hardened material.
- the height uniformity of the planar surface of the layer of hardened material may be at most about 100 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 80, 70 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, or 5 ⁇ m.
- the height uniformity of the planar surface of the layer of hardened material may be any value between the afore-mentioned height deviation values (e.g., from about 100 ⁇ m to about 5 ⁇ m, from about 50 ⁇ m to about 5 ⁇ m, from about 30 ⁇ m to about 5 ⁇ m, or from about 20 ⁇ m to about 5 ⁇ m).
- the height uniformity may comprise high precision uniformity.
- the height uniformity may be a deviation from a prescribed layer height, from a mean layer height, or from an average layer height.
- the resolution of the 3D object may have any value of the height uniformity value mentioned herein.
- the resolution of the 3D object may be at least about 100 dots per inch (dpi), 300 dpi, 600 dpi, 1200 dpi, 2400 dpi, 3600 dpi, or 4800 dpi.
- the resolution of the 3D object may be at most about 100 dpi, 300 dpi, 600 dpi, 1200 dpi, 2400 dpi, 3600 dpi, or 4800 dip.
- the resolution of the 3D object may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from 100 dpi to 4800 dpi, from 300 dpi to 2400 dpi, or from 600 dpi to 4800 dpi).
- the height uniformity of a layer of hardened material may persist across a portion of the layer surface that has a width or a length of at least about 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, or 10 mm, have a height deviation of at least about 10 mm, 9 mm, 8 mm, 7 mm, 6 mm, 5 mm, 4 mm, 3 mm, 2 mm, 1 mm, 500 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m.
- the height uniformity of a layer of hardened material may persist across a portion of the target surface that has a width or a length of or of any value between the afore-mentioned width or length values (e.g., from about 10 mm to about 10 ⁇ m, from about 10 mm to about 100 ⁇ m, or from about 5 mm to about 500 ⁇ m).
- At least one layer of the printed 3D objects may deviate from a planar uniformity of the layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) in at least one plane (e.g., horizontal plane) of at most about 20%, 10%, 5%, 2%, 1% or 0.5%, as compared to the average or mean plane (e.g., horizontal plane) created at the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., top of a powder bed).
- the height deviation can be measured by using one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors).
- Characteristics of the hardened material and/or any of its parts can be measured by any of the following measurement methodologies.
- the FLS values e.g., width
- height uniformity e.g., auxiliary support space
- an/d or radius of curvature of the layer of the 3D object and any of its components e.g., layer of hardened material
- the FLS of opening ports may be measured by one or more of following measurement methodologies.
- the measurement methodologies may comprise a microscopy method (e.g., any microscopy method described herein).
- the measurement methodologies may comprise a coordinate measuring machine (CMM), measuring projector, vision measuring system, and/or a gauge.
- CCMM coordinate measuring machine
- the gauge can be a gauge distometer (e.g., caliber).
- the gauge can be a go-no-go gauge.
- the measurement methodologies may comprise a caliper (e.g., Vernier caliper), positive lens, interferometer, or laser (e.g., tracker).
- the measurement methodologies may comprise a contact or by a non-contact method.
- the measurement methodologies may comprise one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors and/or metrological sensors).
- the measurement methodologies may comprise a metrological measurement device (e.g., using metrological sensor(s)).
- the measurements may comprise a motor encoder (e.g., rotary and/or linear).
- the measurement methodologies may comprise using an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or infra-red (IR)).
- IR infra-red
- the microscopy method may comprise ultrasound or nuclear magnetic resonance.
- the microscopy method may comprise optical microscopy.
- the microscopy method may comprise electromagnetic, electron, or proximal probe microscopy.
- the electron microscopy may comprise scanning, tunneling, X-ray photo-, or Auger electron microscopy.
- the electromagnetic microscopy may comprise confocal, stereoscope, or compound microscopy.
- the microscopy method may comprise an inverted and/or non-inverted microscope.
- the proximal probe microscopy may comprise atomic force, or scanning tunneling microscopy, or any other microscopy described herein.
- the microscopy measurements may comprise using an image analysis system. The measurements may be conducted at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T.)
- the microstructures (e.g., of melt pools) of the 3D object may be measured by a microscopy method (e.g., any microscopy method described herein).
- the microstructures may be measured by a contact or by a non-contact method.
- the microstructures may be measured by using an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or IR).
- the microstructure measurements may comprise evaluating the dendritic arm spacing and/or the secondary dendritic arm spacing (e.g., using microscopy).
- the microscopy measurements may comprise using an image analysis system.
- the measurements may be conducted at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T.).
- the gap distance (e.g., from the cooling member to the exposed surface of the material bed) may be measured using any of the following measurement techniques.
- the measurements techniques may comprise interferometry and/or confocal chromatic measurements.
- the measurements techniques may comprise at least one motor encoder (rotary, linear).
- the measurement techniques may comprise one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors and/or metrological sensors).
- the measurement techniques may comprise at least one inductive sensor.
- the measurement techniques may include an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or IR).
- the measurements may be conducted at ambient temperature (e.g., R.T.).
- the 3D object can have various surface roughness profiles, which may be suitable for various applications.
- the surface roughness may be the deviations in the direction of the normal vector of a real surface, from its ideal form.
- the surface roughness may be measured as the arithmetic average of the roughness profile (hereinafter “Ra”).
- the formed object can have a Ra value of at most about 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 75 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 45 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 35 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 7 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, or 30 nm.
- the 3D object can have a Ra value between any of the aforementioned Ra values (e.g., from about 50 ⁇ m to about 1 ⁇ m, from about 100 ⁇ m to about 4 ⁇ m, from about 30 ⁇ m to about 3 ⁇ m, from about 60 nm to about 1 ⁇ m, or from about 80 nm to about 0.5 ⁇ m).
- the Ra values may be measured by a contact or by a non-contact method.
- the Ra values may be measured by a roughness tester and/or by a microscopy method (e.g., any microscopy method described herein).
- the measurements may be conducted at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T.).
- the roughness may be measured by a contact or by a non-contact method.
- the roughness measurement may comprise one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors).
- the roughness measurement may comprise a metrological measurement device (e.g., using metrological sensor(s)).
- the roughness may be measured using an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or IR).
- the 3D object may be composed of successive layers (e.g., successive cross sections) of solid material that originated from a transformed material (e.g., fused, sintered, melted, bound or otherwise connected powder material), and optionally subsequently hardened (e.g., FIGS. 8A-8C ).
- the transformed material may be connected to a hardened (e.g., solidified) material.
- the hardened material may reside within the same layer, or in another layer (e.g., a previous layer).
- the hardened material comprises disconnected parts of the 3D object, that are subsequently connected by newly transformed material (e.g., by fusing, sintering, melting, binding or otherwise connecting a powder material).
- a cross section (e.g., vertical cross section) of the generated (i.e., formed) 3D object may reveal a microstructure or a grain structure indicative of a layered deposition (e.g., FIGS. 8A-8B ).
- the microstructure or grain structure may arise due to the solidification of transformed powder material that is typical to and/or indicative of the 3D printing method.
- a cross section may reveal a microstructure resembling ripples or waves that are indicative of solidified melt pools that may be formed during the 3D printing process (e.g., FIGS. 8A-8B ).
- the repetitive layered structure of the solidified melt pools may reveal the orientation at which the part was printed (e.g., FIGS.
- the cross section may reveal a substantially repetitive microstructure or grain structure.
- the microstructure or grain structure may comprise (e.g., substantially repetitive) variations in material composition, grain orientation, material density, degree of compound segregation or of element segregation to grain boundaries, material phase, metallurgical phase, crystal phase, crystal structure, material porosity, or any combination thereof.
- the microstructure or grain structure may comprise substantially repetitive solidification of layered melt pools.
- the (e.g., substantially repetitive) microstructure may have an average layer width of at least about 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 350 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 450 ⁇ m, or 500 ⁇ m.
- the (e.g., substantially repetitive) microstructure may have an average layer width of at most about 500 ⁇ m, 450 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 350 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 90 ⁇ m, 80 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 60 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m.
- the (e.g., substantially repetitive) microstructure may have an average layer size of any value between the aforementioned values of layer widths (e.g., from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 500 ⁇ m, from about 15 ⁇ m to about 50 ⁇ m, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 150 ⁇ m, from about 20 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, or from about 10 ⁇ m to about 80 ⁇ m).
- layer widths e.g., from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 500 ⁇ m, from about 15 ⁇ m to about 50 ⁇ m, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 150 ⁇ m, from about 20 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, or from about 10 ⁇ m to about 80 ⁇ m.
- the pre-transformed material within the material bed can provide support to the 3D object (e.g., during its formation).
- the supportive pre-transformed material may be of the same type of pre-transformed material from which the 3D object is generated, of a different type, or any combination thereof.
- a low flowability pre-transformed material e.g., powder
- a low flowability pre-transformed material can be achieved inter alia with a particulate material composed of relatively small particles, with particles of non-uniform size, and/or with particles that attract each other.
- the pre-transformed material may be of low, medium, or high flowability.
- the pre-transformed material in the material bed may is flowable during the 3D printing.
- the particulate material may have compressibility of at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, or 10% in response to an applied force of 15 kilo Pascals (kPa).
- the particulate material may have a compressibility of at most about 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4.5%, 4.0%, 3.5%, 3.0%, 2.5%, 2.0%, 1.5%, 1.0%, or 0.5% in response to an applied force of 15 kilo Pascals (kPa).
- the particulate material may have basic flow energy of at least about 100 milli-Joule (mJ), 200 mJ, 300 mJ, 400 mJ, 450 mJ, 500 mJ, 550 mJ, 600 mJ, 650 mJ, 700 mJ, 750 mJ, 800 mJ, or 900 mJ.
- the particulate material may have basic flow energy of at most about 200 mJ, 300 mJ, 400 mJ, 450 mJ, 500 mJ, 550 mJ, 600 mJ, 650 mJ, 700 mJ, 750 mJ, 800 mJ, 900 mJ, or 1000 mJ.
- the particulate material may have basic flow energy in between the above listed values of basic flow energy (e.g., from about 100 mj to about 1000 mJ, from about 100 mj to about 600 mJ, or from about 500 mj to about 1000 mJ).
- the particulate material may have a specific energy of at least about 1.0 milli-Joule per gram (mJ/g), 1.5 mJ/g, 2.0 mJ/g, 2.5 mJ/g, 3.0 mJ/g, 3.5 mJ/g, 4.0 mJ/g, 4.5 mJ/g, or 5.0 mJ/g.
- the powder may have a specific energy of at most 5.0 mJ/g, 4.5 mJ/g, 4.0 mJ/g, 3.5 mJ/g, 3.0 mJ/g, 2.5 mJ/g, 2.0 mJ/g, 1.5 mJ/g, or 1.0 mJ/g.
- the particulate material may have a specific energy in between any of the above values of specific energy (e.g., from about 1.0 mJ/g to about 5.0 mJ/g, from about 3.0 mJ/g to about 5 mJ/g, or from about 1.0 mJ/g to about 3.5 mJ/g).
- the 3D object can have one or more auxiliary features.
- the auxiliary feature(s) can be supported by the material (e.g., powder) bed at least during the 3D printing.
- the term “auxiliary features,” as used herein, generally refers to features that are part of a printed 3D object, but are not part of the desired, intended, designed, ordered, modeled, or final 3D object.
- Auxiliary features e.g., auxiliary supports
- Auxiliary features may enable the removal or energy from the 3D object that is being formed.
- Auxiliary features may enable reduction of deformations of at least a portion of a generated 3D object, which deformations would otherwise manifest themselves in the printed 3D object.
- auxiliary features comprise heat fins, wires, anchors, handles, supports, pillars, columns, frame, footing, scaffold, flange, projection, protrusion, mold (a.k.a. mould), build platform, or other stabilization features.
- the auxiliary support is a scaffold that encloses the 3D object or part thereof.
- the scaffold may comprise lightly sintered or lightly fused powder material.
- the 3D object can have auxiliary features that can be supported by the material bed (e.g., powder bed) and not touch the building platform (e.g., the base, substrate, container accommodating the material bed, or the bottom of the enclosure).
- the 3D part (3D object) in a complete or partially formed state can be completely supported by the material bed (e.g., without touching at least one of the platform, container accommodating the material bed, and enclosure).
- the 3D object in a complete or partially formed state can be completely supported by the material bed (e.g., without touching anything except the material bed).
- the material bed may comprise a flowable (e.g., not fixed) material during the 3D printing process.
- the 3D object in a complete or partially formed state can be suspended in the material bed without resting on any additional support structures.
- the 3D object in a complete or partially formed state can freely float (e.g., anchorless) in the material bed.
- the printed 3D object may be 3D printed without the use of auxiliary features, may be printed using a reduced number of auxiliary features, or printed using spaced apart auxiliary features.
- the printed 3D object may be devoid of one or more auxiliary support features (e.g., during the 3D printing) or auxiliary support feature marks that are indicative of a presence or removal of the auxiliary support features.
- the 3D object may be devoid of one or more auxiliary support features (e.g., during the 3D printing) and of one or more marks of an auxiliary feature (including a base structure) that was removed (e.g., subsequent to, or contemporaneous with, the generation of the 3D object).
- the printed 3D object may comprise a single auxiliary support mark.
- the single auxiliary feature (e.g., auxiliary support or auxiliary structure) may be a platform or a mold.
- the auxiliary support may be adhered to the platform and/or mold.
- the 3D object may comprise marks belonging to one or more auxiliary structures.
- FIG. 17 shows an example of a segment 1700 of a 3D object comprising an auxiliary support feature 1701 that has a point of discontinuity (e.g., trimming) 1702 , which auxiliary support feature 1701 imparts a geometric deformation in the 3D object (e.g., 1703 ).
- the 3D object comprises two or more marks belonging to auxiliary features.
- the 3D object may be devoid of marks pertaining to an auxiliary support(s).
- the mark may comprise variation in grain orientation, variation in layering orientation, layering thickness, material density, the degree of compound segregation to grain boundaries, material porosity, the degree of element segregation to grain boundaries, material phase, metallurgical phase, crystal phase, or crystal structure; wherein the variation may not have been created by the geometry of the 3D object alone, and may thus be indicative of a prior existing auxiliary support that was removed.
- the variation may be forced upon the generated 3D object by the geometry of the support (e.g., FIG. 17, 1703 ).
- the 3D structure of the printed object may be forced by the auxiliary support (e.g., by a mold).
- a mark may be a point of discontinuity (e.g., a trim or cut.
- a mark may be a surface feature that cannot be explained by the geometry of a 3D object that is formed without any auxiliary supports (e.g., a mold).
- the two or more auxiliary features may be spaced apart by a spacing distance of at least about 1.5 millimeters (mm), 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm, 3.5 mm, 4 mm, 4.5 mm, 5 mm, 5.5 mm, 6 mm, 6.5 mm, 7 mm, 7.5 mm, 8 mm, 8.5 mm, 9 mm, 9.5 mm, 10 mm, 10.5 mm, 11 mm, 11.5 mm, 12 mm, 12.5 mm, 13 mm, 13.5 mm, 14 mm, 14.5 mm, 15 mm, 15.5 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 20.5 mm, 21 mm, 25 mm, 30 mm, 30.5 mm, 31 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm, 40.5 mm, 41 mm, 45 mm, 50 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm 300 mm, or 500 mm.
- the two or more auxiliary support features or auxiliary support feature marks may be spaced apart by a spacing distance of any value between the aforementioned auxiliary support space values (e.g., from 1.5 mm to 500 mm, from 2 mm to 100 mm, from 15 mm to 50 mm, or from 45 mm to 200 mm). Collectively referred to herein as the “auxiliary feature spacing distance.”
- he 3D object may comprise a layered structure that is indicative of 3D printing process, which includes one, two, or more auxiliary support marks.
- the supports or support marks can be on the surface of the 3D object.
- the auxiliary supports or support marks can be on an external, on an internal surface (e.g., a cavity within the 3D object), or both.
- the layered structure can have a layering plane (e.g., FIG. 8C, 805 ).
- two auxiliary support features or auxiliary support feature marks present in the 3D object may be spaced apart by the auxiliary feature spacing distance.
- the acute (i.e., sharp) angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction of normal to the layering plane may be at least about 45 degrees (°), 50°, 55°, 60°, 65°, 70°, 75°, 80°, or 85°.
- the acute angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction of normal to the layering plane may be at most about 90°, 85°, 80°, 75°, 70°, 65°, 60°, 55°, 50°, or 45°.
- the acute angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction of normal to the layering plane may be any angle range between the aforementioned angles (e.g., from about 45 degrees (°), to about 90°, from about 60° to about 90°, from about 75° to about 90°, from about 80° to about 90°, from about 85° to about 90°).
- the acute angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction normal to the layering plane may from about 87° to about 90°.
- An example of layering planes can be seen in FIG. 2 showing a vertical cross section of a 3D object 211 that comprises layer numbers 1 to 6 , each of which are (e.g., substantially) planar.
- the layering plane of the layers can be the layer of hardened material.
- layer 1 could correspond to both the layer of hardened material and the layering plane of layer 1 .
- the layering plane may be the average (or mean) plane of the layer of hardened material.
- the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support feature marks can be on the same surface. The same surface can be an external surface or an internal surface of the 3D object (e.g., a surface of a cavity within the 3D object).
- FIG. 8C shows an example of a 3D object comprising an exposed surface 801 that was comprises layers of hardened material (e.g., having layering plane 805 ) that are (e.g., substantially) parallel to the platform 803 .
- FIG. 8C shows an example of a 3D object comprising an exposed surface 801 that was comprises layers of hardened material (e.g., having layering plane 805 ) that are (e.g., substantially) parallel to the platform 803 .
- FIGS. 8C shows an example of a 3D object comprising an exposed surface 802 that comprises layers of hardened material (e.g., having layering plane 806 ) that are substantially parallel to the platform 803 resulting in a tilted 3D object (e.g., box).
- the 3D object that was formed as a tilted 3D object is shown after it printing as lying flat on a surface 809 having an exposed surface 804 and layers of hardened material (e.g., having layering plane 807 ) having a normal 808 to the layering plane (e.g., 807 ) that forms acute angle alpha with the exposed surface 804 of the 3D object (or with the platform 809 ).
- FIG. 8A and 8B show 3D objects comprising layers of solidified melt pools that are arranged in layers having layering planes (e.g., 820 ).
- FIG. 9 shows a vertical cross section in a coordinate system.
- Line 904 represents a vertical cross section of the top surface of a material bed and/or a platform.
- Line 903 represents a normal to the average layering plane.
- Line 902 represent the normal to the top surface of the material bed and/or platform.
- Line 901 represents the direction of the gravitational field.
- the one or more auxiliary features can be used to hold or restrain the 3D object during its formation.
- auxiliary features are used to anchor or hold a 3D object or a portion of a 3D object in a material bed.
- the one or more auxiliary features can be specific to a 3D part and can increase the time needed to form it.
- the one or more auxiliary features can be removed subsequent to the 3D printing, and prior to use or distribution of the 3D object.
- the FLS (e.g., longest dimension) of a cross-section of an auxiliary feature can be at most about 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 600 nm, 700 nm, 800 nm, 900 nm, or 1000 nm, 1 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 1 mm, 3 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm, 100 mm, or 300 mm.
- the FLS (e.g., longest dimension) of a cross-section of an auxiliary feature can be at least about 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 600 nm, 700 nm, 800 nm, 900 nm, or 1000 nm, 1 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 1 mm, 3 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm, 100 mm, or 300 mm.
- the longest dimension of a cross-section of an auxiliary feature can be any value between the above-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 nm to about 300 mm, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 10 mm, from about 50 nm to about 10 mm, or from about 5 mm to about 300 mm).
- the 3D object is formed with auxiliary support features.
- the 3D object is formed with contact to the container accommodating the material bed (e.g., side(s) and/or bottom of the container).
- the diminished number of auxiliary supports or lack of one or more auxiliary support provides a 3D printing process that requires a smaller amount of material, produces a smaller amount of material waste, and/or requires smaller energy as compared to commercially available 3D printing processes.
- the smaller amount can be smaller by at least about 1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
- the smaller amount may be smaller by any value between the aforesaid values (e.g., from about 1.1 to about 10, or from about 1.5 to about 5).
- At least a portion of the 3D object can sink in the material bed. At least a portion of the 3D object can be surrounded by pre-transformed material within the material bed (e.g., submerged). At least a portion of the 3D object can rest in the pre-transformed material without substantial sinking (e.g., vertical movement). Lack of substantial sinking can amount to a sinking (e.g., vertical movement) of at most about 40%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% layer thickness. Lack of substantial sinking can amount to at most about 100 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, or 1 ⁇ m.
- At least a portion of the 3D object can rest in the pre-transformed material without substantial movement (e.g., horizontal movement, movement at an angle). Lack of substantial movement can amount to at most 100 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, or 1 ⁇ m.
- the 3D object can rest on the substrate when the 3D object is sunk or submerged in the material bed.
- At least a fraction of the components in the system can be enclosed in the chamber.
- At least a fraction of the chamber can comprise a gas to create a gaseous environment (i.e., an atmosphere).
- the gas can comprise an inert gas.
- the gas can be a non-reactive gas (e.g., an inert gas).
- the gaseous environment can comprise argon, nitrogen, helium, neon, krypton, xenon, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, or carbon dioxide.
- the features can include, for example, the pressure in the enclosure (e.g., chamber), or its gaseous layers.
- the apparatuses can comprise the controller, layer dispensing mechanism (and its components), sensor, motor, valve, or pump.
- the components of the layer dispensing mechanism can comprise the material dispensing mechanism, leveling mechanism, or material removal mechanism.
- the pressure in the chamber is standard atmospheric pressure.
- the pressure in the chamber can be ambient pressure (e.g., neutral pressure).
- the chamber can be under vacuum pressure.
- the chamber can be under a positive pressure.
- a thermal control unit e.g., a cooling member such as a heat-sink (or a cooling plate), a heating plate, or a thermostat
- a cooling member such as a heat-sink (or a cooling plate), a heating plate, or a thermostat
- the thermal control unit can be provided inside of the region where the 3D object is formed or adjacent to (e.g., above) the region where the 3D object is formed. Additionally, or alternatively, the thermal control unit can be provided outside of the region where the 3D object is formed (e.g., at a predetermined distance). In some cases, the thermal control unit can form at least one section of a boundary region where the 3D object is formed (e.g., the container accommodating the powder bed).
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform comprising a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam and is programed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to the top of the first structure to form a second structure, wherein a bottom of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- the transformed material may be part of the 3D object.
- the transformed material may be a hard material (e.g., in the case of photo-polymerization).
- the transformed material may subsequently harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object (e.g., in the case of metal powder being molten and subsequently solidified).
- the controller may comprise a plurality of controllers.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., material dispenser) that dispenses a pre-transformed material to form a material bed comprising a first layer of hardened material, (e.g., which material bed is disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) a platform); an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism and to the energy beam and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispense a layer of pre-transformed material above the first layer of hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to generate a second layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened
- the gap may comprise a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material. Above may be relative to a direction away from the platform and/or opposite to the gravitational force. An exposed surface (e.g., top surface) of the disposed layer of pre-transformed material may be substantially leveled.
- the at least one controller can be a first controller that is operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism, and a second controller that is operatively coupled to the energy beam.
- the first and second controllers can be different controllers.
- a third controller can be operatively coupled to the energy source.
- the third controller can be different than at least the first or second controller.
- the third controller can be the same controller as at least the first or second controller.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material dispensing mechanism that dispenses a pre-transformed material to form a material bed that comprises a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; a cooling member; and at least one controller operatively connected to the material dispenser, energy beam, and cooling member and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispense a layer of pre-transformed material adjacent to (e.g., above) the hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform (e.g., melt) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion; (iii) direct the cooling member to harden (e.g., solidify) the exposed surface of the transformed portion while keeping the interior of the transformed portion in the transformed state; and (iv) direct the cooling member to harden the transformed
- the at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iv) are controlled by different controllers.
- the at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iv) are controlled by the same controller.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material dispensing mechanism that dispenses a pre-transformed material to form a material bed, which material bed comprises a first hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the pre-transformed material; a cooling member; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material dispenser, the energy beam, and the cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material adjacent to (e.g., above) the first hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and (iii) optionally direct the cooling member to harden the transformed portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (1) a
- the exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform. In some examples, the exposed surface ceases to plastically deform when the interior ceases to plastically deform. In some examples, the exposed surface ceases to plastically deform after the interior ceases to plastically deform.
- the cooling member may be a heat-sink.
- the cooling member may be passive or active (e.g., comprise a moving coolant).
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and (directly or subsequently) form the 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive melt pools of a hardened (e.g., solidified) material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure.
- the grain structure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater (e.g., faster) solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior.
- the grain structure may be a microstructure.
- the grain structure may comprise a metallurgical and/or crystal structure.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form the 3D object (or a portion thereof) comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material type, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and material microstructures (e.g., crystals. E.g., dendrites or cells).
- material microstructures e.g., crystals. E.g., dendrites or cells
- the material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater, lower, or substantially equal solidification rate than the material microstructures in the interior.
- the material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater solidification rate than the (e.g., respective) material microstructures in the interior.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) a platform, which material bed comprising a first hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; a first energy source generating a first (e.g., radiation of) heat energy that heats (e.g., but not transforms, such as melts) at least a portion of the first hardened material; a second energy source that generates a second energy beam that melts a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; an optional cooling member; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material bed, the first heating energy, the second energy beam, and the optional cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the first heat energy to heat at least a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated (e.g., but not transformed) portion; (ii) direct the second energy beam to transform (e.g., melt) at least a portion of the heated portion to form a transformed
- the bottom surface of the first hardened material may have a first curvature that is of a higher value than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material.
- the bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform.
- the material forming the 3D object e.g., the first hardened material
- the material forming the 3D object may substantially exclude a resin and/or a polymer.
- the polymer may comprise repeating molecular units.
- the polymer and/or resin may be organic (e.g., comprise both hydrogen and carbon atoms).
- the first energy source and the second energy source may be the same energy source.
- the first energy source and the second energy source may be different energy sources.
- the first heat energy may not transform the hardened material (e.g., only heat but not transform).
- the first heat energy may comprise a first energy beam.
- the first energy beam and the second energy beam may be the same energy beam.
- the first energy beam and the second energy beam may be different energy beams.
- the first heat energy may be a radiative heat source.
- the at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by different controllers (e.g., different controllers).
- the at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the same controller.
- a system for forming a 3D object comprises: an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material, which material bed comprises pre-transformed material and is disposed in an enclosure; a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed, (ii) is translatable, and (iii) is disposed within the enclosure; a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member, which second cooling member is not disposed in the enclosure; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the energy source, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; (ii) direct the first cooling member to cool the material bed; and (iii) direct the second cooling member to cool the first cooling member.
- the energy beam e.g., along a path
- the second cooling member may be disposed outside of the enclosure.
- the second cooling member may be part of a coating of the enclosure.
- the coating may be a wall or a rim.
- the first cooling member may be disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) the material bed. Adjacent may be above, below, or to the side. In some embodiments, adjacent may be above. Above may be in the direction opposite to the building platform.
- the at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by different controllers.
- the at least one controller can be a plurality of controller, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the same controller.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is operatively coupled to an energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material that couples to (e.g., attaches, merges, and/or contacts) a top of a first structure to form a second structure.
- the first structure may have a bottom surface having a first curvature that is negative and is disposed in the material bed.
- a bottom of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature.
- a bottom of the second structure has a second curvature that is smaller, substantially equal, or greater than the first curvature.
- the first curvature may be negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object.
- the bottom surface may be disposed above the platform.
- the bottom may face the platform.
- the top may face away from the platform.
- the transformed material may harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object.
- the transformed material may form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and is programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed.
- the removal of the material (e.g., pre-transformed material) from the material bed may result in a substantially planar (e.g., flat) exposed surface of the material bed.
- the removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the leveling member, material removal member, and energy beam are controlled by different controllers.
- the at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of leveling member, material removal member, and energy beam are controlled by the same controller.
- the material removal member comprises a material entrance opening and/or a material reservoir where the removed material is collected.
- the leveling member comprises a blade, roller, or reservoir where removed material is collected.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct a material dispensing mechanism to dispose an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material disposed in a material bed that comprises the pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap.
- the gap may comprise a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and/or the second layer of hardened material.
- the gap may comprise pre-transformed material, or sintered material (e.g., that is porous).
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the material dispenser and/or to the energy beam. Above may be relative to a direction away from the platform and/or a direction opposite to the gravitational field.
- the at least one controller can comprise a first controller that is operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism, and a second controller that is operatively coupled to the energy beam.
- the first and second controllers can be different controllers.
- a third controller can be operatively coupled to the energy source.
- the third controller can be different than at least the first or second controller.
- the third controller can be the same controller as at least the first or second controller.
- the material dispensing mechanism is integrated in a layer dispensing mechanism.
- the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise a material dispensing mechanism, a leveling mechanism, or a material removal mechanism.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and may be programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and may be programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed.
- the removal of the material from the material bed may result in a substantially planar (e.g., flat) exposed surface of the material bed.
- the removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., by using electrostatic force, magnetic force, and/or gas flow.
- the gas flow may comprise negative pressure).
- the at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the mechanisms and the energy beam are controlled by different controllers.
- the at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the mechanisms and the energy beam are controlled by the same controller.
- the material dispensing mechanism may comprise an external 3D surface (e.g., planar surface) that is slanted, an exit opening through which pre-transformed material exits an internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, an entrance opening through which pre-transformed material enters the internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, or an internal reservoir in which the pre-transformed material resides within the material dispensing mechanism.
- the material removal mechanism may comprise an exit opening through which removed material exits an internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, an entrance opening through which removed material enters the internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, or an internal reservoir in which the removed material resides within the material removal mechanism.
- the removed material may comprise pre-transformed mater.
- the removed material may be removed from the material bed (e.g., during the 3D printing process).
- the leveling mechanism comprises a blade or a roller.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct a material dispensing mechanism to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material disposed in a material bed, which at least one controller is operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism; direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion, which at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; optionally direct a cooling member to harden the exposed surface of the transformed portion while keeping the interior of the transformed portion in a transformed state (e.g., molten), which cooling member is operatively coupled to the at least one controller; and direct the cooling member to harden the transformed portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.).
- a material dispensing mechanism to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material disposed in a material bed, which at least one controller is operative
- the at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the material dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by different controllers.
- the at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controller, wherein at least two of the material dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by the same controller.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to: direct a layer dispensing mechanism to dispense a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material that is disposed in the material bed, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the layer dispensing mechanism; direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform (e.g., melt) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion and a remainder of the first hardened material, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; and direct an optional cooling member to harden (e.g., solidify) the transformed portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and/or (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material.
- an energy beam
- the region may comprise an exposed surface and an interior.
- the exposed surface may cease to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform.
- the hardening may form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the cooling member.
- the at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the layer dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by different controllers.
- the at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the layer dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by the same controller.
- the controller may be operatively coupled and/or direct the function of any of the components of the layer dispensing mechanism.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member (e.g., mechanism) and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., to form a planar exposed surface of the material bed).
- the controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to a material dispensing mechanism.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions (e.g., FIG. 11E, 1117 a and 1117 b ) having successive solidified melt pools of a material wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure closer to the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam.
- the one or more layer portions may be one, two or more layer portions.
- An example of material melt pools can be seen in the examples in FIGS. 8A and 8B .
- a portions may be a part, segment, fraction, piece, and/or section.
- the interior may be a symmetric interior (e.g., in the center of the 3D object or a cross section thereof), or an asymmetric interior.
- the asymmetric interior is not in the center of the 3D object or a portion thereof.
- the asymmetric interior is at a side of the 3D object or a section thereof. In some examples, the interior may be close to the rim and/or surface of the 3D object.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object (e.g., comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material).
- the 3D object may comprise a surface, an interior, and material microstructures (e.g., dendrites). The material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater, smaller, or substantially similar solidification rate than the (e.g., respective) material microstructures in the interior.
- the material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater (e.g., swifter, quicker, and/or faster) solidification rate than the material microstructures in the interior.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct a material dispensing mechanism to dispense pre-transformed material to form a material bed (e.g., disposed adjacent to a platform), which material bed comprises a first hardened material that includes a bottom surface facing towards the platform; directing a first heat (e.g., radiative) energy to heat at least a portion (e.g., the entire portion) of the first hardened material; direct a second energy beam to transform (e.g., melt) a portion of the heated portion to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion; direct an optional cooling member to cool the transformed portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform.
- a material dispensing mechanism to dispense pre-transformed material to form a material bed (e.g., disposed adjacent to a platform), which material bed comprises a first hardened material that includes a bottom surface facing towards the platform; directing a first heat (e
- the bottom surface of the first hardened material may have a first curvature that is higher (e.g., of higher value) than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material.
- the bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object.
- the bottom surface may be disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) the platform.
- the first hardened material may substantially exclude a resin and/or a polymer.
- the polymer may comprise repeating molecular units.
- the polymer and/or resin may be organic.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the material dispenser, the first heat energy, the second energy beam, and/or the cooling member.
- the at least one controller may comprise a plurality of controllers.
- At least two of the material dispenser, the first heat energy, the second energy beam, and the cooling member are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of the material dispenser, the first heat energy, the second energy beam, and the cooling member are directed by different controllers.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; direct a first cooling member to cool the material bed; and direct a second cooling member to cool the first cooling member, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member.
- the cooling member may be translatable (e.g., movable).
- the translation may be automatic and/or manual.
- the translation may be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) by the controller.
- the translation may be at predetermined times (e.g., programmed) or at a whim (e.g., spontaneous).
- the at least one controller may be a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, at least two of the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member are directed by different controllers.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object; direct one or more sensors to measure one or more temperatures, energy beam powers, or metrology values (e.g., heights) of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and control the energy beam with at least one processor based on the measured one or more temperatures, energy beam powers, or metrology values.
- the at least one processor may comprise at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- the at least one processor that controls the energy beam may additionally or alternatively be based on the geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the at least one controller may be a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, the energy beam and the sensors are directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, the energy beam and the sensors are directed by the same controller.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising a first structure of hardened material; and an energy source generating an energy beam, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed, which energy beam transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to (e.g., attaches and/or borders) a top surface of a first structure to form a second structure, which first structure has a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative.
- a bottom surface of the second structure may have a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature.
- the first curvature may be negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform.
- the bottom may face the platform.
- the top surface may face away from the platform.
- the energy beam may travel along a path while it transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material.
- the first structure may be disposed in the material bed.
- the transformed material may harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object.
- the transformed material may be the hardened material as part of the 3D object.
- the bottom (e.g., surface and/or layer) of the second structure may have a second curvature that is greater, smaller, or substantially equal to the first curvature.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material that is embedded in pre-transformed material within the material bed, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and an energy source generating an energy beam generates a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., while travels along a path), wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap.
- the gap may comprise a material that is less dense than the first layer of hardened material and/or the second layer of hardened material.
- the energy source may be disposed adjacent to the material bed.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms (e.g., melts) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; a cooling member that (i) hardens the exposed surface of the transformed portion while keeping the interior of the transformed portion in a transformed (e.g., molten) state, and/or (ii) hardens the transformed portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the cooling member may be disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) the material bed.
- the energy beam may travel along a path.
- the material bed may be disposed adjacent to a platform.
- the cooling member may be disposed above the material bed.
- Above may be relative to a direction away from the platform and/or opposite to the direction of the gravitational field.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms (e.g., melts) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and a cooling member that hardens the transformed portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and/or (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior.
- an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms (e.g., melts) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion and a remainder of the first hard
- the exposed surface may cease to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform.
- the exposed surface may cease to plastically deform before, after, or substantially simultaneously when the interior ceases to plastically deform.
- the hardening may form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the cooling member may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. The portion of the remainder of the first hardened material may contact the second hardened material at one or more positions.
- the energy beam may be disposed adjacent to the material bed.
- the material bed may be disposed adjacent to a platform.
- the cooling member may be disposed above the material bed.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; and an energy source generating a beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed and forms a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure.
- the grain structure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater solidification rate (e.g., faster, quicker, swifter) than the grain structure in the interior.
- the controller may be operatively coupled to the material bed and/or to the energy beam.
- the energy beam may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. The energy beam may travel along a path.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed; and an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions (e.g., having successive solidified melt pools of a material), wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, interior, and material microstructure.
- the material microstructure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater, smaller, or substantially similar hardening rate than the (e.g., respective) material microstructure in the interior.
- the material microstructure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater hardening rate than the dendrites in the interior.
- the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam that is disposed adjacent to the material bed.
- the hardening rate may be a solidification rate (e.g., of the transformed material).
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprises a first hardened material that comprises a first bottom surface facing towards the platform; a first energy source generating a first heat energy that heats (e.g., but doesn't transform) at least a portion of the first hardened material, which first energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; a second energy source generating a second energy beam that transforms (e.g., melts) a portion of the heated portion to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion, which second energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; and an optional cooling member that cools the transformed portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a second bottom surface facing towards the platform.
- a first energy source generating a first heat energy that heats (e.g., but doesn't transform) at least a portion of the first hardened material, which first energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed
- a second energy source generating a second
- the cooling member may be disposed adjacent to the material bed.
- the first bottom surface may have a first curvature that is of a higher value than a second curvature of the second bottom surface.
- the first bottom surface or second bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object.
- the first bottom surface and/or second bottom surface may be disposed above the platform.
- the first hardened material may substantially exclude a resin and/or a polymer.
- the first bottom surface may have a first curvature that is of a higher, lower, or substantially similar value as compared to the second curvature of the second bottom surface.
- the cooling member may be disposed above the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the cooling member may be movable. For example, the cooling member may be translatable to and away from a position above the transformed (e.g., molten) portion.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed disposed in an enclosure; an energy source generating an energy beam that travels along a path to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed, (ii) is movable, and/or (iii) is disposed in the enclosure.
- the apparatus may further comprise a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member and is not disposed in the enclosure.
- an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; one or more sensors that measure temperatures, energy beam power values, and/or metrology values (e.g., heights) of one or more positions on the at least a portion of the 3D object, which one or more sensors are disposed adjacent to the material bed; and at least one controller comprising at least one processor (e.g., respectively) that controls the energy beam based on the measured one or more temperatures, energy beam power values, and/or metrology values.
- the at least one processor may comprise at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- the at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the energy beam and/or to the one or more sensors.
- a first controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and a second controller is coupled to the one or more sensors.
- the same controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors.
- the at least one processor may additionally or alternatively control the energy beam based on a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object (e.g., position that is susceptible to deformation).
- the at least one processor may be included in the at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along the path).
- the 3D object may be formed by hardening the transformed material.
- the transformed material may be the hardened material that comprises the 3D object.
- the system and/or apparatus described herein may comprise at least one energy source.
- the first energy source may project a first energy (e.g., first energy beam).
- the first energy beam may travel along a path.
- the path may be controlled and/or predetermined (e.g., by a controller).
- the system and/or apparatus may comprise at least a second energy beam.
- the first energy source may generate a plurality of energy beams (e.g., a first and a second energy beam).
- the system and/or may comprise at least a second energy source.
- the second energy source may generate a second energy (e.g., second energy beam).
- the first and/or second energy may transform at least a portion of the pre-transformed material in the material bed to a transformed material.
- the first and/or second energy source heat (e.g., but not transform) at least a portion of the pre-transformed material in the material bed.
- the system can comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 or more energy beams and/or sources.
- the system can comprise an array of energy sources (e.g., laser and/or diode array).
- the footprint of the first and second energy beams on the material overlaps at least in part. In some instances, the footprint of the first and second energy beams on the material may not overlap.
- the first and second energy beam have a (e.g., substantially the same) similar cross-section. In some examples, the first and second energy beam have a different cross-section.
- An energy source (e.g., FIG. 7, 716 ) can be a source configured to deliver energy to an area (e.g., a confined area).
- An energy source can deliver energy to the confined area through radiative heat transfer.
- the energy source can project energy (e.g., heat energy, and/or energy beam).
- the energy (e.g., beam) can interact with at least a portion of the material (e.g., pre-transformed and/or transformed) in the material bed.
- the energy can heat the material in the material bed before, during and/or after the material is being transformed.
- the energy can heat at least a fraction of a 3D object at any point during formation of the 3D object.
- the material bed may be heated by a heating mechanism projecting energy (e.g., radiative heat and/or energy beam).
- the energy may include an energy beam and/or dispersed energy (e.g., radiator or lamp).
- the energy may include radiative heat.
- the radiative heat may be projected by a heating mechanism comprising a lamp, a strip heater (e.g., mica strip heater, or any combination thereof), a heating rod (e.g., quartz rod), or a radiator (e.g., a panel radiator).
- the heating mechanism may comprise an inductance heater.
- the heating mechanism may comprise a resistor (e.g., variable resistor).
- the resistor may comprise a varistor or rheostat.
- a multiplicity of resistors may be configured in series, parallel, or any combination thereof.
- the system can have a single (e.g., first) energy source.
- An energy source can be a source configured to deliver energy to an area (e.g., a confined area).
- An energy source can deliver energy to the confined area through radiative heat transfer (e.g., as described herein).
- the energy beam may include a radiation comprising an electromagnetic, or charged particle beam.
- the energy beam may include radiation comprising electromagnetic, electron, positron, proton, plasma, or ionic radiation.
- the electromagnetic beam may comprise microwave, infrared, ultraviolet, or visible radiation.
- the energy beam may include an electromagnetic energy beam, electron beam, particle beam, or ion beam.
- An ion beam may include a cation or an anion.
- a particle beam may include radicals.
- the electromagnetic beam may comprise a laser beam.
- the energy beam may comprise plasma.
- the energy source may include a laser source.
- the energy source may include an electron gun.
- the energy source may include an energy source capable of delivering energy to a point or to an area. In some embodiments the energy source can be a laser source.
- the laser source may comprise a carbon dioxide (CO 2 ), neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet (Nd:YAG), Neodymium (e.g., neodymium-glass), or an Ytterbium laser.
- the energy source may include an energy source capable of delivering energy to a point or to an area.
- the energy source can provide an energy beam having an energy density of at least about 50 joules/cm 2 (J/cm 2 ), 100 J/cm 2 , 200 J/cm 2 , 300 J/cm 2 , 400 J/cm 2 , 500 J/cm 2 , 600 J/cm 2 , 700 J/cm 2 , 800 J/cm 2 , 1000 J/cm 2 , 1500 J/cm 2 , 2000 J/cm 2 , 2500 J/cm 2 , 3000 J/cm 2 , 3500 J/cm 2 , 4000 J/cm 2 , 4500 J/cm 2 , or 5000 J/cm 2 .
- the energy source can provide an energy beam having an energy density of at most about 50 J/cm 2 , 100 J/cm 2 , 200 J/cm 2 , 300 J/cm 2 , 400 J/cm 2 , 500 J/cm 2 , 600 J/cm 2 , 700 J/cm 2 , 800 J/cm 2 , 1000 J/cm 2 , 500 J/cm 2 , 1000 J/cm 2 , 1500 J/cm 2 , 2000 J/cm 2 , 2500 J/cm 2 , 3000 J/cm 2 , 3500 J/cm 2 , 4000 J/cm 2 , 4500 J/cm 2 , or 5000 J/cm 2 .
- the energy source can provide an energy beam having an energy density of a value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 J/cm 2 to about 5000 J/cm 2 , from about 200 J/cm 2 to about 1500 J/cm 2 , from about 1500 J/cm 2 to about 2500 J/cm 2 , from about 100 J/cm 2 to about 3000 J/cm 2 , or from about 2500 J/cm 2 to about 5000 J/cm 2 ).
- a value between the aforementioned values e.g., from about 50 J/cm 2 to about 5000 J/cm 2 , from about 200 J/cm 2 to about 1500 J/cm 2 , from about 1500 J/cm 2 to about 2500 J/cm 2 , from about 100 J/cm 2 to about 3000 J/cm 2 , or from about 2500 J/cm 2 to about 5000 J/cm 2 ).
- a laser can provide light energy at a peak wavelength of at least about 100 nanometer (nm), 500 nm, 750 nm, 1000 nm, 1010 nm, 1020 nm, 1030 nm, 1040 nm, 1050 nm, 1060 nm, 1070 nm, 1080 nm, 1090 nm, 1100 nm, 1200 nm, 1500 nm, 1600 nm, 1700 nm, 1800 nm, 1900 nm, or 2000 nm.
- a laser can provide light energy at a peak wavelength of at most about 2000 nm, 1900 nm, 1800 nm, 1700 nm, 1600 nm, 1500 nm, 1200 nm, 1100 nm, 1090 nm, 1080 nm, 1070 nm, 1060 nm, 1050 nm, 1040 nm, 1030 nm, 1020 nm, 1010 nm, 1000 nm, 750 nm, 500 nm, or 100 nm.
- the laser can provide light energy at a peak wavelength between any of the afore-mentioned peak wavelength values (e.g., from about 100 nm to about 2000 nm, from about 500 nm to about 1500 nm, or from about 1000 nm to about 1100 nm).
- peak wavelength values e.g., from about 100 nm to about 2000 nm, from about 500 nm to about 1500 nm, or from about 1000 nm to about 1100 nm.
- the energy beam (e.g., laser) may have a power of at least about 0.5 Watt (W), 1 W, 2 W, 3 W, 4 W, 5 W, 10 W, 20 W, 30 W, 40 W, 50 W, 60 W, 70 W, 80 W, 90 W, 100 W, 120 W, 150 W, 200 W, 250 W, 300 W, 350 W, 400 W, 500 W, 750 W, 800 W, 900 W, 1000 W, 1500 W, 2000 W, 3000 W, or 4000 W.
- W 0.5 Watt
- the energy beam may have a power of at most about 0.5 W, 1 W, 2 W, 3 W, 4 W, 5 W, 10 W, 20 W, 30 W, 40 W, 50 W, 60 W, 70 W, 80 W, 90 W, 100 W, 120 W, 150 W, 200 W, 250 W, 300 W, 350 W, 400 W, 500 W, 750 W, 800 W, 900 W, 1000 W, 1500, 2000 W, 3000 W, or 4000 W.
- the energy beam may have a power between any of the afore-mentioned laser power values (e.g., from about 0.5 W to about 100 W, from about 1 W to about 10 W, from about 100 W to about 1000 W, or from about 1000 W to about 4000 W).
- the powder density (e.g., power per unit area) of the energy beam may at least about 10000 W/mm 2 , 20000 W/mm 2 , 30000 W/mm 2 , 50000 W/mm 2 , 60000 W/mm 2 , 70000 W/mm 2 , 80000 W/mm 2 , 90000 W/mm 2 , or 100000 W/mm 2 .
- the powder density of the energy beam may be at most about 10000 W/mm 2 , 20000 W/mm 2 , 30000 W/mm 2 , 50000 W/mm 2 , 60000 W/mm 2 , 70000 W/mm 2 , 80000 W/mm 2 , 90000 W/mm 2 , or 100000 W/mm 2 .
- the powder density of the energy beam may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 10000 W/mm 2 to about 100000 W/mm 2 , from about 10000 W/mm 2 to about 50000 W/mm 2 , or from about 50000 W/mm 2 to about 100000 W/mm 2 ).
- the scanning speed of the energy beam may be at least about 50 millimeters per second (mm/sec), 100 mm/sec, 500 mm/sec, 1000 mm/sec, 2000 mm/sec, 3000 mm/sec, 4000 mm/sec, or 50000 mm/sec.
- the scanning speed of the energy beam may be at most about 50 mm/sec, 100 mm/sec, 500 mm/sec, 1000 mm/sec, 2000 mm/sec, 3000 mm/sec, 4000 mm/sec, or 50000 mm/sec.
- the scanning speed of the energy beam may any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm/sec to about 50000 mm/sec, from about 50 mm/sec to about 3000 mm/sec, or from about 2000 mm/sec to about 50000 mm/sec).
- the energy beam may be continuous or non-continuous (e.g., pulsing).
- the energy beam may be modulated before and/or during the formation of a transformed material as part of the 3D object.
- the energy beam may be modulated before and/or during the 3D printing process (e.g., in real time).
- the energy beam may be controlled by at least one controller.
- An energy beam can be incident on, or be directed perpendicular to, the target surface (e.g., exposed surface of the material bed).
- An energy beam can be directed at an acute angle within a value of from parallel to perpendicular relative to the target surface.
- the energy beam can be directed onto a specified area of at least a portion of the source surface and/or target surface for a specified time period (e.g., dwell time).
- the material in target surface can absorb the energy from the energy beam and, and as a result, a localized region of the material bed can increase in temperature.
- the energy beam can be moveable such that it can translate relative to the target surface.
- the energy source may be movable such that it can translate relative to the target surface.
- the energy beam(s) can be moved via a scanner (e.g., as disclosed herein). At least two (e.g., all) of the energy sources can be movable with the same scanner. A least two (e.g., all) of the energy beams can be movable with different scanners. At least two of the energy beam(s) can be translated independently of each other. In some cases, at least two of the energy beam(s) can be translated at different rates (e.g., velocities). In some cases, at least two of the energy source(s) and/or beam(s) can be comprise at least one different characteristic. The characteristics may comprise dwell time, wavelength, power, power per unit area, amplitude, trajectory, footprint (e.g., at the target surface), cross section, intensity, focus, or charge. The charge can be electrical and/or magnetic charge.
- the energy source can be an array, or a matrix, of energy sources (e.g., laser array).
- Each of the energy sources in the array, or matrix can be independently controlled (e.g., by at least one control mechanism) such that the energy beams can be turned off and on independently.
- At least a part of the energy sources in the array or matrix can be collectively controlled such that the at least two (e.g., all) of the energy sources can be turned off and on simultaneously.
- the energy per unit area or intensity of at least two energy sources in the matrix or array can be modulated independently (e.g., by at least one control mechanism).
- the energy per unit area (or intensity) of at least two (e.g., all) of the energy sources in the matrix or array can be modulated collectively (e.g., by a control mechanism).
- the energy beam can scan along the target surface by mechanical movement of the energy source(s), one or more adjustable reflective mirrors, or one or more (e.g., polygon light) scanners.
- the energy source(s) can project energy using a DLP modulator, a one-dimensional scanner, a two-dimensional scanner, or any combination thereof.
- the target surface can translate vertically, horizontally, or in an angle (e.g., planar or compound). In some embodiments, the energy source is stationary (e.g., does not translate).
- the energy beam is modulated.
- the energy beam emitted by the energy source can be modulated.
- the modulator can comprise an amplitude modulator, phase modulator, or polarization modulator.
- the modulation may alter the intensity of the energy beam.
- the modulation may alter the current supplied to the energy source (e.g., direct modulation).
- the modulation may affect the energy beam (e.g., external modulation such as external light modulator).
- the modulation may include direct modulation (e.g., by a modulator).
- the modulation may include an external modulator.
- the modulator can include an aucusto-optic modulator or an electro-optic modulator.
- the modulator can comprise an absorptive modulator or a refractive modulator.
- the modulation may alter the absorption coefficient of the material that is used to modulate the energy beam.
- the modulator may alter the refractive index of the material that is used to modulate the energy beam.
- the energy beam is translated using a scanner.
- the scanner can be located in the enclosure or out of the enclosure.
- FIG. 7 shows an example where the scanner 717 is located outside of the enclosure, and the energy beam 701 travels into the enclosure through an optical window 718 .
- the scanner may comprise a galvanometer scanner, a polygon, a mechanical stage (e.g., X-Y stage), a piezoelectric device, gimbal, or any combination of thereof.
- the galvanometer may comprise a mirror.
- the scanner may comprise a modulator.
- the scanner may comprise a polygonal mirror.
- the scanner can be the same scanner for two or more energy sources and/or beams. At least two (e.g., each) energy beams may each have a separate scanner.
- the energy beams can be translated independently of each other. In some cases, at least two energy beams can be translated at different rates, and/or along different paths. For example, the movement of the first energy source may be faster (e.g., greater rate) as compared to the movement of the second energy source.
- the systems and/or apparatuses disclosed herein may comprise one or more shutters (e.g., safety shutters).
- the energy beam(s), energy source(s), and/or the platform can be moved by the scanner.
- the galvanometer scanner may comprise a two-axis galvanometer scanner.
- the scanner may comprise a modulator (e.g., as described herein).
- the energy source(s) can project energy using a DLP modulator, a one-dimensional scanner, a two-dimensional scanner, or any combination thereof.
- the scanner can be included in an optical system that is configured to direct energy from the energy source to a predetermined position on the target surface (e.g., exposed surface of the material bed).
- the controller can be programmed to control a trajectory of the energy source(s) with the aid of the optical system.
- the controller can control (e.g., regulate) a supply of energy from the energy source to the material (e.g., at the target surface) to form a transformed material.
- the energy beam(s) emitted by the energy source(s) can be modulated.
- the modulator can include an amplitude modulator, phase modulator, or polarization modulator.
- the modulation may alter the intensity of the energy beam.
- the modulation may alter the current supplied to the energy source (e.g., direct modulation).
- the modulation may affect the energy beam (e.g., external modulation such as external light modulator).
- the modulation may include direct modulation (e.g., by a modulator).
- the modulation may include an external modulator.
- the modulator can include an aucusto-optic modulator or an electro-optic modulator.
- the modulator can comprise an absorptive modulator or a refractive modulator.
- the modulation may alter the absorption coefficient the material that is used to modulate the energy beam.
- the modulator may alter the refractive index of the material that is used to modulate the energy beam.
- Energy can be transferred from the material bed to a cooling member (e.g., heat-sink FIG. 7, 713 ).
- the cooling member can facilitate transfer of energy away from a least a portion of a pre-transformed material layer.
- the cooling member can be a thermally conductive plate.
- the cooling member can be passive.
- the cooling member can comprise a cleaning mechanism (e.g., cleaning device), which removes pre-transformed material and/or process debris from a surface of the cooling member (e.g., to sustain efficient cooling).
- the debris can comprise dirt, dust, condensed material (e.g., that result from heating, melting, evaporation and/or other process transitions), pre-transformed material, or hardened material that did not form a part of the 3D object.
- the cleaning mechanism can comprise a stationary rotating rod, roll, brush, rake, spatula, or blade that rotates when the heat-sinks moves in a direction adjacent to the platform (e.g., laterally).
- the cleaning mechanism may comprise a vertical cross section (e.g., side cross section) of a circle, triangle, square, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, or any other polygon.
- the vertical cross section may be of an amorphous shape.
- the cleaning mechanism rotates when the cooling member moves (e.g., in a direction that is not lateral). In some cases, the cleaning mechanism rotates without or irrespective of a movement of the cooling member.
- the cooling member comprises at least one surface that is coated with a layer that prevents debris from coupling (e.g., attaching) to the at least one surface (e.g., an anti-stick layer).
- One or more temperature sensors can sense the temperature of the cooling member.
- the cooling member can comprise two or more thermally conductive plates.
- the cooling member can be made from a thermally conductive material, for example a metal or metal alloy.
- the cooling member can comprise copper or aluminum.
- the cooling member e.g., heat-sink
- the efficient heat conductivity may be at least about 20 Watts per meter times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), 50 W/mK, 100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200 W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350 W/mK, 400 W/mK, 450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550 W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800 W/mK, 900 W/mK, or 1000 W/mK.
- the efficient heat conductivity may of any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 400 W/mK to about 1000 W/mK, or from about 20 W/mK to about 500 W/mK).
- the efficient heat conductivity can be measured at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T. or 20° C.).
- the cooling member e.g., heat-sink
- the cooling member can comprise an elemental metal or a metal alloy.
- the cooling member can disclose a material as disclosed herein.
- the cooling member can comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a polymer.
- the cooling member can comprise stone, zeolite, clay or glass.
- the cooling member e.g., 713
- the cooling member can be placed above the top surface (e.g., 708 ) of the material bed (e.g., 704 ).
- the cooling member can be placed below, to the side, or above the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the cooling member can contact a surface (e.g., top surface) of the material bed.
- the cooling member can just touch the surface of the material bed.
- the cooling member can apply a compressive force to the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the cooling member extends up to, or past, the edges of the top surface of the material bed.
- the cooling member can facilitate a transfer of energy from at least a portion of a material (e.g., powder) layer without substantially changing and initial configuration of the pre-transformed material in the material bed.
- the material (e.g., powder) layer can comprise a fully or partially formed 3D object.
- the cooling member can facilitate the transfer of energy from at least a portion of a material (e.g., powder) layer without substantially altering the position of the printed 3D object (or a part thereof) by any of the position alteration values disclosed herein.
- the cooling member may comprise a heat transfer member that enables heating, cooling or maintaining the temperature of the material bed and/or of the 3D object being formed in the material bed.
- the heat transfer member is a cooling member that enables the transfer of energy out of the material bed.
- the heat transfer member can enable the transfer of energy to the material bed (e.g., at specified times).
- Heat can be transferred from the material bed (e.g., directly or indirectly) to the cooling member through any one or combination of heat transfer mechanisms (e.g., conduction, natural convection, assisted convection, and radiation).
- the cooling member can be solid, liquid or semi-solid.
- the heat-sink is solid.
- the cooling member may comprise a gas, liquid, or solid.
- the cooling member can comprise one or more openings.
- the openings can be arranged in a pattern or randomly.
- the openings can be arranged in a striped pattern or a chessboard pattern.
- material (e.g., powder) removal openings e.g., suction nozzles
- suction nozzles can be adjacent to the openings of the cooling member.
- the cooling member can be a plate. In some cases, at least as about 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% or 70% of the surface area of the cooling member can be an opening or hole. The holes or openings can be configured to allow the first and the optional second energy sources to access the powder layer.
- a first cooling member (e.g., heat-sink) 513 is a disposed at a distance from the exposed surface of the material bed 504 , which distance constitutes a gap.
- the cooling member can be separated from the material bed by a gap.
- the gap can have a variable or adjustable spacing.
- the cooling member can be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) by a controller (e.g., comprising a processor).
- the gap can be adjusted by a controller and/or manually. For example, the gap can be adjusted based on an energy per unit area that is suitable to transform at least a portion of the material bed.
- the cooling member can contact the material bed. In some instances, the cooling member can be alternately and/or sequentially brought in contact with the material bed.
- the distance between the cooling member and the material bed can influence the heat transfer between the cooling member and the material bed.
- the vertical distance of the gap from the exposed surface of the material bed may be at least about 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 0.5 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, or 100 mm.
- the vertical distance of the gap from the exposed surface of the powder bed may be at most about 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 0.5 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, or 100 mm.
- the vertical distance of the gap from the exposed surface of the powder bed may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 ⁇ m to about 100 mm, from about 50 ⁇ m to about 60 mm, or from about 40 mm to about 100 mm).
- the gap can be adjustable.
- the cross section of the gap can be controlled by a controller and/or manually.
- the gap can have a substantially uniform dimension across the entire cooling member, and/or across the material bed. In some cases, the gap distance can vary across the material bed.
- the gap can be adjusted such that the cooling member is in contact with the material bed (e.g., the exposed surface of the material bed).
- a translation mechanism can be used to (e.g., dynamically or flexibly) move the cooling member, for example, in and out of contact with the material bed. For example, a translation mechanism can be used to move the cooling member in and out of a position above the material bed.
- the translation mechanism can be manually and/or electronically controlled (e.g., by the controller).
- the translation mechanism can be an array of curved leaf springs, flexible needle springs, or a set of rolling cylinders.
- the contact pressure between the cooling member (e.g., plate) and the material bed can be electronically and/or manually adjusted.
- the gap is filled with at least one gas.
- the gas(es) can be chosen in order to achieve a specific heat transfer property between the material bed and the cooling member.
- a gas(es) with high thermal conductivity can be chosen to increase the rate of conductive heat transfer from the material bed to the cooling member.
- the gases can be air.
- the gas can be non-reactive (e.g., inert).
- the gases may constitute an atmosphere.
- the gas can by any gas mentioned herein.
- the gas can comprise argon, nitrogen, helium, neon, krypton, xenon, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, or oxygen.
- the system and/or apparatus can be stored and operated in a vacuum chamber in which case there will be at most a thin layer (e.g., as compared to ambient atmosphere) between the cooling member and the material bed.
- the cooling member can be thermally coupled to the material bed through the layer of the gas.
- a metrological sensor e.g., distance sensor or height sensor
- the gas gap can be an environment between the cooling member and an exposed surface of the material bed.
- the size of the gap may be controlled (e.g., manually or electronically). The control may be during and/or before the 3D printing.
- turbulent, rotational, and/or laminar gas flow currents can be generated in the gap.
- the laminar gas flow can be parallel to the average surface of the material bed.
- the currents can increase, or aid convective heat transfer between the material bed and the cooling member.
- the currents can be driven by movement of the cooling member with structures (e.g., periodic wedges) present along the cooling member to direct the currents (e.g., towards the material bed, or in a direction parallel to the material bed).
- the wedges can be periodically spaced along a surface of the cooling member with a spacing distance from about 1 ⁇ m to about 100 mm, or from about 10 ⁇ m to about 10 mm.
- a convective current can be generated in the gas gap by forcing a gas flow in the gap.
- the gas flow can be forced by a first array or matrix of opening ports (e.g., nozzles) embedded in the cooling member (e.g., in the surface of the cooling member).
- the opening ports can be oriented towards an exposed surface of the material bed and may allow gas to flow in to the gap (e.g., via release of a pressurized gas).
- a second array or matrix of opening ports can remove the gas introduced by the first array or matrix of opening ports to create gas flow (e.g., via vacuum mechanism).
- At least one gas bearing is utilized to increase the cooling rate of the material bed.
- a planar (e.g., laminar) gas bearing can be created using a set of openings in the cooling plate (e.g., which openings face the material bed). Pressurized gas can be injected from one set of openings to the gap. The pressurized gas may leave the gap through a second set of openings. The gas bearing can induce forced convection. The gas bearing may increase the heat transfer rate from the material bed. In another example, thermo-acoustic heat extraction can be used to increase the cooling rate of the powder bed.
- the cooling member can comprise a heat exchanger.
- the heat exchanger e.g., comprising a thermostat
- the target temperature e.g., of the heat sink, heat exchanger, and/or material bed during the 3D printing
- the heat exchanger can circulate a cooling fluid through a plumbing system.
- the plumbing system can be embedded in the cooling member.
- the plumbing system can be embedded in a positon different from the cooling member.
- the plumbing system may comprise one or more channels (e.g., pipe, or coil).
- the cooling fluid (e.g., coolant) can be configured to absorb heat from the cooling member through any one or combination of heat transfer mechanisms (e.g., conduction, natural convection, forced convection, and radiation).
- the cooling member is not embedded within the material bed (e.g., in a form of pipes).
- the cooling member e.g., FIG. 5A, 512
- the cooling member is distant from the material bed (e.g., FIG. 5A, 504 ).
- the heat exchanger may be an integral part of the cooling member. At times, the heat exchanger may be separated from the cooling member. For example, the heat exchanger may be disposed at a location that is different than the location of the cooling member.
- the cooling member can be disposed within the enclosure, and the heat exchanger can be disposed outside of the enclosure.
- the heat exchanger may be included in a second cooling member.
- FIG. 5A shows an example of a second cooling member that comprises a heat exchanger 512 having channels (e.g., tubing) 516 and 514 that facilitate rapid flow of heat away from the enclosure 507 .
- the second cooling member (e.g., comprising 512 ) is not disposed within the enclosure 507 .
- the first cooling member 513 is disposed within the enclosure 507 .
- the first cooling member may be moveable. Movable may comprise movable laterally, horizontally, at an angle (planar or compound), or any combination thereof.
- FIG. 5A shows an example of one position of the first cooling member (e.g., 513 )
- FIG. 5B shows an example of a second position of the first cooling member (e.g., 533 ) in which it contacts the second cooling member 532 (e.g., directly or through a wall of the enclosure).
- the first cooling member can be designated as an internal cooling member, as it is located within the enclosure.
- the second cooling member can be designated as an external cooling member, when it is located outside the enclosure, or when it (or any part thereof) forms a part of the body of the enclosure (e.g., wall, rim and/or coating of the enclosure).
- the second cooling member may be part to the enclosure wall, coating, and/or rim.
- the second cooling member (or parts thereof) can be movable or stationary.
- the first and/or second cooling member may be controlled by the controller and/or manually.
- the first and/or second cooling member (or parts thereof) can be replaceable.
- the external cooling member may comprise one or more channels.
- the channels may comprise channels within a stationary structure (e.g., a block of material), or channels that are external to the stationary structure.
- the channels may comprise pipes. At least a portion of the channel may be open or closed.
- FIG. 5A shows an example of a vertical cross section (e.g., 517 ) of a stationary structure 512 as part of the cooling member that is not disposed within the enclosure 507 ; and an example of channels (e.g., 514 and 516 ) that are external to the stationary structure 512 .
- the interior of the channels may comprise a cooling gas, liquid, semi-solid (e.g., gel), or solid (e.g., powder).
- the interior of the channels may be movable, transferable, and/or flowing.
- the interior of the channels may comprise a substance that is able to transport and/or evacuate heat.
- the substance within the channels may have a high specific heat capacity.
- the substance within the channels may be transportable (e.g., liquid, or gas).
- the specific heat of the substance within the channels may be at least 1 Kilo-Joule per Kilogram time degrees Kelvin (kJ/kg K), 1.5 kJ/kg K, 2 kJ/kg K, 2.5 kJ/kg K, 3 kJ/kg K, 3.5 kJ/kg K, 4 kJ/kg K, or 4.5 kJ/kg K.
- the specific heat of the substance within the channels may be any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1 kJ/kg K to about 4.5 kJ/kg K, from about 2 kJ/kg K to about 4.5 kJ/kg K, or from about 3 kJ/kg K to about 4.5 kJ/kg K).
- the substance within the channels may be a coolant.
- the coolant may comprise water, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, Betaine, silicon oil, mineral oil (e.g., castor oil), transfer oil, fluorocarbon oil, Freon, fuel (e.g., jet fuel, Kerosene), refrigerant (R-12, R-22, and/or R-134a), ammonia, sulfur dioxide, carbon dioxide, or propane.
- the substance within the channels may comprise liquid fusible alloys (e.g., NaK, lead-bismuth alloy, or molten salt (e.g., NaF—NaBF 4 , FLiBe, or FLiNaK).
- the coolant may comprise a liquid gas.
- the coolant may comprise a nanofluid (e.g., comprising nanoparticles).
- the first cooling member may contact the second cooling member.
- the contact may be a direct contact.
- the contact may be in indirect contact.
- the indirect contact may be through one or more material.
- the one or more material may constitute the casing of the enclosure (e.g., 507 ).
- the contact may be effectuated using a physical, magnetic, electrical, or hydraulic force.
- the internal cooling member may comprise a material that is magnetically and/or electrically attracted to the force exerted adjacent to the position where the external cooling member is disposed.
- the force can be exerted by the external cooling member. Additionally, or alternatively, the force may be exerted by a force generator located adjacent to the external cooling member.
- the force generator can comprise an electrostatic force generator, electric field generator, or an electrical conductor (e.g., an electrode).
- the electric field generator may comprise a magnet.
- the electric field generator may comprise time varying magnetic fields.
- the force generator can comprise a magnet, or a magnetic force generator.
- the force generator can be a vacuum exit port (e.g., nozzle).
- the force generator can be located in or adjacent to the coating, and/or rim of the enclosure.
- the coating may comprise a surface of the enclosure.
- the generated force may be located such that the internal cooling member may couple (e.g., attach) itself to a specified position adjacent to the external cooling member.
- the external cooling member may couple (e.g., attach) itself due to its response to being attracted to the generated force.
- the external cooling member may contain a metal that is attracted to the magnetic field exerted by a magnet located on the second cooling member.
- the force may be a chemical force (e.g., chemical attraction).
- the chemical attraction may be based on polarity based attraction and/or complexation.
- the enclosure comprises two or more cooling members within the enclosure (e.g., internal cooling members). In some examples, more than one (e.g., two or more) cooling member is disclosed not within the enclosure (e.g., external cooling members).
- FIG. 18A shows an example of a system an apparatuses showing an external cooling member 1812 and two internal cooling members (e.g., 1813 and 1818 ). In some examples, a first internal cooling member (e.g., 1813 ) is being cooled with the aid of an external cooling member (e.g., 1812 ), while a second internal cooling member (e.g., 1818 ) absorbs heat from the material bed (e.g. 1804 ).
- a first cooling member is being cooled with the aid of an external cooling member, while a second internal cooling member absorbs heat (e.g., that is dissipated during the 3D printing process).
- the cooling member that is being cooled with the aid of an external cooling member can be used as a heat depleting cooling member.
- the internal cooling member that absorbs heat from the material bed can be a heat absorbing cooling member (e.g., a working cooling member).
- FIG. 18B shows an example of a system and/or apparatuses showing an external cooling member 1832 and two internal cooling members (e.g., 1833 and 1838 ).
- FIG. 18B represents a second position of the cooling members shown in FIG. 18A .
- various parameters of the cooling member are controlled.
- the maximal temperature of the heat absorbing cooling member and/or minimal temperature of the heat depleting cooling member may be controlled (e.g., regulated).
- the control may be manual and/or automatic.
- the control may be by a controller (e.g., using at least one temperature sensor).
- the position of the first and/or second internal cooling member may be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) by the controller and/or manually.
- the position of the first and/or second external cooling member may be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) manually and/or by the controller.
- the rate of moving the coolant in the external cooling member may be controlled manually and/or by the controller.
- the maximal temperature of the heat absorbing cooling member may be below a transformation temperature (e.g., melting point) of at least one material within the heat absorbing cooling member.
- the minimal temperature of the heat depleting cooling member may be above a temperature causing substantial number of defects (e.g., cracks) in the heat depleting cooling member. Substantial number of defects may be relative to the intended purpose.
- the cooling member and any of its characteristics can be those disclosed in in Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/396,584, that is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the position of the internal cooling member adjacent (e.g., next) to the external cooling member may be reversible.
- the internal cooling member may be detached from the external cooling member.
- the detachment may be due to a force (e.g., as disclosed herein).
- the detachment may be due to a repelling force.
- the electrical force generator may reverse its charge and cause repulsion of the internal cooling member from the position adjacent to the external cooling member.
- the force generator may be controlled manually and/or by the controller.
- the controller may control (e.g., direct and/or regulate) the magnitude and polarity of the force generated by the force generator.
- the internal cooling member may be mechanically brought to and/or taken away from a position adjacent to the external cooling member.
- the mechanical position manipulation (e.g., translation) of the internal cooling member may be controlled by the controller.
- the translation of the internal cooling member may be effectuated by a scanner, motor, force generator, or any combination thereof.
- the positioning (e.g., translation) of the internal cooling member may be triggered by the temperature of the internal and/or external cooling member, by the position of the energy beam, or by the position of the layer dispensing mechanism (or any of its components).
- the translation of the internal cooling member may be programmed.
- the translation of the internal cooling member may be according to an algorithm.
- the algorithm may incorporate the 3D model of the 3D object.
- An example of a layer dispensing mechanism is disclosed in application number PCT/US15/36802, titled “Apparatuses, Systems and Methods for 3D Printing,” that was filed on Jun. 19, 2015 that is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the specified position of the internal cooling member adjacent to the external cooling member may effectuate an efficient (e.g., optimal) heat transfer between the internal cooling member and the external cooling member.
- the efficient heat transfer may be able to cool the internal cooling member by about 100° C. in at most 2 seconds (sec), 10 sec, 30 sec, 1 minute (min), 5 min, 10 min, or 30 min.
- the efficient heat transfer may be able to cool the internal cooling member by about 100° C. in any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 2 secs to about 30 min, from about 2 secs to about 5 min, from about 2 secs to about 30 sec).
- the cooling member has a shape.
- the cooling member can be a plate.
- the plate may contact the surface of the material bed along a planar dimension.
- the plate may contact the surface of the enclosure (e.g., coating of the enclosure).
- the cooling member can be a one or more cylinder that roll along the surface (e.g., of the material bed or of the enclosure).
- the cooling member can be a belt that runs along the surface.
- the cooling member can comprise spikes, ridges, or other protrusions features configured to penetrate into a surface.
- the protrusions features may be configured to penetrate the material bed to enhance cooling surface area and depth.
- the protruding features may be bendable (e.g., soft) or non-bendable (e.g., stiff).
- the protrusion features may be configured to fit into grooves within the coating of the enclosure. The grooves may facilitate efficient transfer of heat from the internal cooling member to the external cooling member.
- the cooling member does not reside within the material bed. In other examples, the cooling member may reside at least partially within the material bed.
- the cooling member can be a duct or a pipe. In some instances, the cooling member is not a plate or a slab.
- the cooling member can be a cooled layer of pre-transformed material. The cooled pre-transformed (e.g., powder) layer can act as a cooling member.
- a thermal control unit e.g., a cooling member such as a heat-sink or a cooling plate, a heating plate, or a thermostat
- the thermal control unit can be provided inside of the region where the 3D object is formed or adjacent to the region where the 3D object is formed.
- the thermal control unit can be provided outside of the region where the 3D object is formed (e.g., at a predetermined distance).
- the thermal control unit can be provided within the enclosure (e.g., outside of the enclosure).
- the thermal control unit may be in physical contact with at least a portion of the enclosure.
- the thermal control unit can form at least one section of a boundary region where the 3D object is generated (e.g., the container accommodating the material bed).
- a cooling of a layer within the material bed can occur by energy transfer from the layer to a cooling member.
- Energy can be transferred from the layer along a direction that is oriented away from the material bed. In some cases, energy can be transferred in a direction toward a surface of the cooling member (e.g., a surface of the internal cooling member). The energy can be transferred in the direction of the exposed surface of the material bed. The energy can be transferred upwards (e.g., in a direction opposite to the building platform). The energy can be transferred to a cooling member (e.g., internal) located above the material bed, or to the side of the material bed.
- a cooling member e.g., internal
- the energy transferred towards the cooling member can have a percentage value between any of the aforementioned percentage values (e.g., from about 20% to about 99%, from about 20% to about 60%, from about 50% to about 99%).
- the cooling member can cool and/or stabilize the temperature of the portion of the material bed and/or at least a portion of the remainder of the material bed that did not transform to form the 3D object (referred to herein as the “remainder”).
- the cooling member can be configured to remove energy at a rate greater than or equal to about P 1 .
- the cooling member can be maintained at a temperature that is substantially lower than the temperature of the material bed.
- the cooling member cools the material bed during the 3D printing.
- the cooling member can be adapted to be selectively positioned between the material bed (or the container accommodating the material bed) and the energy source(s).
- the cooling member can be adapted to be selectively positioned between the platform and the energy source(s).
- the cooling member can be adapted to be selectively positioned along the vector of the energy beam (e.g., FIG. 7, 701 ).
- an actuator e.g., motor
- the actuator that controls movement of the cooling member is synchronized with the at least one scanner to permit articulation of the energy source(s).
- the cooling member can controllably track energy applied to the portion of the material from the energy source(s). Movement of the cooling member can be controlled manually and/or by a controller.
- the controller e.g., computer
- the controller can be programmed to control movement of the cooling member. In some cases, the controller is programmed to optimize the removal of energy from the material bed.
- Optimizing removal of energy from the material bed can include changing the gap length or width, moving the cooling member, initiating a forced convection system (e.g., fan), adjusting gas composition, any combination thereof, or any other process that can influence time or efficiency variables of producing the 3D object.
- the controller can be further programmed to control (e.g., before and/or during the 3D printing) a temperature profile of the platform separate from a temperature profile of the material bed. In some instances, the controller is programmed to ensure uniform heat transfer away from the material bed.
- the controller can be programmed to ensure that regions of the material bed surface are covered by solid portions and open (hole) portions of the cooling member for equal durations of time to maintain uniform heat transfer away from the material bed.
- the cooling member can be substantially transparent. Before and/or during the 3D printing comprises before and/or during formation of a layer of transformed material.
- one or more sensors detect the topology of the exposed surface of the material bed and/or the exposed surface of the 3D object or any part thereof.
- the sensor can detect the amount of material deposited in the material bed.
- the sensor can be a proximity sensor.
- the sensor can detect the amount of pre-transformed material deposited on the exposed surface of a material bed.
- the sensor can detect the amount of material dispensed by the material dispensing mechanism.
- the sensor can detect the amount of material relocated by a leveling mechanism.
- the sensor can detect the temperature of the material.
- the sensor may detect the temperature of the material in a material (e.g., powder) dispensing mechanism, and/or in the material bed.
- the sensor may detect the temperature of the material during and/or after its transformation.
- the sensor may detect the temperature and/or pressure of the atmosphere within an enclosure (e.g., chamber).
- the sensor may detect the temperature of the material bed at one or more locations.
- the at least one sensor is operatively coupled to at least one controller.
- the sensor may comprise light sensor, acoustic sensor, vibration sensor, chemical sensor, electrical sensor, magnetic sensor, fluidity sensor, movement sensor, speed sensor, position sensor, pressure sensor, force sensor, density sensor, distance sensor, or proximity sensor.
- the sensor may include temperature sensor, weight sensor, material (e.g., powder) level sensor, metrology sensor, gas sensor, or humidity sensor.
- the metrology sensor may comprise measurement sensor (e.g., height, length, width, angle, and/or volume).
- the metrology sensor may comprise a magnetic, acceleration, orientation, or optical sensor.
- the sensor may transmit and/or receive sound (e.g., echo), magnetic, electronic, or electromagnetic signal.
- the electromagnetic signal may comprise a visible, infrared, ultraviolet, ultrasound, radio wave, or microwave signal.
- the metrology sensor may measure the tile.
- the metrology sensor may measure the gap.
- the metrology sensor may measure at least a portion of the layer of material.
- the layer of material may be a pre-transformed material (e.g., powder), transformed material, or hardened material.
- the metrology sensor may measure at least a portion of the 3D object.
- the gas sensor may sense any of the gas delineated herein.
- the distance sensor can be a type of metrology sensor.
- the distance sensor may comprise an optical sensor, or capacitance sensor.
- the temperature sensor can comprise Bolometer, Bimetallic strip, calorimeter, Exhaust gas temperature gauge, Flame detection, Gardon gauge, Golay cell, Heat flux sensor, Infrared thermometer, Microbolometer, Microwave radiometer, Net radiometer, Quartz thermometer, Resistance temperature detector, Resistance thermometer, Silicon band gap temperature sensor, Special sensor microwave/imager, Temperature gauge, Thermistor, Thermocouple, Thermometer (e.g., resistance thermometer), or Pyrometer.
- the temperature sensor may comprise an optical sensor.
- the temperature sensor may comprise image processing.
- the temperature sensor may comprise a camera (e.g., IR camera, CCD camera).
- the pressure sensor may comprise Barograph, Barometer, Boost gauge, Bourdon gauge, Hot filament ionization gauge, Ionization gauge, McLeod gauge, Oscillating U-tube, Permanent Downhole Gauge, Piezometer, Pirani gauge, Pressure sensor, Pressure gauge, Tactile sensor, or Time pressure gauge.
- the position sensor may comprise Auxanometer, Capacitive displacement sensor, Capacitive sensing, Free fall sensor, Gravimeter, Gyroscopic sensor, Impact sensor, Inclinometer, Integrated circuit piezoelectric sensor, Laser rangefinder, Laser surface velocimeter, LIDAR, Linear encoder, Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT), Liquid capacitive inclinometers, Odometer, Photoelectric sensor, Piezoelectric accelerometer, Rate sensor, Rotary encoder, Rotary variable differential transformer, Selsyn, Shock detector, Shock data logger, Tilt sensor, Tachometer, Ultrasonic thickness gauge, Variable reluctance sensor, or Velocity receiver.
- Auxanometer Capacitive displacement sensor, Capacitive sensing, Free fall sensor, Gravimeter, Gyroscopic sensor, Impact sensor, Inclinometer, Integrated circuit piezoelectric sensor, Laser rangefinder, Laser surface velocimeter, LIDAR, Linear encoder, Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT), Liquid capacitive inclinometers, Odometer,
- the optical sensor may comprise a Charge-coupled device, Colorimeter, Contact image sensor, Electro-optical sensor, Infra-red sensor, Kinetic inductance detector, light emitting diode (e.g., light sensor), Light-addressable potentiometric sensor, Nichols radiometer, Fiber optic sensors, Optical position sensor, Photo detector, Photodiode, Photomultiplier tubes, Phototransistor, Photoelectric sensor, Photoionization detector, Photomultiplier, Photo resistor, Photo switch, Phototube, Scintillometer, Shack-Hartmann, Single-photon avalanche diode, Superconducting nanowire single-photon detector, Transition edge sensor, Visible light photon counter, or Wave front sensor.
- a Charge-coupled device e.g., Colorimeter, Contact image sensor, Electro-optical sensor, Infra-red sensor, Kinetic inductance detector, light emitting diode (e.g., light sensor), Light-addressable potentiometric
- the weight of the material bed can be monitored by one or more weight sensors in, or adjacent to, the material.
- a weight sensor in the material bed can be at the bottom of the material bed.
- the weight sensor can be between the bottom of the enclosure (e.g., FIG. 7, 711 ) and the substrate (e.g., FIG. 7, 709 ) on which the base (e.g., FIG. 7, 702 ) or the material bed (e.g., FIG. 7, 704 ) may be disposed.
- the one or more sensors can sense the level of the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the material (e.g., powder) level sensor can be in communication with a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., powder dispenser), energy source, scanner, and/or energy beam.
- One or more position sensors can measure the height of the material bed (e.g., relative to the platform).
- the position sensors can be optical sensors.
- the position sensors can determine a distance between one or more energy beams (e.g., a laser or an electron beam.) and a surface of the material bed and/or 3D object or a portion thereof.
- the one or more sensors may be connected to at least one controller (e.g., to a processor, to a computer).
- the systems, apparatuses, and/or methods described herein can comprise a material recycling mechanism.
- the recycling mechanism can collect unused pre-transformed material and return the unused pre-transformed material to a reservoir of a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., the material dispensing reservoir), or to the bulk reservoir that feeds the material dispensing mechanism.
- Unused pre-transformed material may be material that was not used to form at least a portion of the 3D object. At least a fraction of the pre-transformed material removed from the material bed by the leveling mechanism and/or material removal mechanism can be recovered by the recycling system. At least a fraction of the material within the material bed that did not transform to subsequently form the 3D object can be recovered by the recycling system.
- a vacuum nozzle (e.g., which can be located at an edge of the material bed) can collect unused pre-transformed material. Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed without vacuum. Unused pre-transformed (e.g., powder) material can be removed from the material bed manually. Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed by positive pressure (e.g., by blowing away the unused material). Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed by actively pushing it from the material bed (e.g., mechanically or using a positive pressurized gas). A gas flow can direct unused pre-transformed material to the vacuum nozzle.
- Unused pre-transformed material e.g., powder
- Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed manually.
- Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed by positive pressure (e.g., by blowing away the unused material). Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed by actively pushing it from the material bed (
- a material collecting mechanism e.g., a shovel
- the recycling mechanism can comprise one or more filters to control a size range of the particles returned to the reservoir.
- a Venturi scavenging nozzle can collect unused material.
- the nozzle can have a high aspect ratio (e.g., at least about 2:1, 5:1, 10:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, or 100:1) such that the nozzle does not become clogged with material particle(s).
- the material may be collected by a drainage mechanism through one or more drainage ports that drain material from the material bed into one or more drainage reservoirs. The material in the one or more drainage reservoirs may be re used (e.g., after filtration and/or further treatment).
- unused material can surround the 3D object in the material bed.
- the unused material can be substantially removed from the 3D object.
- Substantial removal may refer to material covering at most about 20%, 15%, 10%, 8%, 6%, 4%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, or 0.1% of the surface of the 3D object after removal.
- Substantial removal may refer to removal of all the material that was disposed in the material bed and remained as material at the end of the 3D printing process (i.e., the remainder), except for at most about 10%, 3%, 1%, 0.3%, or 0.1% of the weight of the remainder.
- Substantial removal may refer to removal of all the remainder except for at most abbot 50%, 10%, 3%, 1%, 0.3%, or 0.1% of the weight of the printed 3D object.
- the unused material can be removed to permit retrieval of the 3D object without digging through the material bed.
- the unused material can be suctioned out of the material bed by one or more vacuum ports (e.g., nozzles) built adjacent to the material bed, by brushing off the remainder of unused material, by lifting the 3D object from the unused material, by allowing the unused material to flow away from the 3D object (e.g., by opening an exit opening port on the side(s) or on the bottom of the material bed from which the unused material can exit).
- the 3D object can be removed and the unused material can be re-circulated to a material reservoir for use in future builds.
- the platform may comprise a mesh.
- the base and/or substrate may comprise a mesh.
- the 3D object can be generated on a mesh.
- the mesh holes can be blocked.
- the mesh holes can be open-able (e.g., by a controller and/or manually).
- a solid platform e.g., base or substrate
- the mesh can be moved (e.g., vertically or at an angle) relative to the solid platform by pulling on one or more posts connected to either the mesh or the solid platform (e.g., at the one or more edges of the mesh or of the base) such that the mesh becomes unblocked.
- the one or more posts can be removable from the one or more edges by a threaded connection.
- the mesh substrate can be lifted out of the material bed with the 3D object to retrieve the 3D object such that the mesh becomes unblocked.
- the platform can be tilted, horizontally moved such that the mesh becomes unblocked.
- the platform can include the base, substrate, or bottom of the enclosure.
- the 3D object can be built on a construct comprising a first and a second mesh, such that at a first position the holes of the first mesh are completely obstructed by the solid parts of the second mesh such that no material can flow through the two meshes at the first position, as both mesh holes become blocked.
- the first mesh, the second mesh, or both can be controllably moved (e.g., horizontally or in an angle) to a second position. In the second position, the holes of the first mesh and the holes of the second mesh are at least partially aligned such that the material disposed in the material bed is able to flow through to a position below the two meshes, leaving the exposed 3D object.
- cooling gas can be directed to the hardened material (e.g., 3D object) for cooling the hardened material during and/or following its retrieval.
- the mesh can be of a size such that the unused material will sift through the mesh as the 3D object becomes exposed from the material bed.
- the mesh can be coupled (e.g., attached) to a pulley or other mechanical device such that the mesh can be moved (e.g., lifted) out of the material bed with the 3D part.
- a layer of the 3D object is formed within at most about 1 hour (h), 30 minutes (min), 20 min, 10 min, 5 min, 1 min, 40 seconds (s), 20 s, 10 s, 9 s, 8 s, 7 s, 6 s, 5 s, 4 s, 3 s, 2 s, or 1 s.
- a layer of the 3D can be formed within any time between the aforementioned time scales (e.g., from about 1 h to about 1 s, from about 10 min to about 1 s, from about 40 s to about 1 s, from about 10 s to about 1 s, or from about 5 s to about 1 s).
- the generated 3D object requires very little or no further processing after its retrieval.
- the diminished further processing or lack thereof will afford a 3D printing process that requires smaller amount of energy and/or less waste as compared to commercially available 3D printing processes.
- the smaller amount can be smaller by at least about 1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
- the smaller amount may be smaller by any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1.1 to about 10, or from about 1.5 to about 5).
- Further processing may comprise trimming, as disclosed herein.
- Further processing may comprise polishing (e.g., sanding) or trimming.
- the generated 3D object can be retrieved and finalized without removal of transformed material and/or auxiliary features. Trimming may comprise ablating.
- Further processing may comprise curing, baking, or annealing.
- the 3D object can be transported within at least about 120 min, 100 min, 80 min, 60 min, 40 min, 30 min, 20 min, 10 min, or 5 min after the last layer of the object hardens. In some cases, the 3D object can be transported within any time between the above-mentioned values (e.g., from about 5 min to about 120 min, from about 5 min to about 60 min, or from about 60 min to about 120 min).
- the 3D object can be transported once it cools to a temperature of at most about 100° C., 90° C., 80° C., 70° C., 60° C., 50° C., 40° C., 30° C., 25° C., 20° C., 15° C., 10° C., or 5° C.
- the 3D object can be transported once it cools to a temperature value between the above-mentioned temperature values (e.g., from about 5° C. to about 100° C., from about 5° C. to about 40° C., or from about 15° C. to about 40° C.).
- Transporting the 3D object can comprise packaging and/or labeling the 3D object. In some cases, the 3D object can be transported directly to a consumer.
- a customer can be an individual, a corporation, organization, government, non-profit organization, company, hospital, medical practitioner, engineer, retailer, any other entity, or individual.
- the customer may be one that is interested in receiving the 3D object and/or that ordered the 3D object.
- a customer can submit a request for formation of a 3D object.
- the customer can provide an item of value in exchange for the 3D object.
- the customer can provide a design or a 3D model for the 3D object.
- the customer can provide the design in the form of a stereo lithography (STL) file.
- STL stereo lithography
- the customer can provide a design where the design can be a definition of the shape and dimensions of the 3D object in any other numerical or physical form.
- the customer can provide a 3D model, sketch, or image as a design of an object to be generated.
- the design can be transformed in to instructions usable by the printing system to additively generate the 3D object.
- the customer can provide a request to form the 3D object from a specific material or group of materials (e.g., a material as described herein).
- the design may not contain auxiliary features or marks of any past presence of auxiliary support features.
- the 3D object (e.g., solidified material) that is generated for the customer can have an average deviation value from the intended dimensions of at most about 0.5 microns ( ⁇ m), 1 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, or 300 ⁇ m.
- the deviation can be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 300 ⁇ m, from about 10 ⁇ m to about 50 ⁇ m, from about 15 to about 85 ⁇ m, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 45 ⁇ m, or from about 15 ⁇ m to about 35 ⁇ m).
- the 3D object can have a deviation from the intended dimensions in a specific direction, according to the formula Dv+L/K Dv , wherein Dv is a deviation value, L is the length of the 3D object in a specific direction, and K Dv is a constant.
- Dv can have a value of at most about 300 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 40 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, or 0.5 ⁇ m.
- Dv can have a value of at least about 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 70 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, or 300 ⁇ m.
- Dv can have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.5 ⁇ m to about 300 ⁇ m, from about 10 ⁇ m to about 50 ⁇ m, from about 15 ⁇ m to about 85 ⁇ m, from about 5 ⁇ m to about 45 ⁇ m, or from about 15 ⁇ m to about 35 ⁇ m).
- K dv can have a value of at most about 3000, 2500, 2000, 1500, 1000, or 500.
- K dv can have a value of at least about 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, or 3000.
- K dv can have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 3000 to about 500, from about 1000 to about 2500, from about 500 to about 2000, from about 1000 to about 3000, or from about 1000 to about 2500).
- the intended dimensions can be derived from a model design.
- the 3D part can have the stated accuracy value immediately after its formation, without additional processing (e.g., further processing) or manipulation.
- Receiving the order for the object, formation of the object, and delivery of the object to the customer can take at most about 7 days, 6 days, 5 days, 3 days, 2 days, 1 day, 12 hours, 6 hours, 5 hours, 4 hours, 3 hours, 2 hours, 1 hour, 30 min, 20 min, 10 min, 5 min, 1 min, 30 seconds, or 10 seconds.
- the 3D object can be additively generated in a period between any of the aforementioned time periods (e.g., from about 10 seconds to about 7 days, from about 10 seconds to about 12 hours, from about 12 hours to about 7 days, or from about 12 hours to about 10 minutes).
- the time can vary based on the physical characteristics of the object, including the size and/or complexity of the object.
- the system and/or apparatus comprises at least one controlling system (e.g., comprising a controller).
- the controller controls one or more of the components described herein.
- at least two apparatuses are controlled by one controller.
- each of at least two apparatuses has a different controller.
- the controller may comprise a computer-processing unit (e.g., at least one computer) coupled to any of the systems, apparatuses, and/or their respective components (e.g., the energy source(s)).
- the computer can be operatively coupled through a wired and/or wireless connection.
- the computer can be on board a user device.
- a user device can be a laptop computer, desktop computer, tablet, smartphone, or another computing device.
- the controller can be in communication with a cloud computer system and/or a server.
- the controller can be programmed to selectively direct the energy source(s) to apply energy to the at least a portion of the target surface at a power per unit area.
- the controller can be in communication with the scanner configured to articulate the energy source(s) to apply energy to at least a portion of the target surface at a power per unit area.
- the controller may control the layer dispensing mechanism and/or any of its components.
- the control may comprise controlling (e.g., directing and/or regulating) the speed (velocity) of movement of an apparatus or any of its components.
- the movement may be horizontal, vertical, and/or in an angle.
- the controller may control the cooling member (e.g., external and/or internal).
- the control may be manual and/or automatic.
- the control may be programmed and/or be effectuated a whim.
- the control may be according to an algorithm.
- the algorithm may comprise a printing algorithm, or motion control algorithm.
- the algorithm may take into account the control-model of the 3D object.
- FIG. 13 shows a schematic example of a (e.g., automatic) controller (e.g., a control system, or a first-controller) 1300 that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate formation of one or more 3D objects.
- the controller 1300 comprises a subordinate-controller 1340 , at least one forming 3D object 1350 , one or more sensors (e.g. temperature sensor) 1360 , one or more control-models 1370 for the physical process of 3D printing and optionally at least one feedback control loop (e.g., 1330 , and 1333 ).
- the subordinate-controller may be an internal-controller.
- the subordinate-controller can be a second-controller as part of the first controller.
- the subordinate-controller (e.g., 1340 ) can be a linear controller.
- the controller 1300 may be configured to control (e.g., in real time during at least a portion of the 3D printing) a controllable property comprising: (i) an energy beam power (e.g., delivered to the material bed), (ii) temperature at a position in the material bed (e.g., on the forming 3D object), (iii) energy beam speed, (iv) energy beam power density, (v) energy beam dwell time, (vi) energy beam footprint (e.g., on the exposed surface of the material bed), (vii) energy beam focus, or (viii) energy beam cross-section.
- the controllable property may be a control variable.
- the control may be to maintain a target parameter (e.g., temperature) of one or more forming 3D objects.
- the target parameter may vary in time (e.g., in real time) and/or in location.
- the location may comprise a location at the exposed surface of the material bed.
- the location may comprise a location at the top surface of the (e.g., forming) 3D object.
- the target parameter may correlate to the controllable property.
- the (e.g., input) target parameter may vary in time and/or location in the material bed (e.g., on the forming 3D object).
- the subordinate-controller may receive a pre-determined power per unit area (of the energy beam), temperature, and/or metrological (e.g., height) target value.
- the subordinate-controller may receive a target parameter 1305 (e.g. temperature) to maintain at least one characteristics of the forming 3D object (e.g., dimension in a direction, and/or temperature).
- a target parameter 1305 e.g. temperature
- the controller receives three types of target inputs: (i) energy beam power 1310 (which may be user defined), (ii) temperature (e.g., 1305 ), and (iii) geometry (e.g., 1335 ).
- the geometry may comprise geometrical object pre-print correction.
- the geometric information may derive from the 3D object (or a correctively deviated (e.g., altered) model thereof).
- the geometry may comprise geometric information of a previously printed portion of the 3D object (e.g., comprising a local thickness below a given layer, local build angle, proximity to an edge on a given layer, or proximity to layer boundaries).
- the geometry may be an input to the controller (e.g., via an open loop control scheme).
- Some of the target values may be used to form 3D printing instructions for generating the 3D object (e.g., 1350 ).
- the printing instructions may be dynamically adjusted in real time.
- the controller may monitor (e.g., continuously) one or more signals from one or more sensors (e.g., 1360 ).
- the controller may monitor the energy beam power, temperature of a position in the material bed, and/or metrology (e.g., height) of a position in the material bed.
- the position in the material bed may be of the forming 3D object.
- the monitor may be continuous or discontinuous.
- the monitor may be in real-time during the 3D printing.
- the monitor may be using the one or more sensors.
- the printing instructions may be dynamically adjusted in real time (e.g., using the signals from the one or more sensors).
- a variation between the target parameter and the sensed parameter may be used to estimate an error in the value of that parameter (e.g., 1320 ).
- the variation (e.g., error) may be used by the subordinate-controller (e.g., 1340 ) to adjust the printing instructions.
- the controller may control (e.g., continuously) one or more parameters (e.g., in real time).
- the controller may use historical data (e.g., for the parameters).
- the historical data may be of previously printed 3D objects, or of previously printed layers of the 3D object.
- the control-model may comprise free parameters which may be estimated using a characterization process.
- the characterization process may be before, during (e.g., in real time), or after the 3D printing.
- the control-model may be wired to the controller.
- the control model can be configured into the controller (e.g., before and/or during the 3D printing). Configured may comprise built, constructed, designed, patterned, or arranged.
- the hardware of the controller may comprise the control-model.
- the control-model may be linear or non-linear.
- the control-model may be non-linear.
- the control-model may comprise linear or non-linear modes.
- a control-model may predict and/or estimate one or more physical parameters (e.g., 1371 ) of the forming 3D object (e.g., in real time).
- the control-model is a reduced form of the 3D model of the desired 3D object.
- the control-model is a simplified 3D model compared to the complete 3D model of the desired 3D object.
- the physical parameters may comprise shape.
- the control-model may comprise the shape (e.g., geometry) of the 3D object.
- the control-model may be used to adjust the 3D printing.
- the control-model may comprise a simulation.
- the simulation may comprise an imitation of a real-world process (e.g., 3D printing) over time.
- the simulation may comprise finite element analysis.
- control-model may comprise a thermal and/or mechanical (e.g., elastic and/or plastic) simulation.
- control-model may comprise thermo-mechanical (e.g., thermo-elastic and/or thermos-plastic) simulation.
- the simulation may comprise the material(s) of the forming 3D object (e.g., material(s) in the material bed).
- the simulation may comprise the material properties of the desired 3D object.
- the simulation and/or control-model may be adjusted (e.g., using the control loop) using one or more measured parameters.
- the simulation and/or control-model may be adjusted in real-time.
- the control-model may output an estimation of the parameter.
- the simulation and/or control-model may use an input from the one or more sensors (e.g., power, temperature, and/or metrology sensors).
- the control-model can comprise one or more free parameters.
- the one or more free parameters can be optimized in real time (e.g., using one or more sensor signals).
- the controller may comprise an internal-state-system that provides an estimate of an internal state of the 3D printer and/or 3D printing.
- the internal state can be derived from one or more measurements of the control variable and/or input parameters.
- the internal-state-system may be implemented using a computer.
- the internal-state-system may comprise a state-observer.
- the controller may comprise a state-observer.
- the control-model can be a state-observer-model.
- the controller may comprise a reconfigurable firm-ware (e.g., flash memory).
- the controller may comprise a microprocessor.
- the controller may comprise a (e.g., programmable and/or reconfigurable) circuit.
- the estimated parameter may be compared (e.g., 1325 ) with the measured parameter (e.g., 1373 ).
- the comparison may be used to alter (e.g., 1372 ) the control-model.
- the control-model may dynamically be adjusted in real time.
- the simulation may be dynamically adjusted in real-time.
- the prediction of the parameter may be done offline (e.g. predetermined) and/or in real-time (e.g., during the 3D printing).
- the control-model may receive the sensed parameter(s) value(s).
- the control-model may use the sensed parameter(s) value(s) for a prediction and/or adjustment of at least one target parameter.
- the control-model may use geometric information (e.g., 1335 ) associated with the requested and/or forming 3D object.
- the control-model may set up a feedback control loop (e.g., 1330 ) to adjust one or more target parameters in order to achieve convergence (e.g., with the desired 3D object).
- the feedback loop(s) control may comprise one or more comparisons with an input parameter (e.g., 1320 ) and/or threshold value (e.g., 1380 ).
- Real time may be during formation of at least one: 3D object, a layer within the 3D object, dwell time of an energy beam along a path, and dwell time of an energy beam along a hatch line dwell time of an energy beam forming a melt pool.
- the one or more forming 3D objects can be generated (e.g., substantially) simultaneously, or sequentially.
- the one or more 3D objects can be formed in a (e.g., single) material bed.
- the subordinate-controller 1340 may output one or more parameters as part of the 3D printing instructions.
- the output of the subordinate-controller may be based on one or more parameter input (e.g., of a different type).
- the suboediante-controller may receive a temperature input and output a power parameter.
- the output parameter may be compared with the same type of parameter that was input.
- the output power parameter may be compared with (e.g., 1315 ) a power input to generate the printing instructions for the portion of the 3D object.
- the comparison may be a dynamic comparison in real time. The comparison may be prior or subsequent to the 3D printing.
- the controller may be implemented in a processor hardware (e.g., GPU, CPU, or FPGA).
- the controller may have a band width of at least about 1 Kilo-Hertz (KHz), 5 KHz, 10 KHz, 20 KHz, 30 KHz, 30 KHz, 40 KHz, 50 KHz, 60 KHz, 70 KHz, or 80 KHz.
- the controller may have a band width between any of the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1 KHz to about 80 KHz, from about 1 KHz to about 50 KHz, from about 10 KHz, to about 50 KHz, from about 30 KHz to about 60 KHz, or from about 50 KHz to about 80 KHz).
- the systems, methods, and/or apparatuses disclosed herein may comprise receiving a request for a 3D object (e.g., from a customer).
- the request can include a 3D model (e.g., CAD) of the desired 3D object.
- a 3D model of the desired 3D object may be generated.
- the 3D model may be used to generate 3D printing instructions.
- the 3D printing instructions may exclude the 3D model.
- the 3D printing instructions may be based on the 3D model.
- the 3D printing instructions may take the 3D model into account.
- the 3D printing instructions may be based on simulations (e.g., as disclosed herein). In some embodiments, the 3D printing instructions may use more than one 3D model.
- the 3D printing instructions may comprise using an algorithm (e.g., embedded in a software) that takes into account the 3D model.
- the algorithm may comprise the simulation.
- the algorithm may take into account a deviation in shape (e.g., geometry) from the model.
- the deviation may be a structural (e.g., geometrical) deviation.
- the 3D model may comprise feedback or feed forward controls based on an algorithm (e.g., comprised in a script).
- the algorithm may be embedded in a script.
- a script is a language specific computer readable media (e.g., software) implementation of the algorithm.
- the control-model may combine feedback and feed-forward controls based on an algorithm (e.g., FIG. 13 ).
- the deviation may be a corrective deviation.
- the corrective (structural) deviation may be such that at least a portion of the 3D object is printed according to a deviation from the 3D model of the desired 3D object; and upon hardening, the at least a portion of the 3D object (and/or the entire 3D object) will not (e.g., substantially) deviate from the 3D model of the desired 3D object.
- the deviation may span one or more layers of the 3D object. For example, the deviation in shape (e.g., in geometry) may span a multiplicity of layers. At times, at least a portion of the layer (e.g., slice thereof) is deviated from the 3D model.
- a slice is a virtual reality representation of the layer of the 3D object in the 3D model.
- the 3D model is a virtual reality representation of a desired 3D object.
- Virtual reality may comprise computerized, or computer generated.
- At least the first derivative of the difference between the deviated model and the requested model of the 3D object may be continuous (e.g., smooth).
- At least the first derivative can be smooth (e.g., continuous).
- the at least the first derivative can be a plurality of derivatives.
- the plurality of derivatives can comprise at least the 2 nd , 3 rd , 4 th , 5 th , 6 th , 7 th , 8 th , 9 th , or 10 th derivative.
- At times, at least the first degree gradient of the geometrical deviation field is smooth (e.g., continuous).
- the geometrical deviation field can include a difference between the deviated model and the requested model of the 3D object.
- the at least the first derivative may be infinitely smooth.
- all the derivatives are continuous.
- the at least the first degree comprises a plurality of degrees.
- the deviation may exclude inserting one or more kinks in the 3D object.
- the smooth one or more derivatives is of the deviation from the 3D object (e.g., to differentiate from a structural derivative(s) of the 3D object).
- the derivative and/or gradient may be sensitive to the change in geometry between the desired 3D object, and the deformed 3D object.
- the deviation may be a corrective deviation that at least in part compensates for deformation during the 3D printing.
- the deformation may be an accumulated deformation.
- the accumulated deformation may be a residually accumulated deformation during the 3D printing.
- Such corrective (e.g., compensatory) deviation is termed herein as “object pre-print correction.”
- the deviation may be an adjustment or alteration
- the printed deviation is cancelled out due to deformation of the 3D object (or portion thereof) during the 3D printing.
- the algorithm used to form the 3D printing instructions excludes a feedback control loop (e.g., closed loop).
- 3D printing instructions may exclude taking into account metrology and/or temperature measurements of the generated 3D object (e.g., measurements of the 3D object) or parts thereof.
- 3D printing instructions may include taking into account metrology and/or temperature measurements of the generated 3D object (e.g., measurements of the 3D object) or parts thereof.
- the 3D printing instructions may comprise an open loop control.
- the algorithm may use historical (e.g., empirical) data.
- the empirical data may be of characteristic structures (e.g., that are included in the desired 3D object).
- the characteristic structures may be (e.g., substantially) similar to at least portions of the 3D object.
- the empirical data may be previously obtained.
- the algorithm may comprise a feed forward control loop.
- the feed forward control loop may override one or more model parameters (for example, measurements and/or corrections).
- the algorithm may comprise feed forward control loop (e.g., elements thereof), feedback control loop (e.g., elements thereof), or a combination of feed forward and feedback control loop (e.g., elements thereof).
- the algorithm may use a theoretical model.
- the algorithm may use a model of energy flow (e.g., heat flow).
- the algorithm comprises thermal, or mechanical algorithm.
- the mechanical algorithm may comprise elastic or plastic algorithm.
- the generation of the 3D object using a (e.g., structurally) altered 3D model may exclude an iterative process.
- the generation of the 3D object using an altered 3D model may include an iterative process.
- the generation of the 3D object may not involve an alteration of the 3D model (e.g., CAD), but rather generate a new set of 3D printing instructions.
- the algorithm is used to alter 3D printing instructions received by at least one of the components involved in the 3D printing process (e.g., energy beam).
- the algorithm does not (e.g., structurally) alter the 3D model.
- the algorithm may comprise a generic approach to printing a desired 3D object (or portions thereof.)
- the algorithm is not based on at least one of (i) altering 3D printing instructions that are based on printing the desired 3D object, (ii) measuring errors in the printed 3D object, and (iii) revising the printing instructions.
- the algorithm is not based on an iterative process that takes into account the desired and printed 3D object (e.g., in real-time).
- the algorithm may be based on an estimation of one or more errors (e.g., deformation errors) during the printing of the desired 3D object.
- the algorithm may comprise correcting the estimated errors through the generation of respective 3D printing instructions that take into account the anticipated errors.
- the algorithm comprises circumventing the estimated errors through the generation of respective 3D printing instructions.
- the correction of errors may be prior and/or during the 3D printing (e.g., in real-time).
- the algorithm may circumvent generation of errors (e.g., structural errors such as deformations).
- the algorithm may be based on an estimation of one or more errors (e.g., before or during the printing of the desired 3D object) and correcting them through the generation of respective 3D printing instructions that take into account the anticipated errors, and thus circumvent the generation of the errors.
- the error may comprise the deviation from the 3D model of the desired 3D object.
- the estimation may be based on simulation, modeling, and/or historical data (e.g., of representative 3D structures or 3D structure segments).
- the error(s) may not be anticipated (e.g. in real-time).
- the 3D printing instructions may be altered in real time to correct the detected errors.
- FIG. 12 shows an example of a flow chart representing at least a portion of the 3D printing process operations that are executed by a 3D printing system and/or apparatus described herein.
- the desired 3D object is requested in operation 1201 .
- a 3D model is provided or generated in operation 1202 .
- Operation 1204 illustrates the generation of printing instruction(s) for the 3D object, in which at least one of the 3D model and the algorithm is utilized.
- the 3D object is subsequently generated using the printing instruction(s) in operation 1205 .
- the desired 3D object is delivered in operation 1206 .
- Arrow 1207 designates the direction of the execution of the operations from operation 1201 to operation 1206 .
- the absence of back feeding arrow represents the lack of a feedback loop control.
- the controller comprises a processing unit.
- the processing unit may be central.
- the processing unit may comprise a central processing unit (herein “CPU”).
- the controller (e.g., comprising a computer system) may be programmed to implement methods of the disclosure.
- the controller may control at least one component of the systems and/or apparatuses disclosed herein.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic example of a computer system 1400 that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of a 3D object according to the methods provided herein.
- the computer system 1400 can control (e.g., direct and/or regulate) various features of printing methods, apparatuses and systems of the present disclosure, such as, for example, regulating force, translation, heating, cooling and/or maintaining the temperature of a material bed, process parameters (e.g., chamber pressure), energy beam characteristic, scanning route of the energy source, position and/or temperature of the cooling member(s), application of the amount of energy emitted to a selected location, or any combination thereof.
- the computer system can be part of, or be in communication with, a printing system or apparatus, such as a 3D printing system or apparatus of the present disclosure.
- the computer may be coupled to one or more mechanisms disclosed herein, and/or any parts thereof.
- the computer may be coupled to one or more sensors, valves, switches, motors, pumps, or any combination thereof.
- the computer system 1400 can include a processing unit 1406 (also “processor,” “computer” and “computer processor” used herein).
- the computer system may include memory or memory location 1402 (e.g., random-access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronic storage unit 1404 (e.g., hard disk), communication interface 1403 (e.g., network adapter) for communicating with one or more other systems, and peripheral devices 1405 , such as cache, other memory, data storage and/or electronic display adapters.
- the memory 1402 , storage unit 1404 , interface 1403 , and peripheral devices 1405 are in communication with the processing unit 1406 through a communication bus (solid lines), such as a motherboard.
- the storage unit can be a data storage unit (or data repository) for storing data.
- the computer system can be operatively coupled to a computer network (“network”) 1401 with the aid of the communication interface.
- the network can be the Internet, an Internet and/or extranet, or an intranet and/or extranet that is in communication with the Internet.
- the network in some cases is a telecommunication and/or data network.
- the network can include one or more computer servers, which can enable distributed computing, such as cloud computing.
- the network in some cases with the aid of the computer system, can implement a peer-to-peer network, which may enable devices coupled to the computer system to behave as a client or a server.
- the processing unit can execute a sequence of machine-readable instructions, which can be embodied in a program or software.
- the instructions may be stored in a memory location, such as the memory 1402 .
- the instructions can be directed to the processing unit, which can subsequently program or otherwise configure the processing unit to implement methods of the present disclosure. Examples of operations performed by the processing unit can include fetch, decode, execute, or write back.
- the processing unit may interpret and/or execute instructions.
- the processor may include a microprocessor, data processor, central processing unit (CPU), graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), co-processor, network processor, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), controller, programmable logic device (PLD), chipset, field programmable gate array (FPGA), or any combination thereof.
- the processing unit can be part of a circuit, such as an integrated circuit.
- One or more other components of the system 1400 can be included in the circuit.
- the storage unit 1404 can store files, such as drivers, libraries and saved programs.
- the storage unit can store user data, e.g., user preferences and user programs.
- the computer system in some cases can include one or more additional data storage units that are external to the computer system, such as located on a remote server that is in communication with the computer system through an intranet or the Internet.
- the computer system can communicate with one or more remote computer systems through the network.
- the computer system can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (e.g., operator).
- remote computer systems include personal computers (e.g., portable PC), slate or tablet PC's (e.g., Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), telephones, Smart phones (e.g., Apple® iPhone, Android-enabled device, Blackberry®), or personal digital assistants.
- the user can access the computer system via the network.
- Methods as described herein can be implemented by way of machine (e.g., computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storage location of the computer system, such as, for example, on the memory 1402 or electronic storage unit 1404 .
- the machine executable or machine-readable code can be provided in the form of software.
- the processor 1406 can execute the code.
- the code can be retrieved from the storage unit and stored on the memory for ready access by the processor.
- the electronic storage unit can be precluded, and machine-executable instructions are stored on memory.
- the code can be pre-compiled and configured for use with a machine have a processer adapted to execute the code, or can be compiled during runtime.
- the code can be supplied in a programming language that can be selected to enable the code to execute in a pre-compiled or as-compiled fashion.
- the processing unit may include one or more cores.
- the computer system may comprise a single core processor, multi core processor, or a plurality of processors for parallel processing.
- the processing unit may comprise one or more central processing unit (CPU) and/or a graphic processing unit (GPU).
- the multiple cores may be disposed in a physical unit (e.g., Central Processing Unit, or Graphic Processing Unit).
- the processing unit may include one or more processing units.
- the physical unit may be a single physical unit.
- the physical unit may be a die.
- the physical unit may comprise cache coherency circuitry.
- the multiple cores may be disposed in close proximity.
- the physical unit may comprise an integrated circuit chip.
- the integrated circuit chip may comprise one or more transistors.
- the integrated circuit chip may comprise at least 0.2 billion transistors (BT), 0.5 BT, 1 BT, 2 BT, 3 BT, 5 BT, 6 BT, 7 BT, 8 BT, 9 BT, 10 BT, 15 BT, 20 BT, 25 BT, 30 BT, 40 BT, or 50 BT.
- the integrated circuit chip may comprise any number of transistors between the afore-mentioned numbers (e.g., from about 0.2 BT to about 100 BT, from about 1 BT to about 8 BT, from about 8 BT to about 40 BT, or from about 40 BT to about 100 BT).
- the integrated circuit chip may have an area of at most 50 mm 2 , 60 mm 2 , 70 mm 2 , 80 mm 2 , 90 mm 2 , 100 mm 2 , 200 mm 2 , 300 mm 2 , 400 mm 2 , 500 mm 2 , 600 mm 2 , 700 mm 2 , or 800 mm 2 .
- the integrated circuit chip may have an area of any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm 2 to about 800 mm 2 , from about 50 mm 2 to about 500 mm 2 , or from about 500 mm 2 to about 800 mm 2 ).
- the close proximity may allow substantial preservation of communication signals that travel between the cores. The close proximity may diminish communication signal degradation.
- a core as understood herein is a computing component having independent central processing capabilities.
- the computing system may comprise a multiplicity of cores, which are disposed on a single computing component.
- the multiplicity of cores may include two or more independent central processing units.
- the independent central processing units may constitute a unit that read and execute program instructions.
- the multiplicity of cores can be parallel cores.
- the multiplicity of cores can function in parallel.
- the multiplicity of cores may include at least 2, 10, 40, 100, 400, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, or 10000 cores.
- the multiplicity of cores may include cores of any number between the afore-mentioned numbers (e.g., from 2 to 40000, from 2 to 400, from 400 to 4000, from 2000 to 4000, or from 4000 to 10000 cores).
- the cores may communicate with each other via on chip communication networks; and/or control, data and communication channels.
- the processor may comprise low latency in data transfer (e.g., from one core to another). Latency may refer to the time delay between the cause and the effect of a physical change in the processor (e.g., a signal).
- Latency may refer to the time elapsed from the source (e.g., first core) sending a packet to the destination (e.g., second core) receiving it (also referred as two point latency).
- One point latency may refer to the time elapsed from the source (e.g., first core) sending a packet (e.g., signal) to the destination (e.g., second core) receiving it, and the designation sending a packet back to the source (e.g., the packet making a round trip).
- the latency may be sufficiently low to allow a high number of floating point operations per second (FLOPS).
- the number of FLOPS may be at least about 1 Tera Flops (T-FLOPS), 2 T-FLOPS, 3 T-FLOPS, 5 T-FLOPS, 6 T-FLOPS, 7 T-FLOPS, 8 T-FLOPS, 9 T-FLOPS, or 10 T-FLOPS.
- the number of flops may be at most about 5 T-FLOPS, 6 T-FLOPS, 7 T-FLOPS, 8 T-FLOPS, 9 T-FLOPS, 10 T-FLOPS, 20 T-FLOPS, or 30 T-FLOPS.
- the number of FLOPS may be any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1 T-FLOP to about 30 T-FLOP, from about 4 T-FLOPS to about 10 T-FLOPS, from about 1 T-FLOPS to about 10 T-FLOPS, or from about 10 T-FLOPS to about 30 T-FLOPS.
- the FLOPS can be measured according to a benchmark.
- the benchmark may be a HPC Challenge Benchmark.
- the benchmark may comprise mathematical operations (e.g., equation calculation such as linear equations), graphical operations (e.g., rendering), or encryption/decryption benchmark.
- the benchmark may comprise a High Performance LINPACK, matrix multiplication (e.g., DGEMM), sustained memory bandwidth to/from memory (e.g., STREAM), array transposing rate measurement (e.g., PTRANS), RandomAccess, rate of Fast Fourier Transform (e.g., on a large one-dimensional vector using the generalized Cooley-Tukey algorithm), or Communication Bandwidth and Latency (e.g., MPI-centric performance measurements based on the effective bandwidth/latency benchmark).
- LINPACK refers to a software library for performing numerical linear algebra on a digital computer.
- DGEMM refers to double precision general matrix multiplication.
- STREAM convention may sum the amount of data that an application code explicitly reads and the amount of data that the application code explicitly writes.
- PTRANS may measure the rate at which the system can transpose a large array (e.g., matrix).
- MPI refers to Message Passing Interface.
- the computer system may include hyper-threading technology.
- the computer system may include a chip processor with integrated transform, lighting, triangle setup, triangle clipping, rendering engine, or any combination thereof.
- the rendering engine may be capable of processing at least about 10 million polygons per second.
- the rendering engines may be capable of processing at least about 10 million calculations per second.
- the GPU may include a GPU by Nvidia, ATI Technologies, S3 Graphics, Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), or Matrox.
- the processing unit may be able to process algorithms comprising a matrix or a vector.
- the core may comprise a complex instruction set computing core (CISC), or reduced instruction set computing (RISC).
- the computer system may include one or more electronic chips that is reprogrammable (e.g., field programmable gate array (FPGA)).
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- the FPGA may comprise Tabula, Lattice, Altera, or Xilinx FPGA.
- the electronic chips may comprise one or more programmable logic blocks (e.g., an array).
- the logic blocks may compute combinational functions, logic gates, or any combination thereof.
- the computer system may include custom hardware.
- the custom hardware may comprise an algorithm.
- the computer system may include custom software that may comprise an algorithm.
- the computer system may include configurable computing, partially reconfigurable computing, reconfigurable computing, or any combination thereof.
- the computer system may include a FPGA.
- the computer system may include an integrated circuit that performs the algorithm.
- the reconfigurable computing system may comprise FPGA, CPU, GPU, or multi-core microprocessors.
- the reconfigurable computing system may comprise a High-Performance Reconfigurable Computing architecture (HPRC).
- HPRC High-Performance Reconfigurable Computing architecture
- the partially reconfigurable computing may include module-based partial reconfiguration, or difference-based partial reconfiguration.
- the computing system may include an integrated circuit that performs the algorithm (e.g., control algorithm).
- the computing system may include application specific software that performs the algorithm.
- the physical unit e.g., the cache coherency circuitry within
- the clock time may be at least about 0.1 Gigabits per second (Gbit/s), 0.5 Gbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 6 Gbit/s, 7 Gbit/s, 8 Gbit/s, 9 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, or 50 Gbit/s.
- the physical unit may have a clock time of any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.1 Gbit/s to about 50 Gbit/s, or from about 5 Gbit/s to about 10 Gbit/s).
- the physical unit may produce the algorithm output in at most 0.1 microsecond ( ⁇ s), 1 ⁇ s, 10 ⁇ s, 100 ⁇ s, or 1 millisecond (ms).
- the physical unit may produce the algorithm output in any time between the above mentioned times (e.g., from about 0.1 ⁇ s, to about 1 ms, from about 0.1 ⁇ s, to about 100 ⁇ s, or from about 0.1 ⁇ s to about 10 ⁇ s).
- the controller may use calculations, real time measurements, or any combination thereof to control the energy beam(s).
- the real time measurements e.g., temperature measurements
- the real time measurements may provide input at a rate of at least about 0.1 KHz, 1 KHz, 10 KHz, 100 KHz, 1000 KHz, or 10000 KHz).
- the real time measurements may provide input at a rate between any of the above-mentioned rates (e.g., from about 0.1 KHz to about 10000 KHz, from about 0.1 KHz to about 1000 KHz, or from about 1000 KHz to about 10000 KHz).
- the memory bandwidth of the processing unit may be at least about 1 gigabytes per second (Gbytes/s), 10 Gbytes/s, 100 Gbytes/s, 200 Gbytes/s, 300 Gbytes/s, 400 Gbytes/s, 500 Gbytes/s, 600 Gbytes/s, 700 Gbytes/s, 800 Gbytes/s, 900 Gbytes/s, or 1000 Gbytes/s.
- Gbytes/s gigabytes per second
- the memory bandwidth of the processing unit may any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1 Gbytes/s to about 1000 Gbytes/s, from about 100 Gbytes/s to about 500 Gbytes/s, from about 500 Gbytes/s to about 1000 Gbytes/s, or from about 200 Gbytes/s to about 400 Gbytes/s).
- aspects of the systems, apparatuses, and/or methods provided herein, such as the computer system can be embodied in programming.
- Various aspects of the technology may be thought of as “product,” “object,” or “articles of manufacture” typically in the form of machine (or processor) executable code and/or associated data that is carried on or embodied in a type of machine-readable medium.
- Machine-executable code can be stored on an electronic storage unit, such memory (e.g., read-only memory, random-access memory, flash memory) or a hard disk.
- the storage may comprise non-volatile storage media.
- Storage type media can include any or all of the tangible memory of the computers, processors or the like, or associated modules thereof, such as various semiconductor memories, tape drives, disk drives, external drives, and the like, which may provide non-transitory storage at any time for the software programming.
- the memory may comprise a random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), ferroelectric random access memory (FRAM), read only memory (ROM), programmable read only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), a flash memory, or any combination thereof.
- RAM random access memory
- DRAM dynamic random access memory
- SRAM static random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- FRAM ferroelectric random access memory
- ROM read only memory
- PROM programmable read only memory
- EPROM erasable programmable read only memory
- EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read only memory
- flash memory may comprise a negative-AND (NAND) or NOR logic gates.
- the storage may include a hard disk (e.g., a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optic disk, a solid state disk, etc.), a compact disc (CD), a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, a cartridge, a magnetic tape, and/or another type of computer-readable medium, along with a corresponding drive.
- a hard disk e.g., a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optic disk, a solid state disk, etc.
- CD compact disc
- DVD digital versatile disc
- floppy disk e.g., a compact disc, CD, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, a cartridge, a magnetic tape, and/or another type of computer-readable medium, along with a corresponding drive.
- All or portions of the software may at times be communicated through the Internet or various other telecommunication networks. Such communications, for example, may enable loading of the software from one computer or processor into another, for example, from a management server or host computer into the computer platform of an application server.
- another type of media that may bear the software elements includes optical, electrical and electromagnetic waves, such as used across physical interfaces between local devices, through wired and optical landline networks and over various air-links.
- the physical elements that carry such waves, such as wired or wireless links, optical links, or the like, also may be considered as media bearing the software.
- terms such as computer or machine “readable medium” refer to any medium that participates in providing instructions to a processor for execution.
- a machine-readable medium such as computer-executable code
- a tangible storage medium such as computer-executable code
- Non-volatile storage media include, for example, optical or magnetic disks, such as any of the storage devices in any computer(s) or the like, such as may be used to implement the databases, etc. shown in the drawings.
- Volatile storage media include dynamic memory, such as main memory of such a computer platform.
- Tangible transmission media include coaxial cables, wire (e.g., copper wire), and/or fiber optics, including the wires that comprise a bus within a computer system.
- Carrier-wave transmission media may take the form of electric or electromagnetic signals, or acoustic or light waves such as those generated during radio frequency (RF) and infrared (IR) data communications.
- RF radio frequency
- IR infrared
- Common forms of computer-readable media therefore include for example: a floppy disk, a flexible disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, any other magnetic medium, a CD-ROM, DVD or DVD-ROM, any other optical medium, punch cards paper tape, any other physical storage medium with patterns of holes, a RAM, a ROM, a PROM and EPROM, a FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, a carrier wave transporting data or instructions, cables or links transporting such a carrier wave, or any other medium from which a computer may read programming code and/or data.
- the memory and/or storage may comprise a storing device external to and/or removable from device, such as a Universal Serial Bus (USB) memory stick, or a hard disk.
- USB Universal Serial Bus
- Many of these forms of computer readable media may be involved in carrying one or more sequences of one or more instructions to a processor for execution.
- the computer system can include or be in communication with an electronic display that comprises a user interface (UI) for providing, for example, a model design or graphical representation of a 3D object to be printed.
- UI user interface
- Examples of UI's include, without limitation, a graphical user interface (GUI) and web-based user interface.
- the computer system can monitor and/or control various aspects of the 3D printing system.
- the control may be manual and/or programmed.
- the control may rely on feedback mechanisms that have been pre-programmed.
- the feedback mechanisms may rely on input from sensors (described herein) that are connected to the control unit (e.g., control system. E.g., computer).
- the computer system may store historical data concerning various aspects of the operation of the 3D printing system.
- the historical data may be retrieved at predetermined times and/or at a whim.
- the historical data may be accessed by an operator and/or by a user.
- the historical and/or operative data may be provided in an output unit such as a display unit.
- the output unit e.g., monitor
- the output unit may output various parameters of the 3D printing system (as described herein) in real time or in a delayed time.
- the output unit may output the current 3D printed object, the ordered 3D printed object, or both.
- the output unit may output the printing progress of the 3D printed object.
- the output unit may output at least one of the total time, time remaining, and time expanded on printing the 3D object.
- the output unit may output (e.g., display, voice, and/or print) the status of sensors, their reading, and/or time for their calibration or maintenance.
- the output unit may output the type of material(s) used and various characteristics of the material(s) such as temperature and flowability of the pre-transformed material.
- the output unit may output the amount of oxygen, water, and pressure in the printing chamber (i.e., the chamber where the 3D object is being printed).
- the computer may generate a report comprising various parameters of the 3D printing system, method, and or objects at predetermined time(s), on a request (e.g., from an operator), and/or at a whim.
- the output unit may comprise a screen, printer, or speaker.
- the controller may provide a report.
- the report may comprise any items recited as optionally output by the output unit.
- the system and/or apparatus described herein may comprise an output and/or an input device.
- the input device may comprise a keyboard, touch pad, or microphone.
- the output device may be a sensory output device.
- the output device may include a visual, tactile, or audio device.
- the audio device may include a loudspeaker.
- the visual output device may include a screen and/or a printed hard copy (e.g., paper).
- the output device may include a printer.
- the input device may include a camera, a microphone, a keyboard, or a touch screen.
- the system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise Bluetooth technology.
- the system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise an electronic circuit.
- the system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise a communication port.
- the communication port may be a serial port or a parallel port.
- the communication port may be a Universal Serial Bus port (i.e., USB).
- the system and/or apparatus described herein (e.g., controller) and/or any of their components may comprise USB ports.
- the USB can be micro or mini USB.
- the USB port may relate to device classes comprising 00h, 01h, 02h, 03h, 05h, 06h, 07h, 08h, 09h, 0Ah, 0Bh, 0Dh, 0Eh, 0Fh, 10h, 11h, DCh, E0h, EFh, FEh, or FFh.
- the system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise a plug and/or a socket (e.g., electrical, AC power, DC power).
- the system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise an adapter (e.g., AC and/or DC power adapter).
- the system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise a power connector.
- the power connector can be an electrical power connector.
- the power connector may comprise a magnetically coupled (e.g., attached) power connector.
- the power connector can be a dock connector.
- the connector can be a data and power connector.
- the connector may comprise pins.
- the connector may comprise at least 10, 15, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 40, 42, 45, 50, 55, 80, or 100 pins.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
- Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Robotics (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Geometry (AREA)
- Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Powder Metallurgy (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claim priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/252,330 that was filed on 06 of Nov., 2015, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/396,584 that was filed on 19 of Sep., 2016; each of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.
- Three-dimensional (3D) printing (e.g., additive manufacturing) is a process for making a three-dimensional (3D) object of any shape from a design. The design may be in the form of a data source such as an electronic data source, or may be in the form of a hard copy. The hard copy may be a two-dimensional representation of a 3D object. The data source may be an electronic 3D model. 3D printing may use an additive process in which successive layers of material are laid down one on top of each other. This process may be controlled (e.g., automatically and/or manually controlled). A 3D printer can be an industrial robot.
- 3D printing can generate custom parts quickly and efficiently. A variety of materials can be used in a 3D printing process including elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, elemental carbon, and/or polymeric material. In a typical additive 3D printing process, a first material-layer is formed, and thereafter, successive material-layers (or parts thereof) are added one by one, wherein each new material-layer is added on (e.g., and connected to) a pre-formed material-layer, until the entire designed three-dimensional structure (3D object) is materialized.
- 3D models may be created utilizing a computer aided design package and/or via 3D scanner. The manual modeling process of preparing geometric data for 3D computer graphics may be similar to plastic arts, such as sculpting or animating. 3D scanning is a process of analyzing and collecting digital data on the shape and appearance of a real object. Based on this data, 3D models of the scanned object can be produced. The 3D models may include computer-aided design (CAD).
- A large number of additive processes are currently available. They may differ in the manner layers are deposited to create the materialized structure. They may vary in the material or materials that are used to generate the designed structure. Some methods melt or soften material to produce the layers.
- At times, the printed three-dimensional (3D) object may bend, warp, roll, curl, or otherwise deform during and/or after the 3D printing process. Some formations may accumulate during the 3D printing. For example, some deformations may comprise accumulative residual deformation. Some deformations are particularly prevalent when the first one or more of layers is 3D printed (e.g., up to a total thickness of from about one (1) millimeters to about two (2) millimeters). In some embodiments, the following disclosure proposes ways to reduce a degree of the deformation. The degree reduction of the deformation may comprise a 3D printing methodology that comprises using: (i) a real time control (e.g., of the temperature in the material bed, energy beam power, and/or height of the printed 3D part), (ii) object pre-print correction, (iii) at least one cooling mechanism, or (iv) any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the real time control during the 3D printing is achieved using fast, efficient, and/or parallel processing.
- Auxiliary supports may be inserted to reduce the deformation. These auxiliary supports may be removed from the printed 3D object after the 3D printing, to produce a desired 3D product (e.g., 3D object). In some embodiments, the present disclosure illustrates generation of 3D objects with reduced degree of deformation. In some embodiments, these 3D objects are fabricated with diminished number (e.g., absence) of auxiliary supports.
- In an aspect, the present disclosure delineates methods, systems, apparatuses, and software that facilitate materialization of 3D objects with a reduced amount of design constraints (e.g., no design constraints).
- In some instances, it is desired to control (e.g., in real time) the manner in which at least a portion of a layer of hardened material (e.g., as part of the 3D object) is formed. For example, it may be desired to control the manner, type, direction, and/or degree of deformation of at least a layer portion of the 3D object. For example, it may be desired to control a deformation of at least a surface of the 3D object.
- In some instances, in order to achieve the desired 3D object, it may be desired to control the 3D object during its formation (e.g., in real time). For example, it may be desired to control the formation of the 3D object using open loop and/or closed loop control. For example, it may be desired to control the formation of the 3D object using feed forward and/or feedback control. In various embodiments, the present disclosure delineates detection, and control of at least the deformations disclosed herein using at least one of the control methodologies disclosed herein.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) transforming a portion of a material bed with an energy beam to form at least a portion of the 3D object; and (b) controlling in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam with a controller comprising a control-model related that is related to a requested 3D object. The controller may comprise an electronic circuit. In some examples, related to comprises geometric (e.g., shape and/or layers) or material properties of the requested three-dimensional object.
- The control-model may comprise information relating to a slice of the requested 3D object. The control-model may comprise a state-observer-model. The control-model can be adjusted in real time during the forming of the 3D object. The control-model can be configured to the controller. The control-model can be wired to the controller. Real time may be during a dwell time of the energy beam along a hatch line forming a melt pool. The controlling can use a processor comprising at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark. The method may further comprises adjusting the at least one characteristics of the energy beam and repeating (a) to (b). The closed loop control may use at least one threshold value. The control-model can comprise a simulation. The simulation can comprise a temperature or mechanical simulation of the 3D printing. The simulation can comprise a thermo-mechanical simulation. The simulation can comprise a material property of the 3D object. The simulation can comprise a geometry of the 3D object. The control-model can be dynamically adjusted in the real time. The control-model can comprise a simplified model relative to the requested model of the 3D object. The 3D object can be substantially similar to the requested 3D object. Substantially can be relative to the intended purpose of the 3D object. The 3D object may deviate from a requested 3D object by at most about 100 micrometers.
- In another aspect, a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; and (b) a controller comprising a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, which controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least one 3D object using the control-model.
- The control-model can be adjusted in real time during the forming of the at least one 3D object. Real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along a hatch line forming a melt pool. The control-model can be configured to the controller. The control-model can be wired to the controller. The parameter can comprise a temperature, height, or power density. At least one 3D object can be a plurality of 3D objects. The plurality of 3D objects can be formed in the same material bed. The plurality of 3D objects can be formed in parallel. The plurality of 3D objects can be formed sequentially. The controller can comprise a closed loop or open loop control. The controller can comprise a feedback or feed-forward control. The controller can comprise a simulation. The simulation can comprise a temperature or mechanical simulation of the 3D printing. The simulation may comprise thermo-mechanical simulation. The simulation can comprise a material property of the requested 3D object. The mechanical simulation can comprise elastic or plastic simulation. The controller can comprise a graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), programmable logic device (PLD), or field programmable gate array (FPGA).
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; and (b) a controller comprising a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, which controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least one 3D object using the control-model. The control-model can be configured to the controller. The control-model can be wired to the controller.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming at least one 3D object comprises (a) a first controller that directs an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object, which first controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; and (b) a second controller comprising a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, which second controller alters at least one characteristics of the energy beam in real time using the control-model, wherein the second controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the first controller.
- The first controller and the second controller may be the same controller. The first controller and the second controller may be different controllers. Real time can be during the forming of the 3D object. For example, during forming of a layer of the 3D object. For example, during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool. The control-model may comprise a simulation. The control-model may relate to a simplified model of the 3D object. The control-model may comprise a simplified model of the 3D object. The altered model can be configured to the controller. The altered model can be wired to the controller.
- In another aspect, a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object; and (c) direct at least one controller that comprises a control-model that is related to a requested 3D object, to control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the altered model. The altered model can be configured to the controller. The altered model can be wired to the controller.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) transforming a portion of a material bed with an energy beam to form a portion of the 3D object; (b) measuring a parameter at one or more locations of the material bed; and (c) controlling in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam with a closed loop control by using the measured parameter, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- Real time can be during a dwell time of the energy beam along a hatch line forming a melt pool. The controlling can utilize a processor comprising at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark. The parameter can comprise a temperature, height, or power density. The at least one characteristics can comprise a power per unit area, trajectory, dwell time, footprint, cross section, or focus. The controlling can comprise altering. The method can further comprise altering the at least one characteristics of the energy beam and repeating operations (a) to (c). The closed loop control may use one or more target parameters comprising temperature, metrology, or power per unit area. The closed loop control may utilize at least one threshold value. The closed loop control may utilize a control-model comprising a simulation. The simulation can comprise a temperature or mechanical simulation of the 3D printing. The simulation can comprise a material property of the 3D object. The simulation can comprise a geometry of the 3D object. The control-model can be dynamically adjusted in the real time. The control-model can comprise a simplified model relative to a requested model of the 3D object. The 3D object may deviate from a requested 3D object by at most about 100 micrometers. The one or more locations of the material bed can comprise one or more locations of the 3D object during its formation.
- In another aspect, a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; (b) one or more sensors measuring a parameter of one or more locations in the material bed; and (c) at least one controller comprising a closed loop control, which at least one controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least one 3D object; (ii) direct the one or more sensors to measure one or more parameters of one or more locations on at least a portion of the at least one 3D object; and (iii) control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (1) a path, or (2) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- At least two of operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the same controller. The at least one controller can be a multiplicity of controllers. At least two of operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the multiplicity of controllers respectively, which multiplicity of controllers are operatively coupled. The at least one 3D object can be a plurality of 3D objects. The plurality of 3D objects can be formed in the same material bed. The plurality of 3D objects can be formed in parallel. The plurality of 3D objects can be formed sequentially. The one or more locations of the material bed can comprise one or more locations of the at least one 3D object during its formation.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming at least one 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object; (b) direct one or more sensors to measure one or more parameters of one or more locations of the material bed; and (c) control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be controlled by the same controller. The at least one controller can be a multiplicity of controllers. At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be controlled by two different controllers respectively. The one or more sensors can measure the one or more parameters respectively. The one or more locations of the material bed may comprise one or more locations of the at least one 3D object during its formation.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; (b) one or more sensors that measure one or more parameters of one or more locations of the material bed, which one or more sensors are disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (c) a controller that controls in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam based on the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool, which controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors.
- In another aspect, a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the at least one 3D object; (b) direct one or more sensors to measure one or more parameters of one or more locations of the material bed; and (c) direct at least one controller to control in real time at least one characteristics of the energy beam using the measured one or more parameters, wherein real time is during a dwell time of the energy beam along: (i) a path, or (ii) a hatch line forming a melt pool.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) altering a 3D model of a requested 3D object to form an altered model, which altering comprises a structural alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model that is related to the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (b) transforming at least a portion of a material bed with an energy beam according to the altered model to form the 3D object, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- The transforming can comprise dynamically adjusting the altered model in real time the formation of the 3D object. The method may further comprise after operation (a) and before operation (b): generating a printing instruction by using the altered model. Transforming at least a portion of a material bed with an energy beam in operation (b) may be according to the printing instruction. The generation of the printing instruction can comprise dynamically adjusting the altered model in real time during the transformation of the at least a portion of the material bed. The dynamically adjusting can comprise using a closed loop control. The dynamically adjusting can comprise using a real time measurement of one or more sensors. The generation of the printing instruction can comprise using a simulation comprising thermal, mechanical, geometric, or material properties of the 3D object (or a portion thereof). The generation of the printing instruction can comprise using a simulation comprising thermal, mechanical, geometric, or material properties of the 3D model of the requested 3D object (or a portion thereof). Generating the printing instruction can comprise using a geometric information deriving from a previously formed portion of the three-dimensional object. The geometric information can comprise a local thickness below a given layer, local build angle, proximity to an edge on a given layer, or proximity to layer boundary. The simulation can be dynamically adjusted in real time during the formation of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during a layer thereof, an energy beam path, or a hatch forming at least one melt pool). The substantially similar can be relative to the intended purpose of the 3D object. The 3D object may deviate from the model of the 3D object by at most about 100 micrometers. The at least the first derivative may be a plurality of derivatives. For example, the plurality of derivatives can comprise the first three derivatives. The 3D model of the requested 3D object may comprise slices. The altering may comprise a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices. The 3D object may comprise layers. The slices may correspond to layers in the 3D object (e.g., respectively). The 3D object may be formed by additive manufacturing.
- In another aspect, a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; (b) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (c) at least one controller that is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the second processor and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to the altered model to form the 3D object, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- The system may further comprise a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model. The second processor may be operatively coupled to the first processor. Transformation of the at least a portion of a material bed may be according to the printing instruction. The first processor and the second processor may be different. The first processor and the second processor may be the same processor. The material bed can comprise a powder material. The powder material can be flowable during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The powder material in the powder bed can be unfixed during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The material bed can be can be at ambient pressure during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The material bed can be at ambient temperature during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The material bed can include a powder bed comprising individual (e.g., solid) particles formed of at least one member selected from the group consisting of an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, and an allotrope of elemental carbon. Transforming can comprise melting or sintering. Melting can comprise complete melting. The energy beam can comprise an electromagnetic or charged particle beam. The energy beam can comprise a laser or an electron gun. The controller can comprise closed loop control or open loop control. The controller can comprise feedback control or feed-forward control. The controller can comprise parallel processing. The parallel processing can comprise a graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), programmable logic device (PLD), or field programmable gate array (FPGA). The controller can use a threshold value for the direct. The controller can use a sensor input for the direct.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for generating a 3D object comprises a controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to an altered model of a requested 3D object to generate the 3D object, which altered model comprises a structural (e.g., geometric) alteration of a 3D model of the requested 3D object, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous, and wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object. The transformation of at least a portion of a material bed may be according to a printing instruction, which printing instruction uses the altered model.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural (e.g., geometric) alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (b) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material as part of the 3D object according to the altered model, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object. The apparatus may further comprise a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model. The energy beam may be operatively coupled to the second processor. The first processor may be operatively coupled to the second processor. The first processor and the second processor can be different. The first processor and the second processor can be the same processor. The transformation of at least the portion of the material bed may be according to the printing instruction that is related to (e.g., comprises) the altered model. In some examples, related to comprises geometric (e.g., shape and/or layers) or material properties of the requested three-dimensional object.
- In another aspect, a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at last one computer to perform operations comprising: (a) alter a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural (e.g., geometric) alteration, wherein at least a first derivative of the difference between (i) the altered model and (ii) the 3D model of the requested 3D object, is continuous; and (b) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the 3D object according to the altered model, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object. The operation may further comprise (c) generate a printing instruction using the altered model. The operation (c) may take place after (a) and before (b). The transformation of the at least the portion of the material bed may be according to the printing instruction. The printing instruction may relate to the altered model. The printing instruction may comprise the altered model. At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be performed by the same computer. The at least one computer can be a multiplicity of computers. At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be performed by the multiplicity of computers (e.g., respectively). The multiplicity of computers may be operatively coupled.
- In another aspect, a system for forming at least one 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material; (b) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices; (c) a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model, wherein the second processor is operatively coupled to the first processor; and (d) at least one controller that is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the second processor and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to the printing instruction to form the 3D object, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- The first processor and the second processor can be different. The first processor and the second processor can be the same processor. The material bed can comprise a powder material. The powder material can be flowable during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The material in the material bed (e.g., powder material) can be unfixed during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The material bed can be at ambient pressure during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The material bed can be at ambient temperature during the forming of the at least one 3D object. The material bed can comprise a powder bed comprises individual particles formed of at least one member selected from the group consisting of an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, and an allotrope of elemental carbon. Transforming can comprise melting or sintering. Melting can comprise complete melting. The energy beam can comprise an electromagnetic or charged particle beam. The energy beam can comprise a laser or an electron gun. The controller can comprise closed loop control or open loop control. The controller can comprise feedback control or feed-forward control. The controller can comprise parallel processing. The parallel processing can comprise a graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), programmable logic device (PLD), or field programmable gate array (FPGA). The controller can use a threshold value for the direct. The controller can use a sensor input for the direct.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for generating a 3D object comprises a controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed according to a printing instruction to generate the 3D object, which printing instruction uses an altered model of a requested 3D object, which altered model comprises a structural alteration of the 3D model of the requested 3D object, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices, and wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a first processor that alters a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural alteration, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural alteration of a plurality of the slices; (b) a second processor that generates a printing instruction using the altered model, wherein the energy beam is operatively coupled to the second processor, wherein the first processor is operatively coupled to the second processor; and (c) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material as part of the 3D object according to the printing instruction, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object. The first processor and the second processor can be different. The first processor and the second processor can be the same processor.
- In another aspect, a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object, comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at last one computer to perform operations comprising: (a) alter a 3D model of a requested 3D object to an altered model, which altered model comprises a structural alteration, wherein the 3D model of the requested 3D object comprises slices, which altered model comprises a structural adjustment of a plurality of the slices; (b) generate a printing instruction using the altered model; and (c) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the 3D object according to the printing instruction, wherein the 3D object is substantially similar to the requested 3D object. At least two of (a) to (c) can be performed by the same computer. The at least one computer can be a multiplicity of computers. At least two of (a) to (c) can be performed by the multiplicity of computers respectively, wherein the multiplicity of computers is operatively coupled.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) transforming at least a portion of a material bed with an energy beam, wherein the material bed is disposed in an enclosure; (b) cooling the material bed during the transforming with a first cooling member that is mobile during the forming of the three-dimensional object, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure, wherein the first cooling member is separated from the exposed surface of the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, wherein the first cooling member comprises a heat conductive material; and (c) cooling the first cooling member with a second cooling member that is disposed (i) at an enclosure wall or (ii) outside of the enclosure, wherein the second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member comprises an opening.
- During the forming of the three-dimensional object can comprise during the transforming of the at least a portion of the material bed. The cooling can comprise a physical contact. The physical contact can be a direct physical conduct between the first cooling member and the second cooling member. The physical contact can be an indirect physical conduct between the first cooling member and the second cooling member. The second cooling member can comprise active cooling using a coolant. The coolant may travel through the second cooling member during the cooling in (c). The second cooling member can comprise an exit opening and an entrance opening. The second cooling member can comprise active cooling using a coolant that enters though the entrance opening and exits though the exit opening. The first cooling member can comprise a heat sink. The second cooling member can comprise a heat exchanger. The heat conductive material can be at least about 20 Watts per meter times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), as measured at an ambient temperature. The first cooling member and the second cooling members may be disposed in different atmospheres. The first cooling member can be disposed at an inert atmosphere. The second cooling member can be disposed at an ambient atmosphere. The first cooling member may follow the energy beam during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming). The movement of the first cooling member may be synchronized with the movement of the energy beam during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming). The first cooling member can comprise an opening to let the energy beam travel though. The first cooling member can be disposed along a trajectory of the energy beam to the material bed. The method may further comprise cooling the material bed during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming) with a third cooling member. The third cooling member can be mobile during the forming of the three-dimensional object (e.g., during the transforming). The third cooling member can be disposed in the enclosure. The third cooling member can be separated from the exposed surface of the material bed by a gap comprising a gas. The third cooling member can comprise a heat conductive material. The heat conductive material can be at least about 20 Watts per meter times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), as measured at an ambient temperature. The third cooling member can be passive. The third cooling member can comprise a heat sink. The third cooling member can comprise a heat sink. The method may further comprise cooling the third cooling member with the second cooling member. Cooling of the third cooling member with the second cooling member can comprise a physical contact. The physical contact can be a direct physical conduct between the third cooling member and the second cooling member. The physical contact can be an indirect physical conduct between the third cooling member and the second cooling member.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed in an enclosure; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed, wherein the energy source is disposed adjacent to the enclosure; (c) a first cooling member comprising a heat conductive material, which first cooling member is separated from the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, which first cooling member is mobile, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure; (d) a second cooling member comprising an opening, which second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member is disposed at a wall of the enclosure or outside of the enclosure; and (e) at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member, and is programmed to (i) direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object, (ii) direct the first cooling member to cool the material bed while moving during the forming of the three-dimensional object, and (iii) direct the first cooling member to exchange heat with the second cooling member during formation of the 3D object.
- During the forming of the three-dimensional object can comprise during the transformation of the at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object (e.g., during operation (i)). The first cooling member can exchange heat with the second cooling member when the first cooling member reaches a temperature threshold. The system may further comprise a temperature sensor that senses the temperature of the first cooling member. The first cooling member may exchange heat with the second cooling member after formation of a prescribed number of layers of hardened material as part of the 3D object. The prescribed number of layers may be one layer. The system may further comprise a third cooling member comprising a heat conductive material. The third cooling member can be separated from the material bed by a gap comprising a gas. The third cooling member may be mobile during formation of the third-dimensional object. The third cooling member may be mobile during operation (i). The third cooling member may be disposed in the enclosure. The controller may be operatively coupled to the third cooling member. The controller may further be programmed to direct the third cooling member to exchange heat with the second cooling member (e.g., during formation of the 3D object).
- In another aspect, an apparatus for generating a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form the 3D object, wherein the material bed is disposed in an enclosure; (b) direct a first cooling member to cool the material bed while moving during the generating of the 3D object (e.g., during operation (a)), wherein the first cooling member comprises a heat conductive material, wherein the first cooling member is separated from an exposed surface of the material bed by a gap; and (c) direct the first cooling member to exchange heat with a second cooling member during formation of the 3D object, wherein the second cooling member comprises an opening, wherein the second cooling member is disposed outside of the enclosure or at a wall of the enclosure, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member. A at least one of operations (a) to (c) may be controlled by the same controller. At least one controller may comprise a multiplicity of controllers. At least one of (a) to (c) may be controlled by different controllers.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed in an enclosure; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object, wherein the energy source is disposed adjacent to the enclosure; (c) a first cooling member comprising a heat conductive material, which first cooling member is separated from the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, which first cooling member is mobile, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure; and (d) a second cooling member comprising an opening, which second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member is disposed at a wall of the enclosure or outside of and adjacent to the enclosure.
- The second cooling member can be actively cooling the first cooling member that is passive. The first cooling member can be mobile during formation of the 3D object. The second cooling member may cool the first cooling member during formation of the 3D object.
- In another aspect, a computer software product for 3D printing of at least one 3D object, comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at last one computer to perform operations comprising: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to the 3D object, wherein the material bed is disposed in an enclosure; (b) direct a first cooling member to cool the material bed during formation of the 3D object, wherein the first cooling member is mobile during the formation, wherein the first cooling member is disposed in the enclosure, wherein the first cooling member is separated from an exposed surface of the material bed by a gap comprising a gas, wherein the first cooling member comprises a heat conductive material; and (c) direct the first cooling member to physically contact a second cooling member to cool the first cooling member, wherein the second cooling member is disposed (i) at an enclosure wall or (ii) outside of the enclosure, wherein the second cooling member is stationary, wherein the second cooling member comprises an opening, wherein the first cooling member, the second cooing member, the energy beam and the at least one computer are operatively coupled.
- The physically contact can comprise a direct physical contact between the first and second cooling member. The physically contact may comprise an indirect physical contact between the first and second cooling member though one or more materials (e.g., mediators). The one or more materials can comprise a solid material. The at least one computer can be a multiplicity of computers. At least two of operations (a) to (c) may be performed by different computers. The multiplicity of computers may be operatively coupled. At least two of operations (a) to (c) can be performed by the same computer.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) providing a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened material and is disposed in a material bed adjacent to a platform; and (b) transforming at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that is coupled to the top of the first structure to form a second structure, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- Coupled may be attached. The curvature of the bottom surface of the second structure may be at most about 0.02 millimeter(−1). The material bed can be a powder bed. During formation the 3D object may be suspended (e.g., float) anchorless in the material bed. The 3D may be formed without one or more auxiliary support features. The method may further comprise prior to operation (a), transforming at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the negatively warped object. The first structure may be generated by 3D printing. The 3D printing may be additive manufacturing. The additive manufacturing may comprise selective laser sintering or selective laser melting.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object, comprises: (a) a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform comprising a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened material; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and (c) a controller operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam and is programed to direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to the top of the first structure to form a second structure, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform. The curvature of the bottom surface of the second structure may be at most about 0.02 (1/millimeter).
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is operatively coupled to an energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material that couples to a top surface of a first structure to form a second structure, which first structure has a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative and is disposed in the material bed, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- The controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed. The controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and is programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material from the material bed may result in a substantially planar exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising a first structure of hardened material; and (b) an energy source generating an energy beam, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed, which energy beam transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to a top surface of a first structure to form a second structure, which first structure has a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative and is disposed in the material bed, which transformed material hardens into a hardened material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) forming a first layer of hardened material in a material bed that comprises an pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; (b) disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material above the first layer of hardened material; (c) generating a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- The method may further comprise after operation (a) and before operation (b) disposing a leveled layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of hardened material. The pre-transformed material may be a powder material. The gap may comprise the powder material. The powder material may be at least partially sintered. The gap may comprise portions of hardened material and portions that include powder material or sintered powder material. The portions may be distributed across the gap. The portions may be concentrated within the gap. The method may further comprise transforming the material within the gap to form a transformed material that subsequently hardens into a hardened material as a portion of the 3D object. The curvature of the first layer of hardened material and of the second layer of hardened material may be at most about 0.02 millimeter(−1) (i.e., 1/millimeter).
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material dispenser that dispenses pre-transformed material to form a material bed comprising a first layer of hardened material and pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and (c) a controller operatively connected to the material dispenser and to the energy beam and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose an upper layer of pre-transformed material above the first layer of hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to (i) direct a material dispenser to dispose an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and (ii) direct an energy beam to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, and wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material dispenser and to the energy beam, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- The controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed. The controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and is programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material from the material bed can result in a substantially planar exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material that is embedded in pre-transformed material within the material bed, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material, and wherein the energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein above is relative to a direction away from the platform.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) forming a hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the hardened material and material bed substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the hardened material; (c) melting a portion of the layer to form a molten portion; (d) hardening the exposed surface of the molten portion while the interior of the molten portion remains molten; and (e) hardening the molten portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- The material of the hardened material and of the material bed can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon. The material of the hardened material and material bed can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy. The pre-transformed material can be a powder material. The method can further comprise in operation (e), cooling the molten portion for the hardening. The hardened material may be a solidified material. Hardens may be solidifies. The method may reduce a curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object. The method may reduce the curvature such that the at least one surface of the 3D object comprises a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material dispenser that dispenses pre-transformed material to form a material bed that comprises a hardened material and pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the pre-transformed material and hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; (c) a cooling member; and (d) a controller operatively connected to the material dispenser, energy beam, and cooling member and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on the hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam to melt a portion of the layer to form a molten portion; (iii) direct the cooling member to harden the exposed surface of the molten portion while keeping the interior of the molten portion molten; and (iv) direct the cooling member to harden the molten portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- The material may comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to (a) direct a material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material disposed in a material bed, wherein the material of the pre-transformed material and hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic, which controller is operatively coupled to the material dispenser; (b) direct an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a molten portion, which controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; (c) direct a cooling member to harden the exposed surface of the molten portion while keeping the interior of the molten portion molten, which cooling member is operatively coupled to the controller; and (d) direct the cooling member to harden the molten portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object. The material may comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material, wherein the material of the pre-transformed material and hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a molten portion, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; (c) a cooling member that (i) hardens the exposed surface of the molten portion while keeping the interior of the molten portion molten, and (ii) hardens the molten portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object, which cooling member is disposed adjacent to the material bed. The material bed can be disposed adjacent to a platform and wherein the cooling member is disposed above the material bed. Above can be in the direction away from the platform.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) forming a first hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the first hardened material; (c) melting a portion of the layer and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and (d) hardening the molten portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deforming a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform, wherein the hardening forms at least a portion of the 3D object.
- The material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon. The material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy. Melting can be melting together a portion of the layer and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion, and wherein the hardening is solidifying. The method may control (e.g., regulate) the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object. During formation, the 3D object may be suspended (e.g., float) anchorless in the material bed. The method may reduce the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object. The method may result in the formation a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature in the at least one surface of the 3D object. The method may form a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature in the at least one surface of the 3D object. The hardening operation may occur before the deforming operation. The method may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastically deforming operation, heating the second hardened material. The method may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastically deforming operation, cooling the second hardened material. The method may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastically deforming operation, heating the second hardened material followed by cooling the second hardened material. The cooling operation may comprise cooling from above the exposed surface, wherein above is the direction opposing the platform.
- In another aspect, a system for forming 3D object comprises: (a) a material dispenser that dispenses pre-transformed material to form a material bed, which material bed comprises a first hardened material and an pre-transformed material, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that melts at least a portion of the pre-transformed material; (c) a cooling member; and (d) a controller operatively coupled to the material dispenser, the energy beam, and the cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on the first hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and (iii) direct the cooling member to harden the molten portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (1) a portion of the second hardened material, and (2) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform, wherein the hardening forms at least a portion of the 3D object. The cooling member may be a heat-sink.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming 3D object comprising a controller that is programmed to: (a) direct a material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on a first hardened material that is disposed in the material bed, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material dispenser; (b) direct an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; and (c) direct a cooling member to harden the molten portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform, wherein the hardening forms at least a portion of the 3D object, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the cooling member.
- The controller can be operatively coupled to a leveling member and can be programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed. The controller can be operatively coupled to a material removal member and can be programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material from the material bed may result in a substantially planar exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a first hardened material, wherein the material of the first hardened material and the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a molten portion and a remainder of the first hardened material, wherein the energy beam is disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (c) a cooling member that hardens the molten portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform, wherein the hardening forms at least a portion of the 3D object, wherein the cooling member is disposed adjacent to the material bed. The material bed can be disposed adjacent to a platform. The cooling member can be disposed above the material bed. Above can be in the direction away from the platform in a direction opposite to the gravitational field.
- In another aspect, a 3D object formed by a 3D printing process comprises: one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- The material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon. The material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy. The grain structure can be smaller at closer to the surface, as compared to the size of the grain structure in the interior. Solidification may comprise crystallization. The material can comprise an elemental metal or metal alloy. The grain structure can be a metallurgical structure.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and (c) a controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form the 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; and (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed and forms a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure at a position closer to or at the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and wherein the energy beam is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- In another aspect, a 3D object formed by a 3D printing process comprises: one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior, wherein the material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- The material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, and an allotrope of elemental carbon. The material can be selected from the group consisting of elemental metal and metal alloy. The spacing between the dendrites can be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the spacing of the dendrites in the interior. The overall size of the dendrites can be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the overall size of the dendrites in the interior. The material can comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of elemental carbon. The material can comprise an elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of elemental carbon. The 3D object can be devoid of an auxiliary support feature or auxiliary support feature mark that is indicative of a presence or removal of the auxiliary support feature.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and (c) a controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to: direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form the 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, wherein the material bed is formed of a material that substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed; and (b) an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and dendrites, wherein the dendrites at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a greater solidification rate than the dendrites in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and wherein the energy beam is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein the pre-transformed material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) generating a material bed comprising a first hardened material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform in an enclosure, which first hardened material comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) heating a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated portion; (c) melting a portion of the top of the heated portion to form a molten portion; and (d) hardening the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform, wherein the bottom surface of the first hardened material has a first curvature that is of a higher a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material, wherein the bottom surface has a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein the first hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- An exposed surface of the molten portion can be contained within and an exposed surface of the heated portion. An exposed surface of the molten portion can be smaller than an exposed surface of the heated portion. The heated portion may not comprise the rim of the layer of hardened material. The method may further comprise removing a portion of the molten portion. The removal of a portion of the molten portion may comprises ablating. The method may further comprise removing a portion of the heated portion. The ablating operation may comprise using an energy beam. The energy beam may comprise electromagnetic or charged particle radiation. The energy beam may comprise a laser beam. The pre-transformed material may be a powder material. The material bed may be a powder bed. The layer of hardened material may not be anchored to the platform. The layer of hardened material may not be anchored to the enclosure. The layer of hardened material may float anchorless in the material bed.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprising a first hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) a first energy source generating a first heat energy that heats at least a portion of the first hardened material; (c) a second energy source that generates a second energy beam that melts a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; (d) a cooling member; and (e) a controller operatively coupled to the material bed, the first heating energy, the second energy beam, and the cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the first heat energy to heat at least a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated portion; (ii) direct the second energy beam to melt at least a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; and (iii) direct the cooling member to cool the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform, wherein the bottom surface of the first hardened material has a first curvature that is higher than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material, wherein the bottom surface has a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein the first hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- The first energy source and the second energy source may be the same energy source. The first energy source and the second energy source may be different energy sources. The first heat energy may not transform the hardened material. The first heat energy can be a first energy beam. The first energy beam and the second energy beam can be the same energy beam. The first energy beam and the second energy beam can be different energy beams. The first heat energy can comprise a radiative heat source.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: (a) direct a material dispenser to dispense pre-transformed material to form a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprises a first hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) directing a first heat energy to heat at least a portion of the first hardened material; (c) direct a second energy beam to melt a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; (d) direct the cooling member to cool the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform, wherein the bottom surface of the first hardened material has a first curvature that is higher than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material, wherein the bottom surface has a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein the first hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material dispenser, the first heat energy, the second energy beam, and the cooling member.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprises a first hardened material that comprises a first bottom surface facing towards the platform; (b) a first energy source generating a first heat energy that heats at least a portion of the first hardened material, which first energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; (c) a second energy source generating a second energy beam that melts a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion, which second energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (d) a cooling member that cools the molten portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a second bottom surface facing towards the platform, which cooling member is disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein the first bottom surface has a first curvature that is higher than a second curvature of the second bottom surface, wherein the first bottom surface or second bottom surface has a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which first bottom surface or second bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein the first hardened material substantially excludes a resin and a polymer that comprises repeating molecular units, which polymer and resin are organic.
- The cooling member may be disposed above the exposed surface of the material bed. The cooling member may be movable to and away from a position above the molten portion.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) generating at least a portion of a 3D object from a material bed disposed on a platform within an enclosure; (b) cooling the material bed using a first cooling member disposed within the enclosure and above an exposed surface of the material bed; (c) moving the first cooling member; and (d) cooling the first cooling member using a second cooling member that is disposed outside of the enclosure, wherein above refers to a direction away from the platform.
- The first cooling member can be disposed along the path of an energy beam that is used in the generating. The first cooling member can be disposed in an isolated atmosphere. The first cooling member and the material bed can be disposed in an isolated atmosphere. The second cooling member can be disposed in an ambient atmosphere. The cooling in operation (c) comprises contacting the first cooling member with the second cooling member. The contacting can be indirect contacting through a surface of the enclosure. The contacting can be direct contacting between the first cooling member and the second cooling member. The first cooling member can be passive. The second cooling member can be actively cooled. The second cooling member can comprise a heat exchanger. The material bed can be a powder bed. The powder can comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon. The first cooling member can be translatable. The second cooling member can be stationary. The method may further comprise translating the first cooling member to a position adjacent to the second cooling member.
- The generating can comprise transforming the material within the material bed. The transforming can comprise melting or sintering. The method may further comprise attracting the first cooling member to the second cooling member. The attracting can comprise generating a force that attracts the first cooling member to the second cooling member. The force can comprise magnetic, hydraulic, or electric force. The first cooling member can be disposed adjacent to an exposed surface of the material bed. Adjacent can be above. Cooling of the material bed using the first cooling member can comprise removing at least about 30 percent of the heat in the material bed from an exposed surface of the material bed.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material, which material bed comprises pre-transformed material and is disposed in an enclosure; (b) a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed (ii) is translatable, and (iii) is disposed within the enclosure; (c) a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member, which second cooling member is not disposed in the enclosure; and (d) a controller that is operatively coupled to the energy source, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; (ii) direct the first cooling member to cool the material bed; and (iii) direct the second cooling member to cool the first cooling member.
- The second cooling member can be disposed outside of the enclosure. The second cooling member can be part of a coating of the enclosure. The coating can be a wall or a rim. The first cooling member can be disposed adjacent to the material bed, wherein adjacent is above, wherein above is in the direction opposite to the platform.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to: (a) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; (b) direct a first cooling member that is translatable to cool the material bed; and (c) direct a second cooling member to cool the first cooling member, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) a material bed disposed in an enclosure; (b) an energy source generating an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; (c) a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed, (ii) is movable, and (iii) is disposed in the enclosure; and (d) a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member and is not disposed in the enclosure.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: using an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; measuring one or more temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and controlling the energy beam with at least one processor based on the measured temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- Controlling the energy beam with a processor can be based (e.g., further based) on a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object. The benchmark can be a mathematical, graphical, or encryption benchmark. The processor can comprise parallel processing. The processor can comprise at least 8 billion transistors. The area of the at least one processor may be at most about 600 mm2. The processor can comprise at least 1000 cores. The processor may have a memory bandwidth of at least 100 Giga bytes per second. The processor may have a memory clock speed of at least 5 Giga bits per second. Controlling can be based on (e.g., depend on) a control mechanism that excludes feedback from the structure of at least a portion of the generated 3D object. Controlling can be based on a control mechanism comprising taking into account a generic geometric section that is similar to a portion of the 3D object.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed; (b) one or more sensors measuring temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and (c) a controller comprising at least one processor, which controller is operative coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object; (ii) direct the one or more sensors measure one or more temperatures of one or more points on at least a portion of the 3D object; and (iii) control the energy beam with the at least one processor based on the measured one or more temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: a controller that is programmed to (a) direct an energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object; (b) direct one or more sensors to measure one or more temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and (c) control the energy beam with at least one processor based on the measured one or more temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises: (a) an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; (b) one or more sensors that measure temperatures of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object, which one or more sensors are disposed adjacent to the material bed; and (c) a controller comprising at least one processor that controls the energy beam based on the measured one or more temperatures, wherein the at least one processor comprises at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark, which controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors. The control (e.g., regulate and/or direct) of the energy beam can be further based on (e.g., depend on) a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object. The control of the energy beam may be based on (e.g., further based on) a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object. A controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam along the path can comprise the at least one processor. The formation of the 3D object may comprise hardening the transformed material to form the 3D object.
- Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium comprising machine-executable code that, upon execution by one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods above or elsewhere herein.
- Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a computer system comprising one or more computer processors and a non-transitory computer-readable medium coupled thereto. The non-transitory computer-readable medium comprises machine-executable code that, upon execution by the one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods above or elsewhere herein.
- Additional aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will become readily apparent to those skilled in this art from the following detailed description, wherein only illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure are shown and described. As will be realized, the present disclosure is capable of other and different embodiments, and its several details are capable of modifications in various obvious respects, all without departing from the disclosure. Accordingly, the drawings and description are to be regarded as illustrative in nature, and not as restrictive.
- All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
- The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and the accompanying drawings or figures (also “FIG.” and “FIGS.” herein), of which:
-
FIGS. 1A-1C illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of three-dimensional (3D) objects. -
FIG. 2 illustrates a schematic vertical cross section of layers of 3D objects; -
FIGS. 3A-3F illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects; -
FIGS. 4A-4F illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects; -
FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate schematic side views of systems and apparatuses for forming one or more 3D objects; -
FIGS. 6A-6C illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects; -
FIG. 7 illustrates a schematic side view of a system and apparatuses for forming one or more 3D objects. -
FIGS. 8A-8C illustrates various 3D objects and schemes thereof; -
FIG. 9 schematically illustrates a coordinate system; -
FIG. 10 shows a horizontal view of a 3D object; -
FIGS. 11A-11F illustrate schematic vertical cross sections of 3D objects; -
FIG. 12 schematically illustrates a flow chart for the formation of one or more 3D objects; -
FIG. 13 schematically illustrates a controller (e.g., control system) used in the formation of one or more 3D objects; -
FIG. 14 schematically illustrates a computer control system that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of one or more 3D objects; -
FIGS. 15A-15C schematically illustrate a horizontal view of 3D objects; -
FIG. 16 schematically illustrates various paths; -
FIG. 17 shows a vertical cross section of a 3D object; and -
FIGS. 18A-18B illustrate schematic side views of systems and apparatuses for forming one or more 3D objects. - The figures and components therein may not be drawn to scale. Various components of the figures described herein may not be drawn to scale.
- While various embodiments of the invention have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions may occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein might be employed.
- Terms such as “a,” “an” and “the” are not intended to refer to only a singular entity, but include the general class of which a specific example may be used for illustration. The terminology herein is used to describe specific embodiments of the invention, but their usage does not delimit the invention. When ranges are mentioned, the ranges are meant to be inclusive, unless otherwise specified. For example, a range between value1 and value2 is meant to be inclusive and include value1 and value2. The inclusive range will span any value from about value1 to about value2.
- The term “adjacent” or “adjacent to,” as used herein, includes ‘next to’, ‘adjoining’, ‘in contact with,’ and ‘in proximity to.’ In some instances, adjacent to may be ‘above’ or ‘below.’
- The term “between” as used herein is meant to be inclusive unless otherwise specified. For example, between X and Y is understood herein to mean from X to Y.
- The term “operatively coupled” or “operatively connected” refers to a first mechanism that is coupled (or connected) to a second mechanism to allow the intended operation of the second and/or first mechanism.
- Three-dimensional printing (also “3D printing”) generally refers to a process for generating a 3D object. For example, 3D printing may refer to sequential addition of material layer or joining of material layers (or parts of material layers) to form a 3D structure, in a controlled manner. The controlled manner may include automated and/or manual control. In the 3D printing process, the deposited material can be transformed (e.g., fused, sintered, melted, bound or otherwise connected) to subsequently harden and form at least a part of the 3D object. Fusing (e.g., sintering or melting) binding, or otherwise connecting the material is collectively referred to herein as transforming the material (e.g., powder material). Fusing the material may include melting or sintering the material. Binding can comprise chemical bonding. Chemical bonding can comprise covalent bonding. Examples of 3D printing include additive printing (e.g., layer by layer printing, or additive manufacturing). 3D printing may include layered manufacturing. 3D printing may include rapid prototyping. 3D printing may include solid freeform fabrication. 3D printing may include direct material deposition. The 3D printing may further comprise subtractive printing.
- 3D printing methodologies can comprise extrusion, wire, granular, laminated, light polymerization, or powder bed and
inkjet head 3D printing.Extrusion 3D printing can comprise robo-casting, fused deposition modeling (FDM) or fused filament fabrication (FFF).Wire 3D printing can comprise electron beam freeform fabrication (EBF3). Granular 3D printing can comprise direct metal laser sintering (DMLS), electron beam melting (EBM), selective laser melting (SLM), selective heat sintering (SHS), or selective laser sintering (SLS). Powder bed andinkjet head 3D printing can comprise plaster-based 3D printing (PP). Laminated 3D printing can comprise laminated object manufacturing (LOM). Light polymerized 3D printing can comprise stereo-lithography (SLA), digital light processing (DLP), or laminated object manufacturing (LOM). - 3D printing methodologies may differ from methods traditionally used in semiconductor device fabrication (e.g., vapor deposition, etching, annealing, masking, or molecular beam epitaxy). In some instances, 3D printing may further comprise one or more printing methodologies that are traditionally used in semiconductor device fabrication. 3D printing methodologies can differ from vapor deposition methods such as chemical vapor deposition, physical vapor deposition, or electrochemical deposition. In some instances, 3D printing may further include vapor deposition methods.
- The methods, apparatuses, software, and systems of the present disclosure can be used to form 3D objects for various uses and applications. Such uses and applications include, without limitation, electronics, components of electronics (e.g., casings), machines, parts of machines, tools, implants, prosthetics, fashion items, clothing, shoes, or jewelry. The implants may be directed (e.g., integrated) to a hard, a soft tissue, or to a combination of hard and soft tissues. The implants may form adhesion with hard and/or soft tissue. The machines may include a motor or motor part. The machines may include a vehicle. The machines may comprise aerospace related machines. The machines may comprise airborne machines. The vehicle may include an airplane, drone, car, train, bicycle, boat, or shuttle (e.g., space shuttle). The machine may include a satellite or a missile. The uses and applications may include 3D objects relating to the industries and/or products listed herein.
- The present disclosure provides systems, apparatuses, software and/or methods for 3D printing of a desired 3D object from a pre-transformed material (e.g., powder material). The 3D object can be pre-ordered, pre-designed, pre-modeled, or designed in real time (e.g., during the process of 3D printing).
- Pre-transformed material as understood herein is a material before it has been transformed by an energy beam during the 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be a material that was, or was not, transformed prior to its use in the 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid (e.g., as disclosed herein). The pre-transformed material may be a particulate material (e.g., powder). The 3D printing method can be an additive method in which a first layer is printed, and thereafter a volume of a pre-transformed material is added to the first layer as separate sequential layer (or parts thereof). Each additional sequential layer (or part thereof) can be added to the previous layer by transforming (e.g., fusing) a fraction of the pre-transformed material to form a transformed material as part of the 3D object. The transformed material may subsequently harden to form at least a portion of the 3D object. The hardening can be actively induced (e.g., by cooling) or can occur without intervention (e.g., naturally).
- The fundamental length scale (herein abbreviated as “FLS”) of the printed 3D object can be at least about 50 micrometers (μm), 80 μm, 100 μm, 120 μm, 150 μm, 170 μm, 200 μm, 230 μm, 250 μm, 270 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 1 millimeter (mm), 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, 1 centimeter (cm), 1.5 cm, 2 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80 cm, 90 cm, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, 4 m, 5 m, 10 m, 50 m, 80 m, or 100 m. The FLS of the printed 3D object can be at most about 1000 m, 500 m, 100 m, 80 m, 50 m, 10 m, 5 m, 4 m, 3 m, 2 m, 1 m, 90 cm, 80 cm, 60 cm, 50 cm, 40 cm, 30 cm, 20 cm, 10 cm, or 5 cm. In some cases, the FLS of the printed 3D object may be in between any of the afore-mentioned FLSs (e.g., from about 50 μm to about 1000 m, from about 120 μm to about 1000 m, from about 120 μm to about 10 m, from about 200 μm to about 1 m, or from about 150 μm to about 10 m). The fundamental length scale is the diameter, spherical equivalent diameter, diameter of a bounding circle, and/or the largest of: height, width and length.
- In some embodiments, the transformed material subsequently hardens to forms a hardened 3D object (herein “3D object”). Harden may comprise solidify. Transform may comprise melt, sinter, adhere, attach, associate, join, affix, couple, unite, coalesce, consolidate, merge, unify, amalgamate, bind, merge, conjoin, consolidate, melt, unify, tack, or connect. Transform may comprise transform the physical state of at least a portion of the pre-transformed material (e.g., from solid to liquid). The apparatuses, systems, software and/or methods described herein may be utilized for the formation of a 3D object that is devoid of one or more auxiliary features. The apparatuses, systems, software, and/or methods described herein may be utilized for the formation of a 3D object that is suspended (e.g., floats anchorlessly) in the material bed, for example, during its formation. The apparatuses, systems, software, and/or methods described herein may be utilized for the formation of a 3D object that is suspended anchorlessly in the material bed during its entire generation process. The apparatuses, systems, software and/or methods described herein may reduce the deformation of one or more layers or parts thereof within the 3D object (e.g., upon its formation and/or after its formation). The deformation may comprise bending, warping, arching, curving, twisting, balling, cracking, dislocating, or any combination thereof.
- The FLS (e.g., width, depth, and/or height) of the material bed can be at least about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m. The FLS (e.g., width, depth, and/or height) of the material bed can be at most about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m. The FLS of the material bed can be between any of the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm to about 5 m, from about 250 mm to about 500 mm, from about 280 mm to about 1 m).
- In an aspect described herein are methods, systems, and/or apparatuses for generating a 3D object with a reduced degree of deformation (e.g., substantially non-deformed). The 3D object can be devoid of one or more auxiliary supports. The 3D object can be devoid of a mark indicating the prior presence of one or more auxiliary supports. The 3D object can be an extensive 3D object. The 3D object can be a large 3D object. The 3D object may comprise a large hanging structure (e.g., wire, ledge, or shelf). Large may be a 3D object having a fundamental length scale of at least about 1 centimeter (cm), 1.5 cm, 2 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80 cm, 90 cm, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, 4 m, 5 m, 10 m, 50 m, 80 m, or 100 m.
- In some aspects, the methods may comprise depositing a pre-transformed material (e.g., adjacent to a platform), and transforming it to a transformed material. The deposited pre-transformed material may form a material bed. The material bed may be temperature controlled (e.g., heated and/or cooled). In some instances, the material bed may be heated to a temperature close to the transformation temperature of the pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) within the material bed. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the 3D object is heated. For example, the at least a portion of the 3D object may be heated prior to depositing a newly pre-transformed material on the at least a portion of the 3D object. The heating temperature may be to a temperature close to the melting temperature of the material. The heating temperature (e.g., of the material bed and/or of the at least a portion of the 3D object) may be to a temperature of at least about 100° C., 50° C., 10° C., or 5° C. lower (e.g., colder) than the melting point of the material. The transformed material may subsequently harden to form at least a portion of the generated 3D object. In some embodiments, the transformed material is the hardened material. The transformed material may form at least a portion of the generated 3D object. The 3D object may be formed from a pre-transformed material that underwent a transformation and subsequent hardening to form a hardened material that is at least a portion of the 3D object. The 3D object may be formed by successive addition of material that may form successive layers of hardened material.
- At times, the successive additions of a layer of hardened material connects to a previously formed one or more layers of hardened material (e.g., through transformation). At times, the successive additions of a layer of hardened material may comprise connecting it to an object (e.g., 3D object). The object may or may not be formed using a 3D printing methodology (e.g., as disclosed herein). The object may comprise a sheet of material (e.g., metal sheet). The connection to previously formed layers of hardened material (e.g., 3D plane) may cause the formed joined structure to deform. The deformation may arise when the formed structure lacks auxiliary support structure(s) during its formation. The deformation may arise, when the formed structure floats anchorlessly in the material bed during its formation. In some instances, deposition of a second layer of hardened material on a planar object (e.g., a bottom skin layer) reduces a radius of curvature of the joint structure that is being formed (e.g., cause the joint structure to warp).
FIG. 2 shows various radius of curvature examples. Without wishing to be bound to theory,FIGS. 1A-1C show examples of various stages in the formation of a second layer on a 3D plane. An example of a 3D plane (e.g., a bottom skin layer) is shown inFIG. 1A , a second layer is then deposited on the 3D plane as shown in the example ofFIG. 1B . As the second layer hardens (e.g., cooled down) the second layer may shrink, resulting in deformation of the formed joint structure (e.g., bilayer) as shown in the example ofFIG. 1C . The first layer (e.g., shown inFIG. 1A ) can be a 3D printed layer, a 3D plane, a layer generated by other methodologies, or any combination thereof. The first layer can be a naturally formed layer. - The 3D object may comprise a hanging structure. The hanging structure may be a plane like structure (referred to herein as “three-dimensional plane,” or “3D plane”). A three-dimensional (3D) plane may have a relatively small width as opposed to a relatively large surface area. For example, the 3D plane may have a small height relative to a large horizontal plane. The 3D plane may be planar, curved, or assume an amorphous 3D shape. The 3D plane may be a strip, a blade, or a ledge. The 3D plane may comprise a curvature. The 3D plane may be curved. The 3D plane may be planar (e.g., flat). The 3D plane may have a shape of a curving scarf. The 3D object may comprise a wire.
- In some embodiments, methods, systems, software and/or apparatuses described herein reduce the degree of deformation (e.g., as compared to conventionally used 3D printing methodologies). The degree of deformation may be reduced by using a first layer that comprises a negative radius of curvature (e.g., negative warping). Additionally, or separately, the degree of deformation may be reduced by using a first cooling member (such as a heat-sink or a cooling plate). In some embodiments, the cooling member (e.g., heat-sink) is situated adjacent (e.g., above) to the exposed layer of the material bed.
FIG. 5A shows an example of a coolingmember 513 situated above an exposed surface of thematerial bed 504. The cooling member can be introduced and/or pulled away from a position adjacent (e.g., above) the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., during the 3D printing). The introduction and/or retrieval of the cooling member may be done in relatively short amount of time relative to the time-scale of the 3D printing. For example, relative to the time-scale of hardened layer formation and/or pre-transformed layer deposition. A second layer of transformed material can be formed on a first layer of hardened material. The first layer of hardened material may be suspended in the material bed (e.g., during the 3D printing). The first layer of hardened material may be devoid of one or more auxiliary supports. The cooling member may be introduced and retrieved adjacent to the material bed (e.g., during the formation of the second layer). In some embodiments, the amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member correlates (e.g., equate) to a formation of (i) a cooled top surface of the second layer, and (ii) hot internal surface of the second layer. -
FIG. 6A shows an example of a first layer ofhardened material 611 in amaterial bed 610. The layer of hardened material may be formed by a 3D printing methodology, and/or by other approaches. The layer of hardened material can be a sheet of material.FIG. 6B shows an example of a first layer ofhardened material 611, and a second layer of transformed material that in the process of hardening (e.g., becoming a hardened material) 612, andsection 613 designates a transformed material that is hardening (e.g., cooling) as represented by grayscale gradient of 613, wherein cold is represented by a darker gray shade, and hot by a lighter gray shade. In some examples, the amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member correlates (e.g., equates) to a formation of a hardened top surface of the second layer, and at least some transformed material that did not harden at the internal surface of the second layer. The amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member may correlate to a formation of trapped heat between the top (e.g., exposed) surface of the second layer and the bottom surface of the first layer. The amount of time at which the second layer is exposed to the cooling member may correlate to a formation of a trapped heat between the top (e.g., exposed) surface of the second layer and the top surface of the first layer.FIG. 6B shows an example of a region of trapped heat in 613. In some instances, a portion of the heat from the transformed material that forms the second layer is evacuated from above (e.g., using the cooling member), and another portion of the heat remains within the 3D object. The usage of the cooling member may form a relatively colder outer surface of the second layer, and a relatively hotter inner surface of the second layer.FIG. 6C shows an example of a region comprising aheat gradient 614 that is trapped within the 3D object that has cooled layer portions (e.g., 615). In the example shown inFIG. 6C , colder material is represented by a darker gray shade, and hotter material is represented by a lighter gray shade. The trapped heat region may extend to the bottom of the 3D object, or to a position above the bottom of the 3D object. The trapped heat region may comprise the bottom surface of the 3D object. The trapped heat region may comprise an internal region within the 3D object and substantially not extend to the bottom surface of the 3D object. In some embodiments, the bottom surface of the 3D object may be heated by at most about 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% relative to the hottest region within the 3D object. The bottom surface of the 3D object may be heated by at least about 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 1% or 0.5% relative to the hottest region within the 3D object. The bottom surface of the 3D object may be heated by any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1% to about 50%, or from about 1% to about 20% relative to the hottest region within the 3D object). The formation of the 3D object comprising the heat gradient may prevent warping of the formed 3D object (e.g., bilayer). - In some embodiments, the first cooling member may be a passive cooling member (e.g., a slab comprising, for example, elemental metal or metal alloy). The passive first cooling member may be cooled by a second cooling member. The second cooling member may be an active cooling member. The active cooling member may include thermal conduction (e.g., using a liquid). The first cooling member may be disposed within the enclosure. The second cooling member may be disposed outside of the enclosure.
FIGS. 5A and 5B show examples of a first cooling member and a second cooling member.FIG. 5A shows an example of a system and apparatuses (shown as a side view 500) where thefirst cooling member 513 resides above thematerial bed 504 in which a3D object 506 is being formed with anenergy beam 515. Thefirst cooling member 513 is disposed within theenclosure 507, and thesecond cooling member 512 is not disposed within theenclosure 507. Thesecond cooling member 512 is an active cooling member, for example, comprising one or more channels 517 (shown as a vertical cross section thereof). Thechannels 517 can be filled with at least one coolant that flows within the second cooling member 512 (e.g., and in theincoming hose 514 and outgoing hose 516).FIG. 5B shows an example of a system and apparatus (shown as a side view 520) where thefirst cooling member 533 contacts thesecond cooling member 532. - In some instances, the first layer (e.g., bottom skin) comprises a negative warping with respect to the platform (e.g., building platform) and/or the exposed surface of the material bed. Negative warping, as understood herein, comprises a convex structure relative to an exposed surface of a material bed and/or platform.
FIG. 2 shows an example of layers that are positively warped (i.e., has a positive curvature), negatively warped (i.e., has a negative curvature), or non-warped (i.e., has substantially zero curvature), depicted as a vertical cross section. For example,layer number 6 ofobject 212 is negatively warped (i.e., has a negative curvature) with respect to theplatform 218. In thelayered structure 212,layer number 6 has a curvature that is negative, as the volume (e.g., area in a vertical cross section of the volume) bound from the bottom of it to theplatform 218 is aconvex object 219.Layer number 5 of 212 has a curvature that is negative.Layer number 6 of 212 has a curvature that is more negative (e.g., has a curvature of greater negative value) thanlayer number 5 of 212.Layer number 4 of 212 has a curvature that is (e.g., substantially) zero. For example,layer number 6 ofobject 214 is positively warped (i.e., has a positive curvature) with respect to theplatform 218.Layer number 6 of 214 has a curvature that is positive.Layer number 6 of 212 has a curvature that is more negative thanlayer number 5 of 212,layer number 4 of 212, andlayer number 6 of 214. - As understood herein, the radius of curvature, “r,” of a curve at a point is a measure of the radius of the circular arc (e.g.,
FIG. 2, 216 ) which best approximates the curve at that point. The radius of curvature is the inverse of the curvature. In the case of a 3D curve (also herein a “space curve”), the radius of curvature is the length of the curvature vector. The curvature vector can comprise of a curvature (e.g., the inverse of the radius of curvature) having a particular direction. For example, the particular direction can be the direction towards the platform (e.g., designated herein as negative curvature), or away from the platform (e.g., designated herein as positive curvature). For example, the particular direction can be the direction towards the direction of the gravitational field (e.g., designated herein as negative curvature), or opposite to the direction of the gravitational field (e.g., designated herein as positive curvature). A curve (also herein a “curved line”) can be an object similar to a line that is not required to be straight. A (straight) line can be a special case of curve wherein the curvature is substantially zero. A curve can be in two dimensions (e.g., vertical cross section of a plane), or in three dimension (e.g., curvature of a plane). - When a subsequent layer is deposited on the convex surface of the first layer, and is subsequently hardened, the convex surface may straighten. Without wishing to be bound to theory, the straightening may occur due to contraction of the second layer upon hardening (e.g., solidifying). The second layer may adhere to the first layer. The adhered second layer may shrink upon hardening (e.g., cooling and/or solidifying). The first layer comprising the negative warpage (i.e., negative curvature) may be generated as a single layer. The first layer may be a 3D plane that is negatively curved. The 3D plane may be formed by 3D printing. The 3D plane may be formed using other approaches. For example, the 3D plane may be a sheet of material. The 3D plane can be naturally found. Negatively warped layers and/or objects can be formed by various methods. Example for methods, software, systems and/or apparatuses for forming negatively warped layers and/or objects can be found in patent application number PCT/US16/34857 titled “THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING AND THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS FORMED USING THE SAME” filed on May 27, 2016 that is entirely incorporated herein by reference. Without wishing to be bound to theory:
FIG. 3A shows an example of a first negativelywarped layer 311.FIG. 3B shows an example of a layer of transformedmaterial 322 deposited on a negatively warped layer 321 before completely coolinglayer 322.FIG. 3C shows an example of a hardened (e.g., cooled) layer of transformedmaterial 332 deposited on a negatively warped layer that has been straightened 331 during the hardening (e.g., cooling) of the transformedmaterial 322 into 332. The first layer comprising the negative warpage (e.g., negative curvature) may be generated from a plurality of sub-layers in a particular geometry, such that together they may form a hardened structure comprising an average negative radius of curvature of the hardened structure.FIG. 3D shows an example of ahardened structure 341 that is made of a plurality of sub layers and collectively comprises an average negatively curved layer (e.g., a structure having an average negative curvature).FIG. 3E shows an example of a layer of transformedmaterial 352 that is deposited on a hardened structure formed of a multiplicity ofsub layers 351 that collectively has an average negative curvature, wherein thelayer 352 is not completely cooled.FIG. 3F shows an example of a hardened (e.g., cooled) layer of transformedmaterial 362 deposited on a negatively warped layer that has been straightened 361 during the hardening (e.g., cooling) of the transformed material, which straightened layer comprises the plurality of layers from which it is composed (not shown). - Additionally, or separately, the degree of deformation may be reduced by using a semi adhered layer. In some examples, a 3D object comprises two layers (i.e., a first and second layer) of hardened material that are separated by a gap-layer. The first and second layer may be (e.g., substantially) planar (e.g., flat). At times, at least one of the two layers may have a large radius of curvature (e.g., a radius of curvature of at least about 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 80 cm, or 100 cm). The radius of curvature may be any radius of curvature disclosed herein. The first and second layers may be devoid of one or more auxiliary supports (e.g., anchors) during the 3D printing. In some embodiments, the gap-layer has a smaller height relative to the first and/or second layer. In some embodiments, the gap-layer has a larger height relative to the first and/or second layer. The gap-layer may be less dense (e.g., sparser) than the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material. The gap-layer may comprise non-transformed material. For example, the gap-layer may comprise particulate material (e.g., powder).
FIG. 4A shows an example of a layer ofhardened material 411 on which a layer of pre-transformed (e.g., powder)material 413 is disposed.FIG. 4B shows an example of afirst layer 421, asecond layer 422, and a gap-layer 423 that comprises pre-transformed material. The gap-layer may comprise a multiplicity of gap-layers. The gap-layers within the multiplicity of gap layers may be of the same kind of gap-layer, or of different kinds of gap-layer (e.g., as disclosed herein). The gap-layer may be subsequently transformed. In some embodiments, the gap layer can be lightly sintered.FIG. 4C shows an example of a gap-layer that is (e.g., lightly) sintered in 433, where thelayers FIG. 4D shows and example of two layers ofhardened material hardened layer 441 to the secondhardened layer 442.FIG. 4D shows an example of a gap-layer having connections 443. The gap-layer can be annealed (e.g., during and/or after the 3D printing). The gap-layer can form a continuous or a discontinuous layer of transformed material to connect the first and second layer of hardened material (e.g., 441 and 442).FIG. 4E shows and example of two layers ofhardened material FIG. 4F shows an example of a gap-layer with a transformed and optionally hardened layer ofmaterial 463.FIG. 4F shows and example of two layers ofhardened material - In some instances, the pre-transformed material (e.g., in the material bed) may be transformed via heat. The heat can be generated by at least one energy beam, an overlapping array or energy beams (e.g., LED array or laser array), a lamp, a radiator, any radiative heat source, or any combination thereof.
FIG. 7 shows an example of a system and apparatus(es) 700 (shown as a side view) comprising anenergy beam 701 that transforms a portion of thematerial bed 704 into a3D object 706. In this example, the 3D object is floating anchorlessly (i.e., is suspended) within thematerial bed 704.FIG. 7 shows an example of aheat sink 713 disposed above the material bed, which material bed is disposed on a building platform comprising abase 702 and asubstrate 709 that is connected to a vertical actuator 712 (e.g., elevator).FIG. 7 shows an example ofsealants 703 that prevent the pre-transformed material from spilling from thematerial bed 704 to thebottom 711 of theenclosure 707, wherein an interior 715 of the enclosure has an atmosphere comprising a gas. In some embodiments, the enclosure incorporates a cooling member (e.g., 713) that can be translatable (e.g., during the 3D printing). The sealants (e.g., seals) can comprise O-rings, rubber seals, metal seals, load-locks, or bellows on a piston. - In some embodiments, negative warping is formed by deep area heating (e.g.,
FIG. 11F ) of a 3D object without melting.FIGS. 11A-11E show examples of various stages in forming a negatively warped object (e.g., object with negative curvature) using a deep area heating methodology depicted as a vertical cross section. In this methodology, a portion of a layer of hardened material (e.g.,FIG. 11A, 1111 ) may be heated to form a heated portion (e.g.,FIG. 11B, 1112 ) and one or more non-heated portions (e.g.,FIG. 11B, 1111 a and 1111 b). In the examples shown inFIGS. 11A-F , a darker shade presents a hotter area, and a brighter shade represents a cooler area. The heated portion may not border the rim of the layer of hardened material. For example, the heated portion may be in the center of the to-be-bent layer of hardened material. The heated portion may expand (e.g., during the heating). Consequently, the expanded heated portion may compress the colder portions (e.g., 1111 a and 1111 b). Without wishing to be bound to theory, the heated portion may be subject to tensile stress. The top (e.g., closer to the exposed surface) of the heated portion may be transformed (e.g., molten) (e.g.,FIG. 11C, 1114 ). The height of the molten portion may be at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, or 30% of the total height of the layer of hardened material. The height of the molten portion may be at most about 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, or 30% of the total height of the layer of hardened material. The height of the molten portion may be any value between the abovementioned values with respect to the total height of the layer of hardened material (e.g., from about 1% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 20%, or from about 5% to about 25%). The transformed (e.g., molten) portion may further expand (e.g., more than the expansion of the heated portion). Without wishing to be bound to theory, the further expansion may exert contractile stress on the previously heated portion of the layer. The heated portion (e.g.,FIG. 11C, 1113 ) may comprise a sub-portion that is subject to contractile stress (e.g.,FIG. 11D, 1115 ). This method may form a portion of the 3D object in which the stress profile (e.g., gradient) comprises relatively more contractile stress at its top (towards the exposed surface) than at its bottom (away from the exposed surface). The bottom of the portion may be therefore subject to a tensile stress. Consequently, the heated area (e.g.,FIG. 11D, 1114-1116 ) may force the two sides of the heated area (e.g.,FIG. 11D, 1111 a and 1111 b) to bend towards the platform and form bent areas (e.g.,FIG. 11E, 1117 a and 1117 b). Thus, the layer of hardened material may form a negatively warped structure upon cooling (e.g., depicted inFIG. 11E ).FIG. 11E 1114-1116 correlate toFIG. 11D 1114-1116 respectively. The layer of hardened material may form a 3D object that is susceptible to the desired negatively warped deformation (e.g.,FIG. 11E ). In some embodiments, the transformedtop layer 1114 may be removed (e.g., ablated) at least in part (e.g., entirely). When the transformed top layer is removed, the tensile-contractive stress gradient is enhanced.FIG. 11F shows an example where the transformed layer is removed (e.g., 1118).FIG. 11F 1115-1116 correlate toFIG. 11D 1115-1116 respectively. - The bottom of the portion of the layer of hardened material may be directed away from the exposed surface of the hardened material, and/or towards the platform. The bottom of the portion of the layer of hardened material may be the surface of the hardened material directed away from the exposed surface of the hardened material, and/or towards the platform. The top of the portion of the layer of hardened material maybe be directed towards, or be, the exposed surface of the hardened material.
- The heated portion (e.g., 1112) and/or the transformed (e.g., molten) portion (e.g., 1114) may be formed by an energy beam. The energy beam may travel along a path. The path may be a predetermined path. The path may be predetermined by the controller. In some embodiments, the controller regulates and/or directs the energy beam (e.g., the path of the energy beam) directly and/or through one or more apparatuses. For example, the controller may direct a scanner that directs the energy beam along at least one path.
- Control may comprise regulate, manipulate, restrict, direct, monitor, adjust, or manage.
- The 3D object to be melted may have a rectangular cross section (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal). The rectangle can be square or non-square (e.g., oblong). The rectangle can have an aspect ratio of width to length (W:L) of at least about 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:8, 1:10, 1:50, or 1:100. The rectangle can have an aspect ratio of width to length (W:L) of at most about 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:8, 1:10, 1:50, or 1:100. The rectangle can have an aspect ratio of width to length (W:L) between any of the afore mentioned values (e.g., from about 1:1 to about 1:100, from about 1:1 to about 1:10, or from about 1:2 to about 1:50). The rectangular cross section may have a long side (e.g.,
FIG. 15A, 1515 ) and a short side (e.g.,FIG. 15A, 1514 ). The path may substantially travel along, perpendicular, or at an angle relative to the long side of the rectangular cross section.FIG. 15A shows an example of a rectangular cross section of a 3D object, a portion of which is heated by an energy beam that travels along apath 1512 which may be substantially aligned parallel to the long side (e.g., the hatching area is in the direction parallel to the long side).FIG. 15B shows an example of a rectangular cross section of a 3D object, a portion of which is heated by an energy beam that travels along apath 1522 which is substantially aligned parallel to the short side (e.g., the hatching area is in the direction parallel to the short side). The path (e.g., hatching) may be a connected path or a disconnected path (e.g., comprises disconnected path sections). The path may comprise parallel section, non-parallel sections, angular sections, curved sections, or irregular sections.FIG. 15C shows an example of apath 1532 that comprises irregular sections. In some embodiments, as the energy beam travels along the path in a position distant from one of the edges of a layer, the edge may deform (e.g., wrap upwards or wrap downwards). The position distant from one of the edges (e.g., 1511 or 1512) may be the center of the layer (e.g., where the energy beam travels along the path 1512). In some embodiments, depending on the path direction, the position distant from one of the edges of a layer may deform at a certain position (e.g., wrap upwards or wrap downwards). - The path of the energy beam may comprise a raster, a vector, or any combination thereof. For example, the path of the energy beam (e.g., the first path) may be a vector. The path of the energy beam may be oscillating. For example, the path of the energy beam may comprise a zigzag, wave (e.g., curved, triangular, or square), or curved pattern. The curved wave may be a sine or cosine wave. The path of the energy beam may comprise a sub-pattern. The sub-pattern may have any of the energy beam patterns disclosed herein.
FIG. 16 shows an example of apath 1611 of an energy beam comprising a zigzag sub-pattern (e.g., 1612 shown as an enlargement of a portion of the path 1611).FIG. 16 shows an example of a path 1621 of an energy beam comprising acurved sub-pattern 1622. The sub-path may form the path of the energy beam. The sub-path may be a small path that forms the large path. The amplitude of the sub-path may be smaller than the amplitude and/or scale of the energy beam path. The sub-path may be a component of the energy beam path. The path that the energy beam follows may be a predetermined path. The path that the energy beam follows may be connected or disconnected. For example,FIG. 1611 shows a connected path. For example,FIG. 16, 1621 shows a disconnected path. The connected path can be connected with curved connectors or non-curved connectors. In some examples, the entire path may be substantially non-curved. In some instances, the entire path may be substantially curved.FIG. 16 shows an example of aconnected path 1611 with curved connectors (e.g., 1613). Each of the vectorial path sections may be formed of a sub path (e.g., zigzag or curved). The non-curved connectors can form a right angle, or another angle. The non-curved connected paths may form a rectangular connected path.FIG. 16 shows an example of aconnected path 1631 with non-curved (e.g., right angled) connectors (e.g., 1633). The non-connected path may comprise of vectorial path sections. At least two of the vector path sections may be pointed in the same direction.FIG. 16 shows an example of non-connected path 1641 that comprises vector path sections numbered 1 to 5, all of which point to the same direction.FIG. 16 shows an example of non-connected path 1621 that comprises vector path sections numbered 1 to 5, of which atleast vector sections - The path can comprise successive lines (e.g., vector path sections). The successive lines may touch each other. The successive lines may overlap each other in at least one point. The successive path lines may substantially overlap each other. The successive lines may be spaced by a first distance (e.g., hatch spacing).
FIG. 16 shows an example of ahatch spacing 1643. The first distance may vary depending on the position of the generated hardened material within the 3D object. The hatch spacing (i.e., distance between disconnected sections of the path) may be at least 500 micrometers (μm), 400 μm, 300 μm, 200 μm, 100 μm, 90 μm, 80 μm, 70 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. The hatch spacing may be at most 500 micrometers (μm), 400 μm, 300 μm, 200 μm, 100 μm, 90 μm, 80 μm, 70 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. The hatch spacing may be any value between the afore-mentioned first distance values (e.g., from 500 μm to 1 μm, from 100 μm to 20 μm, from 60 μm to 5 μm). In some examples, an angle between successive path lines is varied. - In some instances, the direction of the energy beam path (e.g., direction of the hatching) determines the curvature of the 3D object, the bottom surface of the 3D object, and/or the top surface of the 3D object. In some instances, the direction of the energy beam path determines the curvature of the 3D object. The curvature of the 3D object may comprise the bottom surface of the 3D object, and/or the top surface of the 3D object. The direction of the energy beam path may be the direction of the hatchings. The degree and/or direction of curvature of the 3D object may be influenced by one or more characteristics of the material forming the 3D object. The one or more characteristics of the material may comprise the transformation (e.g., melting) temperature or the elastic (e.g., Young's) modulus. The degree and/or direction of curvature of the 3D object may be influenced by the size of the melt pools formed by the energy beam.
FIG. 8A shows an example of successive melt pools in a 3D object. The degree and/or direction of curvature (e.g., positive, substantially zero, or negative) of the 3D object may be influenced by the depth of heat penetration (e.g., of the energy beam) into the 3D object (e.g., depth of 1114 inFIG. 11C ). The degree and/or direction of curvature of the 3D object may be influenced by the direction of the path portions with respect to the direction of the greater path. - In another aspect a method for forming a 3D object comprises: providing a negatively warped layer of hardened material disposed in a material bed and transforming at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that is coupled (e.g., attaches) to the negatively warped layer. The transformed material may form a hardened material as part of the 3D object. For example, the transformed material may subsequently harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object.
- In another aspect a method for forming a 3D object comprises: providing a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened (e.g., solid) material and is disposed in a material bed adjacent to a platform; and transforming at least a portion of the material bed (e.g., powder bed) into a transformed material that is coupled to the top of the first structure to form a second structure (that includes both the transformed material and the first structure), which transformed material hardens (e.g., solidifies) into a hardened (e.g., solid) material as part of the 3D object, wherein a bottom surface of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform.
- In some embodiments, the curvature of all the layers within the 3D object is from at most about 0.02 millimeters−1 (i.e., 1/millimeters). In some embodiments, the layers within the 3D object are (e.g., substantially) planar (e.g., flat). The curvature can be at most about −0.05 mm−1, −0.04 mm−1, −0.02 mm−1, −0.01 mm−1, −0.005 mm−1, −0.001 mm−1, substantially zero mm−1, 0.001 mm−1, 0.005 mm−1, 0.01 mm−1, 0.02 mm−1, 0.04 mm−1, or 0.05 mm−1. The curvature can be any value between the aforementioned curvature values (e.g., from about −0.05 mm−1 to about 0.05 mm−1, from about −0.02 mm−1 to about 0.005 mm−1, from about −0.05 mm−1 to substantially zero, or from about substantially zero to about 0.05 mm−1). The curvature may refer to the (e.g., average or mean) curvature of a surface. The surface can be of the layer of hardened material (e.g., first layer). The surface may be of the 3D object (or any layer thereof).
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a first layer of hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of hardened material; and generating a second layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the gap comprises a material that is less dense than the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material. The less dense material can comprise pre-transformed material (e.g., powder). For example, the less dense material can comprise a powder or a sintered powder (e.g., lightly sintered powder). (e.g., see
FIGS. 4A-4F ) - The platform may comprise a base, substrate, or a bottom of the enclosure. The platform may be a building platform. The platform may be adjacent to (e.g., above) where the 3D object is generated. Above may be in a direction opposing the direction of the field of gravity. Above may be in a direction opposite to the building platform. In some embodiments, the method may further comprise after the operation of disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material and before the operation of generating a second layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer, disposing a leveled (e.g., planar) layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of hardened material. The gap may comprise portions of hardened material and portions that include pre-transformed material and/or sintered powder material. At least some of the portions (e.g., all of the portions) may be distributed (e.g., evenly) across the gap. At least some of the portions (e.g., all of the portions) may be concentration (e.g., evenly) within the gap (e.g., to the first and/or second layer of hardened material). The method disclosed herein may further comprise transforming the material within the gap to form a transformed material as part of the 3D object. The transformed material may subsequently harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object. (e.g., see
FIG. 4F ) - In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a first layer of material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material, which first layer of material comprises a hardened material; disposing an upper layer of pre-transformed material on the first layer of material; generating a second layer of material comprising transformed material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material; and cooling the second layer of material such that the top surface of the second layer of material is colder than its bottom surface. The top surface of the second layer can be an exposed surface. The bottom surface of the second layer may contact the first layer of material. In some embodiments, the transformed material subsequently hardens. In some embodiments, the transformed material comprises hardened material.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the hardened material; transforming (e.g., melting) a portion of the layer to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion; hardening the exposed surface of the transformed portion while the interior of the transformed portion remains transformed (e.g., non-hardened. E.g., molten); and hardening (e.g., solidifying) the transformed portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- In the operation of hardening the transformed portion, the method may further comprise cooling the molten portion for the hardening. The method may reduce or preserve a curvature (e.g., value of the curvature) of at least one surface (e.g., all surfaces) of the 3D object. The method may reduce or preserve a curvature of at least one layer (e.g., all layers) of the 3D object. The method may reduce the curvature of at least one layer of the 3D object such that it may comprise a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature. The method may reduce the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object such that it may comprise a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: forming a first (layer of) hardened material in a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; disposing a layer of pre-transformed material on the first hardened material; transforming (e.g., melting) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first (layer of) hardened material to form a transformed portion and a remainder (e.g., of the first hardened material); and hardening the transformed portion to form a second hardened material; and plastically deforming a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first (layer of) hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior, which exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform, wherein the hardening forms at least a portion of the 3D object. (See
FIGS. 11A-11F ) - The transforming (e.g., melting) may be transforming together a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first (layer of) hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion. The hardening may be solidifying. The method disclosed herein may control the curvature of at least one surface of the 3D object. The method disclosed herein may control the curvature of at least one surface of a layer of the 3D object. The method disclosed herein may control the curvature of at least one layer of the 3D object. During formation, the 3D object may be suspended anchorlessly in the material bed (e.g., during its formation). The 3D object may comprise auxiliary supports or be devoid of auxiliary supports (e.g., during its formation). The auxiliary supports may be suspended (e.g., anchorless) in the material bed (e.g., during formation of the 3D object). The method disclosed herein may reduce (or preserve) the curvature of at least one layer and/or surface of the 3D object. The method disclosed herein may reduce (or preserve) the curvature of at least one layer surface of the 3D object. The methods disclosed herein may result in the at least one surface of the 3D object having a positive curvature, negative curvature, or substantially zero curvature. In some embodiments, the hardening operation occurs before the deforming operation. The method disclosed herein may further comprise after the hardening operation and before a completion of the plastic deformation, heating and/or cooling the second hardened material. The cooling may be cooling from above the exposed surface (e.g., using a cooling member).
-
FIG. 11A shows an example of a 3D hardenedmaterial structure 1111 in amaterial bed 1110 comprising pre-transformed material (e.g., powder bed).FIG. 11B shows an example of aheated portion 1112 within a 3D hardened material structure, which comprises two sections that have not been heated (e.g., 1111 a and 1111 b). The heating can be performed by any one or more energy source disclosed herein (e.g., conductive heat source and/or energy beam). The heated portion can be centered or not centered with respect to a cross section of the 3D object (e.g., horizontal, vertical, or angular). The heated portion can be in the middle of the 3D object, or a layer thereof. The heated portion can be on the side of the 3D object. In some embodiments, the heated portion is not at the side of the 3D object. At times, the heated portion does not border a side portion of the 3D object (e.g., with respect to the building platform). At times, the heated portion is situated at a distance from the opposing sides of the 3D object. At times, the heated portion is situated (e.g., substantially) symmetrically at a distance from the opposing sides of the 3D object with respect to at least one cross section (e.g., horizontal, vertical, or angular). Substantially is relative to the intended purpose of the 3D object.FIG. 11B shows an example where theheated portion 1112 is situated (e.g., substantially) symmetrically at the center of the 3D object with respect to a vertical cross section of the 3D object (e.g., layer thereof), at an equal distance from each of the opposing sides of the 3D object (e.g., 1119, 1120). At times, the heated portion is situated unsymmetrically at unequal distances from either opposing side of the 3D object, with respect to at least one cross section (e.g., horizontal, vertical, or angular).FIG. 11C shows an example of a transformed (e.g., molten)portion 1114 within the heated portion, depicting the remainder of the heated portion that did not transform in 1113.FIG. 11D schematically shows a region ofhigher temperature 1115 between the transformedportion 1114 and the non-transformedheated portion 1113, which 1115 comprises non-transformed material that is at a temperature that is higher than the temperature in 1116.FIG. 11E schematically shows the result of the shown inFIG. 11C andFIG. 11D , as the 3D object plastically deforms. The exposed surface of the transformed (e.g., molten) portion (e.g., 1114) may be smaller, or (e.g., substantially) similar to the exposed surface of the heated portion (e.g., 1112). The exposed surface of the transformed portion may be contained within the exposed surface of the heated portion. The transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce mechanical deformation of the 3D object. The transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce elastic and/or plastic deformation of the 3D object. The transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce fatigue (e.g., material fatigue such as metal fatigue) in the 3D object. The transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce compressive and/or tensile stress in the 3D object. The transformation and/or heating of the hardened material may induce reversible and/or irreversible deformation of the 3D object. - The plastically deformed object can optionally be cooled from the top. The plastically deformed object can be cooled using the cooling member disclosed herein. The cooling may be a quick cooling by the cooling member, or can be continuous and/or prolonged cooling. The quick cooling may comprise introducing and quickly removing the cooling member from a position adjacent (e.g., above) the transformed (e.g., molten) area (e.g., 1114). Quickly may be measured relative to the hardening of the interior of the transformed area. Quickly may allow the interior of the transformed area to remain transformed, whereas the exposed surface of the transformed area may harden. Quickly may allow the interior of the molten area to remain molten, whereas the exposed surface of the molten area may solidify.
- The methods disclosed herein may comprise a material (e.g., of the pre-transformed material, of the material bed, of the hardened material, or any combination thereof) that conducts heat. The material may be such that the heat conduction and/or absorption of the hardened (e.g., solid) material is more efficient than that of the pre-transformed material (e.g., powder material). In some examples, the transformed portion (e.g., before or after its at least partial hardening) may be removed. The removal may comprise erosion, vaporization, chipping, or ablation. The removal may comprise a mechanical, optical, or chemical removal. The ablation may comprise directing an energy beam to the transformed portion (e.g., before or after its at least partial hardening). The energy beam may be any energy beam disclosed herein. The energy beam may be the same, or a different energy beam that formed the molten portion (e.g., 1114). The energy beam may be the same, or a different energy beam that formed the heated portion (e.g., 1112). The heated portion may be formed by an energy beam or by a radiative energy source. The energy beam forming the heated portion may be the same or different than the one forming the molten portion.
FIG. 11F shows an example of a removed portion (1118) of the heated layer (e.g., 1112), resulting inheated portions - The material may be such that the heat may dissipate and/or transfer through the hardened material in greater amount than thorough the pre-transformed form (e.g., powder) of that material. The material may be such that the heat may thermally equilibrate in preference through the hardened material as compared to the pre-transformed form of that material. The material may have a characteristic wherein the heat may dissipate and/or transfer through the hardened (e.g., solid) material in greater amount than thorough a powder of that material. The material may be such that the heat may thermally equilibrate in preference through the hardened material as compared to the powder of that material. More efficient may refer to more efficient in time (e.g., quicker).
- In some aspects disclosed herein is a 3D object (e.g., formed by a 3D printing process) that comprises one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure. In that 3D object, the grain structure closer to the surface may be indicative of a higher solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior. The grain structure may comprise a melt pool. For example, the grain structure may be smaller (e.g., of a smaller volume or smaller FLS) at a position closer to or at to the surface, as compared to the size of the grain structure in the interior. The solidification may comprise crystallization. The grain structure may be a microstructure. The grain structure may be a metallurgical structure (e.g., planar structure, cellular structure, columnar dendritic structure, or equiaxed dendritic structure).
- In some aspects disclosed herein is a 3D object (e.g., formed by a 3D printing process) comprises one or more layer portions comprising successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and metallurgical microstructure (e.g., dendrites and/or cells), wherein the metallurgical microstructure at a position closer to or at the surface are indicative of a higher (e.g., quicker) solidification rate than the metallurgical microstructure in the interior. The spacing between the metallurgical microstructures may be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the spacing of the (e.g., respective) metallurgical microstructure in the interior. The overall size of the metallurgical microstructure may be smaller at a position closer to or at the surface, as compared to the overall size of the (e.g., respective) metallurgical microstructure in the interior (e.g., indicating quick solidification). The 3D object disclosed herein may be devoid of an auxiliary support feature or auxiliary support feature mark that is indicative of a presence or removal of the auxiliary support feature.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: generating a first hardened material in an pre-transformed material bed disposed adjacent to a platform in an enclosure, which first hardened material comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; heating a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated portion; transforming (e.g., melting) a portion of the top of the heated portion to form a transformed portion; and hardening the transformed portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform. In some examples, the bottom surface of the first hardened material has a first curvature that is of a higher value than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material. The bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform. The exposed surface of portion of the transformed portion may be contained within the exposed surface of the heated portion. The exposed surface of the molten portion may be smaller than an exposed surface of the heated portion. The heated portion may not comprise the rim of the layer of hardened material. The method may further comprise removing a portion of the molten portion. The removed portion may comprise the exposed surface of the molten portion. The method may further comprise removing a portion of the heated portion. The removal may comprise using an energy beam. The layer of hardened material may or may not be anchored to the enclosure in which the 3D object is formed (e.g., to the platform) during its formation. The layer of hardened material may or may not comprise auxiliary supports during the formation of the 3D object.
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: generating at least a portion of a 3D object from a material bed; cooling the material bed using a first cooling member disposed within the enclosure; moving the first cooling member; and cooling the first cooling member using a second cooling member that is disposed outside of the enclosure. The material bed may be disposed on a platform within an enclosure. Above may refer to a direction away from the platform and/or opposite to the direction of the gravitational force. The cooling member may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. In some examples, the cooling member may be disposed above, to the side, or below the material bed. For example, the cooling member may be disposed above an exposed surface of the material bed. (See
FIG. 5A ). - The first cooling member may be disposed along the path of an energy beam that is used in generating the 3D object. The first cooling member may be disposed in an isolated atmosphere. The material bed may comprise a material that is susceptible to oxygen and/or humidity. The material bed may comprise an explosive material. The isolated atmosphere may comprise a gas (e.g., as disclosed herein). For example, the isolated atmosphere may comprise an inert gas. The first cooling member and the material bed may be disposed in the isolated atmosphere. The first cooling member may be disposed in a first atmosphere, and the second cooling member may be disposed in a second atmosphere. The first atmosphere may be (e.g., substantially) similar to the second atmosphere. The first atmosphere may be different than the second atmosphere. The second cooling member may be disposed in an ambient atmosphere. The cooling of the first cooling member may comprise contacting the first cooling member with the second cooling member (e.g.,
FIG. 5B ). The contact between the first and second cooling members may be indirect (e.g., through a surface such as the surface of the enclosure). The indirect contact may comprise one or more intervening surfaces between at least one surface of the first cooling member and at least one surface of the second cooling member. The one or more intervening surfaces may include the coating of the enclosure, and/or the walls of the enclosure. The contact between the first and the second cooling member may be direct. The direct contact may comprise contacting at least one surface of the first cooling member with at least one surface of the second cooling member. The first cooling member may be passive. The passive cooling member may be a part (e.g., slab) of material. The passive cooling member may exclude active removal of heat (e.g., using a motor). The second cooling member may be actively cooled. The second cooling member may comprise a heat exchanger. The cooling member (e.g., first or second) may comprise a thermostat. The cooling member (e.g., first and/or second) may comprise heat control. Each of the cooling members may have its own heat control and/or sensor (e.g., temperature sensor). At times, both cooling members may have a joint controller and/or sensor (e.g., temperature sensor). In some embodiments, both the first and the second cooling member are actively cooled. In some embodiments, both the first and the second cooling member are passive. (SeeFIGS. 5A-5B and 18A-18B ). - The first cooling member may be translatable. In some embodiments, the second cooling member may be translatable. The second cooling member may be stationary. The stationary cooling member may have one or more parts that are translatable and/or exchangeable. The first cooling member or any parts thereof may be exchangeable. The second cooling member may comprise translatable coolant. The second cooling member may comprise one or more coolants that travel from a position adjacent to the first cooling member and away from the position adjacent to the first cooling member. When the coolants move away from the position adjacent to the first cooling member, the coolants may remove at least a portion of the energy of the first cooling member away from the first cooling member. The method disclosed herein may further comprise translating the first cooling member to a position adjacent to the second cooling member. he method may further comprise attracting the first cooling member to the second cooling member. The attraction may comprise mechanically bringing the first cooling member to a position adjacent to the second cooling member. The attraction may comprise generating a force that attracts the first cooling member to the second cooling member. The force may comprise magnetic, hydraulic, or electric force. In some embodiments, cooling the material bed using the first cooling member comprises removing a percentage of heat from an exposed surface of the material bed. The percentage may be at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. The percentage may be any percentage between the abovementioned percentages (e.g., from about 10% to about 90%, from about 30% to about 90%, from about 30% to about 50%, or from about 50% to about 90%).
- In another aspect, a method for forming a 3D object comprises: using an energy beam to transform at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; measuring one or more temperatures at one or more points adjacent to (or on) the at least a portion of the 3D object in real time during the 3D printing; and controlling the energy beam with at least one processing unit based on the measured temperatures. The processing unit may comprise at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second according to a benchmark. The control of the energy beam with the processing unit may be (e.g., further) based on a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object. The benchmark may comprise a mathematical, graphical, or encryption benchmark. The processing unit may comprise parallel processing. The processing unit may comprise at least 8 billion transistors. The area of the processing unit may be at most about 600 mm2. The processing unit may comprise at least 1000 cores. The processing unit may comprise a memory bandwidth of at least 100 Giga bytes per second. The processing unit may comprise a memory clock speed of at least 5 Giga bits per second. The controlling may be based on at least one control mechanism. At times, the control mechanism may exclude feedback from the structure of at least a portion of the generated 3D object. Sometimes, the control mechanism may include feedback from the structure of at least a portion of the generated 3D object. The controlling may be based on a control mechanism comprising taking into account a generic geometric section (e.g., a primitive) that is similar to a portion of the 3D object. The controller may comprise a processing unit. The controller may comprise a computer system.
FIG. 14 schematically shows an example of acomputer system 1400 that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of a 3D object according to the methods provided herein. - In some embodiments, the material (e.g., pre-transformed, transformed and/or hardened) comprises elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon. The allotrope of elemental carbon may comprise amorphous carbon, graphite, graphene, diamond, or fullerene. The fullerene may be selected from the group consisting of a spherical, elliptical, linear, and tubular fullerene. The fullerene may comprise a buckyball or a carbon nanotube. The ceramic material may comprise cement. The ceramic material may comprise alumina. The material may comprise sand, glass, or stone. In some embodiments, the material may comprise an organic material, for example, a polymer or a resin. The organic material may comprise a hydrocarbon. The polymer may comprise styrene. The organic material may comprise carbon and hydrogen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon and oxygen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon and nitrogen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon and sulfur atoms. In some embodiments, the material may exclude an organic material. The material may comprise a solid or a liquid. In some embodiments, the material may comprise a silicon-based material, for example, silicon based polymer or a resin. The material may comprise an organosilicon-based material. The material may comprise silicon and hydrogen atoms. The material may comprise silicon and carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the material may exclude a silicon-based material. The solid material may comprise powder material. The powder material may be coated by a coating (e.g., organic coating such as the organic material (e.g., plastic coating)). The material may be devoid of organic material. The liquid material may be compartmentalized into reactors, vesicles, or droplets. The compartmentalized material may be compartmentalized in one or more layers. The material may be a composite material comprising a secondary material. The secondary material can be a reinforcing material (e.g., a material that forms a fiber). The reinforcing material may comprise a carbon fiber, Kevlar®, Twaron®, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, or glass fiber. The material can comprise powder (e.g., granular material) or wires. The solid particulate material may be powder. The material may exclude a polymer and/or a resin. The polymer may be a molecule having a repeating molecular unit. The polymer and/or resin may be an organic (e.g., comprising of hydrogen and carbon). The polymer and/or resin may be any polymer and/or resin disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the material may include a polymer.
- In some embodiments, the material comprises a particulate material. The particulate material may comprise solid, or semi-solid (e.g., gel) particles. The solid particulate material comprises a powder. In some embodiments, the material comprises a powder material. The material may comprise a solid material. The material may comprise one or more particles or clusters. The term “powder,” as used herein, generally refers to a solid having fine particles. Powders may be granular materials. The powder particles may comprise micro particles. The powder particles may comprise nanoparticles. In some examples, a powder comprising particles having an average FLS of at least about 5 nanometers (nm), 10 nm, 20 nm, 30 nm, 40 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, 40 μm, 45 μm, 50 μm, 55 μm, 60 μm, 65 μm, 70 μm, 75 μm, 80 μm, or 100 μm. The particles comprising the powder may have an average FLS of at most about 100 μm, 80 μm, 75 μm, 70 μm, 65 μm, 60 μm, 55 μm, 50 μm, 45 μm, 40 μm, 35 μm, 30 μm, 25 μm, 20 μm, 15 μm, 10 μm, 5 μm, 1 μm, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, or 5 nm. In some cases, the powder may have an average FLS between any of the values of the average particle FLS listed above (e.g., from about 5 nm to about 100 μm, from about 1 μm to about 100 μm, from about 15 μm to about 45 μm, from about 5 μm to about 80 μm, from about 20 μm to about 80 μm, or from about 500 nm to about 50 μm.)
- The powder can be composed of individual particles. The individual particles can be spherical, oval, prismatic, cubic, or irregularly shaped. The particles can have a FLS. The powder can be composed of a homogenously shaped particle mixture such that all of the particles have substantially the same shape and FLS magnitude within at most 1%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70%, distribution of FLS. In some cases, the powder can be a heterogeneous mixture such that the particles have variable shape and/or FLS magnitude.
- In some embodiments, at least parts of the layer of pre-transformed material can be transformed to a transformed material as at least a portion of the 3D object. The transformed material may subsequently form at least a fraction (also used herein “a portion,” or “a part”) of a hardened (e.g., solidified) 3D object. At times a layer of transformed or hardened material may comprise a cross section of a 3D object (e.g., a horizontal cross section). At times, a layer of transformed and/or hardened material may comprise a deviation from a cross section of a 3D model of a desired 3D object (e.g., an originally intended design to be produced as a printed 3D object). The deviation may include vertical or horizontal deviation with respect to the 3D model of the intended 3D object.
- A pre-transformed material layer (or a potion thereof) can have a thickness of at least about 1.0 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1000 μm. An un-transformed material layer (or a potion thereof) can have a thickness of at most about 1000 μm, 900 μm, 800 μm, 700 μm, 60 μm, 500 μm, 450 μm, 400 μm, 350 μm, 300 μm, 250 μm, 200 μm, 150 μm, 100 μm, 75 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, or 10 μm. A pre-transformed material layer (or a potion thereof) may have any value in between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1000 μm to about 1 μm, 800 μm to about 10 μm, 600 μm to about 20 μm, 300 μm to about 30 μm, or 1000 μm to about 10 μm).
- The material composition of at least one layer within the material bed may differ from the material composition within at least one other layer in the material bed. The difference (e.g., variation) may comprise difference in crystal and/or grain structure. The variation may comprise variation in grain orientation, variation in material density, variation in the degree of compound segregation to grain boundaries, variation in the degree of element segregation to grain boundaries, variation in material phase, variation in metallurgical phase, variation in material porosity, variation in crystal phase, and variation in crystal structure. The microstructure of the printed object may comprise planar structure, cellular structure, columnar dendritic structure, or equiaxed dendritic structure.
- The pre-transformed materials of at least one layer in the material bed may differ in the FLS of its particles (e.g., powder particles) from the FLS of the pre-transformed material within at least one other layer in the material bed. A layer may comprise two or more material types at any combination. For example, two or more elemental metals, two or more metal alloys, two or more ceramics, two or more allotropes of elemental carbon. For example, an elemental metal and a metal alloy, an elemental metal and a ceramic, an elemental metal and an allotrope of elemental carbon, a metal alloy and a ceramic, a metal alloy and an allotrope of elemental carbon, a ceramic and an allotrope of elemental carbon. All the layers of pre-transformed material deposited during the 3D printing process may be of the same material composition. In some instances, a metal alloy is formed in situ during the process of transforming at least a portion of the material bed. In some instances, a metal alloy is not formed in situ during the process of transforming at least a portion of the material bed. In some instances, a metal alloy is formed prior to the process of transforming at least a portion of the material bed. In a multiplicity (e.g., mixture) of pre-transformed materials, one pre-transformed material may be used as support (i.e., supportive powder), as an insulator, as a cooling member (e.g., heat-sink), or as any combination thereof.
- In some instances, adjacent components in the material bed (e.g., layers of hardened material) are separated from one another by one or more intervening layers of pre-transformed material. In an example, a first layer is adjacent to a second layer when the first layer is in direct contact with the second layer. In another example, a first layer is adjacent to a second layer when the first layer is separated from the second layer by at least one layer (e.g., a third layer). The intervening layer may be of any layer size disclosed herein.
- The pre-transformed material (e.g., powder material) can be chosen such that the material type is the desired and/or otherwise predetermined material type for the 3D object. In some cases, a layer of the 3D object comprises a single type of material. In some examples, a layer of the 3D object may comprise a single elemental metal type, or a single metal alloy type. In some examples, a layer within the 3D object may comprise several types of material (e.g., an elemental metal and an alloy, an alloy and a ceramic, an alloy and an allotrope of elemental carbon). In certain embodiments each type of material comprises only a single member of that type. For example: a single member of elemental metal (e.g., iron), a single member of metal alloy (e.g., stainless steel), a single member of ceramic material (e.g., silicon carbide or tungsten carbide), or a single member (e.g., an allotrope) of elemental carbon (e.g., graphite). In some cases, a layer of the 3D object comprises more than one type of material. In some cases, a layer of the 3D object comprises more than one member of a material type.
- The layer structure may comprise any material(s) used for 3D printing described herein. Sometimes one part of the layer may comprise one material, and another part may comprise a second material different than the first material. A layer of the 3D object may be composed of a composite material. The 3D object may be composed of a composite material. The 3D object may comprise a functionally graded material.
- The elemental metal can be an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a transition metal, a rare earth element metal, or another metal. The alkali metal can be Lithium, Sodium, Potassium, Rubidium, Cesium, or Francium. The alkali earth metal can be Beryllium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium, Barium, or Radium. The transition metal can be Scandium, Titanium, Vanadium, Chromium, Manganese, Iron, Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Zinc, Yttrium, Zirconium, Platinum, Gold, Rutherfordium, Dubnium, Seaborgium, Bohrium, Hassium, Meitnerium, Ununbium, Niobium, Iridium, Molybdenum, Technetium, Ruthenium, Rhodium, Palladium, Silver, Cadmium, Hafnium, Tantalum, Tungsten, Rhenium, or Osmium. The transition metal can be mercury. The rare earth metal can be a lanthanide, or an actinide. The lanthanide metal can be Lanthanum, Cerium, Praseodymium, Neodymium, Promethium, Samarium, Europium, Gadolinium, Terbium, Dysprosium, Holmium, Erbium, Thulium, Ytterbium, or Lutetium. The actinide metal can be Actinium, Thorium, Protactinium, Uranium, Neptunium, Plutonium, Americium, Curium, Berkelium, Californium, Einsteinium, Fermium, Mendelevium, Nobelium, or Lawrencium. The other metal can be Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, Tin, Thallium, Lead, or Bismuth.
- The metal alloy can be an iron based alloy, nickel based alloy, cobalt based allow, chrome based alloy, cobalt chrome based alloy, titanium based alloy, magnesium based alloy, copper based alloy, scandium alloy, or any combination thereof. The alloy may comprise an oxidation or corrosion resistant alloy. The alloy may comprise a super alloy (e.g., Inconel). The super alloy may comprise
Inconel 600, 617, 625, 690, 718, or X-750. The metal (e.g., alloy or elemental) may comprise an alloy used for applications in industries comprising aerospace (e.g., aerospace super alloys), jet engine, missile, automotive, marine, locomotive, satellite, defense, oil & gas, energy generation, semiconductor, fashion, construction, agriculture, printing, or medical. The metal (e.g., alloy or elemental) may comprise an alloy used for products comprising, devices, medical devices (human & veterinary), machinery, cell phones, semiconductor equipment, generators, engines, pistons, electronics (e.g., circuits), electronic equipment, agriculture equipment, motor, gear, transmission, communication equipment, computing equipment (e.g., laptop, cell phone, tablet, i-pad), air conditioning, generators, furniture, musical equipment, art, jewelry, cooking equipment, or sport gear. The metal (e.g., alloy or elemental) may comprise an alloy used for products for human or veterinary applications comprising implants, or prosthetics. The metal alloy may comprise an alloy used for applications in the fields comprising human or veterinary surgery, implants (e.g., dental), or prosthetics. - The alloy may include a superalloy. The alloy may include a high-performance alloy. The alloy may include an alloy exhibiting at least one of excellent mechanical strength, resistance to thermal creep deformation, good surface stability, resistance to corrosion, and resistance to oxidation. The alloy may include a face-centered cubic austenitic crystal structure. The alloy may comprise Hastelloy, Inconel, Waspaloy, Rene alloy (e.g., Rene-80, Rene-77, Rene-220, or Rene-41), Haynes alloy, Incoloy, MP98T, TMS alloy, MTEK (e.g., MTEK grade MAR-M-247, MAR-M-509, MAR-M-R41, or MAR-M-X-45), or CMSX (e.g., CMSX-3, or CMSX-4). The alloy can be a single crystal alloy.
- In some instances, the iron alloy comprises Elinvar, Fernico, Ferroalloys, Invar, Iron hydride, Kovar, Spiegeleisen, Staballoy (stainless steel), or Steel. In some instances, the metal alloy is steel. The Ferroalloy may comprise Ferroboron, Ferrocerium, Ferrochrome, Ferromagnesium, Ferromanganese, Ferromolybdenum, Ferronickel, Ferrophosphorus, Ferrosilicon, Ferrotitanium, Ferrouranium, or Ferrovanadium. The iron alloy may include cast iron, or pig iron. The steel may include Bulat steel, Chromoly, Crucible steel, Damascus steel, Hadfield steel, High speed steel, HSLA steel, Maraging steel (M300), Reynolds 531, Silicon steel, Spring steel, Stainless steel, Tool steel, Weathering steel, or Wootz steel. The high-speed steel may include Mushet steel. The stainless steel may include AL-6XN, Alloy 20, celestrium, marine grade stainless, Martensitic stainless steel, surgical stainless steel, or Zeron 100. The tool steel may include Silver steel. The steel may comprise stainless steel, Nickel steel, Nickel-chromium steel, Molybdenum steel, Chromium steel, Chromium-vanadium steel, Tungsten steel, Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel, or Silicon-manganese steel. The steel may be comprised of any Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) grade such as 440F, 410, 312, 430, 440A, 440B, 440C, 304, 305, 304L, 304L, 301, 304LN, 301LN, 2304, 316, 316L, 316LN, 317L, 2205, 409, 904L, 321, 254SMO, 316Ti, 321H, 17-4, 15-5, 420, or 304H. The steel may comprise stainless steel of at least one crystalline structure selected from the group consisting of austenitic, superaustenitic, ferritic, martensitic, duplex, and precipitation-hardening martensitic. Duplex stainless steel may be lean duplex, standard duplex, super duplex, or hyper duplex. The stainless steel may comprise surgical grade stainless steel (e.g., austenitic 316, martensitic 420, or martensitic 440). The austenitic 316 stainless steel may include 316L, or 316LVM. The steel may include 17-4 Precipitation Hardening steel (also known as type 630, a chromium-copper precipitation hardening stainless steel, 17-4PH steel).
- The titanium-based alloys may include alpha alloys, near alpha alloys, alpha and beta alloys, or beta alloys. The titanium alloy may comprise
grade - The Nickel alloy may include Alnico, Alumel, Chromel, Cupronickel, Ferronickel, German silver, Hastelloy, Inconel, Monel metal, Nichrome, Nickel-carbon, Nicrosil, Nisil, Nitinol, Hastelloy X, Cobalt-Chromium, or Magnetically “soft” alloys. The magnetically “soft” alloys may comprise Mu-metal, Permalloy, Supermalloy, or Brass. The brass may include Nickel hydride, Stainless or Coin silver. The cobalt alloy may include Megallium, Stellite (e. g. Talonite), Ultimet, or Vitallium. The chromium alloy may include chromium hydroxide, or Nichrome.
- The aluminum alloy may include AA-8000, Al—Li (aluminum-lithium), Alnico, Duralumin, Hiduminium, Kryron Magnalium, Nambe, Scandium-aluminum, or Y alloy. The magnesium alloy may be Elektron, Magnox, or T—Mg—Al—Zn (Bergman phase) alloy.
- The copper alloy may comprise Arsenical copper, Beryllium copper, Billon, Brass, Bronze, Constantan, Copper hydride, Copper-tungsten, Corinthian bronze, Cunife, Cupronickel, Cymbal alloys, Devarda's alloy, Electrum, Hepatizon, Heusler alloy, Manganin, Molybdochalkos, Nickel silver, Nordic gold, Shakudo, or Tumbaga. The Brass may include Calamine brass, Chinese silver, Dutch metal, Gilding metal, Muntz metal, Pinchbeck, Prince's metal, or Tombac. The Bronze may include Aluminum bronze, Arsenical bronze, Bell metal, Florentine bronze, Guanin, Gunmetal, Glucydur, Phosphor bronze, Ormolu, or Speculum metal.
- In some examples the material (e.g., powder material) comprises a material wherein its constituents (e.g., atoms or molecules) readily lose their outer shell electrons, resulting in a free flowing cloud of electrons within their otherwise solid arrangement. In some examples the material is characterized in having high electrical conductivity, low electrical resistivity, high thermal conductivity, or high density (e.g., as measured at ambient temperature (e.g., R.T., or 20° C.)). The high electrical conductivity can be at least about 1·105 Siemens per meter (S/m), 5·105 S/m, 1·106 S/m, 5·106 S/m, 1·107 S/m, 5·107 S/m, or 1·108 S/m. The symbol “·” designates the mathematical operation “times,” or “multiplied by.” The high electrical conductivity can be any value between the aforementioned electrical conductivity values (e.g., from about 1·105 S/m to about 1·108 S/m). The low electrical resistivity may be at most about 1·10−5 ohm times meter (Ω·m), 5·10−6 Ω·m, 1·10−6 Ω·m, 5·10−7 Ω·m, 1·10−7 Ω·m, 5·10−8, or 1·10−8 Ω·m. The low electrical resistivity can be any value between the aforementioned electrical resistivity values (e.g., from about 1×10−5 Ω·m to about 1×10−8 Ω·m). The high thermal conductivity may be at least about 20 Watts per meters times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), 50 W/mK, 100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200 W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350 W/mK, 400 W/mK, 450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550 W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800 W/mK, 900 W/mK, or 1000 W/mK. The high thermal conductivity can be any value between the aforementioned thermal conductivity values (e.g., from about 20 W/mK to about 1000 W/mK). The high density may be at least about 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm3), 2 g/cm3, 3 g/cm3, 4 g/cm3, 5 g/cm3, 6 g/cm3, 7 g/cm3, 8 g/cm3, 9 g/cm3, 10 g/cm3, 11 g/cm3, 12 g/cm3, 13 g/cm3, 14 g/cm3, 15 g/cm3, 16 g/cm3, 17 g/cm3, 18 g/cm3, 19 g/cm3, 20 g/cm3, or 25 g/cm3. The high density can be any value between the aforementioned density values (e.g., from about 1 g/cm3 to about 25 g/cm3).
- A metallic material (e.g., elemental metal or metal alloy) can comprise small amounts of non-metallic materials, such as, for example, oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen. In some cases, the metallic material can comprise the non-metallic material in a trace amount. A trace amount can be at most about 100000 parts per million (ppm), 10000 ppm, 1000 ppm, 500 ppm, 400 ppm, 200 ppm, 100 ppm, 50 ppm, 10 ppm, 5 ppm, or 1 ppm (on the basis of weight, w/w) of non-metallic material. A trace amount can comprise at least about 10 ppt, 100 ppt, 1 ppb, 5 ppb, 10 ppb, 50 ppb, 100 ppb, 200 ppb, 400 ppb, 500 ppb, 1000 ppb, 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, or 10000 ppm (on the basis of weight, w/w) of non-metallic material. A trace amount can be any value between the afore-mentioned trace amounts (e.g., from about 10 parts per trillion (ppt) to about 100000 ppm, from about 1 ppb to about 100000 ppm, from about 1 ppm to about 10000 ppm, or from about 1 ppb to about 1000 ppm).
- The one or more layers within the 3D object may be (e.g., substantially) planar (e.g., flat). The planarity of the layer may be (e.g., substantially) uniform. The height of the layer at a particular position may be compared to an average plane. The average plane may be defined by a least squares planar fit of the top-most part of the surface of the layer of hardened material. The average plane may be a plane calculated by averaging the material height at each point on the top surface of the layer of hardened material. The deviation from any point at the surface of the planar layer of hardened material may be at most 20% 15%, 10%, 5%, 3%, 1%, or 0.5% of the height (e.g., thickness) of the layer of hardened material. The substantially planar one or more layers may have a large radius of curvature.
FIG. 2 shows an example of a vertical cross section of a3D object 212 comprising planar layers (layer numbers 1-4) and non-planar layers (layer numbers 5-6) that have a radius of curvature.FIGS. 2, 216 and 217 are super-positions of curved layer on acircle 215 having a radius of curvature “r.” The one or more layers may have a radius of curvature equal to the radius of curvature of the layer surface. The radius of curvature of the layer surface (e.g., all the layers of the 3D object) may have a value of at least about 0.1 centimeter (cm), 0.2 cm, 0.3 cm, 0.4 cm, 0.5 cm, 0.6 cm, 0.7 cm, 0.8 cm, 0.9 cm, 1 cm, 5 cm, 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm, 60 cm, 70 cm, 80 cm, 90 cm, 1 meter (m), 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m, 25 m, 30 m, 50 m, or 100 m. The radius of curvature of the layer surface (e.g., all the layers of the 3D object) may have any value between any of the afore-mentioned values of the radius of curvature (e.g., from about 10 cm to about 90 m, from about 50 cm to about 10 m, from about 5 cm to about 1 m, from about 50 cm to about 5 m, from about 5 cm to infinity, or from about 40 cm to about 50 m). A layer with an infinite radius of curvature is a layer that is planar. In some examples, the one or more layers may be included in a planar section of the 3D object, or may be a planar 3D object (e.g., a flat plane). In some instances, part of at least one layer within the 3D object has the radius of curvature mentioned herein. - The 3D object may comprise a layering plane N of the layered structure (e.g.,
FIG. 8C, 805 ). The 3D object may comprise points X and Y, which reside on the surface of the 3D object, wherein X is spaced apart from Y by the auxiliary feature spacing distance (e.g., as disclosed herein).FIG. 10 shows an example of points X and Y on the surface of a 3D object. In an example, a sphere of radius XY that is centered at X lacks one or more auxiliary supports or one or more auxiliary support marks that are indicative of a presence or removal of the one or more auxiliary support features. In some examples an acute angle forms between the straight line XY and the direction normal to N. The acute angle between the straight line XY and the direction normal to the layering plane may be of the value of the acute angle alpha (e.g., as disclosed herein). When the angle between the straight line XY and the direction of normal to N is greater than 90 degrees, one can consider the complementary acute angle. - In some embodiments, the generated 3D object may be generated with the accuracy of at least about 5 μm, 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, 40 μm, 45 μm, 50 μm, 55 μm, 60 μm, 65 μm, 70 μm, 75 μm, 80 μm, 85 μm, 90 μm, 95 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, 1000 μm, 1100 μm, or 1500 μm as compared to a 3D model of the 3D object (e.g., the desired 3D object). As compared to a 3D model of the 3D object, the generated 3D object may be generated with the accuracy of any accuracy value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 5 μm to about 100 μm, from about 15 μm to about 35 μm, from about 100 μm to about 1500 μm, from about 5 μm to about 1500 μm, or from about 400 μm to about 600 μm).
- In some embodiments, the hardened layer of transformed material deforms. The deformation may cause a height deviation from a uniformly planar layer of hardened material. The height uniformity of the planar surface of the layer of hardened material may be at most about 100 μm, 90 μm, 80, 70 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm, or 5 μm. The height uniformity of the planar surface of the layer of hardened material may be any value between the afore-mentioned height deviation values (e.g., from about 100 μm to about 5 μm, from about 50 μm to about 5 μm, from about 30 μm to about 5 μm, or from about 20 μm to about 5 μm). The height uniformity may comprise high precision uniformity. The height uniformity may be a deviation from a prescribed layer height, from a mean layer height, or from an average layer height. The resolution of the 3D object may have any value of the height uniformity value mentioned herein. The resolution of the 3D object may be at least about 100 dots per inch (dpi), 300 dpi, 600 dpi, 1200 dpi, 2400 dpi, 3600 dpi, or 4800 dpi. The resolution of the 3D object may be at most about 100 dpi, 300 dpi, 600 dpi, 1200 dpi, 2400 dpi, 3600 dpi, or 4800 dip. The resolution of the 3D object may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from 100 dpi to 4800 dpi, from 300 dpi to 2400 dpi, or from 600 dpi to 4800 dpi).The height uniformity of a layer of hardened material may persist across a portion of the layer surface that has a width or a length of at least about 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, or 10 mm, have a height deviation of at least about 10 mm, 9 mm, 8 mm, 7 mm, 6 mm, 5 mm, 4 mm, 3 mm, 2 mm, 1 mm, 500 μm, 400 μm, 300 μm, 200 μm, 100 μm, 90 μm, 80 μm, 70 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, or 10 μm. The height uniformity of a layer of hardened material may persist across a portion of the target surface that has a width or a length of or of any value between the afore-mentioned width or length values (e.g., from about 10 mm to about 10 μm, from about 10 mm to about 100 μm, or from about 5 mm to about 500 μm).
- At least one layer of the printed 3D objects may deviate from a planar uniformity of the layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) in at least one plane (e.g., horizontal plane) of at most about 20%, 10%, 5%, 2%, 1% or 0.5%, as compared to the average or mean plane (e.g., horizontal plane) created at the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., top of a powder bed). The height deviation can be measured by using one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors).
- Characteristics of the hardened material and/or any of its parts (e.g., layer of hardened material) can be measured by any of the following measurement methodologies. For example, the FLS values (e.g., width), height uniformity, auxiliary support space, an/d or radius of curvature of the layer of the 3D object and any of its components (e.g., layer of hardened material) may be measured by any of the following measuring methodologies. The FLS of opening ports may be measured by one or more of following measurement methodologies. The measurement methodologies may comprise a microscopy method (e.g., any microscopy method described herein). The measurement methodologies may comprise a coordinate measuring machine (CMM), measuring projector, vision measuring system, and/or a gauge. The gauge can be a gauge distometer (e.g., caliber). The gauge can be a go-no-go gauge. The measurement methodologies may comprise a caliper (e.g., Vernier caliper), positive lens, interferometer, or laser (e.g., tracker). The measurement methodologies may comprise a contact or by a non-contact method. The measurement methodologies may comprise one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors and/or metrological sensors). The measurement methodologies may comprise a metrological measurement device (e.g., using metrological sensor(s)). The measurements may comprise a motor encoder (e.g., rotary and/or linear). The measurement methodologies may comprise using an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or infra-red (IR)). The microscopy method may comprise ultrasound or nuclear magnetic resonance. The microscopy method may comprise optical microscopy. The microscopy method may comprise electromagnetic, electron, or proximal probe microscopy. The electron microscopy may comprise scanning, tunneling, X-ray photo-, or Auger electron microscopy. The electromagnetic microscopy may comprise confocal, stereoscope, or compound microscopy. The microscopy method may comprise an inverted and/or non-inverted microscope. The proximal probe microscopy may comprise atomic force, or scanning tunneling microscopy, or any other microscopy described herein. The microscopy measurements may comprise using an image analysis system. The measurements may be conducted at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T.)
- The microstructures (e.g., of melt pools) of the 3D object may be measured by a microscopy method (e.g., any microscopy method described herein). The microstructures may be measured by a contact or by a non-contact method. The microstructures may be measured by using an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or IR). The microstructure measurements may comprise evaluating the dendritic arm spacing and/or the secondary dendritic arm spacing (e.g., using microscopy). The microscopy measurements may comprise using an image analysis system. The measurements may be conducted at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T.).
- Various distances relating to the chamber can be measured using any of the following measurement techniques. Various distances within the chamber can be measured using any of the following measurement techniques. For example, the gap distance (e.g., from the cooling member to the exposed surface of the material bed) may be measured using any of the following measurement techniques. The measurements techniques may comprise interferometry and/or confocal chromatic measurements. The measurements techniques may comprise at least one motor encoder (rotary, linear). The measurement techniques may comprise one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors and/or metrological sensors). The measurement techniques may comprise at least one inductive sensor. The measurement techniques may include an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or IR). The measurements may be conducted at ambient temperature (e.g., R.T.).
- The 3D object can have various surface roughness profiles, which may be suitable for various applications. The surface roughness may be the deviations in the direction of the normal vector of a real surface, from its ideal form. The surface roughness may be measured as the arithmetic average of the roughness profile (hereinafter “Ra”). The formed object can have a Ra value of at most about 200 μm, 100 μm, 75 μm, 50 μm, 45 μm, 40 μm, 35 μm, 30 μm, 25 μm, 20 μm, 15 μm, 10 μm, 7 μm, 5 μm, 3 μm, 1 μm, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, or 30 nm. The 3D object can have a Ra value between any of the aforementioned Ra values (e.g., from about 50 μm to about 1 μm, from about 100 μm to about 4 μm, from about 30 μm to about 3 μm, from about 60 nm to about 1 μm, or from about 80 nm to about 0.5 μm). The Ra values may be measured by a contact or by a non-contact method. The Ra values may be measured by a roughness tester and/or by a microscopy method (e.g., any microscopy method described herein). The measurements may be conducted at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T.). The roughness (e.g., as Ra values) may be measured by a contact or by a non-contact method. The roughness measurement may comprise one or more sensors (e.g., optical sensors). The roughness measurement may comprise a metrological measurement device (e.g., using metrological sensor(s)). The roughness may be measured using an electromagnetic beam (e.g., visible or IR).
- The 3D object may be composed of successive layers (e.g., successive cross sections) of solid material that originated from a transformed material (e.g., fused, sintered, melted, bound or otherwise connected powder material), and optionally subsequently hardened (e.g.,
FIGS. 8A-8C ). The transformed material may be connected to a hardened (e.g., solidified) material. The hardened material may reside within the same layer, or in another layer (e.g., a previous layer). In some examples, the hardened material comprises disconnected parts of the 3D object, that are subsequently connected by newly transformed material (e.g., by fusing, sintering, melting, binding or otherwise connecting a powder material). - A cross section (e.g., vertical cross section) of the generated (i.e., formed) 3D object may reveal a microstructure or a grain structure indicative of a layered deposition (e.g.,
FIGS. 8A-8B ). Without wishing to be bound to theory, the microstructure or grain structure may arise due to the solidification of transformed powder material that is typical to and/or indicative of the 3D printing method. For example, a cross section may reveal a microstructure resembling ripples or waves that are indicative of solidified melt pools that may be formed during the 3D printing process (e.g.,FIGS. 8A-8B ). The repetitive layered structure of the solidified melt pools may reveal the orientation at which the part was printed (e.g.,FIGS. 8B-8C ). The cross section may reveal a substantially repetitive microstructure or grain structure. The microstructure or grain structure may comprise (e.g., substantially repetitive) variations in material composition, grain orientation, material density, degree of compound segregation or of element segregation to grain boundaries, material phase, metallurgical phase, crystal phase, crystal structure, material porosity, or any combination thereof. The microstructure or grain structure may comprise substantially repetitive solidification of layered melt pools. The (e.g., substantially repetitive) microstructure may have an average layer width of at least about 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 60 μm, 70 μm, 80 μm, 90 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 350 μm, 400 μm, 450 μm, or 500 μm. The (e.g., substantially repetitive) microstructure may have an average layer width of at most about 500 μm, 450 μm, 400 μm, 350 μm, 300 μm, 250 μm, 200 μm, 150 μm, 100 μm, 90 μm, 80 μm, 70 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, or 10 μm. The (e.g., substantially repetitive) microstructure may have an average layer size of any value between the aforementioned values of layer widths (e.g., from about 0.5 μm to about 500 μm, from about 15 μm to about 50 μm, from about 5 μm to about 150 μm, from about 20 μm to about 100 μm, or from about 10 μm to about 80 μm). - In some examples, the pre-transformed material within the material bed (e.g., powder bed) can provide support to the 3D object (e.g., during its formation). For example, the supportive pre-transformed material may be of the same type of pre-transformed material from which the 3D object is generated, of a different type, or any combination thereof. In some instances, a low flowability pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) can be capable of supporting a 3D object better than a high flowability pre-transformed material. A low flowability pre-transformed material can be achieved inter alia with a particulate material composed of relatively small particles, with particles of non-uniform size, and/or with particles that attract each other. The pre-transformed material may be of low, medium, or high flowability. In some examples, the pre-transformed material in the material bed may is flowable during the 3D printing. The particulate material may have compressibility of at least about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, or 10% in response to an applied force of 15 kilo Pascals (kPa). The particulate material may have a compressibility of at most about 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4.5%, 4.0%, 3.5%, 3.0%, 2.5%, 2.0%, 1.5%, 1.0%, or 0.5% in response to an applied force of 15 kilo Pascals (kPa). The particulate material may have basic flow energy of at least about 100 milli-Joule (mJ), 200 mJ, 300 mJ, 400 mJ, 450 mJ, 500 mJ, 550 mJ, 600 mJ, 650 mJ, 700 mJ, 750 mJ, 800 mJ, or 900 mJ. The particulate material may have basic flow energy of at most about 200 mJ, 300 mJ, 400 mJ, 450 mJ, 500 mJ, 550 mJ, 600 mJ, 650 mJ, 700 mJ, 750 mJ, 800 mJ, 900 mJ, or 1000 mJ. The particulate material may have basic flow energy in between the above listed values of basic flow energy (e.g., from about 100 mj to about 1000 mJ, from about 100 mj to about 600 mJ, or from about 500 mj to about 1000 mJ). The particulate material may have a specific energy of at least about 1.0 milli-Joule per gram (mJ/g), 1.5 mJ/g, 2.0 mJ/g, 2.5 mJ/g, 3.0 mJ/g, 3.5 mJ/g, 4.0 mJ/g, 4.5 mJ/g, or 5.0 mJ/g. The powder may have a specific energy of at most 5.0 mJ/g, 4.5 mJ/g, 4.0 mJ/g, 3.5 mJ/g, 3.0 mJ/g, 2.5 mJ/g, 2.0 mJ/g, 1.5 mJ/g, or 1.0 mJ/g. The particulate material may have a specific energy in between any of the above values of specific energy (e.g., from about 1.0 mJ/g to about 5.0 mJ/g, from about 3.0 mJ/g to about 5 mJ/g, or from about 1.0 mJ/g to about 3.5 mJ/g).
- The 3D object can have one or more auxiliary features. The auxiliary feature(s) can be supported by the material (e.g., powder) bed at least during the 3D printing. The term “auxiliary features,” as used herein, generally refers to features that are part of a printed 3D object, but are not part of the desired, intended, designed, ordered, modeled, or final 3D object. Auxiliary features (e.g., auxiliary supports) may provide structural support during and/or subsequent to the formation of the 3D object. Auxiliary features may enable the removal or energy from the 3D object that is being formed. Auxiliary features may enable reduction of deformations of at least a portion of a generated 3D object, which deformations would otherwise manifest themselves in the printed 3D object. Examples of auxiliary features comprise heat fins, wires, anchors, handles, supports, pillars, columns, frame, footing, scaffold, flange, projection, protrusion, mold (a.k.a. mould), build platform, or other stabilization features. In some instances, the auxiliary support is a scaffold that encloses the 3D object or part thereof. The scaffold may comprise lightly sintered or lightly fused powder material. The 3D object can have auxiliary features that can be supported by the material bed (e.g., powder bed) and not touch the building platform (e.g., the base, substrate, container accommodating the material bed, or the bottom of the enclosure). The 3D part (3D object) in a complete or partially formed state can be completely supported by the material bed (e.g., without touching at least one of the platform, container accommodating the material bed, and enclosure). The 3D object in a complete or partially formed state can be completely supported by the material bed (e.g., without touching anything except the material bed). The material bed may comprise a flowable (e.g., not fixed) material during the 3D printing process. The 3D object in a complete or partially formed state can be suspended in the material bed without resting on any additional support structures. In some cases, the 3D object in a complete or partially formed state can freely float (e.g., anchorless) in the material bed.
- The printed 3D object may be 3D printed without the use of auxiliary features, may be printed using a reduced number of auxiliary features, or printed using spaced apart auxiliary features. In some embodiments, the printed 3D object may be devoid of one or more auxiliary support features (e.g., during the 3D printing) or auxiliary support feature marks that are indicative of a presence or removal of the auxiliary support features. The 3D object may be devoid of one or more auxiliary support features (e.g., during the 3D printing) and of one or more marks of an auxiliary feature (including a base structure) that was removed (e.g., subsequent to, or contemporaneous with, the generation of the 3D object). The printed 3D object may comprise a single auxiliary support mark. The single auxiliary feature (e.g., auxiliary support or auxiliary structure) may be a platform or a mold. The auxiliary support may be adhered to the platform and/or mold. The 3D object may comprise marks belonging to one or more auxiliary structures.
FIG. 17 shows an example of asegment 1700 of a 3D object comprising anauxiliary support feature 1701 that has a point of discontinuity (e.g., trimming) 1702, whichauxiliary support feature 1701 imparts a geometric deformation in the 3D object (e.g., 1703). In some embodiments, the 3D object comprises two or more marks belonging to auxiliary features. The 3D object may be devoid of marks pertaining to an auxiliary support(s). The mark may comprise variation in grain orientation, variation in layering orientation, layering thickness, material density, the degree of compound segregation to grain boundaries, material porosity, the degree of element segregation to grain boundaries, material phase, metallurgical phase, crystal phase, or crystal structure; wherein the variation may not have been created by the geometry of the 3D object alone, and may thus be indicative of a prior existing auxiliary support that was removed. The variation may be forced upon the generated 3D object by the geometry of the support (e.g.,FIG. 17, 1703 ). In some instances, the 3D structure of the printed object may be forced by the auxiliary support (e.g., by a mold). For example, a mark may be a point of discontinuity (e.g., a trim or cut. E.g.,FIG. 17, 1702 ) that is not explained by the geometry of the 3D object that is formed without any auxiliary supports. A mark may be a surface feature that cannot be explained by the geometry of a 3D object that is formed without any auxiliary supports (e.g., a mold). The two or more auxiliary features (or auxiliary support feature marks) may be spaced apart by a spacing distance of at least about 1.5 millimeters (mm), 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm, 3.5 mm, 4 mm, 4.5 mm, 5 mm, 5.5 mm, 6 mm, 6.5 mm, 7 mm, 7.5 mm, 8 mm, 8.5 mm, 9 mm, 9.5 mm, 10 mm, 10.5 mm, 11 mm, 11.5 mm, 12 mm, 12.5 mm, 13 mm, 13.5 mm, 14 mm, 14.5 mm, 15 mm, 15.5 mm, 16 mm, 20 mm, 20.5 mm, 21 mm, 25 mm, 30 mm, 30.5 mm, 31 mm, 35 mm, 40 mm, 40.5 mm, 41 mm, 45 mm, 50 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm 300 mm, or 500 mm. The two or more auxiliary support features or auxiliary support feature marks may be spaced apart by a spacing distance of any value between the aforementioned auxiliary support space values (e.g., from 1.5 mm to 500 mm, from 2 mm to 100 mm, from 15 mm to 50 mm, or from 45 mm to 200 mm). Collectively referred to herein as the “auxiliary feature spacing distance.” - he 3D object may comprise a layered structure that is indicative of 3D printing process, which includes one, two, or more auxiliary support marks. The supports or support marks can be on the surface of the 3D object. The auxiliary supports or support marks can be on an external, on an internal surface (e.g., a cavity within the 3D object), or both. The layered structure can have a layering plane (e.g.,
FIG. 8C, 805 ). In one example, two auxiliary support features or auxiliary support feature marks present in the 3D object may be spaced apart by the auxiliary feature spacing distance. The acute (i.e., sharp) angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction of normal to the layering plane may be at least about 45 degrees (°), 50°, 55°, 60°, 65°, 70°, 75°, 80°, or 85°. The acute angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction of normal to the layering plane may be at most about 90°, 85°, 80°, 75°, 70°, 65°, 60°, 55°, 50°, or 45°. The acute angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction of normal to the layering plane may be any angle range between the aforementioned angles (e.g., from about 45 degrees (°), to about 90°, from about 60° to about 90°, from about 75° to about 90°, from about 80° to about 90°, from about 85° to about 90°). The acute angle alpha between the straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction normal to the layering plane may from about 87° to about 90°. An example of layering planes can be seen inFIG. 2 showing a vertical cross section of a3D object 211 that compriseslayer numbers 1 to 6, each of which are (e.g., substantially) planar. In the schematic example inFIG. 2 , the layering plane of the layers can be the layer of hardened material. For example,layer 1 could correspond to both the layer of hardened material and the layering plane oflayer 1. When the layer is not planar (e.g.,FIG. 2 ,layer 5 of 3D object 212), the layering plane may be the average (or mean) plane of the layer of hardened material. The two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support feature marks can be on the same surface. The same surface can be an external surface or an internal surface of the 3D object (e.g., a surface of a cavity within the 3D object). When the angle between the shortest straight line connecting the two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks and the direction of normal to the layering plane is greater than 90° (degrees), one can consider the complementary acute angle. In some embodiments, any two auxiliary supports or auxiliary support marks are spaced apart by the auxiliary feature spacing distance.FIG. 8C shows an example of a 3D object comprising an exposedsurface 801 that was comprises layers of hardened material (e.g., having layering plane 805) that are (e.g., substantially) parallel to theplatform 803.FIG. 8C shows an example of a 3D object comprising an exposedsurface 802 that comprises layers of hardened material (e.g., having layering plane 806) that are substantially parallel to theplatform 803 resulting in a tilted 3D object (e.g., box). The 3D object that was formed as a tilted 3D object (comprising 802 and 806), is shown after it printing as lying flat on asurface 809 having an exposedsurface 804 and layers of hardened material (e.g., having layering plane 807) having a normal 808 to the layering plane (e.g., 807) that forms acute angle alpha with the exposedsurface 804 of the 3D object (or with the platform 809).FIGS. 8A and 8B show 3D objects comprising layers of solidified melt pools that are arranged in layers having layering planes (e.g., 820).FIG. 9 shows a vertical cross section in a coordinate system.Line 904 represents a vertical cross section of the top surface of a material bed and/or a platform.Line 903 represents a normal to the average layering plane.Line 902 represent the normal to the top surface of the material bed and/or platform.Line 901 represents the direction of the gravitational field. - The one or more auxiliary features (which may include a base support) can be used to hold or restrain the 3D object during its formation. In some cases, auxiliary features are used to anchor or hold a 3D object or a portion of a 3D object in a material bed. The one or more auxiliary features can be specific to a 3D part and can increase the time needed to form it. The one or more auxiliary features can be removed subsequent to the 3D printing, and prior to use or distribution of the 3D object. The FLS (e.g., longest dimension) of a cross-section of an auxiliary feature can be at most about 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 600 nm, 700 nm, 800 nm, 900 nm, or 1000 nm, 1 μm, 3 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 100 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 700 μm, 1 mm, 3 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm, 100 mm, or 300 mm. The FLS (e.g., longest dimension) of a cross-section of an auxiliary feature can be at least about 50 nm, 100 nm, 200 nm, 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 600 nm, 700 nm, 800 nm, 900 nm, or 1000 nm, 1 μm, 3 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 100 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 700 μm, 1 mm, 3 mm, 5 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm, 100 mm, or 300 mm. The longest dimension of a cross-section of an auxiliary feature can be any value between the above-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 nm to about 300 mm, from about 5 μm to about 10 mm, from about 50 nm to about 10 mm, or from about 5 mm to about 300 mm).
- Eliminating the need for auxiliary features can decrease the time and/or cost associated with generating the 3D part. In some examples, the 3D object is formed with auxiliary support features. In some examples, the 3D object is formed with contact to the container accommodating the material bed (e.g., side(s) and/or bottom of the container). In some examples, the diminished number of auxiliary supports or lack of one or more auxiliary support, provides a 3D printing process that requires a smaller amount of material, produces a smaller amount of material waste, and/or requires smaller energy as compared to commercially available 3D printing processes. The smaller amount can be smaller by at least about 1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. The smaller amount may be smaller by any value between the aforesaid values (e.g., from about 1.1 to about 10, or from about 1.5 to about 5).
- At least a portion of the 3D object can sink in the material bed. At least a portion of the 3D object can be surrounded by pre-transformed material within the material bed (e.g., submerged). At least a portion of the 3D object can rest in the pre-transformed material without substantial sinking (e.g., vertical movement). Lack of substantial sinking can amount to a sinking (e.g., vertical movement) of at most about 40%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% layer thickness. Lack of substantial sinking can amount to at most about 100 μm, 30 μm, 10 μm, 3 μm, or 1 μm. At least a portion of the 3D object can rest in the pre-transformed material without substantial movement (e.g., horizontal movement, movement at an angle). Lack of substantial movement can amount to at most 100 μm, 30 μm, 10 μm, 3 μm, or 1 μm. The 3D object can rest on the substrate when the 3D object is sunk or submerged in the material bed.
- At least a fraction of the components in the system can be enclosed in the chamber. At least a fraction of the chamber can comprise a gas to create a gaseous environment (i.e., an atmosphere). The gas can comprise an inert gas. The gas can be a non-reactive gas (e.g., an inert gas). The gaseous environment can comprise argon, nitrogen, helium, neon, krypton, xenon, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, or carbon dioxide. The 3D printing system, it apparatuses, and features can be any of those disclosed in Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/396,584, that was filed on Sep. 19, 2016, titled “APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The features can include, for example, the pressure in the enclosure (e.g., chamber), or its gaseous layers. The apparatuses can comprise the controller, layer dispensing mechanism (and its components), sensor, motor, valve, or pump. The components of the layer dispensing mechanism can comprise the material dispensing mechanism, leveling mechanism, or material removal mechanism. In some cases, the pressure in the chamber is standard atmospheric pressure. In some cases, the pressure in the chamber can be ambient pressure (e.g., neutral pressure). In some examples, the chamber can be under vacuum pressure. In some examples, the chamber can be under a positive pressure.
- A thermal control unit (e.g., a cooling member such as a heat-sink (or a cooling plate), a heating plate, or a thermostat) can be provided inside of the region where the 3D object is formed or adjacent to (e.g., above) the region where the 3D object is formed. Additionally, or alternatively, the thermal control unit can be provided outside of the region where the 3D object is formed (e.g., at a predetermined distance). In some cases, the thermal control unit can form at least one section of a boundary region where the 3D object is formed (e.g., the container accommodating the powder bed).
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform comprising a first structure having a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative, which structure comprises a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam and is programed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to the top of the first structure to form a second structure, wherein a bottom of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature, wherein the first curvature is negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform, wherein bottom faces the platform, wherein top faces away from the platform. The transformed material may be part of the 3D object. The transformed material may be a hard material (e.g., in the case of photo-polymerization). The transformed material may subsequently harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object (e.g., in the case of metal powder being molten and subsequently solidified). The controller may comprise a plurality of controllers.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., material dispenser) that dispenses a pre-transformed material to form a material bed comprising a first layer of hardened material, (e.g., which material bed is disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) a platform); an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism and to the energy beam and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispense a layer of pre-transformed material above the first layer of hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to generate a second layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap, wherein the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material form at least a portion of the 3D object. The gap may comprise a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and the second layer of hardened material. Above may be relative to a direction away from the platform and/or opposite to the gravitational force. An exposed surface (e.g., top surface) of the disposed layer of pre-transformed material may be substantially leveled. The at least one controller can be a first controller that is operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism, and a second controller that is operatively coupled to the energy beam. The first and second controllers can be different controllers. A third controller can be operatively coupled to the energy source. The third controller can be different than at least the first or second controller. The third controller can be the same controller as at least the first or second controller.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material dispensing mechanism that dispenses a pre-transformed material to form a material bed that comprises a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; a cooling member; and at least one controller operatively connected to the material dispenser, energy beam, and cooling member and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispense a layer of pre-transformed material adjacent to (e.g., above) the hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform (e.g., melt) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion; (iii) direct the cooling member to harden (e.g., solidify) the exposed surface of the transformed portion while keeping the interior of the transformed portion in the transformed state; and (iv) direct the cooling member to harden the transformed portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object. The at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iv) are controlled by different controllers. The at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iv) are controlled by the same controller.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material dispensing mechanism that dispenses a pre-transformed material to form a material bed, which material bed comprises a first hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the pre-transformed material; a cooling member; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material dispenser, the energy beam, and the cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the material dispenser to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material adjacent to (e.g., above) the first hardened material; (ii) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and (iii) optionally direct the cooling member to harden the transformed portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (1) a portion of the second hardened material, and (2) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior. In some examples, the exposed surface ceases to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform. In some examples, the exposed surface ceases to plastically deform when the interior ceases to plastically deform. In some examples, the exposed surface ceases to plastically deform after the interior ceases to plastically deform. The cooling member may be a heat-sink. The cooling member may be passive or active (e.g., comprise a moving coolant).
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and (directly or subsequently) form the 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive melt pools of a hardened (e.g., solidified) material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure. The grain structure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater (e.g., faster) solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior. The grain structure may be a microstructure. The grain structure may comprise a metallurgical and/or crystal structure.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam, and is programmed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form the 3D object (or a portion thereof) comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material type, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, an interior, and material microstructures (e.g., crystals. E.g., dendrites or cells). The material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater, lower, or substantially equal solidification rate than the material microstructures in the interior. For example, the material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater solidification rate than the (e.g., respective) material microstructures in the interior.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: a material bed disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) a platform, which material bed comprising a first hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform; a first energy source generating a first (e.g., radiation of) heat energy that heats (e.g., but not transforms, such as melts) at least a portion of the first hardened material; a second energy source that generates a second energy beam that melts a portion of the heated portion to form a molten portion; an optional cooling member; and at least one controller operatively coupled to the material bed, the first heating energy, the second energy beam, and the optional cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the first heat energy to heat at least a portion of the first hardened material to form a heated (e.g., but not transformed) portion; (ii) direct the second energy beam to transform (e.g., melt) at least a portion of the heated portion to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion; and (iii) direct the cooling member to cool the transformed portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform. The bottom surface of the first hardened material may have a first curvature that is of a higher value than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material. The bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform. The material forming the 3D object (e.g., the first hardened material) may substantially exclude a resin and/or a polymer. The polymer may comprise repeating molecular units. The polymer and/or resin may be organic (e.g., comprise both hydrogen and carbon atoms). The first energy source and the second energy source may be the same energy source. The first energy source and the second energy source may be different energy sources. The first heat energy may not transform the hardened material (e.g., only heat but not transform). The first heat energy may comprise a first energy beam. The first energy beam and the second energy beam may be the same energy beam. The first energy beam and the second energy beam may be different energy beams. The first heat energy may be a radiative heat source. The at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by different controllers (e.g., different controllers). The at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the same controller.
- In another aspect, a system for forming a 3D object comprises: an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material, which material bed comprises pre-transformed material and is disposed in an enclosure; a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed, (ii) is translatable, and (iii) is disposed within the enclosure; a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member, which second cooling member is not disposed in the enclosure; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the energy source, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member, and is programmed to: (i) direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material; (ii) direct the first cooling member to cool the material bed; and (iii) direct the second cooling member to cool the first cooling member. The second cooling member may be disposed outside of the enclosure. The second cooling member may be part of a coating of the enclosure. The coating may be a wall or a rim. The first cooling member may be disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) the material bed. Adjacent may be above, below, or to the side. In some embodiments, adjacent may be above. Above may be in the direction opposite to the building platform. The at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by different controllers. The at least one controller can be a plurality of controller, wherein at least two of the operations (i) to (iii) are controlled by the same controller.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is operatively coupled to an energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material that couples to (e.g., attaches, merges, and/or contacts) a top of a first structure to form a second structure. The first structure may have a bottom surface having a first curvature that is negative and is disposed in the material bed. In some embodiments, a bottom of the second structure has a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature. In some embodiments, a bottom of the second structure has a second curvature that is smaller, substantially equal, or greater than the first curvature. The first curvature may be negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object. The bottom surface may be disposed above the platform. The bottom may face the platform. The top may face away from the platform. The transformed material may harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object. The transformed material may form at least a portion of the 3D object.
- The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed. The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and is programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material (e.g., pre-transformed material) from the material bed may result in a substantially planar (e.g., flat) exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed. The at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the leveling member, material removal member, and energy beam are controlled by different controllers. The at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of leveling member, material removal member, and energy beam are controlled by the same controller. In some examples, the material removal member comprises a material entrance opening and/or a material reservoir where the removed material is collected. In some examples, the leveling member comprises a blade, roller, or reservoir where removed material is collected.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct a material dispensing mechanism to dispose an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material disposed in a material bed that comprises the pre-transformed material, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to generate a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material, wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap. The gap may comprise a material that is less dense than either the first layer of hardened material and/or the second layer of hardened material. For example, the gap may comprise pre-transformed material, or sintered material (e.g., that is porous). The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the material dispenser and/or to the energy beam. Above may be relative to a direction away from the platform and/or a direction opposite to the gravitational field. The at least one controller can comprise a first controller that is operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism, and a second controller that is operatively coupled to the energy beam. The first and second controllers can be different controllers. A third controller can be operatively coupled to the energy source. The third controller can be different than at least the first or second controller. The third controller can be the same controller as at least the first or second controller.
- In some examples, the material dispensing mechanism is integrated in a layer dispensing mechanism. The layer dispensing mechanism may comprise a material dispensing mechanism, a leveling mechanism, or a material removal mechanism. The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member and may be programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed. The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member and may be programmed to direct the material removal member to remove material from the material bed. The removal of the material from the material bed may result in a substantially planar (e.g., flat) exposed surface of the material bed. The removal may exclude contacting the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., by using electrostatic force, magnetic force, and/or gas flow. The gas flow may comprise negative pressure). The at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the mechanisms and the energy beam are controlled by different controllers. The at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the mechanisms and the energy beam are controlled by the same controller. The material dispensing mechanism may comprise an external 3D surface (e.g., planar surface) that is slanted, an exit opening through which pre-transformed material exits an internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, an entrance opening through which pre-transformed material enters the internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, or an internal reservoir in which the pre-transformed material resides within the material dispensing mechanism. The material removal mechanism may comprise an exit opening through which removed material exits an internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, an entrance opening through which removed material enters the internal reservoir of the material dispensing mechanism, or an internal reservoir in which the removed material resides within the material removal mechanism. The removed material may comprise pre-transformed mater. The removed material may be removed from the material bed (e.g., during the 3D printing process). The leveling mechanism comprises a blade or a roller.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct a material dispensing mechanism to dispose a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material disposed in a material bed, which at least one controller is operatively coupled to the material dispensing mechanism; direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to melt a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion, which at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; optionally direct a cooling member to harden the exposed surface of the transformed portion while keeping the interior of the transformed portion in a transformed state (e.g., molten), which cooling member is operatively coupled to the at least one controller; and direct the cooling member to harden the transformed portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object.). The at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the material dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by different controllers. The at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controller, wherein at least two of the material dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by the same controller.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to: direct a layer dispensing mechanism to dispense a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material that is disposed in the material bed, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the layer dispensing mechanism; direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform (e.g., melt) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion and a remainder of the first hardened material, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam; and direct an optional cooling member to harden (e.g., solidify) the transformed portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and/or (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material. The region may comprise an exposed surface and an interior. The exposed surface may cease to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform. The hardening may form at least a portion of the 3D object. The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the cooling member. The at least one controller can comprise a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the layer dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by different controllers. The at least one controller can be a plurality of controllers, wherein at least two of the layer dispensing mechanism, optional cooling member and the energy beam are controlled by the same controller.
- The controller may be operatively coupled and/or direct the function of any of the components of the layer dispensing mechanism. The controller may be operatively coupled to a leveling member (e.g., mechanism) and is programmed to direct the leveling member to level the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., to form a planar exposed surface of the material bed). The controller may be operatively coupled to a material removal member. The controller may be operatively coupled to a material dispensing mechanism.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions (e.g.,
FIG. 11E, 1117 a and 1117 b) having successive solidified melt pools of a material wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure, wherein the grain structure closer to the surface is indicative of a greater solidification rate than the grain structure in the interior, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam. The one or more layer portions may be one, two or more layer portions. An example of material melt pools can be seen in the examples inFIGS. 8A and 8B . A portions may be a part, segment, fraction, piece, and/or section. - The interior may be a symmetric interior (e.g., in the center of the 3D object or a cross section thereof), or an asymmetric interior. The asymmetric interior is not in the center of the 3D object or a portion thereof. The asymmetric interior is at a side of the 3D object or a section thereof. In some examples, the interior may be close to the rim and/or surface of the 3D object.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed and form a 3D object (e.g., comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material). The 3D object may comprise a surface, an interior, and material microstructures (e.g., dendrites). The material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater, smaller, or substantially similar solidification rate than the (e.g., respective) material microstructures in the interior. The material microstructures closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater (e.g., swifter, quicker, and/or faster) solidification rate than the material microstructures in the interior. The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct a material dispensing mechanism to dispense pre-transformed material to form a material bed (e.g., disposed adjacent to a platform), which material bed comprises a first hardened material that includes a bottom surface facing towards the platform; directing a first heat (e.g., radiative) energy to heat at least a portion (e.g., the entire portion) of the first hardened material; direct a second energy beam to transform (e.g., melt) a portion of the heated portion to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion; direct an optional cooling member to cool the transformed portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a bottom surface facing towards the platform. The bottom surface of the first hardened material may have a first curvature that is higher (e.g., of higher value) than a second curvature of the bottom surface of the second hardened material. The bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object. The bottom surface may be disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) the platform. The first hardened material may substantially exclude a resin and/or a polymer. The polymer may comprise repeating molecular units. The polymer and/or resin may be organic. The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the material dispenser, the first heat energy, the second energy beam, and/or the cooling member. The at least one controller may comprise a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, at least two of the material dispenser, the first heat energy, the second energy beam, and the cooling member are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of the material dispenser, the first heat energy, the second energy beam, and the cooling member are directed by different controllers.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along a path) to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; direct a first cooling member to cool the material bed; and direct a second cooling member to cool the first cooling member, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member. The cooling member may be translatable (e.g., movable). The translation may be automatic and/or manual. The translation may be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) by the controller. The translation may be at predetermined times (e.g., programmed) or at a whim (e.g., spontaneous). The at least one controller may be a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, at least two of the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of the energy beam, the first cooling member, and the second cooling member are directed by different controllers.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the 3D object; direct one or more sensors to measure one or more temperatures, energy beam powers, or metrology values (e.g., heights) of one or more points on the at least a portion of the 3D object; and control the energy beam with at least one processor based on the measured one or more temperatures, energy beam powers, or metrology values. The at least one processor may comprise at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark. The at least one processor that controls the energy beam may additionally or alternatively be based on the geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object. The at least one controller may be a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, the energy beam and the sensors are directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, the energy beam and the sensors are directed by the same controller.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising a first structure of hardened material; and an energy source generating an energy beam, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed, which energy beam transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material that couples to (e.g., attaches and/or borders) a top surface of a first structure to form a second structure, which first structure has a bottom surface with a first curvature that is negative. A bottom surface of the second structure may have a second curvature that is greater than the first curvature. The first curvature may be negative when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object, which bottom surface is disposed above the platform. The bottom may face the platform. The top surface may face away from the platform. The energy beam may travel along a path while it transforms at least a portion of the material bed into a transformed material. The first structure may be disposed in the material bed. The transformed material may harden into a hardened material as part of the 3D object. The transformed material may be the hardened material as part of the 3D object. In some embodiments, the bottom (e.g., surface and/or layer) of the second structure may have a second curvature that is greater, smaller, or substantially equal to the first curvature.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising an upper layer of pre-transformed material above a first layer of hardened material that is embedded in pre-transformed material within the material bed, which material bed is disposed adjacent to a platform; and an energy source generating an energy beam generates a layer of hardened material from at least a portion of the upper layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., while travels along a path), wherein the first layer of hardened material is separated from the second layer of hardened material by a gap. The gap may comprise a material that is less dense than the first layer of hardened material and/or the second layer of hardened material. The energy source may be disposed adjacent to the material bed.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms (e.g., melts) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion, which energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; a cooling member that (i) hardens the exposed surface of the transformed portion while keeping the interior of the transformed portion in a transformed (e.g., molten) state, and/or (ii) hardens the transformed portion to form at least a portion of the 3D object. The cooling member may be disposed adjacent to (e.g., above) the material bed. The energy beam may travel along a path. The material bed may be disposed adjacent to a platform. The cooling member may be disposed above the material bed.
- Above may be relative to a direction away from the platform and/or opposite to the direction of the gravitational field.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising a layer of pre-transformed material on a hardened material; an energy source generating an energy beam that transforms (e.g., melts) a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material and a portion of the first hardened material to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion and a remainder of the first hardened material; and a cooling member that hardens the transformed portion to form a second hardened material and plastically deform a region comprising (i) a portion of the second hardened material, and/or (ii) a portion of the remainder of the first hardened material that is bordering the second hardened material, wherein the region comprises an exposed surface and an interior. The exposed surface may cease to plastically deform before the interior ceases to plastically deform. The exposed surface may cease to plastically deform before, after, or substantially simultaneously when the interior ceases to plastically deform. The hardening may form at least a portion of the 3D object. The cooling member may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. The portion of the remainder of the first hardened material may contact the second hardened material at one or more positions. The energy beam may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. The material bed may be disposed adjacent to a platform. The cooling member may be disposed above the material bed.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed comprising pre-transformed material; and an energy source generating a beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed and forms a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions having successive solidified melt pools of a material, wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, and interior, and a grain structure. The grain structure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater solidification rate (e.g., faster, quicker, swifter) than the grain structure in the interior. The controller may be operatively coupled to the material bed and/or to the energy beam. The energy beam may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. The energy beam may travel along a path.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed; and an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed and form a 3D object comprising one or more layer portions (e.g., having successive solidified melt pools of a material), wherein the 3D object comprises a surface, interior, and material microstructure. The material microstructure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater, smaller, or substantially similar hardening rate than the (e.g., respective) material microstructure in the interior. The material microstructure closer to the surface may be indicative of a greater hardening rate than the dendrites in the interior. In some examples, the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed and to the energy beam that is disposed adjacent to the material bed. The hardening rate may be a solidification rate (e.g., of the transformed material).
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed disposed adjacent to a platform, which material bed comprises a first hardened material that comprises a first bottom surface facing towards the platform; a first energy source generating a first heat energy that heats (e.g., but doesn't transform) at least a portion of the first hardened material, which first energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; a second energy source generating a second energy beam that transforms (e.g., melts) a portion of the heated portion to form a transformed (e.g., molten) portion, which second energy source is disposed adjacent to the material bed; and an optional cooling member that cools the transformed portion to form a second hardened material that comprises a second bottom surface facing towards the platform.
- The cooling member may be disposed adjacent to the material bed. The first bottom surface may have a first curvature that is of a higher value than a second curvature of the second bottom surface. The first bottom surface or second bottom surface may have a negative curvature when a volume bound from the bottom surface to the platform is a convex object. The first bottom surface and/or second bottom surface may be disposed above the platform. The first hardened material may substantially exclude a resin and/or a polymer. The first bottom surface may have a first curvature that is of a higher, lower, or substantially similar value as compared to the second curvature of the second bottom surface. The cooling member may be disposed above the exposed surface of the material bed. The cooling member may be movable. For example, the cooling member may be translatable to and away from a position above the transformed (e.g., molten) portion.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises a material bed disposed in an enclosure; an energy source generating an energy beam that travels along a path to transform at least a portion of a material bed into a transformed material; a first cooling member that (i) cools the material bed, (ii) is movable, and/or (iii) is disposed in the enclosure. The apparatus may further comprise a second cooling member that cools the first cooling member and is not disposed in the enclosure.
- In another aspect, an apparatus for forming a 3D object comprises an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to form at least a portion of the 3D object; one or more sensors that measure temperatures, energy beam power values, and/or metrology values (e.g., heights) of one or more positions on the at least a portion of the 3D object, which one or more sensors are disposed adjacent to the material bed; and at least one controller comprising at least one processor (e.g., respectively) that controls the energy beam based on the measured one or more temperatures, energy beam power values, and/or metrology values. The at least one processor may comprise at least 3 Tera floating point operations per second, according to a benchmark. The at least one controller may be operatively coupled to the energy beam and/or to the one or more sensors. For example, a first controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and a second controller is coupled to the one or more sensors. For example, the same controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and to the one or more sensors. The at least one processor may additionally or alternatively control the energy beam based on a geometry of the at least a portion of the 3D object (e.g., position that is susceptible to deformation). The at least one processor may be included in the at least one controller that is programmed to direct an energy beam (e.g., along the path). The 3D object may be formed by hardening the transformed material. The transformed material may be the hardened material that comprises the 3D object.
- The system and/or apparatus described herein may comprise at least one energy source. The first energy source may project a first energy (e.g., first energy beam). The first energy beam may travel along a path. The path may be controlled and/or predetermined (e.g., by a controller). The system and/or apparatus may comprise at least a second energy beam. For example, the first energy source may generate a plurality of energy beams (e.g., a first and a second energy beam). For example, the system and/or may comprise at least a second energy source. The second energy source may generate a second energy (e.g., second energy beam). The first and/or second energy may transform at least a portion of the pre-transformed material in the material bed to a transformed material. In some embodiments, the first and/or second energy source heat (e.g., but not transform) at least a portion of the pre-transformed material in the material bed. In some cases, the system can comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 or more energy beams and/or sources. The system can comprise an array of energy sources (e.g., laser and/or diode array). In some embodiments, the footprint of the first and second energy beams on the material overlaps at least in part. In some instances, the footprint of the first and second energy beams on the material may not overlap. In some examples, the first and second energy beam have a (e.g., substantially the same) similar cross-section. In some examples, the first and second energy beam have a different cross-section.
- An energy source (e.g.,
FIG. 7, 716 ) can be a source configured to deliver energy to an area (e.g., a confined area). An energy source can deliver energy to the confined area through radiative heat transfer. The energy source can project energy (e.g., heat energy, and/or energy beam). The energy (e.g., beam) can interact with at least a portion of the material (e.g., pre-transformed and/or transformed) in the material bed. The energy can heat the material in the material bed before, during and/or after the material is being transformed. The energy can heat at least a fraction of a 3D object at any point during formation of the 3D object. Alternatively, or additionally, the material bed may be heated by a heating mechanism projecting energy (e.g., radiative heat and/or energy beam). The energy may include an energy beam and/or dispersed energy (e.g., radiator or lamp). The energy may include radiative heat. The radiative heat may be projected by a heating mechanism comprising a lamp, a strip heater (e.g., mica strip heater, or any combination thereof), a heating rod (e.g., quartz rod), or a radiator (e.g., a panel radiator). The heating mechanism may comprise an inductance heater. The heating mechanism may comprise a resistor (e.g., variable resistor). The resistor may comprise a varistor or rheostat. A multiplicity of resistors may be configured in series, parallel, or any combination thereof. In some cases, the system can have a single (e.g., first) energy source. An energy source can be a source configured to deliver energy to an area (e.g., a confined area). An energy source can deliver energy to the confined area through radiative heat transfer (e.g., as described herein). - The energy beam may include a radiation comprising an electromagnetic, or charged particle beam. The energy beam may include radiation comprising electromagnetic, electron, positron, proton, plasma, or ionic radiation. The electromagnetic beam may comprise microwave, infrared, ultraviolet, or visible radiation. The energy beam may include an electromagnetic energy beam, electron beam, particle beam, or ion beam. An ion beam may include a cation or an anion. A particle beam may include radicals. The electromagnetic beam may comprise a laser beam. The energy beam may comprise plasma. The energy source may include a laser source. The energy source may include an electron gun. The energy source may include an energy source capable of delivering energy to a point or to an area. In some embodiments the energy source can be a laser source. The laser source may comprise a carbon dioxide (CO2), neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet (Nd:YAG), Neodymium (e.g., neodymium-glass), or an Ytterbium laser. The energy source may include an energy source capable of delivering energy to a point or to an area. The energy source can provide an energy beam having an energy density of at least about 50 joules/cm2 (J/cm2), 100 J/cm2, 200 J/cm2, 300 J/cm2, 400 J/cm2, 500 J/cm2, 600 J/cm2, 700 J/cm2, 800 J/cm2, 1000 J/cm2, 1500 J/cm2, 2000 J/cm2, 2500 J/cm2, 3000 J/cm2, 3500 J/cm2, 4000 J/cm2, 4500 J/cm2, or 5000 J/cm2. The energy source can provide an energy beam having an energy density of at most about 50 J/cm2, 100 J/cm2, 200 J/cm2, 300 J/cm2, 400 J/cm2, 500 J/cm2, 600 J/cm2, 700 J/cm2, 800 J/cm2, 1000 J/cm2, 500 J/cm2, 1000 J/cm2, 1500 J/cm2, 2000 J/cm2, 2500 J/cm2, 3000 J/cm2, 3500 J/cm2, 4000 J/cm2, 4500 J/cm2, or 5000 J/cm2. The energy source can provide an energy beam having an energy density of a value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 J/cm2 to about 5000 J/cm2, from about 200 J/cm2 to about 1500 J/cm2, from about 1500 J/cm2 to about 2500 J/cm2, from about 100 J/cm2 to about 3000 J/cm2, or from about 2500 J/cm2 to about 5000 J/cm2). In an example a laser can provide light energy at a peak wavelength of at least about 100 nanometer (nm), 500 nm, 750 nm, 1000 nm, 1010 nm, 1020 nm, 1030 nm, 1040 nm, 1050 nm, 1060 nm, 1070 nm, 1080 nm, 1090 nm, 1100 nm, 1200 nm, 1500 nm, 1600 nm, 1700 nm, 1800 nm, 1900 nm, or 2000 nm. In an example a laser can provide light energy at a peak wavelength of at most about 2000 nm, 1900 nm, 1800 nm, 1700 nm, 1600 nm, 1500 nm, 1200 nm, 1100 nm, 1090 nm, 1080 nm, 1070 nm, 1060 nm, 1050 nm, 1040 nm, 1030 nm, 1020 nm, 1010 nm, 1000 nm, 750 nm, 500 nm, or 100 nm. The laser can provide light energy at a peak wavelength between any of the afore-mentioned peak wavelength values (e.g., from about 100 nm to about 2000 nm, from about 500 nm to about 1500 nm, or from about 1000 nm to about 1100 nm). The energy beam (e.g., laser) may have a power of at least about 0.5 Watt (W), 1 W, 2 W, 3 W, 4 W, 5 W, 10 W, 20 W, 30 W, 40 W, 50 W, 60 W, 70 W, 80 W, 90 W, 100 W, 120 W, 150 W, 200 W, 250 W, 300 W, 350 W, 400 W, 500 W, 750 W, 800 W, 900 W, 1000 W, 1500 W, 2000 W, 3000 W, or 4000 W. The energy beam may have a power of at most about 0.5 W, 1 W, 2 W, 3 W, 4 W, 5 W, 10 W, 20 W, 30 W, 40 W, 50 W, 60 W, 70 W, 80 W, 90 W, 100 W, 120 W, 150 W, 200 W, 250 W, 300 W, 350 W, 400 W, 500 W, 750 W, 800 W, 900 W, 1000 W, 1500, 2000 W, 3000 W, or 4000 W. The energy beam may have a power between any of the afore-mentioned laser power values (e.g., from about 0.5 W to about 100 W, from about 1 W to about 10 W, from about 100 W to about 1000 W, or from about 1000 W to about 4000 W).
- The powder density (e.g., power per unit area) of the energy beam may at least about 10000 W/mm2, 20000 W/mm2, 30000 W/mm2, 50000 W/mm2, 60000 W/mm2, 70000 W/mm2, 80000 W/mm2, 90000 W/mm2, or 100000 W/mm2. The powder density of the energy beam may be at most about 10000 W/mm2, 20000 W/mm2, 30000 W/mm2, 50000 W/mm2, 60000 W/mm2, 70000 W/mm2, 80000 W/mm2, 90000 W/mm2, or 100000 W/mm2. The powder density of the energy beam may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 10000 W/mm2 to about 100000 W/mm2, from about 10000 W/mm2 to about 50000 W/mm2, or from about 50000 W/mm2 to about 100000 W/mm2). The scanning speed of the energy beam may be at least about 50 millimeters per second (mm/sec), 100 mm/sec, 500 mm/sec, 1000 mm/sec, 2000 mm/sec, 3000 mm/sec, 4000 mm/sec, or 50000 mm/sec. The scanning speed of the energy beam may be at most about 50 mm/sec, 100 mm/sec, 500 mm/sec, 1000 mm/sec, 2000 mm/sec, 3000 mm/sec, 4000 mm/sec, or 50000 mm/sec. The scanning speed of the energy beam may any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm/sec to about 50000 mm/sec, from about 50 mm/sec to about 3000 mm/sec, or from about 2000 mm/sec to about 50000 mm/sec). The energy beam may be continuous or non-continuous (e.g., pulsing). The energy beam may be modulated before and/or during the formation of a transformed material as part of the 3D object. The energy beam may be modulated before and/or during the 3D printing process (e.g., in real time). The energy beam may be controlled by at least one controller.
- An energy beam can be incident on, or be directed perpendicular to, the target surface (e.g., exposed surface of the material bed). An energy beam can be directed at an acute angle within a value of from parallel to perpendicular relative to the target surface. The energy beam can be directed onto a specified area of at least a portion of the source surface and/or target surface for a specified time period (e.g., dwell time). The material in target surface can absorb the energy from the energy beam and, and as a result, a localized region of the material bed can increase in temperature. The energy beam can be moveable such that it can translate relative to the target surface. The energy source may be movable such that it can translate relative to the target surface. The energy beam(s) can be moved via a scanner (e.g., as disclosed herein). At least two (e.g., all) of the energy sources can be movable with the same scanner. A least two (e.g., all) of the energy beams can be movable with different scanners. At least two of the energy beam(s) can be translated independently of each other. In some cases, at least two of the energy beam(s) can be translated at different rates (e.g., velocities). In some cases, at least two of the energy source(s) and/or beam(s) can be comprise at least one different characteristic. The characteristics may comprise dwell time, wavelength, power, power per unit area, amplitude, trajectory, footprint (e.g., at the target surface), cross section, intensity, focus, or charge. The charge can be electrical and/or magnetic charge.
- The energy source can be an array, or a matrix, of energy sources (e.g., laser array). Each of the energy sources in the array, or matrix, can be independently controlled (e.g., by at least one control mechanism) such that the energy beams can be turned off and on independently. At least a part of the energy sources in the array or matrix can be collectively controlled such that the at least two (e.g., all) of the energy sources can be turned off and on simultaneously. The energy per unit area or intensity of at least two energy sources in the matrix or array can be modulated independently (e.g., by at least one control mechanism). At times, the energy per unit area (or intensity) of at least two (e.g., all) of the energy sources in the matrix or array can be modulated collectively (e.g., by a control mechanism). The energy beam can scan along the target surface by mechanical movement of the energy source(s), one or more adjustable reflective mirrors, or one or more (e.g., polygon light) scanners. The energy source(s) can project energy using a DLP modulator, a one-dimensional scanner, a two-dimensional scanner, or any combination thereof. The target surface can translate vertically, horizontally, or in an angle (e.g., planar or compound). In some embodiments, the energy source is stationary (e.g., does not translate).
- In some embodiments, the energy beam is modulated. For example, the energy beam emitted by the energy source can be modulated. The modulator can comprise an amplitude modulator, phase modulator, or polarization modulator. The modulation may alter the intensity of the energy beam. The modulation may alter the current supplied to the energy source (e.g., direct modulation). The modulation may affect the energy beam (e.g., external modulation such as external light modulator). The modulation may include direct modulation (e.g., by a modulator). The modulation may include an external modulator. The modulator can include an aucusto-optic modulator or an electro-optic modulator. The modulator can comprise an absorptive modulator or a refractive modulator. The modulation may alter the absorption coefficient of the material that is used to modulate the energy beam. The modulator may alter the refractive index of the material that is used to modulate the energy beam.
- In some embodiments, the energy beam is translated using a scanner. The scanner can be located in the enclosure or out of the enclosure.
FIG. 7 shows an example where thescanner 717 is located outside of the enclosure, and theenergy beam 701 travels into the enclosure through anoptical window 718. The scanner may comprise a galvanometer scanner, a polygon, a mechanical stage (e.g., X-Y stage), a piezoelectric device, gimbal, or any combination of thereof. The galvanometer may comprise a mirror. The scanner may comprise a modulator. The scanner may comprise a polygonal mirror. The scanner can be the same scanner for two or more energy sources and/or beams. At least two (e.g., each) energy beams may each have a separate scanner. The energy beams can be translated independently of each other. In some cases, at least two energy beams can be translated at different rates, and/or along different paths. For example, the movement of the first energy source may be faster (e.g., greater rate) as compared to the movement of the second energy source. - The systems and/or apparatuses disclosed herein may comprise one or more shutters (e.g., safety shutters). The energy beam(s), energy source(s), and/or the platform can be moved by the scanner. The galvanometer scanner may comprise a two-axis galvanometer scanner. The scanner may comprise a modulator (e.g., as described herein). The energy source(s) can project energy using a DLP modulator, a one-dimensional scanner, a two-dimensional scanner, or any combination thereof. The scanner can be included in an optical system that is configured to direct energy from the energy source to a predetermined position on the target surface (e.g., exposed surface of the material bed). The controller can be programmed to control a trajectory of the energy source(s) with the aid of the optical system. The controller can control (e.g., regulate) a supply of energy from the energy source to the material (e.g., at the target surface) to form a transformed material.
- The energy beam(s) emitted by the energy source(s) can be modulated. The modulator can include an amplitude modulator, phase modulator, or polarization modulator. The modulation may alter the intensity of the energy beam. The modulation may alter the current supplied to the energy source (e.g., direct modulation). The modulation may affect the energy beam (e.g., external modulation such as external light modulator). The modulation may include direct modulation (e.g., by a modulator). The modulation may include an external modulator. The modulator can include an aucusto-optic modulator or an electro-optic modulator. The modulator can comprise an absorptive modulator or a refractive modulator. The modulation may alter the absorption coefficient the material that is used to modulate the energy beam. The modulator may alter the refractive index of the material that is used to modulate the energy beam.
- Energy (e.g., heat) can be transferred from the material bed to a cooling member (e.g., heat-sink
FIG. 7, 713 ). The cooling member can facilitate transfer of energy away from a least a portion of a pre-transformed material layer. In some cases, the cooling member can be a thermally conductive plate. The cooling member can be passive. The cooling member can comprise a cleaning mechanism (e.g., cleaning device), which removes pre-transformed material and/or process debris from a surface of the cooling member (e.g., to sustain efficient cooling). The debris can comprise dirt, dust, condensed material (e.g., that result from heating, melting, evaporation and/or other process transitions), pre-transformed material, or hardened material that did not form a part of the 3D object. In some cases, the cleaning mechanism can comprise a stationary rotating rod, roll, brush, rake, spatula, or blade that rotates when the heat-sinks moves in a direction adjacent to the platform (e.g., laterally). The cleaning mechanism may comprise a vertical cross section (e.g., side cross section) of a circle, triangle, square, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, or any other polygon. The vertical cross section may be of an amorphous shape. In some cases, the cleaning mechanism rotates when the cooling member moves (e.g., in a direction that is not lateral). In some cases, the cleaning mechanism rotates without or irrespective of a movement of the cooling member. In some cases, the cooling member comprises at least one surface that is coated with a layer that prevents debris from coupling (e.g., attaching) to the at least one surface (e.g., an anti-stick layer). - One or more temperature sensors (e.g., as described herein) can sense the temperature of the cooling member. The cooling member can comprise two or more thermally conductive plates. The cooling member can be made from a thermally conductive material, for example a metal or metal alloy. The cooling member can comprise copper or aluminum. The cooling member (e.g., heat-sink) can comprise a material that conducts heat efficiently. The efficient heat conductivity may be at least about 20 Watts per meter times degrees Kelvin (W/mK), 50 W/mK, 100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200 W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350 W/mK, 400 W/mK, 450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550 W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800 W/mK, 900 W/mK, or 1000 W/mK. The efficient heat conductivity may of any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 400 W/mK to about 1000 W/mK, or from about 20 W/mK to about 500 W/mK). The efficient heat conductivity can be measured at ambient temperatures (e.g., R.T. or 20° C.). The cooling member (e.g., heat-sink) can comprise an elemental metal or a metal alloy. The cooling member can disclose a material as disclosed herein. For example, the cooling member can comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a polymer. For example, the cooling member can comprise stone, zeolite, clay or glass. The cooling member (e.g., 713) can be placed above the top surface (e.g., 708) of the material bed (e.g., 704). The cooling member can be placed below, to the side, or above the exposed surface of the material bed. In some cases, the cooling member can contact a surface (e.g., top surface) of the material bed. The cooling member can just touch the surface of the material bed. The cooling member can apply a compressive force to the exposed surface of the material bed. In some cases, the cooling member extends up to, or past, the edges of the top surface of the material bed. The cooling member can facilitate a transfer of energy from at least a portion of a material (e.g., powder) layer without substantially changing and initial configuration of the pre-transformed material in the material bed. In some cases, the material (e.g., powder) layer can comprise a fully or partially formed 3D object. The cooling member can facilitate the transfer of energy from at least a portion of a material (e.g., powder) layer without substantially altering the position of the printed 3D object (or a part thereof) by any of the position alteration values disclosed herein.
- The cooling member may comprise a heat transfer member that enables heating, cooling or maintaining the temperature of the material bed and/or of the 3D object being formed in the material bed. In some examples, the heat transfer member is a cooling member that enables the transfer of energy out of the material bed. The heat transfer member can enable the transfer of energy to the material bed (e.g., at specified times).
- Heat can be transferred from the material bed (e.g., directly or indirectly) to the cooling member through any one or combination of heat transfer mechanisms (e.g., conduction, natural convection, assisted convection, and radiation). The cooling member can be solid, liquid or semi-solid. In some examples, the heat-sink is solid. The cooling member may comprise a gas, liquid, or solid. Alternatively, the cooling member can comprise one or more openings. The openings can be arranged in a pattern or randomly. For example, the openings can be arranged in a striped pattern or a chessboard pattern. In some cases, material (e.g., powder) removal openings (e.g., suction nozzles) can be adjacent to the openings of the cooling member. In an example, the cooling member can be a plate. In some cases, at least as about 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% or 70% of the surface area of the cooling member can be an opening or hole. The holes or openings can be configured to allow the first and the optional second energy sources to access the powder layer.
- In the example shown in
FIG. 5A , a first cooling member (e.g., heat-sink) 513 is a disposed at a distance from the exposed surface of thematerial bed 504, which distance constitutes a gap. The cooling member can be separated from the material bed by a gap. The gap can have a variable or adjustable spacing. The cooling member can be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) by a controller (e.g., comprising a processor). The gap can be adjusted by a controller and/or manually. For example, the gap can be adjusted based on an energy per unit area that is suitable to transform at least a portion of the material bed. Alternatively or additionally, the cooling member can contact the material bed. In some instances, the cooling member can be alternately and/or sequentially brought in contact with the material bed. - The distance between the cooling member and the material bed (e.g., exposed surface thereof) can influence the heat transfer between the cooling member and the material bed. The vertical distance of the gap from the exposed surface of the material bed may be at least about 50 μm, 100 μm, 250 μm, 0.5 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, or 100 mm. The vertical distance of the gap from the exposed surface of the powder bed may be at most about 50 μm, 100 μm, 250 μm, 0.5 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, or 100 mm. The vertical distance of the gap from the exposed surface of the powder bed may be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 50 μm to about 100 mm, from about 50 μm to about 60 mm, or from about 40 mm to about 100 mm). In some instances, there is no gap (i.e., the gap is zero). In some cases, the gap can be adjustable. The cross section of the gap can be controlled by a controller and/or manually. The gap can have a substantially uniform dimension across the entire cooling member, and/or across the material bed. In some cases, the gap distance can vary across the material bed. The gap can be adjusted such that the cooling member is in contact with the material bed (e.g., the exposed surface of the material bed). A translation mechanism can be used to (e.g., dynamically or flexibly) move the cooling member, for example, in and out of contact with the material bed. For example, a translation mechanism can be used to move the cooling member in and out of a position above the material bed. The translation mechanism can be manually and/or electronically controlled (e.g., by the controller). In an example, the translation mechanism can be an array of curved leaf springs, flexible needle springs, or a set of rolling cylinders. The contact pressure between the cooling member (e.g., plate) and the material bed can be electronically and/or manually adjusted.
- In some embodiments, the gap is filled with at least one gas. The gas(es) can be chosen in order to achieve a specific heat transfer property between the material bed and the cooling member. For example, a gas(es) with high thermal conductivity can be chosen to increase the rate of conductive heat transfer from the material bed to the cooling member. The gases can be air. The gas can be non-reactive (e.g., inert). The gases may constitute an atmosphere. The gas can by any gas mentioned herein. For example, the gas can comprise argon, nitrogen, helium, neon, krypton, xenon, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, or oxygen. In some cases, the system and/or apparatus can be stored and operated in a vacuum chamber in which case there will be at most a thin layer (e.g., as compared to ambient atmosphere) between the cooling member and the material bed. The cooling member can be thermally coupled to the material bed through the layer of the gas. A metrological sensor (e.g., distance sensor or height sensor) can measure the distance of the gas gap. For example, a gas with high thermal conductivity can be chosen. The gas gap can be an environment between the cooling member and an exposed surface of the material bed. The size of the gap may be controlled (e.g., manually or electronically). The control may be during and/or before the 3D printing. In some cases, turbulent, rotational, and/or laminar gas flow currents can be generated in the gap. The laminar gas flow can be parallel to the average surface of the material bed. The currents can increase, or aid convective heat transfer between the material bed and the cooling member. In some cases, the currents can be driven by movement of the cooling member with structures (e.g., periodic wedges) present along the cooling member to direct the currents (e.g., towards the material bed, or in a direction parallel to the material bed). The wedges can be periodically spaced along a surface of the cooling member with a spacing distance from about 1 μm to about 100 mm, or from about 10 μm to about 10 mm. Alternatively or additionally, a convective current can be generated in the gas gap by forcing a gas flow in the gap. The gas flow can be forced by a first array or matrix of opening ports (e.g., nozzles) embedded in the cooling member (e.g., in the surface of the cooling member). The opening ports can be oriented towards an exposed surface of the material bed and may allow gas to flow in to the gap (e.g., via release of a pressurized gas). A second array or matrix of opening ports can remove the gas introduced by the first array or matrix of opening ports to create gas flow (e.g., via vacuum mechanism).
- In some cases, at least one gas bearing is utilized to increase the cooling rate of the material bed. In this embodiment a planar (e.g., laminar) gas bearing can be created using a set of openings in the cooling plate (e.g., which openings face the material bed). Pressurized gas can be injected from one set of openings to the gap. The pressurized gas may leave the gap through a second set of openings. The gas bearing can induce forced convection. The gas bearing may increase the heat transfer rate from the material bed. In another example, thermo-acoustic heat extraction can be used to increase the cooling rate of the powder bed.
- In some cases, the cooling member can comprise a heat exchanger. The heat exchanger (e.g., comprising a thermostat) can be configured to maintain the temperature of the cooling member at a constant target temperature. In some cases, the target temperature (e.g., of the heat sink, heat exchanger, and/or material bed during the 3D printing) can be higher than, lower than, or substantially equivalent to the ambient temperature. The heat exchanger can circulate a cooling fluid through a plumbing system. The plumbing system can be embedded in the cooling member. The plumbing system can be embedded in a positon different from the cooling member. The plumbing system may comprise one or more channels (e.g., pipe, or coil). The cooling fluid (e.g., coolant) can be configured to absorb heat from the cooling member through any one or combination of heat transfer mechanisms (e.g., conduction, natural convection, forced convection, and radiation). In some examples, the cooling member is not embedded within the material bed (e.g., in a form of pipes). In some examples, the cooling member (e.g.,
FIG. 5A, 512 ) is distant from the material bed (e.g.,FIG. 5A, 504 ). - In some examples, the heat exchanger may be an integral part of the cooling member. At times, the heat exchanger may be separated from the cooling member. For example, the heat exchanger may be disposed at a location that is different than the location of the cooling member. For example, the cooling member can be disposed within the enclosure, and the heat exchanger can be disposed outside of the enclosure. The heat exchanger may be included in a second cooling member.
FIG. 5A shows an example of a second cooling member that comprises aheat exchanger 512 having channels (e.g., tubing) 516 and 514 that facilitate rapid flow of heat away from theenclosure 507. The second cooling member (e.g., comprising 512) is not disposed within theenclosure 507. Thefirst cooling member 513, is disposed within theenclosure 507. The first cooling member may be moveable. Movable may comprise movable laterally, horizontally, at an angle (planar or compound), or any combination thereof.FIG. 5A shows an example of one position of the first cooling member (e.g., 513), andFIG. 5B shows an example of a second position of the first cooling member (e.g., 533) in which it contacts the second cooling member 532 (e.g., directly or through a wall of the enclosure). The first cooling member can be designated as an internal cooling member, as it is located within the enclosure. The second cooling member can be designated as an external cooling member, when it is located outside the enclosure, or when it (or any part thereof) forms a part of the body of the enclosure (e.g., wall, rim and/or coating of the enclosure). The second cooling member may be part to the enclosure wall, coating, and/or rim. The second cooling member (or parts thereof) can be movable or stationary. The first and/or second cooling member may be controlled by the controller and/or manually. The first and/or second cooling member (or parts thereof) can be replaceable. - The external cooling member may comprise one or more channels. The channels may comprise channels within a stationary structure (e.g., a block of material), or channels that are external to the stationary structure. The channels may comprise pipes. At least a portion of the channel may be open or closed.
FIG. 5A shows an example of a vertical cross section (e.g., 517) of astationary structure 512 as part of the cooling member that is not disposed within theenclosure 507; and an example of channels (e.g., 514 and 516) that are external to thestationary structure 512. The interior of the channels may comprise a cooling gas, liquid, semi-solid (e.g., gel), or solid (e.g., powder). The interior of the channels may be movable, transferable, and/or flowing. The interior of the channels may comprise a substance that is able to transport and/or evacuate heat. For example, the substance within the channels may have a high specific heat capacity. For example, the substance within the channels may be transportable (e.g., liquid, or gas). The specific heat of the substance within the channels may be at least 1 Kilo-Joule per Kilogram time degrees Kelvin (kJ/kg K), 1.5 kJ/kg K, 2 kJ/kg K, 2.5 kJ/kg K, 3 kJ/kg K, 3.5 kJ/kg K, 4 kJ/kg K, or 4.5 kJ/kg K. The specific heat of the substance within the channels may be any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1 kJ/kg K to about 4.5 kJ/kg K, from about 2 kJ/kg K to about 4.5 kJ/kg K, or from about 3 kJ/kg K to about 4.5 kJ/kg K). The substance within the channels may be a coolant. The coolant may comprise water, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, Betaine, silicon oil, mineral oil (e.g., castor oil), transfer oil, fluorocarbon oil, Freon, fuel (e.g., jet fuel, Kerosene), refrigerant (R-12, R-22, and/or R-134a), ammonia, sulfur dioxide, carbon dioxide, or propane. The substance within the channels may comprise liquid fusible alloys (e.g., NaK, lead-bismuth alloy, or molten salt (e.g., NaF—NaBF4, FLiBe, or FLiNaK). The coolant may comprise a liquid gas. The coolant may comprise a nanofluid (e.g., comprising nanoparticles). - The first cooling member may contact the second cooling member. The contact may be a direct contact. The contact may be in indirect contact. The indirect contact may be through one or more material. The one or more material may constitute the casing of the enclosure (e.g., 507). The contact may be effectuated using a physical, magnetic, electrical, or hydraulic force. For example, the internal cooling member may comprise a material that is magnetically and/or electrically attracted to the force exerted adjacent to the position where the external cooling member is disposed. The force can be exerted by the external cooling member. Additionally, or alternatively, the force may be exerted by a force generator located adjacent to the external cooling member. For example, the force generator can comprise an electrostatic force generator, electric field generator, or an electrical conductor (e.g., an electrode). The electric field generator may comprise a magnet. The electric field generator may comprise time varying magnetic fields. The force generator can comprise a magnet, or a magnetic force generator. The force generator can be a vacuum exit port (e.g., nozzle). The force generator can be located in or adjacent to the coating, and/or rim of the enclosure. The coating may comprise a surface of the enclosure. The generated force may be located such that the internal cooling member may couple (e.g., attach) itself to a specified position adjacent to the external cooling member. The external cooling member may couple (e.g., attach) itself due to its response to being attracted to the generated force. For example, the external cooling member may contain a metal that is attracted to the magnetic field exerted by a magnet located on the second cooling member. Additionally, or alternatively, the force may be a chemical force (e.g., chemical attraction). The chemical attraction may be based on polarity based attraction and/or complexation.
- In some examples, the enclosure comprises two or more cooling members within the enclosure (e.g., internal cooling members). In some examples, more than one (e.g., two or more) cooling member is disclosed not within the enclosure (e.g., external cooling members).
FIG. 18A shows an example of a system an apparatuses showing anexternal cooling member 1812 and two internal cooling members (e.g., 1813 and 1818). In some examples, a first internal cooling member (e.g., 1813) is being cooled with the aid of an external cooling member (e.g., 1812), while a second internal cooling member (e.g., 1818) absorbs heat from the material bed (e.g. 1804). In some examples, a first cooling member is being cooled with the aid of an external cooling member, while a second internal cooling member absorbs heat (e.g., that is dissipated during the 3D printing process). The cooling member that is being cooled with the aid of an external cooling member can be used as a heat depleting cooling member. The internal cooling member that absorbs heat from the material bed can be a heat absorbing cooling member (e.g., a working cooling member). When the first internal cooling member is sufficiently cooled and/or when the second internal cooling member reaches a maximum heating capacity, the second internal cooling member may become the heat depleting cooling member as it is being cooled with the aid of an external cooling member, while the first internal cooling member may become the heat absorbing cooling member as it absorbs heat from the material bed. When the heat absorbing cooling member reaches a maximum temperature and/or when the heat depletion cooling reaches a minimum temperature, the functions (e.g., and positions) of the internal cooling members may interchange.FIG. 18B shows an example of a system and/or apparatuses showing anexternal cooling member 1832 and two internal cooling members (e.g., 1833 and 1838).FIG. 18B represents a second position of the cooling members shown inFIG. 18A . InFIG. 18B , the heat absorbingcooling member 1818 ofFIG. 18A , became the heat depletingcooling member 1833; and the heat depletingcooling member 1813 ofFIG. 18A , became the heat absorbingcooling member 1838 ofFIG. 18B . - In some embodiments, various parameters of the cooling member are controlled. The maximal temperature of the heat absorbing cooling member and/or minimal temperature of the heat depleting cooling member may be controlled (e.g., regulated). The control may be manual and/or automatic. For example, the control may be by a controller (e.g., using at least one temperature sensor). The position of the first and/or second internal cooling member may be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) by the controller and/or manually. The position of the first and/or second external cooling member may be controlled (e.g., regulated and/or directed) manually and/or by the controller. The rate of moving the coolant in the external cooling member may be controlled manually and/or by the controller. The maximal temperature of the heat absorbing cooling member may be below a transformation temperature (e.g., melting point) of at least one material within the heat absorbing cooling member. The minimal temperature of the heat depleting cooling member may be above a temperature causing substantial number of defects (e.g., cracks) in the heat depleting cooling member. Substantial number of defects may be relative to the intended purpose. The cooling member and any of its characteristics can be those disclosed in in Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/396,584, that is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The position of the internal cooling member adjacent (e.g., next) to the external cooling member may be reversible. The internal cooling member may be detached from the external cooling member. The detachment may be due to a force (e.g., as disclosed herein). The detachment may be due to a repelling force. For example, the electrical force generator may reverse its charge and cause repulsion of the internal cooling member from the position adjacent to the external cooling member. The force generator may be controlled manually and/or by the controller. For example, the controller may control (e.g., direct and/or regulate) the magnitude and polarity of the force generated by the force generator. Additionally, or alternatively, the internal cooling member may be mechanically brought to and/or taken away from a position adjacent to the external cooling member. The mechanical position manipulation (e.g., translation) of the internal cooling member may be controlled by the controller. The translation of the internal cooling member may be effectuated by a scanner, motor, force generator, or any combination thereof. The positioning (e.g., translation) of the internal cooling member may be triggered by the temperature of the internal and/or external cooling member, by the position of the energy beam, or by the position of the layer dispensing mechanism (or any of its components). The translation of the internal cooling member may be programmed. The translation of the internal cooling member may be according to an algorithm. The algorithm may incorporate the 3D model of the 3D object. An example of a layer dispensing mechanism is disclosed in application number PCT/US15/36802, titled “Apparatuses, Systems and Methods for 3D Printing,” that was filed on Jun. 19, 2015 that is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The specified position of the internal cooling member adjacent to the external cooling member may effectuate an efficient (e.g., optimal) heat transfer between the internal cooling member and the external cooling member. The efficient heat transfer may be able to cool the internal cooling member by about 100° C. in at most 2 seconds (sec), 10 sec, 30 sec, 1 minute (min), 5 min, 10 min, or 30 min. The efficient heat transfer may be able to cool the internal cooling member by about 100° C. in any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 2 secs to about 30 min, from about 2 secs to about 5 min, from about 2 secs to about 30 sec).
- The cooling member has a shape. The cooling member can be a plate. The plate may contact the surface of the material bed along a planar dimension. The plate may contact the surface of the enclosure (e.g., coating of the enclosure). In some cases, the cooling member can be a one or more cylinder that roll along the surface (e.g., of the material bed or of the enclosure). Alternatively, or additionally, the cooling member can be a belt that runs along the surface. The cooling member can comprise spikes, ridges, or other protrusions features configured to penetrate into a surface. For example, the protrusions features may be configured to penetrate the material bed to enhance cooling surface area and depth. The protruding features may be bendable (e.g., soft) or non-bendable (e.g., stiff). The protrusion features may be configured to fit into grooves within the coating of the enclosure. The grooves may facilitate efficient transfer of heat from the internal cooling member to the external cooling member.
- In some instances, the cooling member does not reside within the material bed. In other examples, the cooling member may reside at least partially within the material bed. The cooling member can be a duct or a pipe. In some instances, the cooling member is not a plate or a slab. The cooling member can be a cooled layer of pre-transformed material. The cooled pre-transformed (e.g., powder) layer can act as a cooling member.
- A thermal control unit (e.g., a cooling member such as a heat-sink or a cooling plate, a heating plate, or a thermostat) can be provided inside of the region where the 3D object is formed or adjacent to the region where the 3D object is formed. The thermal control unit can be provided outside of the region where the 3D object is formed (e.g., at a predetermined distance). The thermal control unit can be provided within the enclosure (e.g., outside of the enclosure). The thermal control unit may be in physical contact with at least a portion of the enclosure. In some cases, the thermal control unit can form at least one section of a boundary region where the 3D object is generated (e.g., the container accommodating the material bed).
- A cooling of a layer within the material bed can occur by energy transfer from the layer to a cooling member. Energy can be transferred from the layer along a direction that is oriented away from the material bed. In some cases, energy can be transferred in a direction toward a surface of the cooling member (e.g., a surface of the internal cooling member). The energy can be transferred in the direction of the exposed surface of the material bed. The energy can be transferred upwards (e.g., in a direction opposite to the building platform). The energy can be transferred to a cooling member (e.g., internal) located above the material bed, or to the side of the material bed. At times, at least about 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% of the energy (e.g., heat) is transferred towards the cooling member. At times, at most about 99%, 95%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 30%, or 20% of the energy is transferred towards the cooling member. Sometimes, the energy transferred towards the cooling member can have a percentage value between any of the aforementioned percentage values (e.g., from about 20% to about 99%, from about 20% to about 60%, from about 50% to about 99%).
- The cooling member can cool and/or stabilize the temperature of the portion of the material bed and/or at least a portion of the remainder of the material bed that did not transform to form the 3D object (referred to herein as the “remainder”). The cooling member can be configured to remove energy at a rate greater than or equal to about P1. The cooling member can be maintained at a temperature that is substantially lower than the temperature of the material bed.
- In some embodiments, the cooling member cools the material bed during the 3D printing. The cooling member can be adapted to be selectively positioned between the material bed (or the container accommodating the material bed) and the energy source(s). The cooling member can be adapted to be selectively positioned between the platform and the energy source(s). The cooling member can be adapted to be selectively positioned along the vector of the energy beam (e.g.,
FIG. 7, 701 ). In some cases, an actuator (e.g., motor) translates the cooling member such that the hole(s) remains in a location that allows the energy beam(s) to access the material bed as it is scanned across it. In some examples, the actuator that controls movement of the cooling member is synchronized with the at least one scanner to permit articulation of the energy source(s). The cooling member can controllably track energy applied to the portion of the material from the energy source(s). Movement of the cooling member can be controlled manually and/or by a controller. The controller (e.g., computer) can be programmed to control movement of the cooling member. In some cases, the controller is programmed to optimize the removal of energy from the material bed. Optimizing removal of energy from the material bed (e.g., before and/or during the 3D printing) can include changing the gap length or width, moving the cooling member, initiating a forced convection system (e.g., fan), adjusting gas composition, any combination thereof, or any other process that can influence time or efficiency variables of producing the 3D object. The controller can be further programmed to control (e.g., before and/or during the 3D printing) a temperature profile of the platform separate from a temperature profile of the material bed. In some instances, the controller is programmed to ensure uniform heat transfer away from the material bed. For example, the controller can be programmed to ensure that regions of the material bed surface are covered by solid portions and open (hole) portions of the cooling member for equal durations of time to maintain uniform heat transfer away from the material bed. In some cases, the cooling member can be substantially transparent. Before and/or during the 3D printing comprises before and/or during formation of a layer of transformed material. - In some examples, one or more sensors (e.g., metrology sensors) detect the topology of the exposed surface of the material bed and/or the exposed surface of the 3D object or any part thereof. The sensor can detect the amount of material deposited in the material bed. The sensor can be a proximity sensor. For example, the sensor can detect the amount of pre-transformed material deposited on the exposed surface of a material bed. The sensor can detect the amount of material dispensed by the material dispensing mechanism. The sensor can detect the amount of material relocated by a leveling mechanism. The sensor can detect the temperature of the material. For example, the sensor may detect the temperature of the material in a material (e.g., powder) dispensing mechanism, and/or in the material bed. The sensor may detect the temperature of the material during and/or after its transformation. The sensor may detect the temperature and/or pressure of the atmosphere within an enclosure (e.g., chamber). The sensor may detect the temperature of the material bed at one or more locations.
- In some embodiments, the at least one sensor is operatively coupled to at least one controller. The sensor may comprise light sensor, acoustic sensor, vibration sensor, chemical sensor, electrical sensor, magnetic sensor, fluidity sensor, movement sensor, speed sensor, position sensor, pressure sensor, force sensor, density sensor, distance sensor, or proximity sensor. The sensor may include temperature sensor, weight sensor, material (e.g., powder) level sensor, metrology sensor, gas sensor, or humidity sensor. The metrology sensor may comprise measurement sensor (e.g., height, length, width, angle, and/or volume). The metrology sensor may comprise a magnetic, acceleration, orientation, or optical sensor. The sensor may transmit and/or receive sound (e.g., echo), magnetic, electronic, or electromagnetic signal. The electromagnetic signal may comprise a visible, infrared, ultraviolet, ultrasound, radio wave, or microwave signal. The metrology sensor may measure the tile. The metrology sensor may measure the gap. The metrology sensor may measure at least a portion of the layer of material. The layer of material may be a pre-transformed material (e.g., powder), transformed material, or hardened material. The metrology sensor may measure at least a portion of the 3D object. The gas sensor may sense any of the gas delineated herein. The distance sensor can be a type of metrology sensor. The distance sensor may comprise an optical sensor, or capacitance sensor. The temperature sensor can comprise Bolometer, Bimetallic strip, calorimeter, Exhaust gas temperature gauge, Flame detection, Gardon gauge, Golay cell, Heat flux sensor, Infrared thermometer, Microbolometer, Microwave radiometer, Net radiometer, Quartz thermometer, Resistance temperature detector, Resistance thermometer, Silicon band gap temperature sensor, Special sensor microwave/imager, Temperature gauge, Thermistor, Thermocouple, Thermometer (e.g., resistance thermometer), or Pyrometer. The temperature sensor may comprise an optical sensor. The temperature sensor may comprise image processing. The temperature sensor may comprise a camera (e.g., IR camera, CCD camera). The pressure sensor may comprise Barograph, Barometer, Boost gauge, Bourdon gauge, Hot filament ionization gauge, Ionization gauge, McLeod gauge, Oscillating U-tube, Permanent Downhole Gauge, Piezometer, Pirani gauge, Pressure sensor, Pressure gauge, Tactile sensor, or Time pressure gauge. The position sensor may comprise Auxanometer, Capacitive displacement sensor, Capacitive sensing, Free fall sensor, Gravimeter, Gyroscopic sensor, Impact sensor, Inclinometer, Integrated circuit piezoelectric sensor, Laser rangefinder, Laser surface velocimeter, LIDAR, Linear encoder, Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT), Liquid capacitive inclinometers, Odometer, Photoelectric sensor, Piezoelectric accelerometer, Rate sensor, Rotary encoder, Rotary variable differential transformer, Selsyn, Shock detector, Shock data logger, Tilt sensor, Tachometer, Ultrasonic thickness gauge, Variable reluctance sensor, or Velocity receiver. The optical sensor may comprise a Charge-coupled device, Colorimeter, Contact image sensor, Electro-optical sensor, Infra-red sensor, Kinetic inductance detector, light emitting diode (e.g., light sensor), Light-addressable potentiometric sensor, Nichols radiometer, Fiber optic sensors, Optical position sensor, Photo detector, Photodiode, Photomultiplier tubes, Phototransistor, Photoelectric sensor, Photoionization detector, Photomultiplier, Photo resistor, Photo switch, Phototube, Scintillometer, Shack-Hartmann, Single-photon avalanche diode, Superconducting nanowire single-photon detector, Transition edge sensor, Visible light photon counter, or Wave front sensor. The weight of the material bed can be monitored by one or more weight sensors in, or adjacent to, the material. For example, a weight sensor in the material bed can be at the bottom of the material bed. The weight sensor can be between the bottom of the enclosure (e.g.,
FIG. 7, 711 ) and the substrate (e.g.,FIG. 7, 709 ) on which the base (e.g.,FIG. 7, 702 ) or the material bed (e.g.,FIG. 7, 704 ) may be disposed. In some examples, the one or more sensors can sense the level of the exposed surface of the material bed. The material (e.g., powder) level sensor can be in communication with a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., powder dispenser), energy source, scanner, and/or energy beam. One or more position sensors (e.g., height sensors) can measure the height of the material bed (e.g., relative to the platform). The position sensors can be optical sensors. The position sensors can determine a distance between one or more energy beams (e.g., a laser or an electron beam.) and a surface of the material bed and/or 3D object or a portion thereof. The one or more sensors may be connected to at least one controller (e.g., to a processor, to a computer). - The systems, apparatuses, and/or methods described herein can comprise a material recycling mechanism. The recycling mechanism can collect unused pre-transformed material and return the unused pre-transformed material to a reservoir of a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., the material dispensing reservoir), or to the bulk reservoir that feeds the material dispensing mechanism. Unused pre-transformed material may be material that was not used to form at least a portion of the 3D object. At least a fraction of the pre-transformed material removed from the material bed by the leveling mechanism and/or material removal mechanism can be recovered by the recycling system. At least a fraction of the material within the material bed that did not transform to subsequently form the 3D object can be recovered by the recycling system. A vacuum nozzle (e.g., which can be located at an edge of the material bed) can collect unused pre-transformed material. Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed without vacuum. Unused pre-transformed (e.g., powder) material can be removed from the material bed manually. Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed by positive pressure (e.g., by blowing away the unused material). Unused pre-transformed material can be removed from the material bed by actively pushing it from the material bed (e.g., mechanically or using a positive pressurized gas). A gas flow can direct unused pre-transformed material to the vacuum nozzle. A material collecting mechanism (e.g., a shovel) can direct unused material to exit the material bed (and optionally enter the recycling mechanism). The recycling mechanism can comprise one or more filters to control a size range of the particles returned to the reservoir. In some cases, a Venturi scavenging nozzle can collect unused material. The nozzle can have a high aspect ratio (e.g., at least about 2:1, 5:1, 10:1, 20:1, 30:1, 40:1, or 100:1) such that the nozzle does not become clogged with material particle(s). In some embodiments, the material may be collected by a drainage mechanism through one or more drainage ports that drain material from the material bed into one or more drainage reservoirs. The material in the one or more drainage reservoirs may be re used (e.g., after filtration and/or further treatment).
- In some cases, unused material can surround the 3D object in the material bed. The unused material can be substantially removed from the 3D object. Substantial removal may refer to material covering at most about 20%, 15%, 10%, 8%, 6%, 4%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, or 0.1% of the surface of the 3D object after removal. Substantial removal may refer to removal of all the material that was disposed in the material bed and remained as material at the end of the 3D printing process (i.e., the remainder), except for at most about 10%, 3%, 1%, 0.3%, or 0.1% of the weight of the remainder. Substantial removal may refer to removal of all the remainder except for at most abbot 50%, 10%, 3%, 1%, 0.3%, or 0.1% of the weight of the printed 3D object. The unused material can be removed to permit retrieval of the 3D object without digging through the material bed. For example, the unused material can be suctioned out of the material bed by one or more vacuum ports (e.g., nozzles) built adjacent to the material bed, by brushing off the remainder of unused material, by lifting the 3D object from the unused material, by allowing the unused material to flow away from the 3D object (e.g., by opening an exit opening port on the side(s) or on the bottom of the material bed from which the unused material can exit). After the unused material is evacuated, the 3D object can be removed and the unused material can be re-circulated to a material reservoir for use in future builds.
- In some embodiments, the platform may comprise a mesh. The base and/or substrate may comprise a mesh. The 3D object can be generated on a mesh. The mesh holes can be blocked. The mesh holes can be open-able (e.g., by a controller and/or manually). A solid platform (e.g., base or substrate) can be disposed underneath the mesh such that the material stays confined in the material bed and the mesh holes are blocked. The blocking of the mesh holes may not allow a substantial amount of material to flow through. The mesh can be moved (e.g., vertically or at an angle) relative to the solid platform by pulling on one or more posts connected to either the mesh or the solid platform (e.g., at the one or more edges of the mesh or of the base) such that the mesh becomes unblocked. The one or more posts can be removable from the one or more edges by a threaded connection. The mesh substrate can be lifted out of the material bed with the 3D object to retrieve the 3D object such that the mesh becomes unblocked. Alternatively, or additionally, the platform can be tilted, horizontally moved such that the mesh becomes unblocked. The platform can include the base, substrate, or bottom of the enclosure. When the mesh is unblocked, at least part of the pre-transformed material flows from the material bed through the mesh while the 3D object remains on the mesh. In some instances, two meshes may be situated such that in one position their holes are blocked, and in the other position, opened. The 3D object can be built on a construct comprising a first and a second mesh, such that at a first position the holes of the first mesh are completely obstructed by the solid parts of the second mesh such that no material can flow through the two meshes at the first position, as both mesh holes become blocked. The first mesh, the second mesh, or both can be controllably moved (e.g., horizontally or in an angle) to a second position. In the second position, the holes of the first mesh and the holes of the second mesh are at least partially aligned such that the material disposed in the material bed is able to flow through to a position below the two meshes, leaving the exposed 3D object.
- In some cases, cooling gas can be directed to the hardened material (e.g., 3D object) for cooling the hardened material during and/or following its retrieval. The mesh can be of a size such that the unused material will sift through the mesh as the 3D object becomes exposed from the material bed. In some cases, the mesh can be coupled (e.g., attached) to a pulley or other mechanical device such that the mesh can be moved (e.g., lifted) out of the material bed with the 3D part.
- In some cases, a layer of the 3D object is formed within at most about 1 hour (h), 30 minutes (min), 20 min, 10 min, 5 min, 1 min, 40 seconds (s), 20 s, 10 s, 9 s, 8 s, 7 s, 6 s, 5 s, 4 s, 3 s, 2 s, or 1 s. A layer of the 3D can be formed within any time between the aforementioned time scales (e.g., from about 1 h to about 1 s, from about 10 min to about 1 s, from about 40 s to about 1 s, from about 10 s to about 1 s, or from about 5 s to about 1 s).
- In some examples, the generated 3D object requires very little or no further processing after its retrieval. In some examples, the diminished further processing or lack thereof, will afford a 3D printing process that requires smaller amount of energy and/or less waste as compared to commercially available 3D printing processes. The smaller amount can be smaller by at least about 1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. The smaller amount may be smaller by any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1.1 to about 10, or from about 1.5 to about 5). Further processing may comprise trimming, as disclosed herein. Further processing may comprise polishing (e.g., sanding) or trimming. For example, in some cases the generated 3D object can be retrieved and finalized without removal of transformed material and/or auxiliary features. Trimming may comprise ablating. Further processing may comprise curing, baking, or annealing.
- The methods, apparatuses, and systems provided herein can result in fast and efficient formation of 3D objects. In some cases, the 3D object can be transported within at least about 120 min, 100 min, 80 min, 60 min, 40 min, 30 min, 20 min, 10 min, or 5 min after the last layer of the object hardens. In some cases, the 3D object can be transported within any time between the above-mentioned values (e.g., from about 5 min to about 120 min, from about 5 min to about 60 min, or from about 60 min to about 120 min). The 3D object can be transported once it cools to a temperature of at most about 100° C., 90° C., 80° C., 70° C., 60° C., 50° C., 40° C., 30° C., 25° C., 20° C., 15° C., 10° C., or 5° C. The 3D object can be transported once it cools to a temperature value between the above-mentioned temperature values (e.g., from about 5° C. to about 100° C., from about 5° C. to about 40° C., or from about 15° C. to about 40° C.). Transporting the 3D object can comprise packaging and/or labeling the 3D object. In some cases, the 3D object can be transported directly to a consumer.
- Systems, apparatuses, and/or methods presented herein can facilitate formation of custom or
stock 3D objects for a customer. A customer can be an individual, a corporation, organization, government, non-profit organization, company, hospital, medical practitioner, engineer, retailer, any other entity, or individual. The customer may be one that is interested in receiving the 3D object and/or that ordered the 3D object. A customer can submit a request for formation of a 3D object. The customer can provide an item of value in exchange for the 3D object. The customer can provide a design or a 3D model for the 3D object. The customer can provide the design in the form of a stereo lithography (STL) file. The customer can provide a design where the design can be a definition of the shape and dimensions of the 3D object in any other numerical or physical form. In some cases, the customer can provide a 3D model, sketch, or image as a design of an object to be generated. The design can be transformed in to instructions usable by the printing system to additively generate the 3D object. The customer can provide a request to form the 3D object from a specific material or group of materials (e.g., a material as described herein). In some cases, the design may not contain auxiliary features or marks of any past presence of auxiliary support features. - The 3D object (e.g., solidified material) that is generated for the customer can have an average deviation value from the intended dimensions of at most about 0.5 microns (μm), 1 μm, 3 μm, 10 μm, 30 μm, 100 μm, or 300 μm. The deviation can be any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.5 μm to about 300 μm, from about 10 μm to about 50 μm, from about 15 to about 85 μm, from about 5 μm to about 45 μm, or from about 15 μm to about 35 μm). The 3D object can have a deviation from the intended dimensions in a specific direction, according to the formula Dv+L/KDv, wherein Dv is a deviation value, L is the length of the 3D object in a specific direction, and KDv is a constant. Dv can have a value of at most about 300 μm, 200 μm, 100 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm, 5 μm, 1 μm, or 0.5 μm. Dv can have a value of at least about 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 3 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 50 μm, 70 μm, 100 μm, or 300 μm. Dv can have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 0.5 μm to about 300 μm, from about 10 μm to about 50 μm, from about 15 μm to about 85 μm, from about 5 μm to about 45 μm, or from about 15 μm to about 35 μm). Kdv can have a value of at most about 3000, 2500, 2000, 1500, 1000, or 500. Kdv can have a value of at least about 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, or 3000. Kdv can have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 3000 to about 500, from about 1000 to about 2500, from about 500 to about 2000, from about 1000 to about 3000, or from about 1000 to about 2500). The intended dimensions can be derived from a model design. The 3D part can have the stated accuracy value immediately after its formation, without additional processing (e.g., further processing) or manipulation. Receiving the order for the object, formation of the object, and delivery of the object to the customer can take at most about 7 days, 6 days, 5 days, 3 days, 2 days, 1 day, 12 hours, 6 hours, 5 hours, 4 hours, 3 hours, 2 hours, 1 hour, 30 min, 20 min, 10 min, 5 min, 1 min, 30 seconds, or 10 seconds. In some cases, the 3D object can be additively generated in a period between any of the aforementioned time periods (e.g., from about 10 seconds to about 7 days, from about 10 seconds to about 12 hours, from about 12 hours to about 7 days, or from about 12 hours to about 10 minutes). The time can vary based on the physical characteristics of the object, including the size and/or complexity of the object.
- In some embodiments, the system and/or apparatus comprises at least one controlling system (e.g., comprising a controller). In some examples, the controller controls one or more of the components described herein. In some instances, at least two apparatuses are controlled by one controller. In some instances, each of at least two apparatuses has a different controller. The controller may comprise a computer-processing unit (e.g., at least one computer) coupled to any of the systems, apparatuses, and/or their respective components (e.g., the energy source(s)). The computer can be operatively coupled through a wired and/or wireless connection. In some cases, the computer can be on board a user device. A user device can be a laptop computer, desktop computer, tablet, smartphone, or another computing device. The controller can be in communication with a cloud computer system and/or a server. The controller can be programmed to selectively direct the energy source(s) to apply energy to the at least a portion of the target surface at a power per unit area. The controller can be in communication with the scanner configured to articulate the energy source(s) to apply energy to at least a portion of the target surface at a power per unit area.
- The controller may control the layer dispensing mechanism and/or any of its components. The control may comprise controlling (e.g., directing and/or regulating) the speed (velocity) of movement of an apparatus or any of its components. The movement may be horizontal, vertical, and/or in an angle. The controller may control the cooling member (e.g., external and/or internal). The control may be manual and/or automatic. The control may be programmed and/or be effectuated a whim. The control may be according to an algorithm. The algorithm may comprise a printing algorithm, or motion control algorithm. The algorithm may take into account the control-model of the 3D object.
-
FIG. 13 shows a schematic example of a (e.g., automatic) controller (e.g., a control system, or a first-controller) 1300 that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate formation of one or more 3D objects. In this example, thecontroller 1300 comprises a subordinate-controller 1340, at least one forming3D object 1350, one or more sensors (e.g. temperature sensor) 1360, one or more control-models 1370 for the physical process of 3D printing and optionally at least one feedback control loop (e.g., 1330, and 1333). The subordinate-controller may be an internal-controller. The subordinate-controller can be a second-controller as part of the first controller. The subordinate-controller (e.g., 1340) can be a linear controller. Thecontroller 1300 may be configured to control (e.g., in real time during at least a portion of the 3D printing) a controllable property comprising: (i) an energy beam power (e.g., delivered to the material bed), (ii) temperature at a position in the material bed (e.g., on the forming 3D object), (iii) energy beam speed, (iv) energy beam power density, (v) energy beam dwell time, (vi) energy beam footprint (e.g., on the exposed surface of the material bed), (vii) energy beam focus, or (viii) energy beam cross-section. The controllable property may be a control variable. The control may be to maintain a target parameter (e.g., temperature) of one or more forming 3D objects. The target parameter may vary in time (e.g., in real time) and/or in location. The location may comprise a location at the exposed surface of the material bed. The location may comprise a location at the top surface of the (e.g., forming) 3D object. The target parameter may correlate to the controllable property. The (e.g., input) target parameter may vary in time and/or location in the material bed (e.g., on the forming 3D object). The subordinate-controller may receive a pre-determined power per unit area (of the energy beam), temperature, and/or metrological (e.g., height) target value. For example, the subordinate-controller may receive a target parameter 1305 (e.g. temperature) to maintain at least one characteristics of the forming 3D object (e.g., dimension in a direction, and/or temperature). In the example shown inFIG. 13 , the controller receives three types of target inputs: (i) energy beam power 1310 (which may be user defined), (ii) temperature (e.g., 1305), and (iii) geometry (e.g., 1335). The geometry may comprise geometrical object pre-print correction. The geometric information may derive from the 3D object (or a correctively deviated (e.g., altered) model thereof). The geometry may comprise geometric information of a previously printed portion of the 3D object (e.g., comprising a local thickness below a given layer, local build angle, proximity to an edge on a given layer, or proximity to layer boundaries). The geometry may be an input to the controller (e.g., via an open loop control scheme). Some of the target values may be used to form 3D printing instructions for generating the 3D object (e.g., 1350). The printing instructions may be dynamically adjusted in real time. The controller may monitor (e.g., continuously) one or more signals from one or more sensors (e.g., 1360). For example, the controller may monitor the energy beam power, temperature of a position in the material bed, and/or metrology (e.g., height) of a position in the material bed. The position in the material bed may be of the forming 3D object. The monitor may be continuous or discontinuous. The monitor may be in real-time during the 3D printing. The monitor may be using the one or more sensors. The printing instructions may be dynamically adjusted in real time (e.g., using the signals from the one or more sensors). A variation between the target parameter and the sensed parameter may be used to estimate an error in the value of that parameter (e.g., 1320). The variation (e.g., error) may be used by the subordinate-controller (e.g., 1340) to adjust the printing instructions. The controller may control (e.g., continuously) one or more parameters (e.g., in real time). The controller may use historical data (e.g., for the parameters). The historical data may be of previously printed 3D objects, or of previously printed layers of the 3D object. The control-model may comprise free parameters which may be estimated using a characterization process. The characterization process may be before, during (e.g., in real time), or after the 3D printing. The control-model may be wired to the controller. The control model can be configured into the controller (e.g., before and/or during the 3D printing). Configured may comprise built, constructed, designed, patterned, or arranged. The hardware of the controller may comprise the control-model. The control-model may be linear or non-linear. For example, the control-model may be non-linear. The control-model may comprise linear or non-linear modes. - A control-model may predict and/or estimate one or more physical parameters (e.g., 1371) of the forming 3D object (e.g., in real time). In some embodiments, the control-model is a reduced form of the 3D model of the desired 3D object. In some embodiments, the control-model is a simplified 3D model compared to the complete 3D model of the desired 3D object. The physical parameters may comprise shape. For example, the control-model may comprise the shape (e.g., geometry) of the 3D object. The control-model may be used to adjust the 3D printing. The control-model may comprise a simulation. The simulation may comprise an imitation of a real-world process (e.g., 3D printing) over time. The simulation may comprise finite element analysis. For example, the control-model may comprise a thermal and/or mechanical (e.g., elastic and/or plastic) simulation. For example, the control-model may comprise thermo-mechanical (e.g., thermo-elastic and/or thermos-plastic) simulation. The simulation may comprise the material(s) of the forming 3D object (e.g., material(s) in the material bed). For example, the simulation may comprise the material properties of the desired 3D object. The simulation and/or control-model may be adjusted (e.g., using the control loop) using one or more measured parameters. The simulation and/or control-model may be adjusted in real-time. The control-model may output an estimation of the parameter. The simulation and/or control-model may use an input from the one or more sensors (e.g., power, temperature, and/or metrology sensors). The control-model can comprise one or more free parameters. The one or more free parameters can be optimized in real time (e.g., using one or more sensor signals). The controller may comprise an internal-state-system that provides an estimate of an internal state of the 3D printer and/or 3D printing. The internal state can be derived from one or more measurements of the control variable and/or input parameters. The internal-state-system may be implemented using a computer. The internal-state-system may comprise a state-observer. The controller may comprise a state-observer. The control-model can be a state-observer-model. The controller may comprise a reconfigurable firm-ware (e.g., flash memory). The controller may comprise a microprocessor. The controller may comprise a (e.g., programmable and/or reconfigurable) circuit. The estimated parameter may be compared (e.g., 1325) with the measured parameter (e.g., 1373). The comparison may be used to alter (e.g., 1372) the control-model. The control-model may dynamically be adjusted in real time. The simulation may be dynamically adjusted in real-time. The prediction of the parameter may be done offline (e.g. predetermined) and/or in real-time (e.g., during the 3D printing). The control-model may receive the sensed parameter(s) value(s). The control-model may use the sensed parameter(s) value(s) for a prediction and/or adjustment of at least one target parameter. For example, the control-model may use geometric information (e.g., 1335) associated with the requested and/or forming 3D object. The control-model may set up a feedback control loop (e.g., 1330) to adjust one or more target parameters in order to achieve convergence (e.g., with the desired 3D object). The feedback loop(s) control may comprise one or more comparisons with an input parameter (e.g., 1320) and/or threshold value (e.g., 1380). Real time may be during formation of at least one: 3D object, a layer within the 3D object, dwell time of an energy beam along a path, and dwell time of an energy beam along a hatch line dwell time of an energy beam forming a melt pool. The one or more forming 3D objects can be generated (e.g., substantially) simultaneously, or sequentially. The one or more 3D objects can be formed in a (e.g., single) material bed.
- The subordinate-
controller 1340 may output one or more parameters as part of the 3D printing instructions. The output of the subordinate-controller may be based on one or more parameter input (e.g., of a different type). For example, the suboediante-controller may receive a temperature input and output a power parameter. The output parameter may be compared with the same type of parameter that was input. For example, the output power parameter, may be compared with (e.g., 1315) a power input to generate the printing instructions for the portion of the 3D object. The comparison may be a dynamic comparison in real time. The comparison may be prior or subsequent to the 3D printing. - The controller may be implemented in a processor hardware (e.g., GPU, CPU, or FPGA). The controller may have a band width of at least about 1 Kilo-Hertz (KHz), 5 KHz, 10 KHz, 20 KHz, 30 KHz, 30 KHz, 40 KHz, 50 KHz, 60 KHz, 70 KHz, or 80 KHz. The controller may have a band width between any of the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1 KHz to about 80 KHz, from about 1 KHz to about 50 KHz, from about 10 KHz, to about 50 KHz, from about 30 KHz to about 60 KHz, or from about 50 KHz to about 80 KHz).
- The systems, methods, and/or apparatuses disclosed herein may comprise receiving a request for a 3D object (e.g., from a customer). The request can include a 3D model (e.g., CAD) of the desired 3D object. Alternatively or additionally, a 3D model of the desired 3D object may be generated. The 3D model may be used to generate 3D printing instructions. The 3D printing instructions may exclude the 3D model. The 3D printing instructions may be based on the 3D model. The 3D printing instructions may take the 3D model into account. The 3D printing instructions may be based on simulations (e.g., as disclosed herein). In some embodiments, the 3D printing instructions may use more than one 3D model. The 3D printing instructions may comprise using an algorithm (e.g., embedded in a software) that takes into account the 3D model. The algorithm may comprise the simulation. The algorithm may take into account a deviation in shape (e.g., geometry) from the model. The deviation may be a structural (e.g., geometrical) deviation. In some embodiments, the 3D model may comprise feedback or feed forward controls based on an algorithm (e.g., comprised in a script). The algorithm may be embedded in a script. In some examples, a script is a language specific computer readable media (e.g., software) implementation of the algorithm. For example, the control-model may combine feedback and feed-forward controls based on an algorithm (e.g.,
FIG. 13 ). The deviation may be a corrective deviation. The corrective (structural) deviation may be such that at least a portion of the 3D object is printed according to a deviation from the 3D model of the desired 3D object; and upon hardening, the at least a portion of the 3D object (and/or the entire 3D object) will not (e.g., substantially) deviate from the 3D model of the desired 3D object. The deviation may span one or more layers of the 3D object. For example, the deviation in shape (e.g., in geometry) may span a multiplicity of layers. At times, at least a portion of the layer (e.g., slice thereof) is deviated from the 3D model. A slice is a virtual reality representation of the layer of the 3D object in the 3D model. The 3D model is a virtual reality representation of a desired 3D object. Virtual reality may comprise computerized, or computer generated. At least the first derivative of the difference between the deviated model and the requested model of the 3D object, may be continuous (e.g., smooth). At least the first derivative can be smooth (e.g., continuous). The at least the first derivative can be a plurality of derivatives. The plurality of derivatives can comprise at least the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, or 10th derivative. At times, at least the first degree gradient of the geometrical deviation field is smooth (e.g., continuous). The geometrical deviation field can include a difference between the deviated model and the requested model of the 3D object. At times, the at least the first derivative may be infinitely smooth. At times, all the derivatives are continuous. At times, the at least the first degree comprises a plurality of degrees. The deviation may exclude inserting one or more kinks in the 3D object. The smooth one or more derivatives is of the deviation from the 3D object (e.g., to differentiate from a structural derivative(s) of the 3D object). The derivative and/or gradient may be sensitive to the change in geometry between the desired 3D object, and the deformed 3D object. The deviation may be a corrective deviation that at least in part compensates for deformation during the 3D printing. The deformation may be an accumulated deformation. The accumulated deformation may be a residually accumulated deformation during the 3D printing. Such corrective (e.g., compensatory) deviation is termed herein as “object pre-print correction.” The deviation may be an adjustment or alteration - In some embodiments, the printed deviation is cancelled out due to deformation of the 3D object (or portion thereof) during the 3D printing. In some embodiments, the algorithm used to form the 3D printing instructions excludes a feedback control loop (e.g., closed loop). In some embodiments, 3D printing instructions may exclude taking into account metrology and/or temperature measurements of the generated 3D object (e.g., measurements of the 3D object) or parts thereof. In some embodiments, 3D printing instructions may include taking into account metrology and/or temperature measurements of the generated 3D object (e.g., measurements of the 3D object) or parts thereof. In some embodiments, the 3D printing instructions may comprise an open loop control. The algorithm may use historical (e.g., empirical) data. The empirical data may be of characteristic structures (e.g., that are included in the desired 3D object). The characteristic structures may be (e.g., substantially) similar to at least portions of the 3D object. The empirical data may be previously obtained. In some embodiments, the algorithm may comprise a feed forward control loop. The feed forward control loop may override one or more model parameters (for example, measurements and/or corrections). In some embodiments, the algorithm may comprise feed forward control loop (e.g., elements thereof), feedback control loop (e.g., elements thereof), or a combination of feed forward and feedback control loop (e.g., elements thereof). In some embodiments, the algorithm may use a theoretical model. The algorithm may use a model of energy flow (e.g., heat flow). At times, the algorithm comprises thermal, or mechanical algorithm. The mechanical algorithm may comprise elastic or plastic algorithm. In some examples, the generation of the 3D object using a (e.g., structurally) altered 3D model may exclude an iterative process. In some examples, the generation of the 3D object using an altered 3D model may include an iterative process. The generation of the 3D object may not involve an alteration of the 3D model (e.g., CAD), but rather generate a new set of 3D printing instructions. In some embodiments, the algorithm is used to alter 3D printing instructions received by at least one of the components involved in the 3D printing process (e.g., energy beam). In some embodiments, the algorithm does not (e.g., structurally) alter the 3D model. The algorithm may comprise a generic approach to printing a desired 3D object (or portions thereof.) In some embodiments, the algorithm is not based on at least one of (i) altering 3D printing instructions that are based on printing the desired 3D object, (ii) measuring errors in the printed 3D object, and (iii) revising the printing instructions. In some embodiments, the algorithm is not based on an iterative process that takes into account the desired and printed 3D object (e.g., in real-time). The algorithm may be based on an estimation of one or more errors (e.g., deformation errors) during the printing of the desired 3D object. The algorithm may comprise correcting the estimated errors through the generation of respective 3D printing instructions that take into account the anticipated errors. In some examples, the algorithm comprises circumventing the estimated errors through the generation of respective 3D printing instructions. The correction of errors may be prior and/or during the 3D printing (e.g., in real-time). In this manner, the algorithm may circumvent generation of errors (e.g., structural errors such as deformations). The algorithm may be based on an estimation of one or more errors (e.g., before or during the printing of the desired 3D object) and correcting them through the generation of respective 3D printing instructions that take into account the anticipated errors, and thus circumvent the generation of the errors. The error may comprise the deviation from the 3D model of the desired 3D object. The estimation may be based on simulation, modeling, and/or historical data (e.g., of representative 3D structures or 3D structure segments). In some embodiments, the error(s) may not be anticipated (e.g. in real-time). In some embodiments, one or more sensors operatively coupled to the at least one controllably monitor the forming 3D object (e.g., and detect errors). The 3D printing instructions may be altered in real time to correct the detected errors.
FIG. 12 shows an example of a flow chart representing at least a portion of the 3D printing process operations that are executed by a 3D printing system and/or apparatus described herein. The desired 3D object is requested inoperation 1201. A 3D model is provided or generated inoperation 1202.Operation 1204 illustrates the generation of printing instruction(s) for the 3D object, in which at least one of the 3D model and the algorithm is utilized. In this example, the 3D object is subsequently generated using the printing instruction(s) inoperation 1205. In this example, the desired 3D object is delivered inoperation 1206.Arrow 1207 designates the direction of the execution of the operations fromoperation 1201 tooperation 1206. The absence of back feeding arrow represents the lack of a feedback loop control. - In some embodiments, the controller comprises a processing unit. The processing unit may be central. The processing unit may comprise a central processing unit (herein “CPU”). The controller (e.g., comprising a computer system) may be programmed to implement methods of the disclosure. The controller may control at least one component of the systems and/or apparatuses disclosed herein.
FIG. 14 is a schematic example of acomputer system 1400 that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of a 3D object according to the methods provided herein. Thecomputer system 1400 can control (e.g., direct and/or regulate) various features of printing methods, apparatuses and systems of the present disclosure, such as, for example, regulating force, translation, heating, cooling and/or maintaining the temperature of a material bed, process parameters (e.g., chamber pressure), energy beam characteristic, scanning route of the energy source, position and/or temperature of the cooling member(s), application of the amount of energy emitted to a selected location, or any combination thereof. The computer system can be part of, or be in communication with, a printing system or apparatus, such as a 3D printing system or apparatus of the present disclosure. The computer may be coupled to one or more mechanisms disclosed herein, and/or any parts thereof. For example, the computer may be coupled to one or more sensors, valves, switches, motors, pumps, or any combination thereof. - The
computer system 1400 can include a processing unit 1406 (also “processor,” “computer” and “computer processor” used herein). The computer system may include memory or memory location 1402 (e.g., random-access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronic storage unit 1404 (e.g., hard disk), communication interface 1403 (e.g., network adapter) for communicating with one or more other systems, andperipheral devices 1405, such as cache, other memory, data storage and/or electronic display adapters. In some examples, thememory 1402,storage unit 1404,interface 1403, andperipheral devices 1405 are in communication with theprocessing unit 1406 through a communication bus (solid lines), such as a motherboard. The storage unit can be a data storage unit (or data repository) for storing data. The computer system can be operatively coupled to a computer network (“network”) 1401 with the aid of the communication interface. The network can be the Internet, an Internet and/or extranet, or an intranet and/or extranet that is in communication with the Internet. The network in some cases is a telecommunication and/or data network. The network can include one or more computer servers, which can enable distributed computing, such as cloud computing. The network, in some cases with the aid of the computer system, can implement a peer-to-peer network, which may enable devices coupled to the computer system to behave as a client or a server. - The processing unit can execute a sequence of machine-readable instructions, which can be embodied in a program or software. The instructions may be stored in a memory location, such as the
memory 1402. The instructions can be directed to the processing unit, which can subsequently program or otherwise configure the processing unit to implement methods of the present disclosure. Examples of operations performed by the processing unit can include fetch, decode, execute, or write back. The processing unit may interpret and/or execute instructions. The processor may include a microprocessor, data processor, central processing unit (CPU), graphical processing unit (GPU), system-on-chip (SOC), co-processor, network processor, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), application specific instruction-set processor (ASIPs), controller, programmable logic device (PLD), chipset, field programmable gate array (FPGA), or any combination thereof. The processing unit can be part of a circuit, such as an integrated circuit. One or more other components of thesystem 1400 can be included in the circuit. - The
storage unit 1404 can store files, such as drivers, libraries and saved programs. The storage unit can store user data, e.g., user preferences and user programs. The computer system in some cases can include one or more additional data storage units that are external to the computer system, such as located on a remote server that is in communication with the computer system through an intranet or the Internet. - The computer system can communicate with one or more remote computer systems through the network. For instance, the computer system can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (e.g., operator). Examples of remote computer systems include personal computers (e.g., portable PC), slate or tablet PC's (e.g., Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), telephones, Smart phones (e.g., Apple® iPhone, Android-enabled device, Blackberry®), or personal digital assistants. The user can access the computer system via the network.
- Methods as described herein can be implemented by way of machine (e.g., computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storage location of the computer system, such as, for example, on the
memory 1402 orelectronic storage unit 1404. The machine executable or machine-readable code can be provided in the form of software. During use, theprocessor 1406 can execute the code. In some cases, the code can be retrieved from the storage unit and stored on the memory for ready access by the processor. In some situations, the electronic storage unit can be precluded, and machine-executable instructions are stored on memory. - The code can be pre-compiled and configured for use with a machine have a processer adapted to execute the code, or can be compiled during runtime. The code can be supplied in a programming language that can be selected to enable the code to execute in a pre-compiled or as-compiled fashion.
- The processing unit may include one or more cores. The computer system may comprise a single core processor, multi core processor, or a plurality of processors for parallel processing. The processing unit may comprise one or more central processing unit (CPU) and/or a graphic processing unit (GPU). The multiple cores may be disposed in a physical unit (e.g., Central Processing Unit, or Graphic Processing Unit). The processing unit may include one or more processing units. The physical unit may be a single physical unit. The physical unit may be a die. The physical unit may comprise cache coherency circuitry. The multiple cores may be disposed in close proximity. The physical unit may comprise an integrated circuit chip. The integrated circuit chip may comprise one or more transistors. The integrated circuit chip may comprise at least 0.2 billion transistors (BT), 0.5 BT, 1 BT, 2 BT, 3 BT, 5 BT, 6 BT, 7 BT, 8 BT, 9 BT, 10 BT, 15 BT, 20 BT, 25 BT, 30 BT, 40 BT, or 50 BT. The integrated circuit chip may comprise any number of transistors between the afore-mentioned numbers (e.g., from about 0.2 BT to about 100 BT, from about 1 BT to about 8 BT, from about 8 BT to about 40 BT, or from about 40 BT to about 100 BT). The integrated circuit chip may have an area of at most 50 mm2, 60 mm2, 70 mm2, 80 mm2, 90 mm2, 100 mm2, 200 mm2, 300 mm2, 400 mm2, 500 mm2, 600 mm2, 700 mm2, or 800 mm2. The integrated circuit chip may have an area of any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm2 to about 800 mm2, from about 50 mm2 to about 500 mm2, or from about 500 mm2 to about 800 mm2). The close proximity may allow substantial preservation of communication signals that travel between the cores. The close proximity may diminish communication signal degradation. A core as understood herein is a computing component having independent central processing capabilities. The computing system may comprise a multiplicity of cores, which are disposed on a single computing component. The multiplicity of cores may include two or more independent central processing units. The independent central processing units may constitute a unit that read and execute program instructions. The multiplicity of cores can be parallel cores. The multiplicity of cores can function in parallel. The multiplicity of cores may include at least 2, 10, 40, 100, 400, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, or 10000 cores. The multiplicity of cores may include cores of any number between the afore-mentioned numbers (e.g., from 2 to 40000, from 2 to 400, from 400 to 4000, from 2000 to 4000, or from 4000 to 10000 cores). The cores may communicate with each other via on chip communication networks; and/or control, data and communication channels. The processor may comprise low latency in data transfer (e.g., from one core to another). Latency may refer to the time delay between the cause and the effect of a physical change in the processor (e.g., a signal). Latency may refer to the time elapsed from the source (e.g., first core) sending a packet to the destination (e.g., second core) receiving it (also referred as two point latency). One point latency may refer to the time elapsed from the source (e.g., first core) sending a packet (e.g., signal) to the destination (e.g., second core) receiving it, and the designation sending a packet back to the source (e.g., the packet making a round trip). The latency may be sufficiently low to allow a high number of floating point operations per second (FLOPS). The number of FLOPS may be at least about 1 Tera Flops (T-FLOPS), 2 T-FLOPS, 3 T-FLOPS, 5 T-FLOPS, 6 T-FLOPS, 7 T-FLOPS, 8 T-FLOPS, 9 T-FLOPS, or 10 T-FLOPS. The number of flops may be at most about 5 T-FLOPS, 6 T-FLOPS, 7 T-FLOPS, 8 T-FLOPS, 9 T-FLOPS, 10 T-FLOPS, 20 T-FLOPS, or 30 T-FLOPS. The number of FLOPS may be any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1 T-FLOP to about 30 T-FLOP, from about 4 T-FLOPS to about 10 T-FLOPS, from about 1 T-FLOPS to about 10 T-FLOPS, or from about 10 T-FLOPS to about 30 T-FLOPS. The FLOPS can be measured according to a benchmark. The benchmark may be a HPC Challenge Benchmark. The benchmark may comprise mathematical operations (e.g., equation calculation such as linear equations), graphical operations (e.g., rendering), or encryption/decryption benchmark. The benchmark may comprise a High Performance LINPACK, matrix multiplication (e.g., DGEMM), sustained memory bandwidth to/from memory (e.g., STREAM), array transposing rate measurement (e.g., PTRANS), RandomAccess, rate of Fast Fourier Transform (e.g., on a large one-dimensional vector using the generalized Cooley-Tukey algorithm), or Communication Bandwidth and Latency (e.g., MPI-centric performance measurements based on the effective bandwidth/latency benchmark). LINPACK refers to a software library for performing numerical linear algebra on a digital computer. DGEMM refers to double precision general matrix multiplication. STREAM convention may sum the amount of data that an application code explicitly reads and the amount of data that the application code explicitly writes. PTRANS may measure the rate at which the system can transpose a large array (e.g., matrix). MPI refers to Message Passing Interface.
- The computer system may include hyper-threading technology. The computer system may include a chip processor with integrated transform, lighting, triangle setup, triangle clipping, rendering engine, or any combination thereof. The rendering engine may be capable of processing at least about 10 million polygons per second. The rendering engines may be capable of processing at least about 10 million calculations per second. As an example, the GPU may include a GPU by Nvidia, ATI Technologies, S3 Graphics, Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), or Matrox. The processing unit may be able to process algorithms comprising a matrix or a vector. The core may comprise a complex instruction set computing core (CISC), or reduced instruction set computing (RISC).
- The computer system may include one or more electronic chips that is reprogrammable (e.g., field programmable gate array (FPGA)). For example, the FPGA may comprise Tabula, Lattice, Altera, or Xilinx FPGA. The electronic chips may comprise one or more programmable logic blocks (e.g., an array). The logic blocks may compute combinational functions, logic gates, or any combination thereof. The computer system may include custom hardware. The custom hardware may comprise an algorithm. The computer system may include custom software that may comprise an algorithm.
- The computer system may include configurable computing, partially reconfigurable computing, reconfigurable computing, or any combination thereof. The computer system may include a FPGA. The computer system may include an integrated circuit that performs the algorithm. For example, the reconfigurable computing system may comprise FPGA, CPU, GPU, or multi-core microprocessors. The reconfigurable computing system may comprise a High-Performance Reconfigurable Computing architecture (HPRC). The partially reconfigurable computing may include module-based partial reconfiguration, or difference-based partial reconfiguration.
- The computing system may include an integrated circuit that performs the algorithm (e.g., control algorithm). The computing system may include application specific software that performs the algorithm. The physical unit (e.g., the cache coherency circuitry within) may have a clock time of at least about 0.1 Gigabits per second (Gbit/s), 0.5 Gbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, 6 Gbit/s, 7 Gbit/s, 8 Gbit/s, 9 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, or 50 Gbit/s. The physical unit may have a clock time of any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.1 Gbit/s to about 50 Gbit/s, or from about 5 Gbit/s to about 10 Gbit/s). The physical unit may produce the algorithm output in at most 0.1 microsecond (μs), 1 μs, 10 μs, 100 μs, or 1 millisecond (ms). The physical unit may produce the algorithm output in any time between the above mentioned times (e.g., from about 0.1 μs, to about 1 ms, from about 0.1 μs, to about 100 μs, or from about 0.1 μs to about 10 μs). In some instances, the controller may use calculations, real time measurements, or any combination thereof to control the energy beam(s). In some instances, the real time measurements (e.g., temperature measurements) may provide input at a rate of at least about 0.1 KHz, 1 KHz, 10 KHz, 100 KHz, 1000 KHz, or 10000 KHz). In some instances, the real time measurements may provide input at a rate between any of the above-mentioned rates (e.g., from about 0.1 KHz to about 10000 KHz, from about 0.1 KHz to about 1000 KHz, or from about 1000 KHz to about 10000 KHz). The memory bandwidth of the processing unit may be at least about 1 gigabytes per second (Gbytes/s), 10 Gbytes/s, 100 Gbytes/s, 200 Gbytes/s, 300 Gbytes/s, 400 Gbytes/s, 500 Gbytes/s, 600 Gbytes/s, 700 Gbytes/s, 800 Gbytes/s, 900 Gbytes/s, or 1000 Gbytes/s. The memory bandwidth of the processing unit may any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from about 1 Gbytes/s to about 1000 Gbytes/s, from about 100 Gbytes/s to about 500 Gbytes/s, from about 500 Gbytes/s to about 1000 Gbytes/s, or from about 200 Gbytes/s to about 400 Gbytes/s).
- Aspects of the systems, apparatuses, and/or methods provided herein, such as the computer system, can be embodied in programming. Various aspects of the technology may be thought of as “product,” “object,” or “articles of manufacture” typically in the form of machine (or processor) executable code and/or associated data that is carried on or embodied in a type of machine-readable medium. Machine-executable code can be stored on an electronic storage unit, such memory (e.g., read-only memory, random-access memory, flash memory) or a hard disk. The storage may comprise non-volatile storage media. “Storage” type media can include any or all of the tangible memory of the computers, processors or the like, or associated modules thereof, such as various semiconductor memories, tape drives, disk drives, external drives, and the like, which may provide non-transitory storage at any time for the software programming.
- The memory may comprise a random access memory (RAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), ferroelectric random access memory (FRAM), read only memory (ROM), programmable read only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), a flash memory, or any combination thereof. The flash memory may comprise a negative-AND (NAND) or NOR logic gates. The storage may include a hard disk (e.g., a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optic disk, a solid state disk, etc.), a compact disc (CD), a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disk, a cartridge, a magnetic tape, and/or another type of computer-readable medium, along with a corresponding drive.
- All or portions of the software may at times be communicated through the Internet or various other telecommunication networks. Such communications, for example, may enable loading of the software from one computer or processor into another, for example, from a management server or host computer into the computer platform of an application server. Thus, another type of media that may bear the software elements includes optical, electrical and electromagnetic waves, such as used across physical interfaces between local devices, through wired and optical landline networks and over various air-links. The physical elements that carry such waves, such as wired or wireless links, optical links, or the like, also may be considered as media bearing the software. As used herein, unless restricted to non-transitory, tangible “storage” media, terms such as computer or machine “readable medium” refer to any medium that participates in providing instructions to a processor for execution.
- Hence, a machine-readable medium, such as computer-executable code, may take many forms, including but not limited to, a tangible storage medium, a carrier wave medium, or physical transmission medium. Non-volatile storage media include, for example, optical or magnetic disks, such as any of the storage devices in any computer(s) or the like, such as may be used to implement the databases, etc. shown in the drawings. Volatile storage media include dynamic memory, such as main memory of such a computer platform. Tangible transmission media include coaxial cables, wire (e.g., copper wire), and/or fiber optics, including the wires that comprise a bus within a computer system. Carrier-wave transmission media may take the form of electric or electromagnetic signals, or acoustic or light waves such as those generated during radio frequency (RF) and infrared (IR) data communications. Common forms of computer-readable media therefore include for example: a floppy disk, a flexible disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, any other magnetic medium, a CD-ROM, DVD or DVD-ROM, any other optical medium, punch cards paper tape, any other physical storage medium with patterns of holes, a RAM, a ROM, a PROM and EPROM, a FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, a carrier wave transporting data or instructions, cables or links transporting such a carrier wave, or any other medium from which a computer may read programming code and/or data. The memory and/or storage may comprise a storing device external to and/or removable from device, such as a Universal Serial Bus (USB) memory stick, or a hard disk. Many of these forms of computer readable media may be involved in carrying one or more sequences of one or more instructions to a processor for execution.
- The computer system can include or be in communication with an electronic display that comprises a user interface (UI) for providing, for example, a model design or graphical representation of a 3D object to be printed. Examples of UI's include, without limitation, a graphical user interface (GUI) and web-based user interface. The computer system can monitor and/or control various aspects of the 3D printing system. The control may be manual and/or programmed. The control may rely on feedback mechanisms that have been pre-programmed. The feedback mechanisms may rely on input from sensors (described herein) that are connected to the control unit (e.g., control system. E.g., computer). The computer system may store historical data concerning various aspects of the operation of the 3D printing system. The historical data may be retrieved at predetermined times and/or at a whim. The historical data may be accessed by an operator and/or by a user. The historical and/or operative data may be provided in an output unit such as a display unit. The output unit (e.g., monitor) may output various parameters of the 3D printing system (as described herein) in real time or in a delayed time. The output unit may output the current 3D printed object, the ordered 3D printed object, or both. The output unit may output the printing progress of the 3D printed object. The output unit may output at least one of the total time, time remaining, and time expanded on printing the 3D object. The output unit may output (e.g., display, voice, and/or print) the status of sensors, their reading, and/or time for their calibration or maintenance. The output unit may output the type of material(s) used and various characteristics of the material(s) such as temperature and flowability of the pre-transformed material. The output unit may output the amount of oxygen, water, and pressure in the printing chamber (i.e., the chamber where the 3D object is being printed). The computer may generate a report comprising various parameters of the 3D printing system, method, and or objects at predetermined time(s), on a request (e.g., from an operator), and/or at a whim. The output unit may comprise a screen, printer, or speaker. The controller may provide a report. The report may comprise any items recited as optionally output by the output unit.
- The system and/or apparatus described herein (e.g., controller) and/or any of their components may comprise an output and/or an input device. The input device may comprise a keyboard, touch pad, or microphone. The output device may be a sensory output device. The output device may include a visual, tactile, or audio device. The audio device may include a loudspeaker. The visual output device may include a screen and/or a printed hard copy (e.g., paper). The output device may include a printer. The input device may include a camera, a microphone, a keyboard, or a touch screen. The system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise Bluetooth technology. The system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise an electronic circuit. The system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise a communication port. The communication port may be a serial port or a parallel port. The communication port may be a Universal Serial Bus port (i.e., USB). The system and/or apparatus described herein (e.g., controller) and/or any of their components may comprise USB ports. The USB can be micro or mini USB. The USB port may relate to device classes comprising 00h, 01h, 02h, 03h, 05h, 06h, 07h, 08h, 09h, 0Ah, 0Bh, 0Dh, 0Eh, 0Fh, 10h, 11h, DCh, E0h, EFh, FEh, or FFh. The system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise a plug and/or a socket (e.g., electrical, AC power, DC power). The system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise an adapter (e.g., AC and/or DC power adapter). The system and/or apparatus described herein and/or any of their components may comprise a power connector. The power connector can be an electrical power connector. The power connector may comprise a magnetically coupled (e.g., attached) power connector. The power connector can be a dock connector. The connector can be a data and power connector. The connector may comprise pins. The connector may comprise at least 10, 15, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 40, 42, 45, 50, 55, 80, or 100 pins.
- While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. It is not intended that the invention be limited by the specific examples provided within the specification. While the invention has been described with reference to the aforementioned specification, the descriptions and illustrations of the embodiments herein are not meant to be construed in a limiting sense. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. Furthermore, it shall be understood that all aspects of the invention are not limited to the specific depictions, configurations, or relative proportions set forth herein which depend upon a variety of conditions and variables. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention. It is therefore contemplated that the invention shall also cover any such alternatives, modifications, variations, or equivalents. It is intended that the following claims define the scope of the invention and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.
Claims (30)
Priority Applications (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US15/339,759 US9662840B1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2016-10-31 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
US15/490,219 US10357957B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2017-04-18 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
US15/808,434 US20180117845A1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2017-11-09 | Three-dimensional printing |
US15/808,777 US20180071986A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2017-11-09 | Three-dimensional printing |
US18/197,158 US20240131789A1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2023-05-15 | Three-dimensional printing |
US18/207,199 US20240018626A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2023-06-08 | Three-Dimensional Printing |
US18/207,206 US20240017355A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2023-06-08 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201562252330P | 2015-11-06 | 2015-11-06 | |
US201662396584P | 2016-09-19 | 2016-09-19 | |
US15/339,759 US9662840B1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2016-10-31 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2016/034454 Continuation-In-Part WO2016196223A1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2016-05-26 | Three-dimensional objects formed by three-dimensional printing |
PCT/US2016/034857 Continuation-In-Part WO2016196382A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2016-05-27 | Three-dimensional printing and three-dimensional objects formed using the same |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/490,219 Continuation US10357957B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2017-04-18 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20170129184A1 true US20170129184A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 |
US9662840B1 US9662840B1 (en) | 2017-05-30 |
Family
ID=58662502
Family Applications (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/339,712 Active US10065270B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2016-10-31 | Three-dimensional printing in real time |
US15/339,759 Active US9662840B1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2016-10-31 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
US15/339,775 Active US9676145B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2016-10-31 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
US15/490,219 Active 2036-12-13 US10357957B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2017-04-18 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
US16/025,915 Abandoned US20180319150A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2018-07-02 | Three-dimensional printing in real time |
US18/207,206 Pending US20240017355A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2023-06-08 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/339,712 Active US10065270B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2016-10-31 | Three-dimensional printing in real time |
Family Applications After (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/339,775 Active US9676145B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2016-10-31 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
US15/490,219 Active 2036-12-13 US10357957B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2017-04-18 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
US16/025,915 Abandoned US20180319150A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2018-07-02 | Three-dimensional printing in real time |
US18/207,206 Pending US20240017355A1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2023-06-08 | Adept three-dimensional printing |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US10065270B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3370948A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2018535121A (en) |
CN (1) | CN108367498A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017079091A1 (en) |
Cited By (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20170028646A1 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2017-02-02 | Xyzprinting, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing device |
US20190054566A1 (en) * | 2017-08-15 | 2019-02-21 | General Electric Company | Selective modification of build strategy parameter(s) for additive manufacturing |
US20190061001A1 (en) * | 2017-08-30 | 2019-02-28 | Sodick Co., Ltd. | Lamination molding apparatus and method for producing three-dimensional molded object |
CN109894613A (en) * | 2019-03-21 | 2019-06-18 | 大族激光科技产业集团股份有限公司 | A kind of 3D printer bottom plate levelling device and method |
US10338569B2 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2019-07-02 | General Electric Company | Selective modification of build strategy parameter(s) for additive manufacturing |
WO2019156654A1 (en) * | 2018-02-06 | 2019-08-15 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Rendering system energy recovery |
WO2019172935A1 (en) * | 2018-03-09 | 2019-09-12 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Virtual object volumes |
WO2019190506A1 (en) * | 2018-03-28 | 2019-10-03 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Generating objects in additive manufacturing |
WO2019194836A1 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Configuring an additive manufacturing system |
WO2019194837A1 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Additive manufacturing system |
US10471510B2 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2019-11-12 | General Electric Company | Selective modification of build strategy parameter(s) for additive manufacturing |
WO2020153953A1 (en) * | 2019-01-23 | 2020-07-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Arranging calibration objects in a build volume |
WO2020204899A1 (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Separation of objects for additive manufacturing |
CN113195127A (en) * | 2018-12-14 | 2021-07-30 | 速尔特技术有限公司 | Additive manufacturing system for creating objects from powder using high-throughput laser for two-dimensional printing |
US11167375B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2021-11-09 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Additive manufacturing processes and additively manufactured products |
US20210373529A1 (en) * | 2020-05-27 | 2021-12-02 | General Electric Company | Systems, devices, and methods for printing slices of a three-dimensional component model |
KR20220001890A (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2022-01-06 | 한국전자기술연구원 | Monitoring method and apparatus for melt pool |
CN113967774A (en) * | 2021-10-11 | 2022-01-25 | 江苏烁石焊接科技有限公司 | Single-arc double-wire eccentric material increase method for small-diameter metal layered column vertebral body robot |
WO2022047471A1 (en) * | 2020-08-26 | 2022-03-03 | Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations Llc | Artificial intelligence in additive manufacturing and related systems, methods, and devices |
EP3833537A4 (en) * | 2018-08-08 | 2022-05-04 | VELO3D, Inc. | Aspects of three-dimensional object formation |
WO2022103393A1 (en) * | 2020-11-12 | 2022-05-19 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Determining whether using build data will result in generating an object with a generation defect |
TWI804746B (en) * | 2019-07-19 | 2023-06-11 | 美商惠普發展公司有限責任合夥企業 | Method for three-dimensional (3d) manufacturing, 3d printing device, and related non-transitory tangible computer-readable medium |
US11999110B2 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2024-06-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Quality assurance in formation of three-dimensional objects |
Families Citing this family (180)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2887011B1 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2017-02-08 | Hexagon Technology Center GmbH | Coordinate measuring machine with high precision 3D printing functionality |
US9884663B2 (en) | 2014-05-16 | 2018-02-06 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Modular formed nodes for vehicle chassis and their methods of use |
US9399256B2 (en) | 2014-06-20 | 2016-07-26 | Velo3D, Inc. | Apparatuses, systems and methods for three-dimensional printing |
EP3164260B1 (en) | 2014-07-02 | 2021-07-28 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Vehicle chassis |
EP3034225B1 (en) * | 2014-12-17 | 2018-10-17 | Airbus Defence and Space GmbH | Method and apparatus for distortion control on additively manufactured parts using wire and magnetic pulses |
US10315408B2 (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2019-06-11 | General Electric Company | Additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
WO2016205855A1 (en) | 2015-06-23 | 2016-12-29 | Aurora Labs Pty Ltd | 3d printing method and apparatus |
US10065270B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2018-09-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing in real time |
US10286603B2 (en) | 2015-12-10 | 2019-05-14 | Velo3D, Inc. | Skillful three-dimensional printing |
AU2016369656A1 (en) * | 2015-12-18 | 2018-07-05 | Aurora Labs Limited | 3D printing method and apparatus |
US20180361664A1 (en) * | 2015-12-18 | 2018-12-20 | Aurora Labs Limited | 3D Printing Method and Apparatus |
JP6050551B1 (en) * | 2015-12-25 | 2016-12-21 | 技術研究組合次世代3D積層造形技術総合開発機構 | Control method for three-dimensional additive manufacturing apparatus, control method for three-dimensional additive manufacturing apparatus, and control program for three-dimensional additive manufacturing apparatus |
US10906291B2 (en) * | 2016-01-06 | 2021-02-02 | Autodesk, Inc. | Controllable release build plate for 3D printer |
WO2017143077A1 (en) | 2016-02-18 | 2017-08-24 | Velo3D, Inc. | Accurate three-dimensional printing |
US10831180B2 (en) * | 2016-02-25 | 2020-11-10 | General Electric Company | Multivariate statistical process control of laser powder bed additive manufacturing |
JP6941618B2 (en) | 2016-03-09 | 2021-09-29 | アプライド マテリアルズ インコーポレイテッドApplied Materials,Incorporated | Correction of shapes manufactured by additional manufacturing |
CN109311070A (en) | 2016-06-09 | 2019-02-05 | 戴弗根特技术有限公司 | The system and method designed and manufactured for arc-shaped workpiece and node |
US11691343B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2023-07-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing and three-dimensional printers |
EP3263316B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2019-02-13 | VELO3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing and three-dimensional printers |
US20180093418A1 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional objects and their formation |
WO2018081848A1 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2018-05-11 | Aurora Labs Limited | 3d printing method and apparatus |
US11325303B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2022-05-10 | Essentium, Inc. | Three dimensional printer apparatus |
US20180126462A1 (en) | 2016-11-07 | 2018-05-10 | Velo3D, Inc. | Gas flow in three-dimensional printing |
US20180186080A1 (en) | 2017-01-05 | 2018-07-05 | Velo3D, Inc. | Optics in three-dimensional printing |
US11155005B2 (en) | 2017-02-10 | 2021-10-26 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | 3D-printed tooling and methods for producing same |
US10759090B2 (en) | 2017-02-10 | 2020-09-01 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods for producing panels using 3D-printed tooling shells |
US11446867B2 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2022-09-20 | Essentium, Inc. | Atmospheric plasma conduction pathway for the application of electromagnetic energy to 3D printed parts |
US20180250744A1 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2018-09-06 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing of three-dimensional objects |
JP6848574B2 (en) * | 2017-03-22 | 2021-03-24 | 日本電気株式会社 | Laminated modeling equipment and laminated modeling method |
US20180281284A1 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2018-10-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Material manipulation in three-dimensional printing |
US10898968B2 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2021-01-26 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Scatter reduction in additive manufacturing |
US10703419B2 (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2020-07-07 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for joining panels |
WO2018213718A1 (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2018-11-22 | Essentium Materials, Llc | Three dimensional printer apparatus |
US11358337B2 (en) | 2017-05-24 | 2022-06-14 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Robotic assembly of transport structures using on-site additive manufacturing |
US11059149B2 (en) | 2017-05-25 | 2021-07-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Correction of fabricated shapes in additive manufacturing using initial layer |
US10967482B2 (en) | 2017-05-25 | 2021-04-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fabrication of polishing pad by additive manufacturing onto mold |
US10635085B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2020-04-28 | General Electric Company | Systems and methods for receiving sensor data for an operating additive manufacturing machine and adaptively compressing the sensor data based on process data which controls the operation of the machine |
US11123973B2 (en) | 2017-06-07 | 2021-09-21 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Interconnected deflectable panel and node |
US10919230B2 (en) | 2017-06-09 | 2021-02-16 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Node with co-printed interconnect and methods for producing same |
AU2018283171A1 (en) | 2017-06-15 | 2020-01-16 | Heavy Metal Llc | Multilayer parameter-varying fusing and deposition strategies for additive manufacturing |
JP6940042B2 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2021-09-22 | 地方独立行政法人東京都立産業技術研究センター | Laminated modeling equipment and laminated modeling system |
US10781846B2 (en) | 2017-06-19 | 2020-09-22 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | 3-D-printed components including fasteners and methods for producing same |
DE102017210994A1 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2019-01-03 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Measuring system for a device for the generative production of a three-dimensional object |
WO2019005602A1 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2019-01-03 | Jeffrey Alan Abler | Large Scale High Speed Precision Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing |
US10994876B2 (en) | 2017-06-30 | 2021-05-04 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Automated wrapping of components in transport structures |
US11022375B2 (en) | 2017-07-06 | 2021-06-01 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for additively manufacturing microtube heat exchangers |
US10895315B2 (en) | 2017-07-07 | 2021-01-19 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for implementing node to node connections in mechanized assemblies |
EP3573321A1 (en) * | 2017-07-21 | 2019-11-27 | CL Schutzrechtsverwaltungs GmbH | Method for producing a machine-readable controlling and/or operating means |
US10940609B2 (en) | 2017-07-25 | 2021-03-09 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for additively manufactured endoskeleton-based transport structures |
US10751800B2 (en) | 2017-07-25 | 2020-08-25 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for additively manufactured exoskeleton-based transport structures |
US10493696B2 (en) * | 2017-07-27 | 2019-12-03 | Xerox Corporation | System and method for alignment of a multi-nozzle extruder in three-dimensional object printers |
US10605285B2 (en) | 2017-08-08 | 2020-03-31 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for joining node and tube structures |
US10725459B2 (en) * | 2017-08-08 | 2020-07-28 | General Electric Company | Identifying and distributing optimal machine parameters within a fleet of additive manufacturing machines |
US10710307B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2020-07-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Temperature control for additive manufacturing |
US10357959B2 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2019-07-23 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for additively manufactured identification features |
US11306751B2 (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2022-04-19 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for connecting tubes in transport structures |
JP6962080B2 (en) * | 2017-09-04 | 2021-11-05 | 日本電気株式会社 | Laminated modeling equipment and laminated modeling method |
US10960611B2 (en) | 2017-09-06 | 2021-03-30 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for universal interface between parts in transport structures |
CN111201124A (en) * | 2017-09-12 | 2020-05-26 | 滕忆先 | Additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
US11292058B2 (en) | 2017-09-12 | 2022-04-05 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for optimization of powder removal features in additively manufactured components |
US10786946B2 (en) | 2017-09-13 | 2020-09-29 | Thermwood Corporation | Apparatus and methods for compressing material during additive manufacturing |
US10668816B2 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2020-06-02 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Solar extended range electric vehicle with panel deployment and emitter tracking |
US10814564B2 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2020-10-27 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Composite material inlay in additively manufactured structures |
US20190134891A1 (en) * | 2017-11-08 | 2019-05-09 | General Electric Company | Dmlm build platform and surface flattening |
US20190134911A1 (en) * | 2017-11-08 | 2019-05-09 | General Electric Company | Apparatus and methods for build surface mapping |
US11786971B2 (en) | 2017-11-10 | 2023-10-17 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Structures and methods for high volume production of complex structures using interface nodes |
US11980968B2 (en) * | 2017-11-29 | 2024-05-14 | Lincoln Global, Inc. | Methods and systems for additive tool manufacturing |
US10926599B2 (en) | 2017-12-01 | 2021-02-23 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Suspension systems using hydraulic dampers |
US11110514B2 (en) | 2017-12-14 | 2021-09-07 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for connecting nodes to tubes in transport structures |
EP3502789A1 (en) | 2017-12-20 | 2019-06-26 | ETA SA Manufacture Horlogère Suisse | Method for producing a three-dimensional element on a timepiece component |
EP3501798A1 (en) * | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-26 | Bond high performance 3D technology B.V. | Feedstock liquefier replacement in additive manufacturing |
US11085473B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2021-08-10 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for forming node to panel joints |
JP2019114758A (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2019-07-11 | 東芝メモリ株式会社 | Semiconductor memory |
US10272525B1 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2019-04-30 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing systems and methods of their use |
US11534828B2 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2022-12-27 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Assembling structures comprising 3D printed components and standardized components utilizing adhesive circuits |
CN111655453A (en) * | 2017-12-28 | 2020-09-11 | 株式会社尼康 | Rotary energy beam for three-dimensional printing apparatus |
US20190210151A1 (en) * | 2018-01-08 | 2019-07-11 | General Electric Company | Systems and methods for additive manufacturing using pressurized consolidation devices |
US10144176B1 (en) | 2018-01-15 | 2018-12-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing systems and methods of their use |
US11420262B2 (en) | 2018-01-31 | 2022-08-23 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for co-casting of additively manufactured interface nodes |
US10751934B2 (en) | 2018-02-01 | 2020-08-25 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for additive manufacturing with variable extruder profiles |
JP2019147291A (en) * | 2018-02-27 | 2019-09-05 | 株式会社リコー | Molded object manufacturing apparatus and molded object manufacturing method |
US11224943B2 (en) | 2018-03-07 | 2022-01-18 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Variable beam geometry laser-based powder bed fusion |
US11267236B2 (en) | 2018-03-16 | 2022-03-08 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Single shear joint for node-to-node connections |
US11254381B2 (en) | 2018-03-19 | 2022-02-22 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Manufacturing cell based vehicle manufacturing system and method |
US11872689B2 (en) | 2018-03-19 | 2024-01-16 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | End effector features for additively manufactured components |
US11408216B2 (en) | 2018-03-20 | 2022-08-09 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for co-printed or concurrently assembled hinge structures |
US11613078B2 (en) | 2018-04-20 | 2023-03-28 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for additively manufacturing adhesive inlet and outlet ports |
JPWO2019203272A1 (en) * | 2018-04-20 | 2021-05-13 | 大陽日酸株式会社 | Manufacturing method of metal shaped objects |
US11214317B2 (en) | 2018-04-24 | 2022-01-04 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for joining nodes and other structures |
US11020800B2 (en) | 2018-05-01 | 2021-06-01 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for sealing powder holes in additively manufactured parts |
US10682821B2 (en) | 2018-05-01 | 2020-06-16 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Flexible tooling system and method for manufacturing of composite structures |
US11389816B2 (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2022-07-19 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Multi-circuit single port design in additively manufactured node |
US10691104B2 (en) | 2018-05-16 | 2020-06-23 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Additively manufacturing structures for increased spray forming resolution or increased fatigue life |
US11590727B2 (en) | 2018-05-21 | 2023-02-28 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Custom additively manufactured core structures |
US11441586B2 (en) | 2018-05-25 | 2022-09-13 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus for injecting fluids in node based connections |
CN112272609A (en) | 2018-06-04 | 2021-01-26 | 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 | Thermal property control in a build material |
US11035511B2 (en) | 2018-06-05 | 2021-06-15 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Quick-change end effector |
US11400544B2 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2022-08-02 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Selective laser melting (SLM) additive manufacturing |
US20200004225A1 (en) * | 2018-06-29 | 2020-01-02 | Velo3D, Inc. | Manipulating one or more formation variables to form three-dimensional objects |
US11292056B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2022-04-05 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Cold-spray nozzle |
US11269311B2 (en) | 2018-07-26 | 2022-03-08 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Spray forming structural joints |
WO2020023043A1 (en) * | 2018-07-26 | 2020-01-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Layering of a three-dimensional object |
CN109359313B (en) * | 2018-08-07 | 2023-04-18 | 浙江工业大学 | Garment cutting bed dividing method based on trial and error particle swarm hybrid algorithm |
US10836120B2 (en) | 2018-08-27 | 2020-11-17 | Divergent Technologies, Inc . | Hybrid composite structures with integrated 3-D printed elements |
US11433557B2 (en) | 2018-08-28 | 2022-09-06 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Buffer block apparatuses and supporting apparatuses |
KR102145356B1 (en) | 2018-08-29 | 2020-08-19 | 한국생산기술연구원 | Porous component manufacturing method using selective laser melting lamination molding and porous component manufactured thereof |
US10859593B2 (en) | 2018-08-31 | 2020-12-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | Reducing thermal expansion induced errors in a magnetic circuit assembly |
US11663372B2 (en) * | 2018-09-04 | 2023-05-30 | Siemens Industry Software Inc. | Spatially-aware detection of trapped support areas in 3D printing |
US11826953B2 (en) | 2018-09-12 | 2023-11-28 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Surrogate supports in additive manufacturing |
US11072371B2 (en) | 2018-10-05 | 2021-07-27 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for additively manufactured structures with augmented energy absorption properties |
US11884021B2 (en) | 2018-10-09 | 2024-01-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Modifying object geometries based on radiant heating distribution |
US11260582B2 (en) | 2018-10-16 | 2022-03-01 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for manufacturing optimized panels and other composite structures |
US11367255B2 (en) | 2018-10-30 | 2022-06-21 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Determination of modeling accuracy between three-dimensional object representations |
US12115583B2 (en) | 2018-11-08 | 2024-10-15 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for adhesive-based part retention features in additively manufactured structures |
US11534961B2 (en) | 2018-11-09 | 2022-12-27 | General Electric Company | Melt pool monitoring system and method for detecting errors in a multi-laser additive manufacturing process |
DE102018129028A1 (en) * | 2018-11-19 | 2020-05-20 | AMCM GmbH | Additive manufacturing process and system |
US11504912B2 (en) | 2018-11-20 | 2022-11-22 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Selective end effector modular attachment device |
USD911222S1 (en) | 2018-11-21 | 2021-02-23 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Vehicle and/or replica |
WO2020106090A1 (en) * | 2018-11-23 | 2020-05-28 | 배영식 | 3d printing method, and device for performing same |
CN109480415B (en) * | 2018-12-10 | 2022-03-11 | 梦工场珠宝企业管理有限公司 | Jewelry 3D printing molding method |
US11449021B2 (en) | 2018-12-17 | 2022-09-20 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for high accuracy fixtureless assembly |
US11529741B2 (en) | 2018-12-17 | 2022-12-20 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | System and method for positioning one or more robotic apparatuses |
US10663110B1 (en) | 2018-12-17 | 2020-05-26 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Metrology apparatus to facilitate capture of metrology data |
WO2020131053A1 (en) * | 2018-12-19 | 2020-06-25 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Determining a thermal footprint for a three-dimensional printed part |
US11885000B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2024-01-30 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | In situ thermal treatment for PBF systems |
WO2020142106A1 (en) | 2019-01-04 | 2020-07-09 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Transmitting and detecting light with optical fiber during sintering |
US11327870B2 (en) * | 2019-01-08 | 2022-05-10 | General Electric Company | System and methods for generating fault indications for an additive manufacturing process based on a probabilistic comparison of the outputs of multiple process models to measured sensor data |
WO2020153949A1 (en) | 2019-01-23 | 2020-07-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Detecting three-dimensional (3d) part drag |
US11433610B1 (en) | 2019-02-19 | 2022-09-06 | X Development Llc | 3D printing using microLED array coupled with voice coil |
JP2020138394A (en) * | 2019-02-27 | 2020-09-03 | 株式会社リコー | Modelling apparatus, system, method, and program |
DE102019203796A1 (en) * | 2019-03-20 | 2020-09-24 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Method for determining areas of an additively manufactured component to be repaired |
CN116772039A (en) * | 2019-03-25 | 2023-09-19 | 威兰有限公司 | Insulating sleeve liner for fluid flow device and fluid flow device incorporating same |
EP3953157A4 (en) * | 2019-04-10 | 2023-05-03 | Matthew Stefan Muller | Method of 3d printing shapes defined by surface equations |
US11203240B2 (en) | 2019-04-19 | 2021-12-21 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Wishbone style control arm assemblies and methods for producing same |
US12005650B2 (en) | 2019-04-26 | 2024-06-11 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | 3D printer to print objects and a shield |
WO2020226609A1 (en) * | 2019-05-03 | 2020-11-12 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Orientation based 3d model section thickness determinations |
US10987866B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2021-04-27 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Removing build material |
US11331860B2 (en) * | 2019-06-27 | 2022-05-17 | Hamilton Sundstrand Corporation | Powder removal |
DE102019209771A1 (en) * | 2019-07-03 | 2021-01-07 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Feed-forward and feed-back Adaptation of a manufacturing process for components in a component group |
DE102019210487A1 (en) * | 2019-07-16 | 2021-03-25 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Layer construction method and layer construction device for the additive manufacture of at least one component area of a component as well as computer program product and storage medium |
US11338519B2 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2022-05-24 | Arcam Ab | Devices, systems, and methods for monitoring a powder layer in additive manufacturing processes |
US11541457B2 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2023-01-03 | Arcam Ab | Devices, systems, and methods for monitoring a powder layer in additive manufacturing processes |
CN110592404A (en) * | 2019-10-25 | 2019-12-20 | 哈尔滨理工大学 | Bubble movement and mass transfer numerical simulation method for aluminum melt dehydrogenation |
US11225027B2 (en) | 2019-10-29 | 2022-01-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Melt pool monitoring in multi-laser systems |
JP7338420B2 (en) * | 2019-11-20 | 2023-09-05 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional object and data processing device |
TWI781362B (en) * | 2019-12-19 | 2022-10-21 | 國立成功大學 | Metal three-dimensional printing method with variable sintering thermal energy |
US11912339B2 (en) | 2020-01-10 | 2024-02-27 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | 3-D printed chassis structure with self-supporting ribs |
CN111168807B (en) * | 2020-01-19 | 2021-10-29 | 陕西科技大学 | 3D printing device and method for bionic porous continuous carbon fiber reinforced ceramic bone scaffold |
US11590703B2 (en) | 2020-01-24 | 2023-02-28 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Infrared radiation sensing and beam control in electron beam additive manufacturing |
US20230035587A1 (en) * | 2020-01-31 | 2023-02-02 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Annealing |
US11479015B2 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2022-10-25 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Custom formed panels for transport structures and methods for assembling same |
US11884025B2 (en) | 2020-02-14 | 2024-01-30 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Three-dimensional printer and methods for assembling parts via integration of additive and conventional manufacturing operations |
US11421577B2 (en) | 2020-02-25 | 2022-08-23 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Exhaust headers with integrated heat shielding and thermal syphoning |
US11535322B2 (en) | 2020-02-25 | 2022-12-27 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Omni-positional adhesion device |
KR102149329B1 (en) * | 2020-02-26 | 2020-08-31 | 알앤엑스(주) | Method for forming a porous coating layer on the surface of the implant inserted body |
US11413686B2 (en) | 2020-03-06 | 2022-08-16 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for sealing mechanisms for realizing adhesive connections with additively manufactured components |
WO2021211087A1 (en) * | 2020-04-13 | 2021-10-21 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Authentication surface feature in additive manufacturing |
MX2022013614A (en) * | 2020-05-05 | 2023-01-30 | Alex Blate | Endpoint and protocol for trusted digital manufacturing. |
WO2021252686A1 (en) | 2020-06-10 | 2021-12-16 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Adaptive production system |
US11850804B2 (en) | 2020-07-28 | 2023-12-26 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Radiation-enabled retention features for fixtureless assembly of node-based structures |
US11806941B2 (en) | 2020-08-21 | 2023-11-07 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Mechanical part retention features for additively manufactured structures |
US20220062998A1 (en) * | 2020-08-27 | 2022-03-03 | Apple Inc. | Novel architectures for high-throughput additive manufacturing |
EP4217100A1 (en) | 2020-09-22 | 2023-08-02 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for ball milling to produce powder for additive manufacturing |
WO2022087525A1 (en) * | 2020-10-23 | 2022-04-28 | Sintx Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for selective laser sintering of silicon nitride and metal composites |
CN112643055A (en) * | 2020-12-16 | 2021-04-13 | 重庆机电增材制造有限公司 | Part warp deformation correcting device |
US12083596B2 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2024-09-10 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Thermal elements for disassembly of node-based adhesively bonded structures |
US11872626B2 (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2024-01-16 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for floating pin joint design |
US11947335B2 (en) | 2020-12-30 | 2024-04-02 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Multi-component structure optimization for combining 3-D printed and commercially available parts |
US11928966B2 (en) | 2021-01-13 | 2024-03-12 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Virtual railroad |
EP4304865A1 (en) | 2021-03-09 | 2024-01-17 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Rotational additive manufacturing systems and methods |
JP7002161B1 (en) | 2021-03-15 | 2022-02-04 | 株式会社松浦機械製作所 | Manufacturing method of 3D model and 3D model by the method |
CN117545616A (en) | 2021-04-23 | 2024-02-09 | 戴弗根特技术有限公司 | Removing supports and other materials from surfaces and hollow 3D printing components |
US20220347930A1 (en) * | 2021-04-30 | 2022-11-03 | Ahead Wind Inc. | Simulation, correction, and digitalization during operation of an additive manufacturing system |
US11764077B2 (en) | 2021-07-23 | 2023-09-19 | Innolux Corporation | Composite layer circuit element and manufacturing method thereof |
US11865617B2 (en) | 2021-08-25 | 2024-01-09 | Divergent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for wide-spectrum consumption of output of atomization processes across multi-process and multi-scale additive manufacturing modalities |
US11660815B1 (en) | 2021-11-24 | 2023-05-30 | Nissan North America, Inc. | 3D printing system and method |
US11975489B2 (en) | 2021-11-24 | 2024-05-07 | Nissan North America, Inc. | 3D printing system and method |
US11831130B2 (en) | 2022-03-29 | 2023-11-28 | Federal-Mogul Ignition Gmbh | Spark plug, spark plug electrode, and method of manufacturing the same |
US20240017481A1 (en) * | 2022-07-15 | 2024-01-18 | General Electric Company | Additive manufacturing methods and systems |
US11837852B1 (en) | 2022-07-27 | 2023-12-05 | Federal-Mogul Ignition Gmbh | Spark plug electrode with electrode tip directly thermally coupled to heat dissipating core and method of manufacturing the same |
Family Cites Families (660)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US430047A (en) | 1890-06-10 | Window washer and wiper | ||
US1011223A (en) | 1910-02-07 | 1911-12-12 | Charlton Messick | Transportation scrip and mileage ticket. |
US1003518A (en) | 1910-06-13 | 1911-09-19 | Moritz Schiller | Lubricating device for mowing-machines. |
US1003530A (en) | 1911-06-19 | 1911-09-19 | William Randolph Smith | Balancing and steering device for airships. |
US3790787A (en) | 1972-04-04 | 1974-02-05 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | Method and device for producing by charge-transfer a beam of neutral particles or of ions having multiple charges |
US3864809A (en) | 1973-03-29 | 1975-02-11 | Int Nickel Co | Process of producing by powder metallurgy techniques a ferritic hot forging of low flow stress |
US4177087A (en) | 1976-03-23 | 1979-12-04 | United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority | Manufacture of superconducting members |
US4323756A (en) | 1979-10-29 | 1982-04-06 | United Technologies Corporation | Method for fabricating articles by sequential layer deposition |
US4359622A (en) | 1980-05-19 | 1982-11-16 | Vanzetti Infrared & Computer Systems, Inc. | Controller for spot welding |
ATE113746T1 (en) | 1986-06-03 | 1994-11-15 | Cubital Ltd | DEVICE FOR DEVELOPING THREE-DIMENSIONAL MODELS. |
US4927582A (en) | 1986-08-22 | 1990-05-22 | Kimberly-Clark Corporation | Method and apparatus for creating a graduated distribution of granule materials in a fiber mat |
US5296062A (en) | 1986-10-17 | 1994-03-22 | The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Multiple material systems for selective beam sintering |
US4863538A (en) | 1986-10-17 | 1989-09-05 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Method and apparatus for producing parts by selective sintering |
US4823158A (en) | 1987-06-22 | 1989-04-18 | Xerox Corporation | Biased pretransfer baffle |
US5876550A (en) | 1988-10-05 | 1999-03-02 | Helisys, Inc. | Laminated object manufacturing apparatus and method |
AU4504089A (en) | 1988-10-05 | 1990-05-01 | Michael Feygin | An improved apparatus and method for forming an integral object from laminations |
US4962988A (en) | 1989-07-10 | 1990-10-16 | Optomec Design Company | Termination interface structure and method for joining an optical fiber to a graded index rod lens |
US5156697A (en) | 1989-09-05 | 1992-10-20 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Selective laser sintering of parts by compound formation of precursor powders |
US5088047A (en) | 1989-10-16 | 1992-02-11 | Bynum David K | Automated manufacturing system using thin sections |
US5387380A (en) | 1989-12-08 | 1995-02-07 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Three-dimensional printing techniques |
US5204055A (en) | 1989-12-08 | 1993-04-20 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Three-dimensional printing techniques |
US5202837A (en) | 1990-07-12 | 1993-04-13 | Coe Carlos J | Material consolidation modeling and control system |
US5127037A (en) | 1990-08-15 | 1992-06-30 | Bynum David K | Apparatus for forming a three-dimensional reproduction of an object from laminations |
JPH04120259A (en) | 1990-09-10 | 1992-04-21 | Agency Of Ind Science & Technol | Method and device for producing equipment member by laser beam spraying |
US5155321A (en) | 1990-11-09 | 1992-10-13 | Dtm Corporation | Radiant heating apparatus for providing uniform surface temperature useful in selective laser sintering |
AU9065991A (en) | 1990-11-09 | 1992-06-11 | Dtm Corporation | Controlled gas flow for selective laser sintering |
US5286573A (en) | 1990-12-03 | 1994-02-15 | Fritz Prinz | Method and support structures for creation of objects by layer deposition |
US5460758A (en) | 1990-12-21 | 1995-10-24 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method and apparatus for production of a three-dimensional object |
JP2597778B2 (en) | 1991-01-03 | 1997-04-09 | ストラタシイス,インコーポレイテッド | Three-dimensional object assembling system and assembling method |
US6175422B1 (en) | 1991-01-31 | 2001-01-16 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Method and apparatus for the computer-controlled manufacture of three-dimensional objects from computer data |
US5594652A (en) | 1991-01-31 | 1997-01-14 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Method and apparatus for the computer-controlled manufacture of three-dimensional objects from computer data |
US5162660A (en) | 1991-06-27 | 1992-11-10 | Macmillan Bloedel Limited | Paper roughness or glass sensor using polarized light reflection |
US5203944A (en) | 1991-10-10 | 1993-04-20 | Prinz Fritz B | Method for fabrication of three-dimensional articles by thermal spray deposition using masks as support structures |
DE4134265C2 (en) | 1991-10-16 | 1993-11-25 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Device and method for producing a three-dimensional object by means of stereography |
US5252264A (en) | 1991-11-08 | 1993-10-12 | Dtm Corporation | Apparatus and method for producing parts with multi-directional powder delivery |
US5396333A (en) | 1992-05-21 | 1995-03-07 | General Electric Company | Device and method for observing and analyzing a stream of material |
US5255057A (en) | 1992-05-29 | 1993-10-19 | Eastman Kodak Company | Gray scale monocomponent nonmagnetic development system |
DE4233812C1 (en) | 1992-10-07 | 1993-11-04 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PRODUCING THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS |
US5648450A (en) | 1992-11-23 | 1997-07-15 | Dtm Corporation | Sinterable semi-crystalline powder and near-fully dense article formed therein |
US5342919A (en) | 1992-11-23 | 1994-08-30 | Dtm Corporation | Sinterable semi-crystalline powder and near-fully dense article formed therewith |
US5527877A (en) | 1992-11-23 | 1996-06-18 | Dtm Corporation | Sinterable semi-crystalline powder and near-fully dense article formed therewith |
US5352405A (en) | 1992-12-18 | 1994-10-04 | Dtm Corporation | Thermal control of selective laser sintering via control of the laser scan |
US5430666A (en) | 1992-12-18 | 1995-07-04 | Dtm Corporation | Automated method and apparatus for calibration of laser scanning in a selective laser sintering apparatus |
DE4300478C2 (en) | 1993-01-11 | 1998-05-20 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE4302418A1 (en) | 1993-01-28 | 1994-08-11 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE4309524C2 (en) | 1993-03-24 | 1998-05-20 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Method of making a three-dimensional object |
SE504560C2 (en) | 1993-05-12 | 1997-03-03 | Ralf Larson | Method and apparatus for the layered preparation of bodies from powder |
US5427733A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1995-06-27 | United Technologies Corporation | Method for performing temperature-controlled laser sintering |
US5393482A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1995-02-28 | United Technologies Corporation | Method for performing multiple beam laser sintering employing focussed and defocussed laser beams |
FR2713541B1 (en) | 1993-12-09 | 1997-04-30 | Laser Int Sa | Method and installation for the production of parts by phototransformation of matter. |
DE4400523C2 (en) | 1994-01-11 | 1996-07-11 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
US6206672B1 (en) | 1994-03-31 | 2001-03-27 | Edward P. Grenda | Apparatus of fabricating 3 dimensional objects by means of electrophotography, ionography or a similar process |
WO1995031326A1 (en) | 1994-05-13 | 1995-11-23 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Process and device for manufacturing three-dimensional objects |
US5821475A (en) | 1994-09-20 | 1998-10-13 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Venturi muffler with variable throat area |
DE4437284A1 (en) | 1994-10-18 | 1996-04-25 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Method for calibrating a controller to deflect a laser beam |
US5593531A (en) | 1994-11-09 | 1997-01-14 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | System, method and process for fabrication of 3-dimensional objects by a static electrostatic imaging and lamination device |
DE19511772C2 (en) | 1995-03-30 | 1997-09-04 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Device and method for producing a three-dimensional object |
US5733497A (en) | 1995-03-31 | 1998-03-31 | Dtm Corporation | Selective laser sintering with composite plastic material |
DE19514740C1 (en) | 1995-04-21 | 1996-04-11 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Appts. for producing three-dimensional objects by laser sintering |
DE19515165C2 (en) | 1995-04-25 | 1997-03-06 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Device for producing an object using stereolithography |
DE19516972C1 (en) | 1995-05-09 | 1996-12-12 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Device for producing a three-dimensional object by means of laser sintering |
DE29513026U1 (en) | 1995-08-16 | 1995-10-05 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Device for producing an object in layers by means of laser sintering |
US5745834A (en) | 1995-09-19 | 1998-04-28 | Rockwell International Corporation | Free form fabrication of metallic components |
DE69628348T2 (en) | 1995-09-27 | 2004-06-09 | 3D Systems, Inc., Valencia | Method and device for changing data and system control in a modeling device by selective material deposition |
US5749041A (en) | 1995-10-13 | 1998-05-05 | Dtm Corporation | Method of forming three-dimensional articles using thermosetting materials |
US6126276A (en) | 1998-03-02 | 2000-10-03 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Fluid jet printhead with integrated heat-sink |
DE19606128A1 (en) | 1996-02-20 | 1997-08-21 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Device and method for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE19612016A1 (en) | 1996-03-15 | 1997-09-18 | Daimler Benz Ag | Process for computer-aided geometry modeling |
US5818718A (en) | 1996-04-01 | 1998-10-06 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Higher order construction algorithm method for rapid prototyping |
US5951864A (en) | 1996-10-28 | 1999-09-14 | Emerson Electric Co. | Screening system |
DE19649865C1 (en) | 1996-12-02 | 1998-02-12 | Fraunhofer Ges Forschung | Shaped body especially prototype or replacement part production |
US6989115B2 (en) | 1996-12-20 | 2006-01-24 | Z Corporation | Method and apparatus for prototyping a three-dimensional object |
US6007318A (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1999-12-28 | Z Corporation | Method and apparatus for prototyping a three-dimensional object |
US7037382B2 (en) | 1996-12-20 | 2006-05-02 | Z Corporation | Three-dimensional printer |
US8480754B2 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2013-07-09 | Conformis, Inc. | Patient-adapted and improved articular implants, designs and related guide tools |
US6213168B1 (en) | 1997-03-31 | 2001-04-10 | Therics, Inc. | Apparatus and method for dispensing of powders |
SE509088C2 (en) | 1997-04-30 | 1998-12-07 | Ralf Larsson | Methods and apparatus for the production of volume bodies |
US6085122A (en) | 1997-05-30 | 2000-07-04 | Dtm Corporation | End-of-vector laser power control in a selective laser sintering system |
US6106659A (en) | 1997-07-14 | 2000-08-22 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Treater systems and methods for generating moderate-to-high-pressure plasma discharges for treating materials and related treated materials |
US6066285A (en) | 1997-12-12 | 2000-05-23 | University Of Florida | Solid freeform fabrication using power deposition |
WO1999033641A1 (en) | 1997-12-24 | 1999-07-08 | Molecular Geodesics, Inc. | Foam scaffold materials |
US5993554A (en) | 1998-01-22 | 1999-11-30 | Optemec Design Company | Multiple beams and nozzles to increase deposition rate |
US6207097B1 (en) | 1998-02-18 | 2001-03-27 | Norma Jean Iverson | Method for manufacturing physical objects using precision stereolithography |
FR2774931B1 (en) | 1998-02-19 | 2000-04-28 | Arnaud Hory | METHOD OF RAPID PROTOTYPING BY LASER POWDER SINTERING AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE |
DE19813742C1 (en) | 1998-03-27 | 1999-07-15 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Three-dimensional object manufacture and process equipment for faster, higher quality object manufacture |
US6143378A (en) | 1998-05-12 | 2000-11-07 | Sandia Corporation | Energetic additive manufacturing process with feed wire |
US6151345A (en) | 1998-07-07 | 2000-11-21 | Dtm Corporation | Laser power control with stretched initial pulses |
US6963338B1 (en) | 1998-07-31 | 2005-11-08 | Cognex Corporation | Method for refining geometric description models using images |
US7045015B2 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2006-05-16 | Optomec Design Company | Apparatuses and method for maskless mesoscale material deposition |
WO2000023825A2 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2000-04-27 | Board Of Control Of Michigan Technological University | Laser-guided manipulation of non-atomic particles |
US6636676B1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2003-10-21 | Optomec Design Company | Particle guidance system |
US6251488B1 (en) | 1999-05-05 | 2001-06-26 | Optomec Design Company | Precision spray processes for direct write electronic components |
US20050156991A1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2005-07-21 | Optomec Design Company | Maskless direct write of copper using an annular aerosol jet |
US7108894B2 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2006-09-19 | Optomec Design Company | Direct Write™ System |
US20040197493A1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2004-10-07 | Optomec Design Company | Apparatus, methods and precision spray processes for direct write and maskless mesoscale material deposition |
US7938079B2 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2011-05-10 | Optomec Design Company | Annular aerosol jet deposition using an extended nozzle |
US8110247B2 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2012-02-07 | Optomec Design Company | Laser processing for heat-sensitive mesoscale deposition of oxygen-sensitive materials |
US7294366B2 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2007-11-13 | Optomec Design Company | Laser processing for heat-sensitive mesoscale deposition |
DE19846478C5 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2004-10-14 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Laser-sintering machine |
DE19853947C1 (en) | 1998-11-23 | 2000-02-24 | Fraunhofer Ges Forschung | Process chamber for selective laser fusing of material powder comprises a raised section in the cover surface above the structure volume, in which a window is arranged for the coupling in of the laser beam |
TW444247B (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2001-07-01 | Toshiba Corp | Laser beam irradiating device, manufacture of non-single crystal semiconductor film, and manufacture of liquid crystal display device |
US6261077B1 (en) | 1999-02-08 | 2001-07-17 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Rapid prototyping apparatus with enhanced thermal and/or vibrational stability for production of three dimensional objects |
CA2303732C (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2010-05-25 | Daido Tokushuko Kabushiki Kaisha | Multi-layered anti-coking heat resisting metal tube and the method for manufacturing thereof |
DE19918613A1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2000-11-30 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Method for calibrating a device for producing a three-dimensional object, calibration device and method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE19928245B4 (en) | 1999-06-21 | 2006-02-09 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device for supplying powder for a laser sintering device |
US6722872B1 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2004-04-20 | Stratasys, Inc. | High temperature modeling apparatus |
EP1204517B1 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2009-04-29 | Stratasys, Inc. | High temperature modeling apparatus |
JP2001009921A (en) | 1999-06-29 | 2001-01-16 | Hitachi Ltd | Stereo lithography device |
US6391251B1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2002-05-21 | Optomec Design Company | Forming structures from CAD solid models |
US20060003095A1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2006-01-05 | Optomec Design Company | Greater angle and overhanging materials deposition |
AU6747100A (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2001-01-22 | Optomec Design Company | Method for providing features enabling thermal management in complex three-dimensional structures |
US6811744B2 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2004-11-02 | Optomec Design Company | Forming structures from CAD solid models |
US6401001B1 (en) | 1999-07-22 | 2002-06-04 | Nanotek Instruments, Inc. | Layer manufacturing using deposition of fused droplets |
DE19935274C1 (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2001-01-25 | Fraunhofer Ges Forschung | Apparatus for producing components made of a material combination has a suction and blowing device for removing material from the processing surface, and a feed device for a further material |
DE19937260B4 (en) | 1999-08-06 | 2006-07-27 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE19939616C5 (en) | 1999-08-20 | 2008-05-21 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device for the generative production of a three-dimensional object |
US6814823B1 (en) | 1999-09-16 | 2004-11-09 | Solidica, Inc. | Object consolidation through sequential material deposition |
WO2001074268A1 (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2001-10-11 | Align Technology, Inc. | System and method for separating three-dimensional models |
EP1312025A2 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2003-05-21 | Therics, Inc. | System and method for rapidly customizing a design and remotely manufacturing biomedical devices using a computer system |
AU2001255554A1 (en) | 2000-04-20 | 2001-11-07 | Vanderbilt University | Method and system for thick-film deposition of ceramic materials |
SE521124C2 (en) | 2000-04-27 | 2003-09-30 | Arcam Ab | Device and method for making a three-dimensional product |
US6682688B1 (en) | 2000-06-16 | 2004-01-27 | Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd. | Method of manufacturing a three-dimensional object |
JP3686317B2 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2005-08-24 | 三菱重工業株式会社 | Laser processing head and laser processing apparatus provided with the same |
US6751516B1 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2004-06-15 | Richardson Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for direct writing, editing and transmitting a three dimensional part and imaging systems therefor |
US20020020945A1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2002-02-21 | Uichung Cho | Forming three dimensional objects through bulk heating of layers with differential material properties |
TW506868B (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2002-10-21 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Method of and apparatus for making a three-dimensional object |
DE10053741C1 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2002-02-21 | Concept Laser Gmbh | Machine for sintering, removing material from or marking surface with laser beam uses trolleys which include container for workpieces and have working platform whose height can be adjusted |
DE10053742C5 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2006-06-08 | Concept Laser Gmbh | Device for sintering, ablating and / or inscribing by means of electromagnetic radiation and method for operating the device |
US6949216B2 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2005-09-27 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Rapid manufacturing of carbon nanotube composite structures |
US6955023B2 (en) | 2000-12-13 | 2005-10-18 | Kevin Chaite Rotheroe | Unitary metal structural member with internal reinforcement |
US20020090410A1 (en) | 2001-01-11 | 2002-07-11 | Shigeaki Tochimoto | Powder material removing apparatus and three dimensional modeling system |
US6376148B1 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2002-04-23 | Nanotek Instruments, Inc. | Layer manufacturing using electrostatic imaging and lamination |
DE10104732C1 (en) | 2001-02-02 | 2002-06-27 | Fraunhofer Ges Forschung | Device for selective laser melting of metallic materials comprises a heating plate arranged on a platform with side walls, and an insulating layer thermally insulated from the platform |
DE10105504A1 (en) | 2001-02-07 | 2002-08-14 | Eos Electro Optical Syst | Powder treatment device for a device for producing a three-dimensional object, device for producing a three-dimensional object and method for producing a three-dimensional object |
US6492651B2 (en) | 2001-02-08 | 2002-12-10 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Surface scanning system for selective deposition modeling |
EP1234625A1 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2002-08-28 | Trumpf Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH + Co. KG | Process and apparatus for producing a shaped body by selective laser sintering |
DE10108612C1 (en) | 2001-02-22 | 2002-06-27 | Daimler Chrysler Ag | Selective laser sintering of a powder used as a rapid prototyping process comprises adding the powder to an encapsulated chamber, and forming a powder cake |
US6780368B2 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2004-08-24 | Nanotek Instruments, Inc. | Layer manufacturing of a multi-material or multi-color 3-D object using electrostatic imaging and lamination |
JP4504010B2 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2010-07-14 | カリフォルニア インスティテュート オブ テクノロジー | Large deformation and stress measurement of laminated and graded structures including the action of body force |
US6656410B2 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2003-12-02 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Recoating system for using high viscosity build materials in solid freeform fabrication |
WO2003037632A1 (en) | 2001-10-29 | 2003-05-08 | Therics, Inc. | A method and system for controlling the temperature of a dispensed liquid |
WO2003039844A1 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-15 | Concept Laser Gmbh | Method for the production of three-dimensional sintered workpieces |
DE10157647C5 (en) | 2001-11-26 | 2012-03-08 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Method for producing three-dimensional workpieces in a laser material processing system or a stereolithography system |
JP3724437B2 (en) | 2002-02-25 | 2005-12-07 | 松下電工株式会社 | Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus for three-dimensional shaped object |
DE10219983B4 (en) | 2002-05-03 | 2004-03-18 | Bego Medical Ag | Process for manufacturing products using free-form laser sintering |
US6822194B2 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2004-11-23 | The Boeing Company | Thermocouple control system for selective laser sintering part bed temperature control |
US6846380B2 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2005-01-25 | The Boc Group, Inc. | Substrate processing apparatus and related systems and methods |
US6986654B2 (en) | 2002-07-03 | 2006-01-17 | Therics, Inc. | Apparatus, systems and methods for use in three-dimensional printing |
DE10229952B4 (en) | 2002-07-03 | 2007-08-30 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Metallic workpiece and method of making the same |
KR100659008B1 (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2006-12-21 | 유니버시티 오브 써던 캘리포니아 | Metallic parts fabrication using selective inhibition of sintering sis |
DE10235434A1 (en) | 2002-08-02 | 2004-02-12 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device for producing a three-dimensional object by e.g. selective laser sintering comprises a support and a material-distributing unit which move relative to each other |
DE10235427A1 (en) | 2002-08-02 | 2004-02-12 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device for producing three-dimensional objects under the action of electromagnetic or particle radiation has a switching unit for switching the radiation between the construction regions so that each construction region is irradiated |
DE10236697A1 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2004-02-26 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object by means of sintering |
JP4273785B2 (en) | 2002-08-27 | 2009-06-03 | パナソニック電工株式会社 | Manufacturing equipment for 3D shaped objects |
WO2004024447A2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2004-03-25 | Objet Geometries Ltd. | Device, system and method for calibration in three-dimensional model printing |
DE10245617A1 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2004-04-08 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device and method for producing three-dimensional objects in layers |
NO317085B1 (en) | 2002-10-23 | 2004-08-02 | Sintef | Method and apparatus for the direct production of metallic, ceramic and metal ceramic products |
US20040084814A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2004-05-06 | Boyd Melissa D. | Powder removal system for three-dimensional object fabricator |
EP1419836B2 (en) | 2002-11-07 | 2011-10-19 | CL Schutzrechtsverwaltungs GmbH | Process for preparing a workpiece through powder melting |
US20060054039A1 (en) | 2002-12-03 | 2006-03-16 | Eliahu Kritchman | Process of and apparratus for three-dimensional printing |
SE524467C2 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2004-08-10 | Arcam Ab | Apparatus for manufacturing a three-dimensional product, the apparatus comprising a housing |
SE524432C2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-08-10 | Arcam Ab | Apparatus and method for making a three-dimensional product |
SE524421C2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-08-10 | Arcam Ab | Apparatus and method for making a three-dimensional product |
SE524439C2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-08-10 | Arcam Ab | Apparatus and method for making a three-dimensional product |
SE524420C2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-08-10 | Arcam Ab | Apparatus and method for making a three-dimensional product |
TWI248244B (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2006-01-21 | J P Sercel Associates Inc | System and method for cutting using a variable astigmatic focal beam spot |
DE112004000302B3 (en) | 2003-02-25 | 2010-08-26 | Panasonic Electric Works Co., Ltd., Kadoma-shi | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE112004000301B4 (en) | 2003-02-25 | 2010-05-20 | Panasonic Electric Works Co., Ltd., Kadoma-shi | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE10310385B4 (en) | 2003-03-07 | 2006-09-21 | Daimlerchrysler Ag | Method for the production of three-dimensional bodies by means of powder-based layer-building methods |
US6815636B2 (en) | 2003-04-09 | 2004-11-09 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Sintering using thermal image feedback |
EP1475220A3 (en) | 2003-05-09 | 2009-07-08 | FUJIFILM Corporation | Process for producing three-dimensional model, and three-dimensional model |
US20100174392A1 (en) | 2003-06-10 | 2010-07-08 | Fink Jeffrey E | Optimal dimensional and mechanical properties of laser sintered hardware by thermal analysis and parameter optimization |
US20040262261A1 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2004-12-30 | Fink Jeffrey E. | Methods and systems for creating layer-formed plastic elements with improved properties |
FR2856614B1 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2006-08-11 | Phenix Systems | DEVICE FOR PRODUCING THIN LAYERS OF POWDER, PARTICULARLY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES, IN A PROCESS BASED ON THE ACTION OF A LASER ON THE MATERIAL |
US6943346B2 (en) | 2003-08-13 | 2005-09-13 | Science & Engineering Services, Inc. | Method and apparatus for mass spectrometry analysis of aerosol particles at atmospheric pressure |
DE10342880A1 (en) | 2003-09-15 | 2005-04-14 | Trumpf Werkzeugmaschinen Gmbh + Co. Kg | substrate plate |
DE10342882A1 (en) | 2003-09-15 | 2005-05-19 | Trumpf Werkzeugmaschinen Gmbh + Co. Kg | Apparatus and method for producing a three-dimensional shaped body |
SE527986C2 (en) | 2003-09-17 | 2006-07-25 | Particular Ab C O Norlen | Metal powder blend for the production of precious metal products and products |
SE527291C2 (en) | 2003-09-17 | 2006-02-07 | Particular Ab | Ways to make jewelry and other precious metal products with complex geometries |
JP4478440B2 (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2010-06-09 | キヤノン株式会社 | Load lock device and method |
ITTV20030155A1 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2005-06-06 | Lzh Laser Zentrum Hannover E V | IMPROVED METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE SINTERIZATION OF INORGANIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SO OBTAINED. |
US7149596B2 (en) | 2004-01-13 | 2006-12-12 | Sensable Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for modifying a model of an object to enforce compliance with a manufacturing constraint |
DE102004009127A1 (en) | 2004-02-25 | 2005-09-15 | Bego Medical Ag | Method and device for producing products by sintering and / or melting |
DE102004009126A1 (en) | 2004-02-25 | 2005-09-22 | Bego Medical Ag | Method and device for generating control data sets for the production of products by free-form sintering or melting and device for this production |
DE102004012682A1 (en) | 2004-03-16 | 2005-10-06 | Degussa Ag | Process for the production of three-dimensional objects by means of laser technology and application of an absorber by inkjet method |
US7261542B2 (en) | 2004-03-18 | 2007-08-28 | Desktop Factory, Inc. | Apparatus for three dimensional printing using image layers |
WO2005090448A1 (en) | 2004-03-21 | 2005-09-29 | Toyota Motorsport Gmbh | Powders for rapid prototyping and methods for the production thereof |
US20050207931A1 (en) | 2004-03-21 | 2005-09-22 | Toyota Motorsport Gmbh | unknown |
US7241080B2 (en) | 2004-03-22 | 2007-07-10 | Durr Industries, Inc. | Pump for transferring particulate material |
US8025831B2 (en) | 2004-05-24 | 2011-09-27 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Imprinting of supported and free-standing 3-D micro- or nano-structures |
US20050278933A1 (en) | 2004-06-22 | 2005-12-22 | The Boeing Company | Joint Design For Large SLS Details |
US20050287031A1 (en) | 2004-06-23 | 2005-12-29 | The Boeing Company | SLS For Tooling Applications |
US20060019232A1 (en) | 2004-07-08 | 2006-01-26 | Venture Products, Llc | Modular bulletin board |
US7936352B2 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2011-05-03 | Dassault Systemes Solidworks Corporation | Deformation of a computer-generated model |
US9723866B2 (en) | 2004-08-11 | 2017-08-08 | Cornell University | System and method for solid freeform fabrication of edible food |
US7939003B2 (en) | 2004-08-11 | 2011-05-10 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Modular fabrication systems and methods |
US6930278B1 (en) | 2004-08-13 | 2005-08-16 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Continuous calibration of a non-contact thermal sensor for laser sintering |
GB0420578D0 (en) | 2004-09-16 | 2004-10-20 | Rolls Royce Plc | Forming structures by laser deposition |
US20060280866A1 (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2006-12-14 | Optomec Design Company | Method and apparatus for mesoscale deposition of biological materials and biomaterials |
US7521652B2 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2009-04-21 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Controlled cooling methods and apparatus for laser sintering part-cake |
US7674671B2 (en) | 2004-12-13 | 2010-03-09 | Optomec Design Company | Aerodynamic jetting of aerosolized fluids for fabrication of passive structures |
US7938341B2 (en) | 2004-12-13 | 2011-05-10 | Optomec Design Company | Miniature aerosol jet and aerosol jet array |
US20080013299A1 (en) | 2004-12-13 | 2008-01-17 | Optomec, Inc. | Direct Patterning for EMI Shielding and Interconnects Using Miniature Aerosol Jet and Aerosol Jet Array |
WO2006066205A2 (en) | 2004-12-19 | 2006-06-22 | Ade Corporation | System and method for inspection of a workpiece surface using multiple scattered light collectors |
DE102004061836C5 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2010-09-23 | Gangolf Jobb | Layer-by-layer build-up of solids through two-stage material transport via a rotating disk |
GB0501464D0 (en) | 2005-01-25 | 2005-03-02 | Leuven K U Res & Dev | Procedure for design and production of implant-based frameworks for complex dental prostheses |
GB0503545D0 (en) | 2005-02-21 | 2005-03-30 | E2V Tech Uk Ltd | Low light level colour camera |
US20060214335A1 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-28 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Laser sintering powder recycle system |
US7357629B2 (en) | 2005-03-23 | 2008-04-15 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for aligning a removable build chamber within a process chamber |
US7296599B2 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2007-11-20 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Pneumatic powder transport system |
DE102005015870B3 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2006-10-26 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device and method for producing a three-dimensional object |
US7642205B2 (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2010-01-05 | Mattson Technology, Inc. | Rapid thermal processing using energy transfer layers |
DE102005016940B4 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2007-03-15 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus and method for applying layers of powdered material to a surface |
WO2006121797A2 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2006-11-16 | The Ex One Company | Solid free-form fabrication apparatuses and methods |
US7807947B2 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2010-10-05 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Laser sintering process chamber gas curtain window cleansing in a laser sintering system |
CN101410208B (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2011-07-27 | 阿卡姆股份公司 | System for applying powder |
DE102005022308B4 (en) | 2005-05-13 | 2007-03-22 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus and method for manufacturing a three-dimensional object with a heated powder coating material build-up material |
DE102005024790A1 (en) | 2005-05-26 | 2006-12-07 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Radiant heating for heating the building material in a laser sintering device |
DE102005025348B4 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2007-08-02 | Trumpf Werkzeugmaschinen Gmbh + Co. Kg | Process for producing a shaped body and sensor unit for its implementation |
US7425255B2 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2008-09-16 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Method for producing alloy deposits and controlling the nanostructure thereof using negative current pulsing electro-deposition |
DE102005027311B3 (en) | 2005-06-13 | 2006-11-02 | Trumpf Werkzeugmaschinen Gmbh + Co. Kg | Toolmaking process to fabricate a form by successive application of powder layers solidified by laser beam |
DE102005030067A1 (en) | 2005-06-27 | 2006-12-28 | FHS Hochschule für Technik, Wirtschaft und soziale Arbeit St. Gallen | Apparatus for producing objects using generative method, e.g. selective laser sintering, has system for generating mist of fluid between electromagnetic component and process chamber |
CA2613694A1 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2007-01-11 | Carmen Bartic | Means for functional restoration of a damaged nervous system |
DE102005030854B3 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2007-03-08 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device for producing a three-dimensional object |
US7384255B2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2008-06-10 | Stratasys, Inc. | Rapid prototyping system with controlled material feedstock |
DE102005034155B3 (en) | 2005-07-21 | 2006-11-16 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Lens for focusing electromagnetic radiation in forming layers in three-dimensional rapid prototyping includes a heating element in the exit window |
DE112006001961T5 (en) | 2005-07-27 | 2008-05-15 | Shofu Inc. | Device for forming a layered object |
JP4325599B2 (en) | 2005-08-25 | 2009-09-02 | ソニー株式会社 | Imaging apparatus and display control method |
US7514649B2 (en) | 2005-09-06 | 2009-04-07 | Northrop Grumman Corporation | Built-in attachment device using selective laser sintering |
DE102005056260B4 (en) | 2005-11-25 | 2008-12-18 | Prometal Rct Gmbh | Method and device for the surface application of flowable material |
US7326377B2 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2008-02-05 | Honeywell International, Inc. | Solid-free-form fabrication process and apparatus including in-process workpiece cooling |
US8728387B2 (en) | 2005-12-06 | 2014-05-20 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | Laser-produced porous surface |
US20070154634A1 (en) | 2005-12-15 | 2007-07-05 | Optomec Design Company | Method and Apparatus for Low-Temperature Plasma Sintering |
DE102006014694B3 (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2007-10-31 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Process chamber and method for processing a material with a directed beam of electromagnetic radiation, in particular for a laser sintering device |
EP2001656B1 (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2014-10-15 | 3D Systems Incorporated | KiT FOR THE PRODUCTION OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS BY USE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION |
DE102006023485A1 (en) | 2006-05-18 | 2007-11-22 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Device and method for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE102006023484A1 (en) | 2006-05-18 | 2007-11-22 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus and method for layering a three-dimensional object from a powdery building material |
KR101537494B1 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2015-07-16 | 3디 시스템즈 인코오퍼레이티드 | Apparatus and methods for handling materials in a 3-d printer |
US7879394B1 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2011-02-01 | Optomec, Inc. | Deep deposition head |
DE602007006307D1 (en) | 2006-06-20 | 2010-06-17 | Univ Leuven Kath | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IN-SITU MONITORING AND FEEDBACK CONTROL OF SELECTIVE LASER POWDER PROCESSING |
ATE544548T1 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2012-02-15 | Avioprop S R L | METHOD FOR MASS PRODUCING THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS FROM INTERMETALLIC COMPOUNDS |
WO2008013483A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 | 2008-01-31 | Arcam Ab | Method and device for producing three-dimensional objects |
US7653455B2 (en) * | 2006-07-28 | 2010-01-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Computer-aided implanting of orthodontic anchorage devices using surgical guides |
EP1886757B1 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2009-07-01 | LVD Company NV | Arrangement and method for the on-line monitoring of the quality of a laser process exerted on a workpiece using a heat detection camera and a tilted mirror |
WO2008026500A1 (en) | 2006-08-28 | 2008-03-06 | Panasonic Electric Works Co., Ltd. | Metal powder for metal photofabrication and method of metal photofabrication using the same |
DE102006041320B4 (en) | 2006-09-01 | 2013-11-28 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Coater device for a building device for the production of molded parts made of powdery building material with the introduction of radiant energy |
DE202006016477U1 (en) | 2006-10-24 | 2006-12-21 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Rapid prototyping apparatus for producing three-dimensional object, comprises carrier whose height is fixed and retaining wall whose height is adjusted by program-controlled adjuster |
DE102006053121B3 (en) | 2006-11-10 | 2007-12-27 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Coating device for applying powdered layers to a device for producing a three-dimensional object comprises longitudinal walls joined together, a unit for fluidizing powdered material and a controlling and/or regulating unit |
DE102006055053A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object |
DE102006055073A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus and method for layering a three-dimensional object |
DE102006055056A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Coater for applying a layer of powdery building material in a device for producing a three-dimensional object in layers |
DE102006055078A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-06-05 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object |
DE102006055050A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object and method for adjusting an optical system therefrom |
DE102006055076A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Construction container for a device for producing a three-dimensional object in layers |
DE102006055055A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object |
DE102006055075A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object |
DE102006055052A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object |
DE102006055074A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-06-19 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object and method for supplying building material |
DE102006055077A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object and method for inserting or removing a container |
DE102006055054A1 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object |
DE102006056422B3 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2008-04-17 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Coating or compensating arrangement for a building device for forming molded parts for a laser sintering installation comprises a two-piece blade unit consisting of a connecting body and an end piece impinging a building material |
US20080122141A1 (en) | 2006-11-29 | 2008-05-29 | Bryan Bedal | Sinterable Powder |
JP5189598B2 (en) | 2006-12-08 | 2013-04-24 | スリーディー システムズ インコーポレーテッド | Three-dimensional printing material system and method using peroxide curing |
DE102006059851B4 (en) | 2006-12-15 | 2009-07-09 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Method for producing a three-dimensional component |
US20080151951A1 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2008-06-26 | Elliott David J | Laser optical system |
GB2446386A (en) | 2007-02-06 | 2008-08-13 | Univ Montfort | Electrostatic printing method and its use in rapid prototyping |
US20080206460A1 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2008-08-28 | Rhoades Lawrence J | Method of producing metal substructures for dental restorations |
JP4885762B2 (en) | 2007-02-27 | 2012-02-29 | 株式会社ディスコ | Measuring device for workpiece held on chuck table and laser processing machine |
DE102007014683A1 (en) | 2007-03-27 | 2008-10-09 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE102007016656B4 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2018-10-11 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | PAEK powder, in particular for use in a process for producing a three-dimensional object in layers, and method for its production |
DE102007018601B4 (en) | 2007-04-18 | 2013-05-23 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for producing three-dimensional objects |
US7515986B2 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2009-04-07 | The Boeing Company | Methods and systems for controlling and adjusting heat distribution over a part bed |
EP1992709B1 (en) | 2007-05-14 | 2021-09-15 | EOS GmbH Electro Optical Systems | Metal powder for use in additive manufacturing method for the production of three-dimensional objects and method using such metal powder |
US9162393B2 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2015-10-20 | Arcam Ab | Method and device for producing three-dimensional objects |
JP5230264B2 (en) | 2007-05-23 | 2013-07-10 | パナソニック株式会社 | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional shaped object |
JP4882868B2 (en) | 2007-05-24 | 2012-02-22 | パナソニック電工株式会社 | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional shaped object |
DE102007024469B4 (en) | 2007-05-25 | 2009-04-23 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method of layering a three-dimensional object |
JP4238938B2 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2009-03-18 | パナソニック電工株式会社 | Additive manufacturing equipment |
JP4888236B2 (en) | 2007-06-08 | 2012-02-29 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 3D modeling apparatus and 3D modeling method |
DE102007029142A1 (en) | 2007-06-25 | 2009-01-02 | 3D-Micromac Ag | Layer application device for electrostatic layer application of a powdery material and apparatus and method for producing a three-dimensional object |
DE102007036370C5 (en) | 2007-07-31 | 2015-10-22 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for producing three-dimensional objects |
GB0715621D0 (en) | 2007-08-10 | 2007-09-19 | Rolls Royce Plc | Support architecture |
TWI482662B (en) | 2007-08-30 | 2015-05-01 | Optomec Inc | Mechanically integrated and closely coupled print head and mist source |
TW200918325A (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2009-05-01 | Optomec Inc | AEROSOL JET® printing system for photovoltaic applications |
TWI538737B (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2016-06-21 | 阿普托麥克股份有限公司 | Material deposition assembly |
EP2203297B1 (en) | 2007-09-17 | 2012-05-16 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Region-based supports for parts produced by solid freeform fabrication |
US8887658B2 (en) | 2007-10-09 | 2014-11-18 | Optomec, Inc. | Multiple sheath multiple capillary aerosol jet |
US7741578B2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2010-06-22 | Honeywell International Inc. | Gas shielding structure for use in solid free form fabrication systems |
EP2221132B2 (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2019-10-23 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. | Production device and production method of metal powder sintered component |
DE102007056984A1 (en) | 2007-11-27 | 2009-05-28 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method for producing a three-dimensional object by means of laser sintering |
US20100310404A1 (en) | 2007-12-06 | 2010-12-09 | Ulf Ackelid | Apparataus and method for producing a three-dimensional object |
US8751474B2 (en) * | 2007-12-08 | 2014-06-10 | John Ogilvie | Card customization by tailored intergenerational historic snapshots |
DE102007062129B3 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2009-06-18 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method for producing a three-dimensional object |
US8253726B1 (en) | 2008-01-09 | 2012-08-28 | Spaceclaim Corporation, Inc. | Systems and methods for modifying three dimensional geometry using an arbitrary cross-section plane |
KR101088479B1 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2011-11-30 | 광주과학기술원 | Laser apparatus of monitoring processing status by using Optical Coherence Tomography |
JP5711538B2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2015-05-07 | ヴァルスパー・ソーシング・インコーポレーテッド | Powder composition and method for producing an article from the powder composition |
US8031963B2 (en) | 2008-04-09 | 2011-10-04 | Eyep Inc. | Noise filter |
US7942987B2 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2011-05-17 | Stratasys, Inc. | System and method for building three-dimensional objects with metal-based alloys |
DE102008030186A1 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2009-12-31 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method for producing a component by selective laser melting and suitable process chamber for this purpose |
DE102008031587A1 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2010-01-07 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus for layering a three-dimensional object |
GB0813241D0 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2008-08-27 | Mcp Tooling Technologies Ltd | Manufacturing apparatus and method |
GB0813242D0 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2008-08-27 | Mcp Tooling Technologies Ltd | Powder dispensing apparatus and method |
JP5250338B2 (en) | 2008-08-22 | 2013-07-31 | パナソニック株式会社 | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional shaped object, manufacturing apparatus thereof, and three-dimensional shaped object |
SE533076C2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2010-06-22 | Methods for making articles containing nanometal or composite metal | |
GB0816310D0 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2008-10-15 | Mtt Technologies Ltd | Filter assembly |
GB0816308D0 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2008-10-15 | Mtt Technologies Ltd | Optical module |
DE102008047118B4 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2024-02-01 | Dürr Systems Ag | Painting system component |
DE102008051478A1 (en) | 2008-10-13 | 2010-06-02 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Frame for a device for producing a three-dimensional object and device for producing a three-dimensional object with such a frame |
US8048359B2 (en) | 2008-10-20 | 2011-11-01 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Compensation of actinic radiation intensity profiles for three-dimensional modelers |
GB0819935D0 (en) | 2008-10-30 | 2008-12-10 | Mtt Technologies Ltd | Additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
US8666142B2 (en) | 2008-11-18 | 2014-03-04 | Global Filtration Systems | System and method for manufacturing |
DE102008058177A1 (en) | 2008-11-20 | 2010-06-24 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method for identifying laser sintering powders |
GB0821660D0 (en) | 2008-11-27 | 2008-12-31 | Univ Exeter The | Manufacturing device and method |
DE102008060046A1 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-10 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | A method of providing an identifiable amount of powder and method of making an object |
EP2199065B1 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2012-03-21 | Agfa Graphics N.V. | Image processing method for three-dimensional printing |
US9242411B2 (en) | 2009-01-06 | 2016-01-26 | Stratasys Ltd. | Method and apparatus for monitoring electro-magnetic radiation power in solid freeform fabrication systems |
EP2218571A1 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2010-08-18 | Nederlandse Organisatie voor toegepast -natuurwetenschappelijk onderzoek TNO | Illumination system for use in a stereolithography apparatus |
US8308466B2 (en) | 2009-02-18 | 2012-11-13 | Arcam Ab | Apparatus for producing a three-dimensional object |
WO2010095107A1 (en) | 2009-02-19 | 2010-08-26 | Dimensional Perception Technologies Ltd. | System and method for geometric modeling using multiple data acquisition means |
US8147910B2 (en) | 2009-02-24 | 2012-04-03 | Objet Ltd. | Method and apparatus for three-dimensional printing |
US20100242843A1 (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2010-09-30 | Peretti Michael W | High temperature additive manufacturing systems for making near net shape airfoils leading edge protection, and tooling systems therewith |
DE102009015130A1 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2010-10-07 | Sintermask Gmbh | Shipping containers |
DE102009016585A1 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2010-10-07 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method and device for calibrating an irradiation device |
DE102009019215A1 (en) | 2009-04-30 | 2010-11-11 | Wenzel Volumetrik Gmbh | Computer tomographic workpiece measuring device |
JP5364439B2 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2013-12-11 | パナソニック株式会社 | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional shaped object |
EP2440898B1 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2017-08-23 | Ophir Optronics Solutions Ltd. | Multifunction laser power meter |
JP5331586B2 (en) | 2009-06-18 | 2013-10-30 | 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ | Defect inspection apparatus and inspection method |
US8249480B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2012-08-21 | Eastman Kodak Company | Fusing apparatus for high speed electrophotography system |
FR2948044B1 (en) | 2009-07-15 | 2014-02-14 | Phenix Systems | THIN-LAYERING DEVICE AND METHOD OF USING SUCH A DEVICE |
WO2011008143A1 (en) | 2009-07-15 | 2011-01-20 | Arcam Ab | Method and apparatus for producing three-dimensional objects |
IT1395683B1 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2012-10-16 | Dws Srl | PERFECT STEREOLITOGRAPHIC MACHINE |
DE102009036153A1 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2011-02-17 | Modellbau Robert Hofmann Gmbh | Device, preferably laser sintering or laser melting device for producing three-dimensional molded parts from powdered material, comprises space, in which exchangeable container is introduced |
GB2472817A (en) | 2009-08-19 | 2011-02-23 | Queen Mary & Westfield College | Powder dispenser with permanently-open linear-taper nozzle operated by vibration |
US8186414B2 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2012-05-29 | Loughborough University | Method for forming an object |
WO2011022648A1 (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2011-02-24 | First Solar, Inc. | Pyrometer |
ES2386602T3 (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2012-08-23 | Bego Medical Gmbh | Device and procedure for generative continuous production |
FR2949988B1 (en) | 2009-09-17 | 2011-10-07 | Phenix Systems | PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AN OBJECT BY LASER TREATMENT FROM AT LEAST TWO DIFFERENT PULVERULENT MATERIALS AND CORRESPONDING INSTALLATION |
EP2477768B1 (en) * | 2009-09-17 | 2019-04-17 | Sciaky Inc. | Electron beam layer manufacturing |
JP2011077399A (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2011-04-14 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Method for transferring subject to be processed and apparatus for processing subject to be processed |
CN102574333B (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2015-07-29 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | The manufacture method of three dimensional structure and manufacturing installation thereof |
EP2319641B1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2017-07-19 | Ansaldo Energia IP UK Limited | Method to apply multiple materials with selective laser melting on a 3D article |
EP2322313A1 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2011-05-18 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method for welding workpieces from extremely heat-proof superalloys with particular feeding rate of the welding filler material |
GB2494228B (en) | 2009-11-17 | 2016-03-30 | Bruker Daltonik Gmbh | Utilizing gas flows in mass spectrometers |
DE102009055661A1 (en) | 2009-11-25 | 2011-05-26 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method for producing a three-dimensional object |
WO2011065920A1 (en) | 2009-11-26 | 2011-06-03 | Yu En Tan | Process for building three-dimensional objects |
ES2514520T3 (en) | 2009-12-04 | 2014-10-28 | Slm Solutions Gmbh | Optical irradiation unit for a plant for the production of workpieces by irradiating dust layers with laser radiation |
KR20120104563A (en) | 2009-12-30 | 2012-09-21 | 신세스 게엠바하 | Integrated multi-material implants and methods of manufacture |
DE102010004035A1 (en) | 2010-01-05 | 2011-07-07 | EOS GmbH Electro Optical Systems, 82152 | Device for the generative production of a three-dimensional object with an insulated construction field |
DE102010004036A1 (en) | 2010-01-05 | 2011-07-07 | EOS GmbH Electro Optical Systems, 82152 | Apparatus for generatively producing a three-dimensional object with continuous heat input |
AU2011210538B2 (en) | 2010-02-01 | 2015-03-26 | Eagle View Technologies, Inc. | Geometric correction of rough wireframe models derived from photographs |
US10022797B2 (en) | 2010-02-17 | 2018-07-17 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing three-dimensional shaped object and three-dimensional shaped object |
DE102010008960A1 (en) | 2010-02-23 | 2011-08-25 | EOS GmbH Electro Optical Systems, 82152 | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object that is particularly suitable for use in microtechnology |
ES2402255T5 (en) | 2010-02-26 | 2020-05-29 | Vbn Components Ab | Metallic multiphase material and manufacturing methods for it |
EP2547255B1 (en) | 2010-03-18 | 2015-09-30 | Rigshospitalet | Optical motion tracking of an object |
EP2368696B2 (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2018-07-18 | EOS GmbH Electro Optical Systems | Refreshening-optimised PA 12 powder for use in a generative layer construction procedure |
DE102010019447A1 (en) | 2010-05-05 | 2011-11-10 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | A method for generatively producing a three-dimensional object with reamers and method for creating a corresponding dataset |
DE102010020416A1 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-17 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Construction space changing device and a device for producing a three-dimensional object with a construction space changing device |
DE102010020418A1 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-17 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus and method for the generative production of a three-dimensional object with construction panel boundary |
WO2012005816A2 (en) | 2010-06-30 | 2012-01-12 | Resonetics Llc | Precision laser ablation |
DE202010010771U1 (en) | 2010-07-28 | 2011-11-14 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Laser melting apparatus for producing a three-dimensional component |
CN102380264B (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2014-04-09 | 研能科技股份有限公司 | Automatic powder recovery device |
DE102010040261A1 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2012-03-08 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method for producing a three-dimensional object with an internal structure |
GB2483285A (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2012-03-07 | Marc Cardle | Relief Model Generation |
GB201016046D0 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2010-11-10 | Renishaw Plc | A method of forming an optical device |
DE102010042230A1 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2012-04-12 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Process for coating objects, in particular those objects that have been produced by a generative manufacturing process |
DE102010048335A1 (en) | 2010-10-13 | 2012-04-19 | Mtu Aero Engines Gmbh | Method for production of portion of component e.g. turbine blade composed of individual powder layers, involves applying high energy beam to molten bath from downstream direction of post-heating zone, to reheat the molten bath |
US8606387B2 (en) | 2010-11-18 | 2013-12-10 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Adaptive and automatic determination of system parameters |
DE102010055201A1 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2012-06-21 | Eads Deutschland Gmbh | Method for producing a component |
US9401317B2 (en) | 2011-01-26 | 2016-07-26 | Aavid Thermalloy, Llc | Heat sink mount and assembly |
KR101820553B1 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2018-01-19 | 아르켐 에이비 | Method for production of a three-dimensional body |
BE1020619A3 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2014-02-04 | Layerwise N V | METHOD FOR LAYERALLY MANUFACTURING THIN-WANDED STRUCTURES. |
EP2682821B1 (en) | 2011-03-03 | 2016-06-29 | Shin-Etsu Polymer Co. Ltd. | Conductive roller, developing device, and image forming device |
US10538001B2 (en) | 2011-03-16 | 2020-01-21 | Intech Defense, Llc | Methods and systems for providing protection against harmful materials |
JP5845609B2 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2016-01-20 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Modeling equipment |
FR2974316B1 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2015-10-09 | Phenix Systems | PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AN OBJECT BY SOLIDIFYING A POWDER USING A LASER |
FR2974524B1 (en) | 2011-04-29 | 2014-09-12 | Phenix Systems | METHOD OF MAKING AN OBJECT BY SOLIDIFYING POWDER USING A LASER BEAM WITH INSERTION OF A DEFORMATION ABSORPTION MEMBER |
DE102011075748B4 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2024-04-25 | Realizer Gmbh | Device for the sequential production of molded bodies by layer-by-layer construction from material powder |
DE112012002221T5 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2014-02-20 | Panasonic Corp. | Method for generating a three-dimensional shape object |
EP2527156A1 (en) | 2011-05-25 | 2012-11-28 | RLS Merilna Tehnika D.O.O. | Apparatus and method for writing a pattern in a substrate |
US8742288B2 (en) | 2011-06-15 | 2014-06-03 | Asm Technology Singapore Pte Ltd | Laser apparatus for singulation, and a method of singulation |
JP6019113B2 (en) * | 2011-06-28 | 2016-11-02 | ガルフ・フィルトレイション・システムズ・インコーポレイテッドGulf Filtration Systems Inc. | Apparatus and method for forming a three-dimensional object using linear solidification |
CN103619770A (en) | 2011-07-06 | 2014-03-05 | 瑞尼斯豪公司 | Manufacturing method and apparatus therefor |
JP5674578B2 (en) | 2011-07-14 | 2015-02-25 | 株式会社沖データ | Communication apparatus and communication method |
US8488994B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2013-07-16 | Stratasys, Inc. | Electrophotography-based additive manufacturing system with transfer-medium service loops |
US20130186558A1 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2013-07-25 | Stratasys, Inc. | Layer transfusion with heat capacitor belt for additive manufacturing |
US20130101728A1 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2013-04-25 | John J. Keremes | Additive manufacturing in situ stress relief |
US20130101746A1 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2013-04-25 | John J. Keremes | Additive manufacturing management of large part build mass |
CH705662A1 (en) | 2011-11-04 | 2013-05-15 | Alstom Technology Ltd | Process for producing articles of a solidified by gamma-prime nickel-base superalloy excretion by selective laser melting (SLM). |
US20130112672A1 (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2013-05-09 | John J. Keremes | Laser configuration for additive manufacturing |
DE102011119319A1 (en) | 2011-11-24 | 2013-05-29 | Slm Solutions Gmbh | Optical irradiation device for a plant for the production of three-dimensional workpieces by irradiation of powder layers of a raw material powder with laser radiation |
DE102011087374A1 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2013-05-29 | Matthias Fockele | Process for the production of a molded article by layering of material powder |
FR2984191B1 (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2014-01-10 | Michelin Soc Tech | MACHINE AND PROCESS FOR ADDITIVE MANUFACTURE OF POWDER |
FR2984779B1 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2015-06-19 | Michelin Soc Tech | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REALIZING THREE DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS |
US9079248B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2015-07-14 | Arcam Ab | Method and apparatus for increasing the resolution in additively manufactured three-dimensional articles |
CN103240473B (en) | 2012-02-07 | 2015-08-19 | 通用电气公司 | Electrode and manufacture method thereof |
ITFI20120035A1 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2013-08-24 | Nuovo Pignone Srl | "IMPELLER PRODUCTION FOR TURBO-MACHINES" |
US9366422B2 (en) | 2012-03-22 | 2016-06-14 | Makersled Llc | Slotted heatsinks and systems and methods related thereto |
GB201205591D0 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2012-05-16 | Materials Solutions | Apparatus and methods for additive-layer manufacturing of an article |
DE102012007791A1 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2013-10-24 | Universität Duisburg-Essen | Method and device for producing components in a jet melting plant |
WO2013159811A1 (en) | 2012-04-24 | 2013-10-31 | Arcam Ab | Safety protection method and apparatus for additive manufacturing device |
DE102012008369A1 (en) | 2012-04-25 | 2013-10-31 | Airbus Operations Gmbh | Method for producing a fluid-carrying component by layered construction |
US9064671B2 (en) | 2012-05-09 | 2015-06-23 | Arcam Ab | Method and apparatus for generating electron beams |
EP3511818B1 (en) | 2012-05-10 | 2021-02-17 | Renishaw PLC | Method of manufacturing an article |
WO2013167194A1 (en) | 2012-05-11 | 2013-11-14 | Arcam Ab | Powder distribution in additive manufacturing |
GB201209415D0 (en) | 2012-05-28 | 2012-07-11 | Renishaw Plc | Manufacture of metal articles |
US9743057B2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2017-08-22 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for lens shading correction |
FR2991208B1 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2014-06-06 | Michelin & Cie | MACHINE AND PROCESS FOR ADDITIVE MANUFACTURE OF POWDER |
DE102012012275B9 (en) | 2012-06-21 | 2014-11-27 | Carl Zeiss Microscopy Gmbh | MACHINING SYSTEM FOR MICRO-MATERIAL PROCESSING |
DE102012012363A1 (en) | 2012-06-22 | 2013-12-24 | Voxeljet Technology Gmbh | Apparatus for building up a layer body with a storage or filling container movable along the discharge container |
US9117039B1 (en) | 2012-06-26 | 2015-08-25 | The Mathworks, Inc. | Generating a three-dimensional (3D) report, associated with a model, from a technical computing environment (TCE) |
DE102012212587A1 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2014-01-23 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Apparatus and method for layering a three-dimensional object |
FR2993805B1 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-09-12 | Phenix Systems | DEVICE FOR MANUFACTURING THREE-DIMENSIONAL OBJECTS WITH SUPERIMPOSED LAYERS AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME |
US20140039662A1 (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2014-02-06 | Makerbot Industries, Llc | Augmented three-dimensional printing |
GB201213940D0 (en) | 2012-08-06 | 2012-09-19 | Materials Solutions | Additive manufacturing |
EP2695724A1 (en) | 2012-08-09 | 2014-02-12 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | A laser sintering technique for manufacturing items on a movable sintering platform |
US8888480B2 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-11-18 | Aprecia Pharmaceuticals Company | Three-dimensional printing system and equipment assembly |
US9272369B2 (en) | 2012-09-12 | 2016-03-01 | Siemens Energy, Inc. | Method for automated superalloy laser cladding with 3D imaging weld path control |
DE102012216793A1 (en) | 2012-09-19 | 2014-03-20 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and device for powder bed-based additive manufacturing of a component |
WO2014047514A1 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2014-03-27 | Conformis, Inc. | Methods and systems for optimizing design and manufacture of implant components using solid freeform fabrication |
JP2014066784A (en) | 2012-09-25 | 2014-04-17 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Image forming apparatus, and process cartridge |
DE102012109262A1 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2014-04-03 | Bundesrepublik Deutschland, vertreten durch das Bundesministerium für Wirtschaft und Technologie, dieses vertreten durch den Präsidenten der BAM, Bundesanstalt für Materialforschung und -prüfung | Method for stabilizing a powder bed by means of negative pressure for additive manufacturing |
US9886526B2 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2018-02-06 | University Of Southern California | 3D printing shrinkage compensation using radial and angular layer perimeter point information |
WO2014074947A2 (en) * | 2012-11-08 | 2014-05-15 | Das, Suman | Systems and methods for additive manufacturing and repair of metal components |
FR2998819B1 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2020-01-31 | Association Pour La Recherche Et Le Developpement De Methodes Et Processus Industriels "Armines" | POWDER MELTING PROCESS WITH HEATING OF THE AREA ADJACENT TO THE BATH |
US20140150992A1 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2014-06-05 | Raytheon Company | Threaded cooling apparatus with integrated cooling channels and heat exchanger |
EP2737965A1 (en) | 2012-12-01 | 2014-06-04 | Alstom Technology Ltd | Method for manufacturing a metallic component by additive laser manufacturing |
US20140157579A1 (en) | 2012-12-08 | 2014-06-12 | 8 Tree, Llc | Networked marketplace for custom 3D fabrication |
US9718129B2 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2017-08-01 | Arcam Ab | Additive manufacturing method and apparatus |
WO2014098740A1 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2014-06-26 | Flatfrog Laboratories Ab | Optical coupling of light into touch-sensing systems |
JP2014125643A (en) | 2012-12-25 | 2014-07-07 | Honda Motor Co Ltd | Apparatus for three-dimensional shaping and method for three-dimensional shaping |
US9700908B2 (en) | 2012-12-27 | 2017-07-11 | Kateeva, Inc. | Techniques for arrayed printing of a permanent layer with improved speed and accuracy |
DE102013000511A1 (en) | 2013-01-15 | 2014-07-17 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for producing three-dimensional objects |
CN105027690A (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2015-11-04 | 耶路撒冷希伯来大学伊森姆研究发展有限公司 | Three-dimensional conductive patterns and inks for making same |
EP2950950A1 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2015-12-09 | Siemens Energy, Inc. | Selective laser melting / sintering using powdered flux |
US9289946B2 (en) | 2013-02-01 | 2016-03-22 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Automated three-dimensional printer part removal |
RU2013104894A (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2014-08-10 | ЭлЭсАй Корпорейшн | PROCESSOR OF IMAGES WITH FUNCTIONALITY OF THE SAVING NOISE SUPPRESSION CIRCUIT |
PL3323534T3 (en) | 2013-02-14 | 2019-09-30 | Renishaw Plc | Selective laser solidification method |
US9308583B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2016-04-12 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | System and method for high power diode based additive manufacturing |
DE102013203938A1 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2014-09-25 | Airbus Operations Gmbh | Generative layer building method for producing a three-dimensional object and three-dimensional object |
DE102013003939A1 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2014-09-25 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Laser beam deflection device for a device for building three-dimensional objects |
DE102013003937A1 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2014-09-11 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Method for assessing the structural quality of three-dimensional components |
US20160022336A1 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2016-01-28 | Edward Richard Bateman | Apparatus for Humeral Fracture Repair |
CN105579218B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-09-18 | 3D系统公司 | Improved powder for laser sintering system distributes |
US9539764B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-01-10 | United Technologies Corporation | Usage of a witness mark to distinguish support structure from part |
US20140265049A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Matterfab Corp. | Cartridge for an additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
US9721046B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-08-01 | Aditazz, Inc. | System and method for realizing a building system that involves computer based matching of form to function |
DE102013205029A1 (en) | 2013-03-21 | 2014-09-25 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method for laser melting with at least one working laser beam |
DE102013205724A1 (en) | 2013-03-28 | 2014-10-02 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method and device for producing a three-dimensional object |
EP2952333B1 (en) | 2013-04-03 | 2020-11-04 | SLM Solutions Group AG | Method and apparatus for producing three-dimensional work pieces |
EP2789413B1 (en) | 2013-04-08 | 2019-01-16 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Temperature control for a device for the generative production of components and a corresponding manufacturing method |
DE102013206458A1 (en) | 2013-04-11 | 2014-10-16 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | A spin coater and apparatus for generatively producing an object with the spin coater |
US9550207B2 (en) | 2013-04-18 | 2017-01-24 | Arcam Ab | Method and apparatus for additive manufacturing |
US9676031B2 (en) | 2013-04-23 | 2017-06-13 | Arcam Ab | Method and apparatus for forming a three-dimensional article |
JP6450745B2 (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2019-01-09 | ユナイテッド テクノロジーズ コーポレイションUnited Technologies Corporation | Local contamination detection in additive manufacturing. |
DE102013208651A1 (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2014-11-13 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | A method of automatically calibrating a device for generatively producing a three-dimensional object |
US9767224B2 (en) | 2013-05-13 | 2017-09-19 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Alabama | Systems and methods for designing and fabricating contact-free support structures for overhang geometries of parts in powder-bed metal additive manufacturing |
US9415443B2 (en) | 2013-05-23 | 2016-08-16 | Arcam Ab | Method and apparatus for additive manufacturing |
JP5740716B2 (en) | 2013-05-24 | 2015-06-24 | 株式会社シマブンコーポレーション | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional structure |
US10850450B2 (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2020-12-01 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Modifying a base layer of an object |
EP3007879B1 (en) | 2013-06-10 | 2019-02-13 | Renishaw Plc. | Selective laser solidification apparatus and method |
US20140363326A1 (en) | 2013-06-10 | 2014-12-11 | Grid Logic Incorporated | System and method for additive manufacturing |
GB201310398D0 (en) | 2013-06-11 | 2013-07-24 | Renishaw Plc | Additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
EP2818305B1 (en) | 2013-06-25 | 2016-03-23 | SLM Solutions GmbH | Powder application apparatus and method of operating a powder application apparatus |
US9751262B2 (en) * | 2013-06-28 | 2017-09-05 | General Electric Company | Systems and methods for creating compensated digital representations for use in additive manufacturing processes |
DE102013212620A1 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2014-12-31 | Trumpf Gmbh + Co. Kg | Method and machine for generating a three-dimensional component by selective laser melting |
JP5599921B1 (en) | 2013-07-10 | 2014-10-01 | パナソニック株式会社 | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional shaped object |
US10543549B2 (en) | 2013-07-16 | 2020-01-28 | Illinois Tool Works Inc. | Additive manufacturing system for joining and surface overlay |
US20150021832A1 (en) | 2013-07-18 | 2015-01-22 | Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. | Method and Apparatus for Additively Manufacturing of Objects Based on Tensile Strength |
GB201313839D0 (en) | 2013-08-02 | 2013-09-18 | Rolls Royce Plc | Method of Manufacturing a Component |
GB201313840D0 (en) | 2013-08-02 | 2013-09-18 | Rolls Royce Plc | Method of Manufacturing a Component |
CN106456250B (en) | 2013-08-13 | 2019-10-08 | 波士顿科学国际有限公司 | Dissect the computer visualization of item |
WO2015023612A2 (en) | 2013-08-15 | 2015-02-19 | Oxane Materials, Inc. | Additive fabrication of proppants |
WO2015026876A1 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2015-02-26 | Barton Sean Anderson | Fill material for direct-contact heat/mass exchangers |
JP2015038237A (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2015-02-26 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Laminated molding, powder laminate molding apparatus, and powder laminate molding method |
GB201315036D0 (en) | 2013-08-22 | 2013-10-02 | Renishaw Plc | Apparatus and method for building objects by selective solidification of powder material |
US20150064047A1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | Elwha Llc | Systems and methods for additive manufacturing of three dimensional structures |
US20150060042A1 (en) | 2013-08-29 | 2015-03-05 | General Electric Company | Electrical submersible pump and pump system including additively manufactured structures and method of manufacture |
WO2015031758A1 (en) | 2013-08-29 | 2015-03-05 | Oxford Performance Materials, Inc. | Method for analytically determining sls bed temperatures |
DE102013217422A1 (en) | 2013-09-02 | 2015-03-05 | Carl Zeiss Industrielle Messtechnik Gmbh | Coordinate measuring machine and method for measuring and at least partially producing a workpiece |
NL2011401C2 (en) | 2013-09-06 | 2015-03-09 | Mapper Lithography Ip Bv | Charged particle optical device. |
US9505057B2 (en) | 2013-09-06 | 2016-11-29 | Arcam Ab | Powder distribution in additive manufacturing of three-dimensional articles |
US9950474B2 (en) | 2013-09-13 | 2018-04-24 | Statasys, Inc. | Additive manufacturing system and process with precision substractive technique |
FR3010785B1 (en) | 2013-09-18 | 2015-08-21 | Snecma | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE ENERGY DENSITY OF A LASER BEAM BY IMAGE ANALYSIS AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE |
DE102013015931B4 (en) | 2013-09-19 | 2024-05-08 | Carl Zeiss Microscopy Gmbh | Microscope and method for high-resolution scanning microscopes |
US9676032B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2017-06-13 | Arcam Ab | Method for additive manufacturing |
US20150084240A1 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2015-03-26 | Rolls-Royce Corporation | Method and apparatus for forming three-dimensional articles |
GB201316815D0 (en) | 2013-09-23 | 2013-11-06 | Renishaw Plc | Additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
US9908291B2 (en) * | 2013-09-30 | 2018-03-06 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | Smooth 3D printing using multi-stage filaments |
WO2015051332A1 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2015-04-09 | Kanawha Automation, Llc | Dynamic additive manufacturing system |
US10201931B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2019-02-12 | Stratasys, Inc. | Additive manufacturing system and process with material flow feedback control |
US10086564B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2018-10-02 | Stratsys, Inc. | Additive manufacturing process with dynamic heat flow control |
EP3055091A4 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2017-07-05 | United Technologies Corporation | Multi-density, multi-property turbine component |
DE102013017792A1 (en) | 2013-10-28 | 2015-04-30 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Method for producing a three-dimensional component |
EP3071352B1 (en) | 2013-11-19 | 2023-12-27 | RTX Corporation | Method for fabricating a metal-ceramic composite article |
US10252507B2 (en) | 2013-11-19 | 2019-04-09 | Rofin-Sinar Technologies Llc | Method and apparatus for forward deposition of material onto a substrate using burst ultrafast laser pulse energy |
US9873229B2 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2018-01-23 | Hankookin, Inc. | Three-dimensional object development |
RU2580145C2 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2016-04-10 | Юрий Александрович Чивель | Production of 3d articles with gradient of properties of powders and device to this end |
US9233507B2 (en) | 2013-11-22 | 2016-01-12 | Charles Bibas | 3D printing apparatus with sensor device |
US20150145169A1 (en) | 2013-11-26 | 2015-05-28 | Full Spectrum Laser Llc | Fabricating an Object With a Removable Raft by Additive Manufacturing |
CN103612393A (en) | 2013-11-28 | 2014-03-05 | 宁波金鹏高强度紧固件有限公司 | Method for producing high-strength fasteners in batch by using 3D (three dimensional) printing technology |
CN103611934A (en) | 2013-11-28 | 2014-03-05 | 宁波金鹏高强度紧固件有限公司 | Method for producing 3D print fastening piece of three-layer structure from inside to outside |
CN103629198A (en) | 2013-11-28 | 2014-03-12 | 宁波金鹏高强度紧固件有限公司 | 3D printing production method of coated fastener |
DE202013009787U1 (en) | 2013-11-29 | 2013-12-16 | Slm Solutions Gmbh | Plant with a workpiece production section |
US10434572B2 (en) | 2013-12-19 | 2019-10-08 | Arcam Ab | Method for additive manufacturing |
US10185789B2 (en) | 2013-12-03 | 2019-01-22 | Autodesk, Inc. | Techniques for modeling elastic rods in position-based dynamics frameworks |
FR3014338B1 (en) | 2013-12-05 | 2015-12-18 | Michelin & Cie | MACHINE AND PROCESS FOR ADDITIVE MANUFACTURE OF POWDER |
JP6241244B2 (en) | 2013-12-10 | 2017-12-06 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Three-dimensional structure manufacturing apparatus, three-dimensional structure manufacturing method, and three-dimensional structure |
US10022950B2 (en) | 2013-12-13 | 2018-07-17 | Elwha Llc | Systems and methods for providing coupling joints |
US9802253B2 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2017-10-31 | Arcam Ab | Additive manufacturing of three-dimensional articles |
DE102013226298A1 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2015-06-18 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Exposure to generative production |
WO2015095544A1 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2015-06-25 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Real-time process control for additive manufacturing |
US10664560B2 (en) | 2013-12-19 | 2020-05-26 | University Of Louisville Research Foundation, Inc. | Multi-scale mesh modeling software products and controllers |
TWI511823B (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2015-12-11 | 財團法人工業技術研究院 | Apparatus and method for controlling the additive manufacturing |
EP2887236A1 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2015-06-24 | D square N.V. | System and method for similarity search in process data |
DE102014000022A1 (en) | 2014-01-03 | 2015-07-09 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for producing three-dimensional objects by successively solidifying layers |
EP2893994B1 (en) | 2014-01-14 | 2020-07-15 | General Electric Technology GmbH | Method for manufacturing a metallic or ceramic component by selective laser melting additive manufacturing |
CN105916666B (en) | 2014-01-16 | 2019-07-05 | 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 | Processing will be by the three-dimension object data for the object that increasing material manufacturing method generates |
US10625469B2 (en) | 2014-01-16 | 2020-04-21 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Generating three-dimensional objects |
EP3096905B1 (en) | 2014-01-20 | 2021-12-22 | Raytheon Technologies Corporation | A method of additive manufacturing utilizing an epitaxy process |
US20170001379A1 (en) | 2014-02-05 | 2017-01-05 | United Technologies Corporation | A self-monitoring additive manufacturing system and method of operation |
KR20180019780A (en) | 2014-03-05 | 2018-02-26 | 파나소닉 아이피 매니지먼트 가부시키가이샤 | Method for producing three-dimensionally shaped object |
WO2015131250A1 (en) | 2014-03-07 | 2015-09-11 | Sgat Pty Ltd | Three dimensional printer |
DE102014204528A1 (en) | 2014-03-12 | 2015-09-17 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and device for selective laser melting |
JP5917586B2 (en) | 2014-03-24 | 2016-05-18 | 株式会社東芝 | Material supply apparatus and additive manufacturing apparatus for additive manufacturing apparatus |
US10207363B2 (en) | 2014-03-24 | 2019-02-19 | James Eldon Craig | Additive manufacturing temperature controller/sensor apparatus and method of use thereof |
US9114652B1 (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2015-08-25 | Xerox Corporation | System for detecting inoperative inkjets in printheads ejecting clear ink using heated thermal substrates |
US20150283613A1 (en) | 2014-04-02 | 2015-10-08 | Arcam Ab | Method for fusing a workpiece |
JP2015199195A (en) | 2014-04-04 | 2015-11-12 | 株式会社松浦機械製作所 | Three-dimensional object molding device |
TWI510279B (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2015-12-01 | 研能科技股份有限公司 | Powder recycling system |
US20150306667A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 | 2015-10-29 | Shi-Chune Yao | Utilization of Partial Sintering to Avoid the Use of Support Structures in the Direct Metal Laser Sintering Additive Manufacturing Processes |
CN103978307B (en) | 2014-04-30 | 2015-08-05 | 中国科学院化学研究所 | A kind of macromolecular material Ultra-Violet Laser 3D Method of printing for accurate temperature controlling and device |
US10336007B2 (en) | 2014-05-09 | 2019-07-02 | United Technologies Corporation | Sensor fusion for powder bed manufacturing process control |
DE102014208768B4 (en) | 2014-05-09 | 2019-07-11 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Method and device for quality assurance |
US9841750B2 (en) * | 2014-05-13 | 2017-12-12 | Autodesk, Inc. | Dynamic real-time slice engine for 3D printing |
US10073424B2 (en) * | 2014-05-13 | 2018-09-11 | Autodesk, Inc. | Intelligent 3D printing through optimization of 3D print parameters |
DE102014007408A1 (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2015-11-26 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for the generative production of three-dimensional objects made of powdery building material |
KR20170004015A (en) | 2014-06-16 | 2017-01-10 | 사빅 글로벌 테크놀러지스 비.브이. | Method and apparatus for increasing bonding in material extrusion additive manufacturing |
US9399256B2 (en) | 2014-06-20 | 2016-07-26 | Velo3D, Inc. | Apparatuses, systems and methods for three-dimensional printing |
JP5721887B1 (en) | 2014-06-20 | 2015-05-20 | 株式会社ソディック | Additive manufacturing equipment |
DE102014212246B3 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2015-08-06 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Method and device for quality assurance |
US9925715B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2018-03-27 | General Electric Company | Systems and methods for monitoring a melt pool using a dedicated scanning device |
DE102014214943A1 (en) | 2014-07-30 | 2016-03-03 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Device and method for the generative production of at least one component region of a component |
DE102014011552A1 (en) | 2014-08-08 | 2016-02-11 | Forschungszentrum Jülich GmbH | Sensors and methods for the production of sensors |
US9827717B2 (en) | 2014-08-15 | 2017-11-28 | University Of Southern California | Statistical predictive modeling and compensation of geometric deviations of 3D printed products |
DE102014012286B4 (en) | 2014-08-22 | 2016-07-21 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Apparatus and method for producing three-dimensional objects |
DE102014012425B4 (en) | 2014-08-22 | 2024-06-06 | Concept Laser Gmbh | Method for producing a three-dimensional object |
WO2016032953A1 (en) | 2014-08-26 | 2016-03-03 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Apparatus and method for direct writing of single crystal super alloys and metals |
US9573224B2 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2017-02-21 | Product Innovation & Engineering, LLC | System and method for determining beam power level along an additive deposition path |
EP2992942B1 (en) | 2014-09-03 | 2019-06-05 | SLM Solutions Group AG | Apparatus for producing 3d work pieces by additive manufacturing with an improved recycling gas circuit and related method using the same |
US20160067740A1 (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2016-03-10 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Three dimensional (3d) printer with a build plate having multi-degree of freedom motion |
US10409932B2 (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2019-09-10 | Siemens Product Lifecyle Management Software Inc. | Computer-aided simulation of multi-layer selective laser sintering and melting additive manufacturing processes |
GB201417687D0 (en) | 2014-10-07 | 2014-11-19 | Renishaw Plc | A module for additive manufacturing apparatus |
TWI529055B (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2016-04-11 | 財團法人工業技術研究院 | Additive manufacturing system and additive manufacturing method |
US10112262B2 (en) | 2014-10-28 | 2018-10-30 | General Electric Company | System and methods for real-time enhancement of build parameters of a component |
US9878371B2 (en) | 2014-11-07 | 2018-01-30 | Ge Avio S.R.L. | Powder dispenser for making a component by additive manufacturing |
WO2016077250A1 (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2016-05-19 | Velo3D, Inc. | Systems, apparatuses and methods for generating three-dimensional objects with scaffold features |
TWI630124B (en) | 2014-11-10 | 2018-07-21 | 三緯國際立體列印科技股份有限公司 | Three dimensional printing apparatus |
DE102014016679A1 (en) | 2014-11-12 | 2016-05-12 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Method and device for exposure control of a selective laser sintering or laser melting device |
DE102014016718A1 (en) | 2014-11-13 | 2016-05-19 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Production plant for the simultaneous, generative production of several components |
US9987800B2 (en) | 2014-11-17 | 2018-06-05 | Formlabs, Inc. | Systems and methods of simulating intermediate forms for additive fabrication |
US10786948B2 (en) * | 2014-11-18 | 2020-09-29 | Sigma Labs, Inc. | Multi-sensor quality inference and control for additive manufacturing processes |
KR101656948B1 (en) | 2014-11-19 | 2016-09-12 | 한국광기술원 | 3d printer of floating method using powder |
CN107107193B (en) | 2014-11-21 | 2020-02-18 | 瑞尼斯豪公司 | Additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
EP3026638B1 (en) | 2014-11-25 | 2020-04-01 | Airbus Operations GmbH | Method and system for adapting a 3D printing model |
EP3025809B1 (en) | 2014-11-28 | 2017-11-08 | Ansaldo Energia IP UK Limited | Method for manufacturing a component using an additive manufacturing process |
TWI611909B (en) | 2014-11-29 | 2018-01-21 | National Tsing Hua University | High speed flexible 3d freeform techniques |
US10173409B2 (en) | 2014-12-01 | 2019-01-08 | Sabic Global Technologies B.V. | Rapid nozzle cooling for additive manufacturing |
US9205691B1 (en) | 2014-12-04 | 2015-12-08 | Xerox Corporation | System for compensating for drop volume variation between inkjets in a three-dimensional object printer |
WO2016094827A1 (en) | 2014-12-12 | 2016-06-16 | Velo3D, Inc. | Feedback control systems for three-dimensional printing |
US10048661B2 (en) | 2014-12-17 | 2018-08-14 | General Electric Company | Visualization of additive manufacturing process data |
KR20160076708A (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2016-07-01 | 정영길 | 3 dimension printer system possible for error detection |
JP6372725B2 (en) | 2014-12-26 | 2018-08-15 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Manufacturing method of three-dimensional shaped object |
US20160193785A1 (en) | 2015-01-02 | 2016-07-07 | Voxel8, Inc. | 3d printer for printing a plurality of material types |
US10406760B2 (en) | 2015-01-06 | 2019-09-10 | Rolls-Royce Corporation | Neuro-fuzzy logic for controlling material addition processes |
DE102015200134A1 (en) | 2015-01-08 | 2016-07-14 | Trumpf Laser- Und Systemtechnik Gmbh | Modular SLM or SLS processing machine |
DE102015000102A1 (en) | 2015-01-14 | 2016-07-14 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for the generative production of three-dimensional components |
US20160214175A1 (en) | 2015-01-26 | 2016-07-28 | James Nordstrom | Recirculating gas system for a manufacturing device. |
EP3050666B2 (en) | 2015-01-27 | 2022-08-10 | Ansaldo Energia IP UK Limited | Method of processing materials by applying a laser beam with adaptive shielding gas flow |
US9380304B1 (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2016-06-28 | Kyocera Document Solutions Inc. | Cell-based compression with edge detection |
US20170341307A1 (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2017-11-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Fabricating three dimensional objects |
US10421267B2 (en) * | 2015-02-12 | 2019-09-24 | Arevo, Inc. | Method to monitor additive manufacturing process for detection and in-situ correction of defects |
JP6516851B2 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2019-05-22 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) | Pixel pre-processing and encoding |
FR3032637A1 (en) | 2015-02-16 | 2016-08-19 | Michelin & Cie | METHOD FOR MANAGING A POWDER IN AN ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING PLANT COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF MACHINES |
SE540662C2 (en) | 2015-02-19 | 2018-10-09 | Wematter Ab | System for manufacturing three-dimensional objects |
EP3285982A1 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2018-02-28 | SABIC Global Technologies B.V. | Process for forming polymeric parts under vacuum conditions |
US9852543B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2017-12-26 | Snap Inc. | Automated three dimensional model generation |
US20160288254A1 (en) | 2015-04-06 | 2016-10-06 | Fracturelab, Llc | Apparatus and method for precision thermal processing of a body |
JP6512912B2 (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2019-05-15 | キヤノン株式会社 | Measuring device for measuring the shape of the object to be measured |
US10310922B2 (en) | 2015-04-13 | 2019-06-04 | University Of Southern California | Systems and methods for predicting and improving scanning geometric accuracy for 3D scanners |
WO2016166337A1 (en) | 2015-04-17 | 2016-10-20 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method and control command generation unit for automatic generation of control commands of a generative layer construction device |
DE102015113700A1 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2016-10-27 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Method for producing a three-dimensional component |
JP5888826B1 (en) | 2015-04-27 | 2016-03-22 | 株式会社ソディック | Additive manufacturing equipment |
US10474134B2 (en) | 2015-04-29 | 2019-11-12 | University Of Southern California | Systems and methods for compensating for 3D shape deviations in additive manufacturing |
US20160318129A1 (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2016-11-03 | General Electric Company | System and method for multi-laser additive manufacturing |
CA2928483C (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2021-08-31 | Abb Technology Ag | Small volume high emissivity infrared calibration source systems and methods |
WO2016177893A1 (en) | 2015-05-07 | 2016-11-10 | Addifab Aps | Additive manufacturing yield improvement |
WO2016196223A1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2016-12-08 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional objects formed by three-dimensional printing |
US20180117845A1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2018-05-03 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing |
WO2016196382A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2016-12-08 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing and three-dimensional objects formed using the same |
US20180071986A1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2018-03-15 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing |
EP3271147A4 (en) | 2015-06-02 | 2018-12-05 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Sacrificial objects based on a temperature threshold |
US20170021455A1 (en) | 2015-06-10 | 2017-01-26 | Ipg Photonics Corporation | Multiple beam additive manufacturing |
US10166718B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2019-01-01 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Apparatus for fabricating three-dimensional object |
US20170001371A1 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2017-01-05 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Shaping system, shaping object manufacturing method, and data processing method |
WO2017011456A1 (en) | 2015-07-16 | 2017-01-19 | Velo3D, Inc. | Material-fall three-dimensional printing |
WO2017015217A2 (en) | 2015-07-20 | 2017-01-26 | Velo3D, Inc. | Transfer of particulate material |
US10814387B2 (en) | 2015-08-03 | 2020-10-27 | General Electric Company | Powder recirculating additive manufacturing apparatus and method |
EP3127635A1 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-02-08 | TRUMPF Laser-und Systemtechnik GmbH | Additive manufacturing of down-skin layers |
US20170087769A1 (en) | 2015-09-28 | 2017-03-30 | Apple Inc. | Three-dimensional printing plastic onto metal |
US10639848B2 (en) | 2015-09-28 | 2020-05-05 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Temperature determination in additive manufacturing systems |
AU2015234328B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2018-03-15 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Calibration marker for 3D printer calibration |
US10816491B2 (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2020-10-27 | Amir Khajepour | System and method for real time closed-loop monitoring and control of material properties in thermal material processing |
CN114211748A (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2022-03-22 | 速尔特技术有限公司 | Additive manufacturing system and method |
EP3165303B1 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2018-04-04 | SLM Solutions Group AG | Unpacking system for use in an apparatus for producing three-dimensional work pieces |
US10065270B2 (en) | 2015-11-06 | 2018-09-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing in real time |
US10201940B2 (en) | 2015-11-12 | 2019-02-12 | The Boeing Company | Apparatus and method to predetermine a mechanical property of a three-dimensional object built by additive manufacturing |
EP3187327B1 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2020-04-22 | Technology Research Association for Future Additive Manufacturing | Three-dimensional lamination shaping apparatus, method for controlling three-dimensional lamination shaping apparatus, and program for controlling three-dimensional lamination shaping apparatus |
US10500834B2 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2019-12-10 | Technology Research Association For Future Additive Manufacturing | Three-dimensional laminating and shaping apparatus, control method of three-dimensional laminating and shaping apparatus, and control program of three-dimensional laminating and shaping apparatus |
US10913259B2 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2021-02-09 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Three-dimensional shaping apparatus and three-dimensional shaping system |
US20170145586A1 (en) | 2015-11-23 | 2017-05-25 | Hobart Brothers Company | System and method for single crystal growth with additive manufacturing |
DE102015224130A1 (en) | 2015-12-03 | 2017-06-08 | MTU Aero Engines AG | Determining a scan speed of a manufacturing device for additive manufacturing of a component |
US10286603B2 (en) | 2015-12-10 | 2019-05-14 | Velo3D, Inc. | Skillful three-dimensional printing |
DE102015121748A1 (en) | 2015-12-14 | 2017-06-14 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for the generative production of a three-dimensional object |
DE102016200043A1 (en) | 2016-01-05 | 2017-07-06 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method for calibrating a device for producing a three-dimensional object |
EP3411233A4 (en) | 2016-02-01 | 2019-11-27 | Seurat Technologies, Inc. | Additive manufacturing simulation system and method |
US20170225198A1 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2017-08-10 | Caterpillar Inc. | Method and apparatus for treatment of contaminated metal powder |
EP3208077B1 (en) | 2016-02-18 | 2021-07-21 | VELO3D, Inc. | Accurate three-dimensional printing |
WO2017143077A1 (en) | 2016-02-18 | 2017-08-24 | Velo3D, Inc. | Accurate three-dimensional printing |
US10831180B2 (en) * | 2016-02-25 | 2020-11-10 | General Electric Company | Multivariate statistical process control of laser powder bed additive manufacturing |
US10696036B2 (en) | 2016-03-01 | 2020-06-30 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Apparatus and method of fabricating three-dimensional object |
US10875288B2 (en) | 2016-03-10 | 2020-12-29 | Mantis Composites Inc. | Additive manufacturing of composite materials |
TWI637839B (en) | 2016-03-22 | 2018-10-11 | 國立中興大學 | Laminated manufacturing method and processing machine thereof |
US10549346B2 (en) | 2016-03-30 | 2020-02-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Three-dimensional modeling apparatus, three-dimensional model body manufacturing method, and three-dimensional modeling data |
JP6439734B2 (en) | 2016-04-04 | 2018-12-19 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Laser overlaying method |
US20170291372A1 (en) | 2016-04-09 | 2017-10-12 | Velo3D, Inc. | Generating three-dimensional objects by three-dimensional printing with rotation |
US9835568B2 (en) | 2016-04-12 | 2017-12-05 | General Electric Company | Defect correction using tomographic scanner for additive manufacturing |
ITUA20162543A1 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2017-10-13 | 3D New Tech S R L | ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT AND ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING PROCEDURE |
JP2019522105A (en) | 2016-04-14 | 2019-08-08 | デスクトップ メタル インコーポレイテッドDesktop Metal, Inc. | Additive manufacturing with support structure |
CN105904729B (en) | 2016-04-22 | 2018-04-06 | 浙江大学 | It is a kind of based on incline cut and fill stoping without support 3 D-printing method |
US20170304944A1 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2017-10-26 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three dimensional objects comprising robust alloys |
JP6132962B1 (en) | 2016-06-01 | 2017-05-24 | 株式会社ソディック | Laminate modeling apparatus and method of reusing material powder of additive modeling apparatus |
CN105921747B (en) | 2016-06-25 | 2018-03-30 | 成都雍熙聚材科技有限公司 | Gas circulation purifier for 3D printing equipment forming atmosphere |
EP3263316B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2019-02-13 | VELO3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing and three-dimensional printers |
TW201811542A (en) | 2016-07-28 | 2018-04-01 | 應用材料股份有限公司 | Controlling an intensity profile of an energy beam for an additive manufacturing apparatus |
DE102016011801A1 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Eos Gmbh Electro Optical Systems | Method for calibrating a device for producing a three-dimensional object and device designed to carry out the method |
US20180093418A1 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional objects and their formation |
DE102016119849A1 (en) | 2016-10-18 | 2018-04-19 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for the additive production of three-dimensional components |
US20180111196A1 (en) | 2016-10-21 | 2018-04-26 | Velo3D, Inc. | Operation of three-dimensional printer components |
US20180126462A1 (en) | 2016-11-07 | 2018-05-10 | Velo3D, Inc. | Gas flow in three-dimensional printing |
DE102016121784A1 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2018-05-17 | Cl Schutzrechtsverwaltungs Gmbh | Device for the additive production of three-dimensional objects |
WO2018106586A1 (en) | 2016-12-06 | 2018-06-14 | Velo3D, Inc. | Optics, detectors, and three-dimensional printing |
US11478853B2 (en) | 2016-12-23 | 2022-10-25 | General Electric Company | Method for emissions plume monitoring in additive manufacturing |
US10773305B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2020-09-15 | 3D Systems, Inc. | Three dimensional printing system with efficient powder handling system |
US20180186080A1 (en) | 2017-01-05 | 2018-07-05 | Velo3D, Inc. | Optics in three-dimensional printing |
US20180250744A1 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2018-09-06 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing of three-dimensional objects |
US20180281284A1 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2018-10-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Material manipulation in three-dimensional printing |
US11173548B2 (en) | 2017-04-04 | 2021-11-16 | Nlight, Inc. | Optical fiducial generation for galvanometric scanner calibration |
EP3683040A1 (en) | 2017-07-21 | 2020-07-22 | CL Schutzrechtsverwaltungs GmbH | Optical determining device for an apparatus for additively manufacturing three-dimensional objects |
JP7007151B2 (en) | 2017-10-19 | 2022-01-24 | 株式会社アドバンテスト | Three-dimensional laminated modeling equipment and laminated modeling method |
US10272525B1 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2019-04-30 | Velo3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing systems and methods of their use |
-
2016
- 2016-10-31 US US15/339,712 patent/US10065270B2/en active Active
- 2016-10-31 US US15/339,759 patent/US9662840B1/en active Active
- 2016-10-31 US US15/339,775 patent/US9676145B2/en active Active
- 2016-10-31 CN CN201680070506.7A patent/CN108367498A/en active Pending
- 2016-10-31 EP EP16862767.7A patent/EP3370948A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2016-10-31 JP JP2018521311A patent/JP2018535121A/en active Pending
- 2016-10-31 WO PCT/US2016/059781 patent/WO2017079091A1/en active Application Filing
-
2017
- 2017-04-18 US US15/490,219 patent/US10357957B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-07-02 US US16/025,915 patent/US20180319150A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2023
- 2023-06-08 US US18/207,206 patent/US20240017355A1/en active Pending
Cited By (37)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20170028646A1 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2017-02-02 | Xyzprinting, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing device |
US9827718B2 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2017-11-28 | Xyzprinting, Inc. | Three-dimensional printing device |
US10338569B2 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2019-07-02 | General Electric Company | Selective modification of build strategy parameter(s) for additive manufacturing |
US10471510B2 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2019-11-12 | General Electric Company | Selective modification of build strategy parameter(s) for additive manufacturing |
US10406633B2 (en) * | 2017-08-15 | 2019-09-10 | General Electric Company | Selective modification of build strategy parameter(s) for additive manufacturing |
US20190054566A1 (en) * | 2017-08-15 | 2019-02-21 | General Electric Company | Selective modification of build strategy parameter(s) for additive manufacturing |
US20190061001A1 (en) * | 2017-08-30 | 2019-02-28 | Sodick Co., Ltd. | Lamination molding apparatus and method for producing three-dimensional molded object |
CN109622954A (en) * | 2017-08-30 | 2019-04-16 | 株式会社沙迪克 | Styling apparatus is laminated and the manufacturing method of moulder is laminated |
US11014164B2 (en) * | 2017-08-30 | 2021-05-25 | Sodick Co., Ltd. | Lamination molding apparatus and method for producing three-dimensional molded object |
US11376878B2 (en) | 2018-02-06 | 2022-07-05 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Rendering system energy recovery |
WO2019156654A1 (en) * | 2018-02-06 | 2019-08-15 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Rendering system energy recovery |
EP3717265A4 (en) * | 2018-02-06 | 2021-06-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Rendering system energy recovery |
CN111615457A (en) * | 2018-02-06 | 2020-09-01 | 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 | Rendering system energy recovery |
WO2019172935A1 (en) * | 2018-03-09 | 2019-09-12 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Virtual object volumes |
US11780169B2 (en) | 2018-03-09 | 2023-10-10 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Virtual object volumes |
WO2019190506A1 (en) * | 2018-03-28 | 2019-10-03 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Generating objects in additive manufacturing |
US11383448B2 (en) | 2018-03-28 | 2022-07-12 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Generating objects in additive manufacturing utilizing a predefined portion within a threshold distance of a wall of fabrication chamber |
WO2019194837A1 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Additive manufacturing system |
WO2019194836A1 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Configuring an additive manufacturing system |
US11724459B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2023-08-15 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Configuring an additive manufacturing system |
EP3833537A4 (en) * | 2018-08-08 | 2022-05-04 | VELO3D, Inc. | Aspects of three-dimensional object formation |
US12122120B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2024-10-22 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Additive manufacturing processes and additively manufactured products |
US11167375B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2021-11-09 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Additive manufacturing processes and additively manufactured products |
US11426818B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2022-08-30 | The Research Foundation for the State University | Additive manufacturing processes and additively manufactured products |
CN113195127A (en) * | 2018-12-14 | 2021-07-30 | 速尔特技术有限公司 | Additive manufacturing system for creating objects from powder using high-throughput laser for two-dimensional printing |
WO2020153953A1 (en) * | 2019-01-23 | 2020-07-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Arranging calibration objects in a build volume |
CN109894613A (en) * | 2019-03-21 | 2019-06-18 | 大族激光科技产业集团股份有限公司 | A kind of 3D printer bottom plate levelling device and method |
US11993022B2 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2024-05-28 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Separation of objects for additive manufacturing |
WO2020204899A1 (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Separation of objects for additive manufacturing |
TWI804746B (en) * | 2019-07-19 | 2023-06-11 | 美商惠普發展公司有限責任合夥企業 | Method for three-dimensional (3d) manufacturing, 3d printing device, and related non-transitory tangible computer-readable medium |
US11999110B2 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2024-06-04 | Velo3D, Inc. | Quality assurance in formation of three-dimensional objects |
US20210373529A1 (en) * | 2020-05-27 | 2021-12-02 | General Electric Company | Systems, devices, and methods for printing slices of a three-dimensional component model |
KR102371159B1 (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2022-03-07 | 한국전자기술연구원 | Monitoring method and apparatus for melt pool |
KR20220001890A (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2022-01-06 | 한국전자기술연구원 | Monitoring method and apparatus for melt pool |
WO2022047471A1 (en) * | 2020-08-26 | 2022-03-03 | Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations Llc | Artificial intelligence in additive manufacturing and related systems, methods, and devices |
WO2022103393A1 (en) * | 2020-11-12 | 2022-05-19 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Determining whether using build data will result in generating an object with a generation defect |
CN113967774A (en) * | 2021-10-11 | 2022-01-25 | 江苏烁石焊接科技有限公司 | Single-arc double-wire eccentric material increase method for small-diameter metal layered column vertebral body robot |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US10065270B2 (en) | 2018-09-04 |
US9676145B2 (en) | 2017-06-13 |
US20170217095A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 |
US20180319150A1 (en) | 2018-11-08 |
US20170129185A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 |
EP3370948A4 (en) | 2019-07-24 |
JP2018535121A (en) | 2018-11-29 |
EP3370948A1 (en) | 2018-09-12 |
US20170129052A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 |
US10357957B2 (en) | 2019-07-23 |
US20240017355A1 (en) | 2024-01-18 |
CN108367498A (en) | 2018-08-03 |
US9662840B1 (en) | 2017-05-30 |
WO2017079091A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20240017355A1 (en) | Adept three-dimensional printing | |
US20240051062A1 (en) | Three-dimensional printing of three-dimensional objects | |
US20230122002A1 (en) | Skillful Three-Dimensional Printing | |
US20230040341A1 (en) | Three-dimensional printing | |
US20240091855A1 (en) | Three dimensional objects comprising robust alloys | |
US20170291372A1 (en) | Generating three-dimensional objects by three-dimensional printing with rotation | |
US20240253123A1 (en) | Skillfull additive manufacturing |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: VELO3D, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BULLER, BENYAMIN;LAPPAS, TASSO;LEVIN, EVGENI;REEL/FRAME:041113/0166 Effective date: 20170126 |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
CC | Certificate of correction | ||
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SILICON VALLEY BANK, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AND COLLATERAL AGENT, CALIFORNIA Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:VELO3D, INC.;REEL/FRAME:056259/0328 Effective date: 20210514 Owner name: SILICON VALLEY BANK, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AND COLLATERAL AGENT, CALIFORNIA Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:VELO3D, INC.;REEL/FRAME:056259/0341 Effective date: 20210514 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: HIGH TRAIL INVESTMENTS ON LLC, NEW JERSEY Free format text: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:VELO3D, INC.;REEL/FRAME:064591/0634 Effective date: 20230814 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: VELO3D, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:SILICON VALLEY BANK, A DIVISION OF FIRST- CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY (SUCCESSOR BY PURCHASE TO THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION AS RECEIVER FOR SILICON VALLEY BRIDGE BANK, N.A. (AS SUCCESSOR TO SILICON VALLEY BANK));REEL/FRAME:064845/0523 Effective date: 20230831 Owner name: VELO3D, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:SILICON VALLEY BANK, A DIVISION OF FIRST- CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY (SUCCESSOR BY PURCHASE TO THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION AS RECEIVER FOR SILICON VALLEY BRIDGE BANK, N.A. (AS SUCCESSOR TO SILICON VALLEY BANK));REEL/FRAME:064845/0840 Effective date: 20230831 |